Schuhmann Introduction To Biblical Gothi

INTRODUCTION TO
BIBLICAL GOTHIC
Roland Schuhmann
LEIDEN SUMMER SCHOOL 2022

[1]
Contents
I. INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................... 5
1. The Goths ................................................................................................................................................. 5
2. Wulfila and Christianity............................................................................................................................ 6
3. The sources of the Gothic language .......................................................................................................... 8
4. The Gothic Script .................................................................................................................................... 14
5. The pronunciation of the Gothic characters ............................................................................................ 16
5.1. Vowels .......................................................................................................................................... 16
5.2. Consonants .................................................................................................................................... 17
II. TEXTS ............................................................................................................................................................. 19
1. From the Gospels .................................................................................................................................... 19
1.1. Matthew 6:9–13: The Lord’s Prayer ............................................................................................. 19
1.2. Matthew 8:1–4: Cleansing of a Leper ........................................................................................... 21
1.3. Matthew 8:23–27: Calming the Storm .......................................................................................... 23
1.4. Matthew 8:28–34: Healing of Two Demon-Possessed Gergesenes (Gadarenes) .......................... 24
1.5. Matthew 9:1–8: Healing of a Paralytic .......................................................................................... 26
1.6. Matthew 26:69–75: The Denial of Peter ....................................................................................... 28
1.7. John 6:1–15: The Feeding of the Five Thousand .......................................................................... 30
1.8. John 6:16–21: Jesus walks on Water ............................................................................................. 33
1.9. John 11:1–45: The Raising of Lazarus .......................................................................................... 33
1.10. John 13:21–30: Jesus, the Favorite Disciple, and the Traitor ........................................................ 39
1.11. John 13:36–38: The announcement of Peter’s denial .................................................................... 40
1.12. John 18:1–11: Arrest of Jesus ....................................................................................................... 40
1.13. John 18:25–27: The Denial of Peter .............................................................................................. 42
1.14. John 18:28–40: Jesus before Pilate................................................................................................ 42
1.15. John 19:1–5: The mocking and flagellation of Jesus..................................................................... 44
1.16. Luke 1:26–38: The Announcement of Jesus’ Birth ....................................................................... 45
1.17. Luke 2:1–20: Birth of Jesus........................................................................................................... 47
1.18. Luke 3:21–22: Baptism of Jesus ................................................................................................... 50
1.19. Luke 5:12–16: Cleansing of a Leper ............................................................................................. 50
1.20. Luke 5:17–26: Healing of a Paralytic and the Authority to Forgive Sins ..................................... 51
1.21. Luke 9:1–6: Sending Out the Twelve ............................................................................................ 52
1.22. Luke 9:10–17: The Return of the Twelve and the Feeding of the Five Thousand ........................ 53
1.23. Mark 1:1–8: John the Baptist ........................................................................................................ 55
1.24. Mark 1:14–20: The Beginning of Jesus’ Ministry in Galilee. The Calling of the First Disciples . 56
1.25. Mark 3:13–19: The Calling of the Twelve Apostles ..................................................................... 57
1.26. Mark 7:31–37: Healing of a Deaf .................................................................................................. 58
1.27. Mark 8:22–26: Healing of a Blind ................................................................................................ 59
1.28. Mark 10:1–12: Of Marriage and Divorce ...................................................................................... 59
1.29. Mark 14:53–65: Jesus before the Sanhedrin.................................................................................. 61
1.30. Mark 15:6–20: Condemnation and Mocking of Jesus ................................................................... 62
1.31. Mark 15:21–41: Crucifixion and Death of Jesus ........................................................................... 64
1.32. Mark 15:42–47: Burial of Jesus .................................................................................................... 66
1.33. Mark 16:1–8: The Message of Jesus’ Resurrection ....................................................................... 67
1.34. Mark 16:9–20: Apparitions of the Risen Christ and Ascension .................................................... 68
2. From the Old Testament ......................................................................................................................... 69
2.1. Nehemiah 5:14–18: Nehemiah in the Service for his People ........................................................ 69
2.2. Nehemiah 6:15–19: The Wall is Completed ................................................................................. 71
3. From the Pauline Epistles ....................................................................................................................... 72
3.1. Second Epistle to the Thessalonians.............................................................................................. 72
3.2. The Epistle to Titus ....................................................................................................................... 77
4. From the Skeireins .................................................................................................................................. 80
4.1. Page 3 ............................................................................................................................................ 80
4.2. Page 4 ............................................................................................................................................ 82
5. Codex Bononiensis ....................................................................................................................................... 84
5.1. Page 1 ............................................................................................................................................ 84
5.2. Page 2 ............................................................................................................................................ 87
6. From the Mangup Gothic Inscriptions.......................................................................................................... 90
6.1. Fragment 1.1 ................................................................................................................................. 90
[2]
6.2. Fragment 1.2 ................................................................................................................................. 90

6.3. Fragment 1.4 ................................................................................................................................. 90
7. Deeds of Sale ................................................................................................................................................ 90
7.1. Deed of Sale from Naples ............................................................................................................. 90
7.2. Deed of Sale from Arezzo ............................................................................................................. 91
8. Translations of the texts not (directly) derived from the Bible ..................................................................... 92
8.1. 4.1. Skeireins, page 3 .................................................................................................................... 92
8.2. 4.2. Skeireins, page 4 .................................................................................................................... 92
8.3. 5.1. Codex Bononiensis, page 1 .................................................................................................... 93
8.4. 5.2. Codex Bononiensis, page 2 .................................................................................................... 94
8.5. 6.1. Crimean Biblical Gothic Inscriptions, fragment 1.1 ............................................................... 94
8.8. 7.1. Deed of Sale from Naples ...................................................................................................... 95
8.9. 7.2. Deed of Sale from Arezzo ...................................................................................................... 95
III. PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF GOTHIC ................................................................................... 96
1. Gothic as a member of the Indo-European and Germanic language family ........................................... 96
2. Phonology ............................................................................................................................................... 98
2.1. The phoneme system of Proto-Indo-European .............................................................................. 98
2.2. From Proto-Indo-European to Proto-Germanic........................................................................... 101
2.2.1. Vocalism ................................................................................................................................. 101
2.2.2. Consonantism ......................................................................................................................... 104
2.2.3. Accent..................................................................................................................................... 106
2.3. From (late) Proto-Germanic to Gothic ........................................................................................ 107
2.3.1. Vocalism ................................................................................................................................. 107
2.3.2. Consonantism ......................................................................................................................... 109
2.3.3. Accent..................................................................................................................................... 111
3. Morphology .......................................................................................................................................... 111
3.1. Declination .................................................................................................................................. 111
3.1.1. Declination of the nouns ......................................................................................................... 111
3.1.2. Declension of the pronouns .................................................................................................... 124
3.1.3. Declension of the adjectives ................................................................................................... 132
3.1.4. Numerals ................................................................................................................................ 138
3.2. Conjugation ................................................................................................................................. 143
3.2.1. The strong verbs ..................................................................................................................... 145
3.2.2. The weak verbs ....................................................................................................................... 153
3.2.3. Other verb formations............................................................................................................. 157
3.3. Uninflected words ....................................................................................................................... 160
3.3.1. Prepositions, prefixes ............................................................................................................. 160
3.3.2. Conjunctions ........................................................................................................................... 161
3.3.3. Interjections ............................................................................................................................ 162
List of Words Treated Etymologically in the Texts ............................................................................................ 163
[1]
Literature
The number of introductions, grammars, etc. of Gothic is unmanageably large. This list
of references therefore only offers a small selection of the most important literature. Starting
from it, a good overview of the relevant literature on the Gothic can be gained.
Bibliographic aids (chronologically)
• Mossé, Fernand 1950. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. A bibliography of writings on the gothic

language to the end of 1949’. Mediaeval Studies 12, 237–324.
• Mossé, Fernand 1953. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. First supplement, corrections and additions to
the middle of 1953’. Mediaeval Studies 15, 169–183.
• Mossé, Fernand †, James Woodrow Marchand, J. W. 1957. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. Second
supplement, corrections and additions to the middle of 1957’. Mediaeval Studies 10, 174–
196.
• Ebbinghaus, Ernst Albrecht. 1967. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. Third supplement, corrections and
additions to the end of 1965’. Mediaeval Studies 29, 328–343.
• Ebbinghaus, Ernst Albrecht. 1974. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. Fourth supplement, additions to
the end of 1972’. Mediaeval Studies 36, 199–214.
• Petersen, Christian TobiOS 1997. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. Fifth supplement, corrections and
additions to the middle of the nineties’. Mediaeval Studies 59, 301–356.
• Petersen, Christian TobiOS 2005. Bibliographia Gotica Amplificata. A Bibliography of
Writings on the Gothic Language from their beginnings to the turn of the millennium.
Darmstadt: Syllabus-Verlag. [CD-Rom]
Text editions (alphabetically)
• Bennett, William Holmes. 1960. The Gothic commentary on the Gospel of John: Skeireins
Aiwaggeljons þairh Iohannen. A Decipherment, Edition, and Translation. New York:
Modern Language Association.
• Bischoff, Bernhard. 1984. ‘Ein karolingisches Denkmal des Gotischen (zweite Hälfte des
neunten Jahrhunderts)’. In: Bernhard Bischoff (Hrsg.). Anecdota novissima – Texte des
vierten bis sechzehnten Jahrhunderts, 256–258. Stuttgart.
• Falluomini, Carla. 1999. Der sogenannte Codex Carolinus von Wolfenbüttel (Codex
Guelferbytanus 64 Weissenburgensis). Mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der gotisch-
lateinischen Blätter (255, 256, 277, 280). Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz.
• Falluomini, Carla. 2014. ‘Zum gotischen Fragment aus Bologna’. Zeitschrift für deutsches
Altertum und deutsche Literatur 143, 281–305.
• Falluomini, Carla. 2017. ‘Zum gotischen Fragment aus Bologna II: Berichtigungen und neue
Lesungen’. Zeitschrift für deutsches Altertum und deutsche Literatur 146, 284–294.
• Finazzi, Rosa Bianca, Paola Tornaghi. 2013. ‘Gothica Bononiensia: Analisi linguistica e
filologica di un nuovo documento’. Aevum 87, 113–155.
[2]
• Gabelentz, H[ans] C[onon] de, J[ulius] Loebe. 1843. Ulfilas veteris et novi testamenti
versionis Gothicae fragmenta quae supersunt. Vol. I: Textum continens. Leipzig: F. A.
Brockhaus.
• Glaue, [Karl Leopold] Paul, Karl Helm. 1910. ‘Das gotisch-lateinische Bibelfragment der
Universitätsbibliothek zu Gießen’. Zeitschrift für die neutestamentliche Wissenschaft 11, 1–
38
• Korobov, Maksim, Andrey Vinogradov. 2016. ‘Gotische Graffito-Inschriften aus der
Bergkrim’. Zeitschrift für deutsches Altertum und deutsche Literatur 145, 141–157.
• Nedoma, Robert. 2010. ‘Schrift und Sprache in den ostgermanischen Runeninschriften’.
North-Western European Language Evolution 58/59, 1–70.
• Snædal, Magnús. 2013. A concordance to Biblical Gothic. Part I: Introduction. Texts.
Reykjavík: University of Iceland Press.
• Streitberg, Wilhelm. 2000. Die gotische Bibel. Band 1: Der gotische Text und seine
griechische Vorlage. Mit Einleitung, Lesarten und Quellennachweisen sowie den kleineren
Denkmälern als Anhang. Mit einem Nachtrag v. P. Scardigli. 7. Auflage. Heidelberg:
Winter.
• Vinogradov, Andrey, Maksim Korobov. 2018. ‘Gothic graffiti from the Mangup basilica’.
North-Western European Language Evolution 71, 223–235.
Introductions, manuals, grammars, language histories (alphabetically)
• Bennett, William Holmes. 1980. An introduction to the Gothic language. New York:
Modern Language Association.
• Bethge, R[ichard]. 1898–1900. ‘Gotisch’. In: Ferdinand Dieter. Laut- und Formenlehre der
altgermanischen Dialekte. (21–35: ‘Vokalismus’; 193–214: ‘Konsonantismus’; 391–408:
‘Konjugation’; 568–602: ‘Deklination’). Leipzig: O. R. Reisland.
• Braune, Wilhelm. 2004. Gotische Grammatik mit Lesestücken und Wörterverzeichnis. 20.
Auflage, neu bearbeitet von Frank Heidermanns. Tübingen: Max Niemeyer Verlag.
versionis Gothicae fragmenta quae supersunt. Vol. II, pars posterior: Grammaticam linguae
Gothicae continens. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• van Hamel, A[nton] G[erard]. 1931. Gotisch handboek. Tweede druk. Haarlem: H. D.
Tjeenk Willink & Zoon.
• Jellinek, Max Hermann. 1926. Geschichte der gotischen Sprache. Berlin: Walther de
Gruyter & Co.
• Kieckers, Ernst. 1928. Handbuch der vergleichenden gotischen Grammatik. München:
Hueber.
• Krahe, Hans. 1967. Historische Laut- und Formenlehre des Gotischen. Zugleich eine
Einführung in die germanische Sprachwissenschaft. 2. Auflage, bearbeitet von Elmar
Seebold. Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Krause, Wolfgang. 1968. Handbuch des Gotischen. 3., neubearbeitete Auflage. München:
Beck.
• Miller, D. Gary. 2018. The Oxford Gothic Grammar. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
[3]
• Mossé, Fernand. 1956. Manuel de la langue gotique. Grammaire, textes, notes, glossaire.
Nouvelle édition. Paris: Aubier.
• Piras, Antonio. 2007. Manuale di Gotico. Avviamento alla lettura della versione gotica del
Nuovo Testamento. Roma: Herder.
• Rauch, Irmengard. 2011. The Gothic language. Grammar, genetic provenance and typology,
readings. 2nd edition. New York [u.a.]: Lang.
• Streitberg, Wilhelm. 1920. Gotisches Elementarbuch. 5. und 6. neubearbeitete Auflage.
Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Wright, Joseph. 1997. Grammar of the Gothic language and the gospel of st. Mark,
selections from the other gospels and the second epistle to Timothy with notes and glossary.
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
(Etymological) dictionaries, concordances (alphabetically)
• Devlamminck, Bernard, Guy Jucquois. 1977. Complément aux dictionnaires étymologiques

du gotique. Tome 1 (A-F). Louvain: Peeters.
• Feist, Siegmund. 1939. Vergleichendes Wörterbuch der gotischen Sprache. Mit Einschluss
des Krimgotischen und sonstiger zerstreuter Überreste des Gotischen. Dritte neubearbeitete
und vermehrte Auflage. Leiden: E. J. Brill.
versionis Gothicae fragmenta quae supersunt. Vol. II, pars prior: Glossarium linguae
Gothicae continens. Leipzig: F. A. Brockhaus.
• Holthausen, Ferdinand. 1934. Gotisches etymologisches Wörterbuch. Mit Einschluß der
Eigennamen und der gotischen Lehnwörter im Romanischen. Heidelberg: Carl Winter.
• Lehmann, Winfred P. 1986. A Gothic etymological dictionary. Based on the 3. ed. of
“Vergleichendes Wörterbuch der gotischen Sprache” by S. Feist. With bibliography
prepared under the direction of Helen-Jo J. Hewitt. Leiden: E. J. Brill.
• Magnús Snædal. 2013. A concordance to Biblical Gothic. Part II: Concordance. Reykjavík:
University of Iceland Press.
• Streitberg, Wilhelm. 2000. Gotisch-Griechisch-Deutsches Wörterbuch. Um zwei neue
Wörter ergänzt von P. Scardigli. 6. Auflage. Heidelberg: Winter.
• Tollenaere, Felicien de, Randall L. Jones 1976. Word-indices and word-lists to the Gothic
bible and minor fragments. Leiden: Brill.
Other important literature (alphabetically)
• Casaretto, Antje. 2004. Nominale Wortbildung der gotischen Sprache. Die Derivation der
Substantive. Heidelberg: Winter.
• García García, L. 2005. Germanische Kausativbildung. Die deverbalen jan-Verben im
Gotischen. Göttingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht.
• Griepentrog, Wolfgang. 1988. Synopse der gotischen Evangelientexte. München: Kitzinger.
• Lühr, Rosemarie. 1985. ‘Die Deklination griechischer und lateinischer Wörter in Wulfilas
gotischer Bibelübersetzung’. Münchener Studien zur Sprachwissenschaft 46, 139–155.
[4]
• Marchand, James W[oodrow]. 1973. The sounds and phonemes of Wulfila’s Gothic. The
Hague [u.a.]: Mouton.
• Neri, Sergio. 2003. I sostantivi in -u del gotico. Morfologia e preistoria. Innsbruck: Institut
für Sprachen und Literaturen der Universität Innsbruck.
• Schubert, Hans-Jürgen. 1968. Die Erweiterung des bibelgotischen Wortschatzes mit Hilfe
der Methoden der Wortbildungslehre. München: Hueber.
• Stutz, Elfriede. 1966. Gotische Literaturdenkmäler. Stuttgart: Metzler.
• Wagner, Norbert. 1994. ‘Zu den Gotica der Salzburg-Wiener Alcuin-Handschrift’.
Historische Sprachforschung 107, 263–283.
• Wrede, Ferdinand. 1891. Über die Sprache der Ostgoten in Italien. Strassburg: Karl J.
Trübner.
Important sites
• http://www.alvin-portal.org/alvin/imageViewer.jsf?dsId=ATTACHMENT-
0001&pid=alvin-record%3A60279&dswid=-3888 – Manuscript of the Codex
Argenteus online.
• http://www.wulfila.be/gothic/ – Digitized edition of the biblical Gothic
texts (and the Skeireins, the calendar and the signatures of the sales deeds) with word
definitions (with further links).
• [http://www.cs.tut.fi/~dla/gothic.html – Among other things line-by-line
transcription of the Codex Argenteus for download (also further links) (offline)].
• http://www.alvin-portal.org/alvin/view.jsf?pid=alvin-record%3A173610&dswid=1385
– A digitized version of the 1927 facsimile
edition of the Codex Argenteus (black and white).
• http://www.gotica.de/ – Collection and edition of the Gothic texts
outside the Codex Argenteus.
• https://lrc.la.utexOSedu/eieol/gotol – Solid introduction to Gothic for self-
study by Todd B. Krause and Jonathan Slocum.
• http://www.koeblergerhard.de/gotwbhin.html – Practical dictionary with complete
references.
• https://spw.uni-goettingen.de/projects/aig/lng-Goth.html – Good (bit short)
introduction in videos to Gothic by Ryan Sandell and Nelson Goering.
[5]
I. INTRODUCTION
1. The Goths
The subject of this book is the language of the Germanic people of the Goths. Its oldest
verifiable name form is Gr. Goútōnes, Lat. Gutones (later Gotones), based on a Germ.-Goth.
*Gutans n-st. ‘the Goths’; cf. also Goth. dat. ana gut-þiudai ‘en gotthía, in the Gothic people’
(twice in the Gothic calendar [Kal 1:1.7]; cf. OIcl. [uncertainly transmitted] Gotþjóð next to
assimilated Goðþjóð), OE Gotan (nom.sg. Gota, dat.sg. Gotan, nom.pl. Gotan, gen.pl. Gotena),
OGut. Gutnalþing (= Gutna alþing ‘the all-thing of the Goths’), OIcl. (gen.pl.) Gotna, OSwed.
(sg.) guti, (pl.) gutar; the demonym is probably also existent in Run. gutani (gold ring from
Pietroasele, 1st half of the 5th century); the form is mostly interpreted as a genitive plural, i.e.
as ‘of the Goths’. Younger (from the 3rd century) is the declension as o-stem in Latin and in
Greek: Lat. Got(h)i, Gr. Gó(t)thoi.
The name of the Goths, PGmc. *ǥut-an-iz, is a derivation from the root PGmc. *ǥe te/a- ‘to
pour’ (> Goth. giutan*, OHG giozan, OS giotan, ODu. gietan, OE gēotan, OFris. giata, jāta, OIcl.
gjóta); but the exact naming motive (‘they, who pour out’, ‘semen pourers’, ‘masculine beings’,
‘stallions’, ‘young people’?) remains unclear in detail.
According to the statement in the Getica (published around 551) by the Latin writing
Roman-Gothic author Iordanes, the Goths once emigrated from Scandinavia (c. 4: ‘It is reported
that the Goths once left this island Scandza under their king named Berig’). Although the origin
from Scandinavia is generally viewed critically in research, it is nevertheless probable – if only
because of the name of the island of Gotland and the region of Götaland in Sweden. However,
the message from Iordanes is certainly not to be understood as meaning that an entire Germanic
tribe left Scandinavia; rather, it was a smaller group, a so-called tradition core group. In the
ancient authors Pliny, Tacitus and Ptolemy, the Goths are attested as residents of the Baltic Sea
coast, an area that Iordanes calls Gothiscandza. Probably after the middle of the 2nd century the
Goths set out on a journey south. Only from the first half of the 3rd century do they appear again,
when they arrived in their new homes in the south-east (in present-day Romania, Moldova and
Ukraine). Their journey took them past an area with the name Oium (Iordanes, Getica c. 4),
probably corresponding to Goth. dat.pl. f. *aujom ‘land, meadow, floodplain by the water’. As
neighbors of the Roman Empire, they plundered Moesia, Thrace, and Asia Minor. Finally,
individual parts of the Goths established themselves within the Roman Empire, namely in Asia
[6]
Minor (here called Gotthograĩkoi), north of the Danube and in Dacia. Goths also entered Roman
service as mercenaries, fought the Persians, among other things, and ended up in garrisons in
Egypt. Under Constantine the Great, large groups of Goths attained the status of foederates. In
the 3rd century the Goths split into two groups, which have been handed down in two different
nomenclatures. On the one hand, the ancient sources speak of Austro-/Ostrogot(h)ae and
Visigot(h)ae, that are now referred to as Ostrogoths and Visigoths, and on the other hand of
Greotungi/Greotingi and Tervingi.
The element Austro-/Ostro- leads back to PGmc. *a stra- ‘east’, while the element Visi- has
nothing to do with ‘west’ but probably continues PGmc. * esu- ‘good’. The demonym
Greotungi/Greotingi is a derivation with the suffix PGmc. *-u/inga- from PGmc. *ǥre ta- ‘grit, sand’
(> OHG grioz, OS griot, Odu. griet, OE grēot, OFris. grēt, OIcl. grjót), Tervingi a derivation with the
same suffix from PGmc. *ter ( )a(n)/ōn- ‘belonging to the wood, tar’ (> MDu. ter[re], E teru, OIcl.
tjara).
Since the invasion of the Huns in 375, the Goths have been wandering again. Under
Alaric, the Visigoths conquered Rome in 410, shortly afterwards the Visigothic kingdom of
Tolosa was founded in southern France. In the second half of the 5th century, the Visigoths
occupied a large part of Spain, but lost the southern French part to the Merovingians during the
beginning of the 6th century. The Spanish Visigoth Empire ended abruptly in 711 with the Arab
conquest of Spain. The Ostrogothic kingdom of Ermanaric is conquered by the Huns, with the
Ostrogoths becoming Hun vassals. After the death of Attila in 453, the Ostrogoths reappear as
Roman foederates. Under Theodoric the Great they move to Italy; in 493 he founded the
Ostrogothic kingdom with Ravenna as its capital. The Eastern Roman Empire finally conquered
it in 553 (death of the last Ostrogoth king Teja in 552).
A small portion of the Goths remained north of the Black Sea along with allied
Germanic tribes. They are divided into Crimean Goths (on the Crimea Peninsula) and Tetraxitic
Goths (on the Taman Peninsula). The name of the Goths lives on in the Crimea in the church
eparchy of Gothia.
2. Wulfila and Christianity
The beginnings of Christianity among the Goths probably go back to a campaign to

Cappadocia in 264, from which they brought back prisoners of war who adhered to Christianity;
among them are the maternal grandparents of the later bishop Wulfila. According to Basil of
Caesarea, a certain Eutyches preached to the Goths before the middle of the 4th century. On the
[7]
other hand, it remains uncertain whether a Theophilus mentioned in the files of the Council of
Nicaea in 325 actually worked as a bishop among the Crimean Goths.
The Christianization of the Goths living near the Roman Empire progressed under the
leadership of Wulfila. The life and activities of the Visigoth bishop Wulfila, the (co-)author of
most of the Gothic texts, have been handed down by various Greek and Latin writers, and in
detail by Auxentius (an Arian bishop of Durostorum in Lower Moesia), who wrote in a book
about the turn of 382 to 383 reports on the life, faith and death of his teacher Wulfila, in
Philostorgios (died shortly after 425), who reports on the origin and translation work of Wulfila,
and in Socrates, Sozomenos and Theoderet (each around the middle of the 5th century), who
report some information about Wulfila; since they are orthodox authors, their statements are
sometimes biased. Shorter information can also be found in Iordanes, Getica c. 51 (excerpt of
the Gothi minores [see below] under the leadership of Wulfila), Isidore of Seville, Historia de
regibus Gothorum, Vandalorum et Suevorum c. 8 (Bible translation Wulfilas), Walafrid Strabo,
Libellus de exordiis et incrementis quarundam in observationibus ecclesiasticis rerum c. 7
(Bible translation, but without mentioning Wulfilas).
From these sources it can be deduced that Wulfila was born in 307 or 311 and initially
held the office of a church lector before being ordained a bishop at the age of thirty (337?,
341?). Around 348 Wulfila is expelled with a group of Christians whom he presided over, when
Athanaricus is persecuting Christians among the Goths. They flee across the Danube and are
given new residences in Moesia inferior by Emperor Constantine. They were referred to there
as Gothi minores ‘little Goths’. He takes part in the Arian Council of Constantinople in 360, as
well as in the Council of Constantinople in 381. In the year 383 (in older literature the dates
381 and 382 are also found) he is present during a council of bishops of different faiths, which
was led by Emperor Theodosius to the settlement of sectarian disputes in Constantinople and
died there.
Wulfila is a follower of the Arian doctrine, in a moderate form of it. While Arianism
assumes that the Father is God (thus in contrast to the Catholic doctrine of the Trinity, which
assumes that God Father, Son [Jesus Christ] and Holy Spirit are one), Wulfila denies the
oneness of God Father and Son, but professes the resemblance between the two.
The name Wulfila has been handed down in different spellings: Auxentius consistently offers
ulfila, which is regarded as a transcription of the Greek spelling, since the Greek sources usually hand
down the spelling Oulphílas; deviating from this e.g. Philostorgios gives Ourphílas as the name. The
later Latin sources begin the name with v (or Romance g): Vulfila, Vulphilas, Gulfila (Gylfila). The
Syriac variant urufil is also known, which is a transcription of the Greek name form with r. From this,
the name can certainly be deduced as Wulfila; this is a derivation with the affiliation or diminutive
[8]
formation with the suffix PGmc. *-ila- to PGmc. * ulfa- ‘wolf’ (> Goth. wulfs, OHG wolf, OS, ODu.,
OE wulf, OFris. wolf, OIcl. ulfr).
3. The sources of the Gothic language
The transmission base of the Gothic language is narrow in comparison with that of the
Germanic corpus languages that have come down to us later. The main source of the Gothic
language is the translation of the Bible made by Wulfila, according to the church historians
Philostorgios, Socrates and Sozomenos, which he probably tackled around 369 with the help of
a collective of authors. According to Philostorgios, Wulfila left out the books of the kings from
the Old Testament because he feared that this would rekindle the warlike spirit of the Goths.
The Bible translation is therefore a testimony of the Visigothic (better: the language of the Gothi
minores). The manuscripts, on the other hand, come almost exclusively from the Ostrogothic
language area. Whether and to what extent the Ostrogothic language has had an impact on the
originally Visigothic language, remains open.
Only a small part of the entire translation of the Bible has survived. These fragments
have come down to us in manuscripts with overlapping content, all which date from the first
half of the 6th century.
The most important manuscript is the Codex argenteus (CA), so named after the text
written in silver ink (not after its silver binding made in the 17th century because the word
argenteus is already used in 1597 by Bonaventura Vulcanius). The Codex is now in the
University Library in Uppsala (Sign. D G 1). The manuscript, which originally came from Italy,
was in the Werden monastery (Germany) on the banks of the river Ruhr in the 16th century (it
has been visited and used there several times by scholars) and arrived in the 17th century finally
to Sweden. The manuscript originally contained the four gospels in the order Matthew, John,
Luke, and Mark (order of the ‘Western’ Bible tradition) on 336 leaves. Of these, 187 pages
have survived (but see below). The Bible text is divided into sections (according to Eusebius of
Caesarea), which are provided with Gothic numerals in the margins. Parallel passages are noted
at the bottom of each page, framed by Romanesque-style arches. The parchment of the
manuscript is dyed purple, the inscription was made with silver and gold ink (gold ink only for
the first letters of the sections). Two writer hands can be distinguished: Hand I wrote Matthew
and John, Hand II Luke and Mark (http://www.alvin-
portal.org/alvin/imageViewer.jsf?dsId=ATTACHMENT-0001&pid=alvin-
record%3A60279&dswid=-3888).
[9]
The Gospel of Luke shows – especially in chapters 1–10 – a lot of forms that deviate from the
language of the remaining texts. In the past, these linguistic peculiarities were attributed to Ostrogothic
scribes; today, on the other hand, a mixture of dialects is assumed to be the cause of this because of
inconsistent transmission of the Gospels.
In 1970, a sheet of parchment was discovered in the Speyer Cathedral that once
belonged to the Codex argenteus and is called Fragmentun Spirense or Folium Spirense
(without signature) after where it was found. It is (as is proved not only by the text following
fol. 335 [187v] but also by the matching wormholes) the folio 336 of the CA (http://titus.uni-
frankfurt.de/didact/idg/germ/speyer1z.jpg; http://titus.uni-
frankfurt.de/didact/idg/germ/speyer2z.jpg).
The Codex Carolinus, also originally from Italy, is a codex rescriptus from the (ducal)
library in Wolfenbüttel (HAB, Cod. 64 Weißenburg, p. 255f., 277, 280), which comprises four
leaves (first edition by the discoverer, Abbot Franz Anton Knittel, in 1762). The lower Gothic
text contains pieces from the chapters 11 to 15 of the Romans. The Gothic text is accompanied
by the Latin text (therefore bilingual). Both texts are written according to sections and lines of
meaning (http://diglib.hab.de/edoc/ed000006/index.php?facsimile=VD).
The Codex Gissensis, a sheet of parchment found before 1907 near ancient Antinoopolis
in Upper Egypt, is the sparse remains of a Gothic-Latin bilingual (first published by Glaue and
Helm in 1910). The manuscript was formerly kept in the Gießen University Library (Gießen,
Universitätsbibl., Hs. 651/20), but has been considered destroyed or lost since 1945, either
through flooding or robbery. The fragment consisted of a double leaf (pages 1–2 and 15–16 of
a quaternio); the Gothic text included (incomplete) Luke 23:11–14 and 24:13–17, the Latin text
Luke 23:2–6 and 24:5–9. The negatives of the manuscript have been preserved (http://bibd.uni-
giessen.de/papyri/images/pbug-inv018-1.jpg; http://bibd.uni-giessen.de/papyri/images/pbug-
inv018-2.jpg).
The Codices Ambrosiani comprise two larger manuscript parts and two manuscript
fragments, all codices rescripti, from the Biblioteca Ambrosiana in Milan, discovered by
Cardinal Angelo Mai in May 1817 (first edition by Carlo Ottavio Castiglione between 1819 and
1839):
Codex Ambrosianus A (Milano, Bibl. Ambrosiana, S 36 sup.) consists of 102 leaves,
twelve pages of which are blank and two other pages are either also blank or illegible. The
[10]
Codex contains fragments of the Epistles to the Romans, Corinthians, Ephesians, Galatians,
Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians, Timothy, Titus, and Philemon.
Codex Ambrosianus B (Milano, Biblia Ambrosiana, S 45 sup.) consists of 78 leaves,
one side of which is empty. The codex contains fragments of the letters to the Corinthians,
Ephesians, Galatians, Philippians, Colossians, Thessalonians, Timothy, and Titus. 2
Corinthians is complete.
Codex Ambrosianus C (Milano, Bibl. Ambrosiana, I 61 sup., p. 90f.) contains two leaves
with fragments of chapters 25 and 27 from the Gospel of Matthew.
Codex Ambrosianus D (Milano, Biblia Ambrosiana, G 82 sup., p. 209f., 451f., 461f.)
comprises three leaves with chapters 5 and 7 from Nehemiah.
The Codex Taurinensis consists of four leaves from the University Library of Turin
(Torino, Bibl. Universitaria Nazionale, F. IV. 1 Fasc. 10) that were severely damaged (due to a
fire in the library in 1904). It is a codex rescriptus originally belonging to the Codex
Ambrosianus A, containing fragments of the letters to the Galatians and Colossians (first edition
by Hans Ferdinand Maßmann in 1868).
A unique item, as it is no manuscript, is the small lead tablet from Hács Béndekpuszta,
dated to the last third of the 5th century that was still folded when it was found in a grave. When
trying to open it, the object, originally approx. 5.5 x 5.5 cm in size, shattered into countless
small pieces. Some of them could be saved and were stored in the Archaeological Institute of
the Hungarian Academy of Sciences. These few fragments have been lost since around 1992.
Only photos (unfortunately only from one side) are available. The fragment includes John
17:11. It is the oldest text in Gothic script, in both script types (see below under 4).
There are also testimonies that are of religious nature and partly refer to Wulfila’s
translation of the Bible, but represent an independent group:
The Skeireins are fragments of an explanation of the Gospel of John, which was titled
Skeireins aiwaggeljons þairh Iohannen (“Explanation of the Gospel according to John”) by its
first editor Hans Ferdinand Maßmann. Eight leaves from what was originally a manuscript have
been preserved, of which the leaves 1, 2, 5, 6 and 7 are now the Codex Ambrosianus E from
the Biblioteca Ambrosiana in Milan (Milano, Bibl. Ambrosiana, E 147 sup., p. 77, 80, 111, 114,
309f.), and the leaves 3, 4 and 8 are now the Codex Vaticanus Latinus 5750 from the Biblioteca
[11]
Vaticana zu Rom (Città del Vaticano, Bibl. Apostolica Vaticana, Vat. Lat. 5750, p. 57–62;
https://digi.vatlib.it/view/MSS_Vat.lat.5750). These are codices rescripti, except sheet 6v.
Whether the Skeireins is an original or a translation (perhaps of a work by Theodorus of
Heraclea; cf. Schäferdiek, Knut, 1981. „Die Fragmente der ‘Skeireins’ und der
Johanneskommentar des Theodor von Herakleia“. Zeitschrift für deutsches Altertum110, 175–
193) is unclear, as is the original scope of the work. Depending on the situation, the quotes from
Matthew, John and the letter to the Romans contained therein can come directly from Wulfila's
translation of the Bible or be independent transmissions.
The Gothic text of the Codex Bononiensis was recognized by Maddalena Modesti and
Annafelicia Zuffrano in 2010; the first editors (Finazzi & Tornaghi [see bibliography]) called
the fragment Gothica Bononiensia. It is a fragment of a double leaf found in Bologna (signature
Cart. 716/1, n°1 [olim Cart. 353, cam. n°3]; http://www.gotica.de/bononiensia.html), which
probably dates from the first half of the 6th century and perhaps originated in Verona. It includes
some parts of an anonymous text (perhaps a homily, a sermon, or a liturgical prayer). The value
of the fragment is that in addition to some quotations from Matthew and Luke, Epistle to the
Romans, 1st and 2nd Epistle to Timothy, the text also contains some quotations from the Old
Testament (Genesis, Psalms, Daniel) and from the Acts of the Apostles are, i.e., from texts that
have not otherwise been handed down.
The graffiti from Mangup in the Crimea, discovered in 1938 but only recognized as
Gothic in 2016 (cf. Korobov & Vinogradov [see bibliography]), date from the period between
the middle of the 9th century and the beginning of the 10th century. Among them is a fragment
from the Psalms alongside other graffiti with religious content.
A Gothic calendar running from October 23rd to November 30th is preserved on page
196 of Codex Ambrosianus A.
The Gotica Veronensia are in a parchment manuscript (Verona, Bibli. Capitolare, LI

[49] + Venezia, Biblio Giustiniani Recanati, without signature) from the 5th/6th century, written
in Verona, which contains a Latin collection of homilies by the Arian bishop Maximinus. At
the beginning of almost every homily there are short notes on the subject in Gothic language
and script as marginalia. These are mostly Bible quotations. The manuscript is in poor condition
and the Gothic sentences are mostly badly rubbed and nearly illegible.
[12]
Finally, there is a group of different content and from entirely different times:
The Codex Vindobonensis is a manuscript from Salzburg from the end of the 8th century,
which is now in the Austrian National Library in Vienna (Vienna, Austrian National Library
Cod. 795; formerly: Salzburg Wiener Alcuin Manuscript). It contains several Gothic alphabets
and the Gothic names of the letters, as well as some Gothic word groups from the Gospel of
Luke including phonetic comments
(http://digital.onb.ac.at/RepViewer/viewer.faces?doc=DTL_3112149&order=1&view=SING
LE).
In the Gotica Parisina (also called Codex Segonensis; Paris, Bibliothèque Nationale,
Latin 528, fol. 71v) from the beginning of the 9th century there are seven biblical personal names
to Luke 3:24–29 in Latin script with the overwritten Gothic pronunciation. There are also nine
letters in Gothic script with the Latin equivalents (first edition by Bischoff [see bibliography])
(https://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b9078378q/f78.item).
Two Deeds of Sale written on papyrus. The first, drawn up around 551, is in the library
in Naples (without signature) and was formerly in Ravenna in the archive of the Gothic church
of St. Anastasia; it says that the whole clergy of this church gave to a certain Petrus Defensor
eight ounces of marshland worth 180 shillings and received the transfer of 60 shillings in cash
to pay off a debt of 120 shillings. The second, formerly in the Arezzo Cathedral Archives
(without signature), is lost and only known from a facsimile and partial print in Doni, Giovanni
Battista. 1731. Inscriptiones Antiquae. Florence (pp. 496–498) (https://reader.digitale-
sammlungen.de/en/fs1/object/display/bsb10864014_00634.html). It states that the deacon
Gudilaib sold four uncien of the estate of Kaballaria to the deacon Alamod for 133 gold
shillings.
Isolated Gothic words can be found in some Latin writing authors, such as Iordanes.
Possibly Gothic, perhaps also Vandalic, at least East Germanic are some words in the first verse
of the Latin poem entitled de convivi(i)s barbaris (transmitted in the Codex Salmasianus [Paris,
Bibliothèque Nationale, Codex Parisinus Latinus 10318];
https://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/btv1b8479004f/f151.image); the first two verses are:
[13]
Inter eils Goticum scapiamatziaiadrincan

non audet quisquam dignos educere versus
In between the Gothic “eils scapiamatziaiadrincan”
no one dares to produce worthy verses.
The exact interpretation of the Gothic words is uncertain, although the meaning is clear.
eils is unanimously accepted as the Biblical Gothic word hails ‘healthy, whole; be greeted’, the
complex scapiamatziaiadrincan is resolved differently. Of the many interpretations that have
been suggested, only two come into question: either as skapjam matjan jah drigkan ‘let us get
to eat and drink (here)’ or as skapja, matja jah drigkan ‘waiter, food and drink’. Both verses
can thus probably be rendered as “Under the Gothic ‘Be greeted! Let’s get something to eat and
drink!’ / no one dares to produce worthy verses” or with “Under the Gothic ‘Be greeted! Waiter!
Food and drink!’ / no one dares to produce worthy verses”.
In the font of the Older Futhark some Gothic or East Germanic inscriptions are
transmitted, but their interpretation is usually difficult. These include:
1. Spearhead from Dahmsdorf (ca. 250–320): ranja, either ‘making flee’ or ‘runner’.
2. Golden ring from Pietroasele (1st half of the 5th century): gutani o wi(h) hailag, perhaps ‘of
the Goths (heritage) property, consecrated (and) sanctified’.
An important source for Gothic (both for Ostro- and Visigothic) are the numerous
personal names that are handed down in Greek and Latin sources (in the works of literary
authors and in documents); bearers of these Gothic names are not only Goths themselves, but
also e.g., Huns.
Other sources for Gothic are on the one hand place names of Gothic origin in France,
Italy and the Iberian Peninsula as well as loanwords from Gothic in the Romance languages. A
difficulty here is that there were also other Germanic tribes in these areas and their language
cans also be the source. The exact attribution to Gothic is therefore difficult or controversial or
uncertain in individual cases.
Finally, the testimonies of the so-called Crimean Gothic come from a much later period.
These are recorded between 1560 and 1562 by the Flemish ambassador Ogier Ghiselin de
Busbecq (1522–1592) and handed down in his fourth letter from Turkey
(https://books.google.de/books?id=h-
[14]
0RQQ04umEC&printsec=frontcover&hl=de#v=onepage&q&f=false [the relevant section

goes from page 132 to page 137]). It consists of 86 words and four short sentences, which he
recorded heard from the mouth of a Greek, who spoke Crimean Gothic. Phonetically, the
attested forms stand further off from Gothic; because of that Crimean Gothic is also sometimes
seen as a West Germanic language or at least (heavily) influenced by a Westgermanic language;
this, most likely is incorrect. Crimean Gothic probably died out in the 18th century.
The term Crimean Gothic has become ambiguous through the discovery of the older inscriptions
in the Crimea (see above), since these are also classified as Crimean, but they hardly deviate in
comparison to Biblical Gothic. A clarification of the term would therefore be desirable (Crimean Gothic
vs. Crimean Bible Gothic?).
4. The Gothic Script
According to the unanimous reports of the Greek church historians Philostorgios,

Socrates, and Sozomenos, the Gothic bishop Wulfila created a new script to record his
translation of the Bible. All Gothic monuments except for the runic inscriptions, the
personal/place names in late antique tradition, the words in the Latin poem de convivi(i)s
barbaris, the loan words from Gothic as well as Crimean Gothic, are written in different
variants of an alphabetical script that can be traced back to one basic form. Because of the
records, this basic form is attributed to Wulfila; the script is therefore also referred to as
Wulfila’s script (alphabet). The further developments of Wulfila’s writing in the individual
manuscripts can be divided into two types based on two criteria. One type uses Gr. nasal
shortening only for n and has an s, the shape of which corresponds to that of the ε-shaped Gr.
sigma; therefore, this type is also called Σ type. The other type uses the Latin nasal shortening
for both n and m and has an s whose form corresponds to that of the Latin uncial s; therefore,
this type is also referred to as S type. Of these two types, the Σ type is probably closer to the
Wulfilan base form, while the S type emerged from it by influence by the Latin script (a final
paleographic study is still pending). Both types are uncial fonts. The letters therefore have the
same shape regardless of their position in the word.
The two font types are not to be confused with the scribe’s hands I and II in the Codex argenteus.
The distribution of both types in the monuments is as follows:

1. The Σ type is present in: a. The alphabets of the Codices Ambrosiani B, D, the Codex
Bononiensis and the Gotica Veronensia; b. The alphabet of the marginalia of Codex
[15]
Ambrosianus A as well as in the word laikt(s)jo (44x) in the margin of Codex Ambrosianus B;
c. The first alphabet on fol. 20v of the Codex Vindobonensis (so-called Vienna Alphabet); d.
The alphabet of the Naples charter (probably also that of the Arezzo charter, which is lost,
however); e. The inscriptions of Mangup.
2. The S type is present in: Codex Argenteus, Codex Carolinus, Codex Gissensis, Codices
Ambrosiani A (and in the originally related Codex Taurinensis), C, E (and in the originally
related Vaticanus Latinus 5750).
3. Characteristics of both types of writing can be found on the small lead tablets by Hács
Béndekpuszta.
The Gothic script comprises 27 characters, of which 25 characters serve both as a sound
and as a number, two only as numbers. It is not a new creation, but is based on existing
alphabets, as can be seen from the shape and sequence of the characters and their use as
numerals. Because of the latter two usages, it is reasonable to assume that the Greek alphabet
was the basis, but that certain gaps were filled with the help of the Latin alphabet. However,
the exact contribution made by the individual alphabets is disputed. If the Runic alphabet also
contributed is even more discussed.
The table below gives a. The numerical value of the individual letters; b. A standardized
alphabet character; c. The transcription in Latin letters (in older works one sometimes finds
other transcriptions; the more common ones are kw or kv for q, th for þ, v for w, hw, hv or w for
ƕ); d. the names of the letters handed down in the Codex Vindobonensis:
a. b. c. d. a. b. c. d.
1 A a aza ‘Aesir’ 60 J j gaar ‘year’
2 B b bercna ‘birch’ 70 U u uraz ‘aurochs’
3 G g geuua ‘gift’ 80 P p pertra ‘?’
4 D d daaz ‘day’ 90 # —
5 E e eyz ‘horse’ 100 R r reda ‘wagon’
6 Q q quertra ‘bait’ 200 S s sugil ‘sun’
7 Z z ezec ‘(letter) Zeta’ 300 T t tyz ‘god’
8 H h haal ‘hail’ 400 V w uuinne ‘pasture’
9 È þ thyth ‘the good (one)’ 500 F f fe ‘livestock, property’
10 I, ¾ i iiz ‘ice’ 600 X x enguz ‘man’
20 K k chozma ‘ulcer’ 700 Ÿ ƕ uuaer ‘kettle’
30 L l laaz ‘water’ 800 O o utal ‘inheritance’
40 M m manna ‘person’ 900 % —
[16]
50 N n noicz ‘need’
In the text editions, the Gothic characters are always rendered by the Latin transcription.
The use of the characters as numerals is expressed in the manuscripts as follows: 1. There is a
horizontal line above the letter; 2. Above the letter there is a horizontal line and a dot on the left and
right. The characters for 90 (#) and 900 (%) only appear as numbers.
The 10th letter is represented in two form variants, ï (¾) and i (I). The ï stands: 1. Initially (ïk ‘I’,
ïst ‘[s]he is’); 2. In the interior of the syllable after a vowel (sauïl ‘sun’, saiïþ ‘[s]he sows’, tauï ‘act’);
3. In the base word of verbal compounds starting with i (usïddja ‘went out’, fraïtiþ ‘consumes, devours’);
Evidence for a corresponding use in nominal compounds is missing. Otherwise, i is written.
5. The pronunciation of the Gothic characters
The following overview reflects the author’s view of the pronunciation of the Gothic
characters. In addition, there are also deviating views, which are listed in chapter 2.3.
5.1. Vowels
1. <a> is predominantly short (one mora), occasionally also long (two morae) if it comes from
PGmc. *anχ(w) > Late PGmc. *ąχ(w) (as in fahan ‘to catch’, -gahts ‘gait’) and in foreign words
and suffixes.
2. <e> and <o> are always long.
3. is always short i; ī is rendered by the digraph <ei>, based on the Greek model.
4. is usually short, but not infrequently long, either from PGmc. *ū or from PGmc. *unχ(w)
> Late PGmc. *ųχ(w) (as in þuhta ‘thought’, juhisa ‘younger’).
Before r, h and ƕ i becomes <ai> and u becomes <au> (see below).
5. <ai> has three phonetic values: a. diphthong (as in ains ‘one’, wai interj. ‘woe!’); b. open e
(as in NHG Hecke) exclusively before r, h and ƕ (as in wair ‘man’, raihts* ‘right, straight, fair’,
saiƕan ‘to see’); c. open ē (as in NHG ähnlich) in hiatus before vowel (as in saian ‘to sow’).
<ai> before r, h and ƕ can also be a diphthong (as in haihs* ‘one-eyed’). The phonetic value is
determined by comparison with the other Germanic (or Indo-European) languages.
Goth. <ai> also has the phonetic values given under b. and c. when borrowing/transcribing
Greek words (b. as in aikklesjo ‘congregation, place of worship’ < Gr. ekklēsía, c. as in place name
Idumaia* < Gr. Idoumaía).
[17]
<au> also has three phonetic values: a. diphthong (as in aukan* ‘to increase’); b. o (as in NHG
offen ‘open’) exclusively before r and h (as in haurn* ‘horn’, sauhts* ‘disease’); c. open ō (as
in E draw) before a vowel (as in sauil ‘sun’).
<au> can also be a diphthong before r and h (as in hauhs* ‘high’). The phonetic value is
determined by comparison with the other Germanic (or Indo-European) languages.
Goth. <au> also has the phonetic values given under b. and c when borrowing/transcribing
Greek words (b. as in apaustaulus ‘apostle’ < Gr. apóstolos, c. as in personal name Nauel [transformed]
< Gr. Nōé).
In the older literature, the following habit can sometimes be found for distinguishing the
monophthong from the diphthong: the monophthong is denoted by aí and aú, while the diphthong is
denoted by ái and áu.
6. <iu> is usually also a diphthong, in which i is a vowel and u a semi-vowel (like ew in Northern
E dial. new), that continues PGmc. *e (as in þiuda ‘people’); very rarely both elements are
vowels and then split into two syllables (as in niun ‘nine’).
7. For <w> in vocalic function cf. 5.2.1.
5.2. Consonants
1. <w> denotes a bilabial voiced sound (like in E wind), on the other hand in loanwords between
consonants a ü (like in NHG Nüsse ‘nuts’) (like in Gothic personal name Swmaion < Gr.
Symeún). Final w becomes u after a short vowel (as in nom.sg. kniu* ‘knee’ : gen.sg. kniw-is).
2. <j> denotes a consonantal j (as in NHG jäh ‘quick’). In final position it becomes i (as in
acc.sg. hari : nom.sg. harjis ‘army’).
3. <r>, <l>, <m>, <n> are like in German. Following the Greek example, n becomes velar n [ŋ]
before g and k and is written as <g> (as in tuggo ‘tongue’, þugkjan* ‘to believe, to mean, to
apply’).
4. and <d> are either voiced fricatives (in medial position after vowels/diphthongs) or
voiced plosives (initial and in medial position after consonants [perhaps except after
resonants]).
When the voiced spirants b, d become to stand in either final position or before a final s, they
become the corresponding voiceless spirants <f>, <þ> (like E theft) (as in giban ‘to give’ :
2ndsg.pres.imp. gif, nom.sg. goþs ‘good’ : gen.sg. godis).
5. <g> is generally a voiced plosive; it remains uncertain whether it is a voiced (or even
voiceless) fricative in the final position or before s and t. The combination <ggw> is to be read
[18]
either as ŋ-gw (as in aggwus ‘tight’) or as a longer pronounced (double time) g with a following
w (as in triggws ‘faithful’). The phonetic value is determined by comparing the form with
corresponding forms in other Germanic (or Indo-European) languages.
For <g> as a sign for n s. above.
6. , <t>, <k> are like in German.

7. <f> is either bilabial or labiodental (not decidable), <h> is an aspirate in initial position (like
in NHG Halle ‘hall’), in internal and final position maybe too, but it could in these positions
also be a fricative (like in NHG ach), <þ> is a voiceless fricative (like E theft).
8. <q> and <ƕ> are more likely biphonematic combinations of k respictively h and w rather
than monophonematic (kʷ or hʷ).
9. <s> lies between the sounds ss like in NHG Nuss ‘nut’ and sch in NHG Schaf ‘sheep’,
likewise <z> between s in NHG Sahne ‘cream’ and j in NHG Journal ‘journal’.
10. <x> appears only in loanwords from Greek and is like ch in NHG Buch ‘book’.
The word stress of Gothic will be dealt with in 2.2.3. and 2.3.3.
[19]
II. TEXTS
1. From the Gospels
1.1. Matthew 6:9–13: The Lord’s Prayer
9 swa nu bidjaiþ jus: atta unsar þu in himinam, weihnai namo þein. 10 qimai þiudinassus þeins.
wairþai wilja þeins, swe in himina jah ana airþai. 11 hlaif unsarana þana sinteinan gif uns
himma daga. 12 jah aflet uns þatei skulans sijaima, swaswe jah weis afletam þaim skulam
unsaraim. 13 jah ni briggais uns in fraistubnjai, ak lausei uns af þamma ubilin; unte þeina ist
þiudangardi jah mahts jah wulþus in aiwins. amen.
9 swa: adv. ‘so’; OHG, OS, ODu. sō, OE swā, swǣ, OFris. sā, sō, OIcl. so. — nu: 1. adv. ‘well, now’,
2. conj. ‘well, therefore, consequently’; the quantity of u is uncertain, since in Germ. both long and short
vowel languages are found; OHG nu, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. nū, OIcl. nú. — bidjaiþ: 2ndpl.pres. opt. to
bidjan st. v. 5 ‘to pray, to beg’; the j is only found in the present stem (bidja, baþ, bedun, bidans*),
present forms without j (bidan [1.CorA 7:5] and usbida [RomA 9:3]) are analogous after the preterite;
OHG bitten, OS biddjan, ODu. Bidden, OE biddan, OFris. bidda, OIcl. biðja; the verb is strong despite
the suffix containing j (originally - e/o- formation). — jus: nom. pers.pron. ‘you (pl.)’; (with changes)
OHG ir, OS gī, ge, ODu. gi, ir, OE ge, OFris. jī, OIcl. ér. — atta: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘father’; usually the
word is also seen in the person Attila, which however, can also be of Hunnic origin; OHG +atto m. (only
one instance <ato>), MDu. ate, North Fris. atte, OIcl. personal name Atti; the inherited word for ‘father’
is found in Gothic only once as voc.sg. fadar (GalA 4: 6) (see fadar *). — unsar: nom.sg.m. poss.pron.
‘ours’; OHG unsar, unsēr, OS ūsa, ūser, ODu. unsa, OE ūser, ūsse, ūre, OFris. ūse, ūser; derivation
from the root in Goth. us dat./acc. to weis pers.pron. ‘we’; the position of the poss.pron. (as the adj. in
general) here after the substantive is inherited, as in PGmc. the position of the adj. was free (it could
therefore proceed or follow the substantive; cf. OHG fateres mīnes ‘my father’ [Hildebrandslied]). —
þu: nom. pers.pron. ‘you’; OHG du, OS t(h)u, ODu. thu, OE þu, OFris. thu, OIcl. þú. – in: prep. +
dat./acc. (for the designation of place / direction) ‘in, on, on, to, while, after to’, + gen. ‘because of, for
the sake of, for, through’; Run. i, OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. in, OIcl. í. — himinam: dat.pl. to himins
m. a-st. ‘heaven’ (in the plural because the Judeo-Christian notion knows seven heavens); OS hevan,
MDu. heven, OE heofon, OIcl. himinn next to OHG himil, OS himil, ODu. himil, OFris. himel, himul,
himil, hemel probably with dissimilation m - n> m - l (and not change of suffix). — weihnai:
3rdsg.pres.opt. to weihnan* w. v. 4 ‘to become holy’ (this is the only instance of the word); derivation
from Goth. weihs adj. a-st. ‘holy’; with the suffix PGmc. *-na- inchoative verbs are derived in Goth.
and the North Gmc. languages. — namo: nom.sg. n. n-st. ‘name’; OHG, OS, ODu. namo, OE nama,
noma, OFris. nama, noma, OIcl. nafn. — þein: nom.sg.n. to þeins poss.pron. ‘vour’; OHG dīn, OS,
ODu. thīn, OE þīn, OFris. thīn, OIcl. þinn; derivation with the suffix PIE *-no- of the loc.sg. PrePGm.
* te ‘with you’ of the 2ndsg. pers.pron. (see þu); meaning therefore originally ‘with you’.
10 qimai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to qiman st. v. 4 ‘to come’; OHG queman next to (zero grade) early OHG
kuman, koman, OS, ODu. kuman, OE cuman, OFris. kuma, koma, OIcl. koma, kuma. — þiudinassus:
nom.sg. m. u-st. ‘government’; (king’s) empire’; derivation with the suffix Goth. -assus (forming
abstracts) from Goth. þiudanon w. v. 2 ‘to rule’, a denominal verb to Goth. þiudans m. a-st. ‘king’; from
derivations like Goth. þiudinassus, which could also be related directly to Goth. þiuda f. ō-st. ‘people’,
[20]
a suffix *-inassu- was already abstracted in late Proto-Germanic, cf. Goth. -inassus,
OHG -nessi, -nassi, -nissi, -nussi, OS -nissi, -nissea, -nessi, -nussi, ODu. -nussi, -nissi, OE -nise, -niss,
OFris. -nisse. — wairþai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to wairþan st. v. 3 ‘to become’; OHG werdan, OS, ODu.
Werthan, OE weorþan, OFris. wertha, OIcl. verða. — wilja: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘will’; OHG willo, OS
willio, ODu. willo, OE, OFris. willa, OIcl. vili; derivation from the root in Goth. wiljan athem. to ‘to
want’. — swe: adv., conj. ‘how; as, there’; OE swā, swǣ, OFris. sā, OIcl. svá. — jah: copula ‘and’ (the
final -h can be assimilated to the initial of a following word); a combination of Goth. ja ‘yes’ (OHG, OS
ja, Early MDu. ja, OE iā, gēa, OFris. je, ge, gēa, OIcl. já) and Goth. -(u)h enclit. part. ‘and’; cf. with
reinforcing particle PGmc. *-ke OHG. joh, OS jak. — ana: prep. + dat./acc. (to denote place/direction)
‘on, in, over’; Run. ana (Möjbro Stone, 160–560/70), OHG, OS, ODu. ana (preserving final *-a in
proclitic position) next to Run. an (bracteate from Tjurkö 1, 440–560), a (bracteate from Trollhättan II,
ca. 500), OHG, OS an, OE on, OFris. on, a(n), OIcl. a. — airþai: dat.sg. to airþa f. ō-st. ‘earth, land’;
OHG erda, OS, ODu. ertha, OE eorđe, OFris. erthe, irthe, erde, OIcl. jǫrð; dental extension to the root
in OHG ero, (?) ODu. ere (in erende ‘boundary [of the earth]’), OIcl. jǫrfi.
11 hlaif: acc.sg. to hlaifs (-b-) m. (there are also analogous spellings with -bs and -b in the nom.sg and
acc.sg); Run. -hlaiba (in dat.sg. witandahlaiba ‘bread keeper’ [stone from Tune, 375/400–520/530]; n-st.
in the composition; cf. for the meaning E lord < OE hlāford ‘bread keeper’), OHG leib, OE hlāf, OFris.
hlēf, lēf, OIcl. hleifr; borrowed in OCS chlěbъ, Latv. klàips. — þana: acc.sg.m. to sa dem.pron. ‘this,
who’; þan- is the old acc. form (< PIE *tom), to which a particle -a was attached after the final *m had
changed to *n; in Goth. the dem.pron. has not yet achieved the function of the article. — sinteinan:
acc.sg.m. w. to sinteins* adj. a-st. ‘every day’; composition from Goth. sin- (cf. OHG sin- [e.g. in
sinfluot ‘deluge’, singruoni ‘evergreen’], OS sin- [e.g. in sinnahti ‘eternal night’], OE sin- [e.g. in
singrēne ‘evergreen’, sinhere ‘great army’], OIcl. sí- [e.g. in sígrœnn ‘evergreen’] < PGmc. *sem ‘one,
in one together, uniform, together, with’), and Goth. -teins < PGmc. *tīna- ‘day’ (? OHG -zin [in
len(gi)zin ‘spring’]). — gif: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to giban st. v. 5 ‘to give’ (f by final devoicing); Run.
(1stsg.pres.) gibu (bracteate 2 from the area of Køge/Seeland, 440–560), (3rdsg.pres.) gAf (stone from
Stentoften, 520/30–700), OHG geban, OS, ODu. Gevan, OE giefan, OFris. jeva, OIcl. gefa. — us: dat.
to weis pers. pron. ‘we’; OHG uns, OS ūs, Early MDu. ons, OE, OFris. ūs, OIcl. oss. — himma: dat.sg.m.
to hi-* pron. ‘this’ (the pronoun is defective and occurs in Goth. only in terms of time in the
dat./acc.sg.m./n.: himma daga ‘on this day, today’, and hina dag ‘until this day’, fram himma [nu] ‘from
now on’, and hita ‘until now’ and in hidre adv. ‘here’); PGmc. *χi- ‘this’ is also preserved in the other
Germanic languages, however, only in relicts, cf. OHG hiuru ‘this year’, hiutu ‘today, now, present’,
OS hiurig ‘this year’, hiudu ‘today’, ODu. hiudo ‘today’, OE hēodæg ‘today’, OFris. hiūdega ‘today’;
OHG hina ‘away from here’, OS hina ‘away’, MDu. hene ‘from here, to, from now on’, OE hin- (in
hinsīđ ‘departure, death’, hingang ‘departure, death’). — daga: dat.sg. to dags m. a-st. ‘day’ (Crimean
Goth. tag); OHG tag, OS, ODu. Dag, OE dæg, OFris. dei, OIcl. daGr.
12 aflet: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to afletan st. v. 7 ‘to dismiss, to send away; to forsake, to leave behind’;
compound with Goth. letan* st. v. 7 ‘to let, to permit, to allow, to leave (behind)’. — þatei: conj./pron.
‘that’ or acc.sg.n. to saei rel.pron. ‘which’ (determination is dependent on the classification of the
following word skulans). — skulans: either nom.pl. to skula m. n-st. ‘debtor, the culprit’ (OHG, OS
skolo) or nom.pl.m. to skula* adj. ‘guilty’ (only weak inflection) (OHG skolo); in both cases derivations
from the root in Goth. skulan* pret.pres. ‘to be guilty, must’. — sijaima: 1stpl.pres.opt. to wisan irreg.
st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’; the construction of aflet uns þatei skulans sijaima is thus either ‘relieve
that we are debtors’ or ‘relieve that which we owe’. — swaswe: 1. adv. ‘as well as, like’, 2. conj. ‘so
that’; combination of Goth. swa adv. ‘so’ and Goth. swe adv., conj. ‘how; as, there’. — weis: nom. pers.
pron. ‘we’; OHG wir, OS wī, wē, ODu. wi, OE wē, OFris. wī, OIcl. vér. — þaim: dat.pl.m. to sa
dem.pron. ‘this, that’. — skulam: dat.pl. to skula m. n-st. ‘debtor, the culprit’.
13 ni: neg. ‘not’; OHG nı, OS ni, ne, ODu. ne, OE, OFris. ne, ni, OIcl. (poet.) ne, né. — briggais:
2ndsg.pres.opt. to briggan anom. to ‘to bring’; OHG bringan, ? OS bringan, ODu., OE bringan, OFris.
[21]
bringa. — fraistubnjai: dat.sg. to fraistubni* f. jō-st. ‘temptation’; derivation with the suffix PGmc.
*-uƀn ō- to an unattested verb Goth. *fraiston w. v. 3 ‘to try’ (cf. OIcl. freista); cf. Goth. fraisan* st. v.
7 ‘to try’, which probably continues a compound PGmc. *fr(a)-aise/a-. — ak: conj. ‘but’ (always at the
beginning of the [sub-]clause); OHG (with development from *a to o in unstressed position) oh, OS ak,
OE ac, oc — lausei: 2nd.sg.pres.imp. to lausjan w. v. 1 ‘to release, to save; to collect money’; OHG
lōsen, OS lōsian, ODu. lōsen, OE līsan, lȳsan, OFris. lēsa, OIcl. leysa; derivation from the root in Goth.
laus adj. a-st. ‘loose, empty’; OHG, OS, ODu. lōs, OE lēas, OFris. lās, les, lōs, OIcl. lauss, itself a
derivation from the root in Goth. liusan* (in fraliusan* st. v. 2 ‘to lose’ [see fralusts]). — af: prep. +
dat. ‘from, from – away, from – here’; OHG ab, OS af, OE æf, af, of, OFris. of, OIcl. af next to (with
preservation of the final vowel in proclitic position) OHG aba, ODu. ava. — ubilin: dat.sg.n. w. to ubils
adj. a-st. ‘evil, bad’; OHG, OS ubil, ODu. uvil, OE yfel, Ofris. evel; probably as ‘excessive, going beyond
the right measure’ to PIE *upo ‘up’. — unte: conj. ‘until, as long as; because’; OE untō; formation to
the root in Goth. and prep. + acc./dat. ‘up to; for, around’. — ist: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to wisan irreg. st. v. ‘to
be (there), exist’; OHG ist, OS, ODu. ist, (with loss of t after the pattern of the pret.pres. or because of
weak stress) is, OE, OFris. is, OIcl. (with the same loss of t and e after the 1stsg. em) es. — þiudangardi:
nom.sg. f. jō-st. ‘royal castle, kingdom’; compound with Goth. þiudana- ‘king’ (see þiudinassus) and
Goth. -gardi, derivation from the root in Goth. gards m. i-st. ‘house, family; court’. — mahts: nom.sg.
f. i-st. ‘power, strength, fortune’; OHG, OS maht, Early MDu. macht, OE meaht, miht, OFris. macht;
derivation from the root in Goth. magan* pret.pres. ‘can, to be able’. — wulþus: nom.sg. m. u-st. ‘glory’;
Run. o?wlþu- (in nom.sg. personal name o?wlþuþewaz ‘Ullr-/shining servant’ [chape from Thorsberg,
210/220–250/260]), OIcl. name of a god Ullr actually ‘the shining one’. — aiwins: acc.pl. to aiws* m.
a/i-st. ‘time, eternity’ (this is the only instance of the acc. pl.; the word fluctuates between a- and i-st.:
dat.pl. aiwam [7x], acc.pl. aiwins; in the sg. there is no difference between both stem classes); OS ēu
‘law’ next to OHG ēwa ‘eternity’, OS ēwa* ‘eternity’, ODu. ēwa ‘eternity’, OFris. ē, ewe ‘law, practice,
legal act (?)’ and OE ǣ(w) ‘law, statute, religion, scripture, rite, custom, wife’. — amen: ‘Amen’ (loan
word from Gr. amḕn).
1.2. Matthew 8:1–4: Cleansing of a Leper
1 dalaþ þan atgaggandin imma af fairgunja, laistidedun afar imma iumjons managos. 2 jah sai,
manna þrutsfill habands durinnands inwait ina qiþands: frauja, jabai wileis, magt mik
gahrainjan. 3 jah ufrakjands handu attaitok imma qiþands: wiljau, wairþ hrains. jah suns hrain
warþ þata þrutsfill is. 4 jah qaþ imma Iesus: saiƕ ei mann ni qiþais, ak gagg, þuk silban ataugei
gudjin jah atbair giba þoei anabauþ Moses du weitwodiþai im.
1 dalaþ: adv. ‚to the valley‚ down‘ (the adverb corresponds to Gr. kata- ‚down‘ in the verbal compound
with the Greek vorlage); derivation with the adverb forming suffic Goth. -aþ (cf. aljaþ ‘eleswhere’) of
Goth. dals* m. / dal* n. ‘pit, gorge, valley; wine press pit’; OHG tal, OS, ODu. dal, OE dæl, OFris. del,
OIcl. dalr. — þan: 1. adv. ‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj. (very often with -[u]h [usually
rendering Gr. dé ‘but, and’]), 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’; OHG dan, OS, ODu. than, OE þan, þon,
OFris. than, OIcl. þá; originally the acc.sg.n. to the dem.pron. in Goth. sa ‘this (one)’. — atgaggandin:
dat.sg.m. pres.part. to atgaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go, to come’ (atgaggandin imma: absolute dative
construction rendering the Gr. absolute genitive); compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’.
— imma: dat.sg.m. to is anaphor.pron. ‘he’. — fairgunja: dat.sg. to fairguni n. ja-st. ‘mountain’; OE
fyrgen, firgen next to (feminine) OHG Fergunna ‘Ore Mountanins’, OIcl. fjǫrgyn ‘earth, land’; cf.
Lat.-Celt. (or Lat.-Germ. via Celtic?) Hercynia silva, a German low mountain range; derivation from
[22]
the root in Goth. fairƕus m. u-st. ‘world’. — laistidedun: 3.pl.pret.ind. to laistjan sw. v. 1 ‘to follow, to
strive’; OHG leisten, OS lēstian, ODu. lēsten, OE lǣstan, OFris. lāsta, lēsta; derivation from the root in
Goth. laists* m. i-st. ‘track’‚Spur‘; OHG leist, MLG lēst, MDu. leest, OE lǣst, lāst, OFris. lāst, lēst,
OIcl. leistr. — afar: prep. + acc./dat. ‘after; behind’; OHG afar, OIcl. afar-; derivation with the suffix
PGmc. *-era- from PGmc. *aƀa (see af). — iumjons: nom.pl. to iumjo* f. n-st. ‘heap’ (this is the only
occurrence of the word); without equivalents. — managos: nom.pl.f. to manags* adj. a-st. ‘some,
many’; OHG, OS, ODu. manag, OE manig, monig, OFris. monich, manich, OIcl. manGr.
2 sai: adv. ‘see’; unclear, probably to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’ and not a shortended form (with saiƕ →
sai) of the imperative of saiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to see’. — manna: nom.sg. m. irreg. cons.st. ‘man’; Lat.-Germ.
Mannus, Run. maR (Stone from Eggja, 575–675/700), OHG, Lgb., ODu. man, OS mann, OE mann,
monn, OFris. man, mon, OIcl. maðr, mannr. — þrutsfill: acc.sg. to þrutsfill n. a-st. ‘leprosy’; compound
with Goth. þruts- with unclear meaning (only having a correspondence in OE þrust- ) and Goth. -fill
‘skin, fur’ (cf. OHG fel, OS fell, ODu. fel, OE fell, OFris. fel, OIcl. fjall, fell). — habands: nom.sg.m.
pres.part. to haban sw. v. 3 ‘to have, to possess; to hold, to mean; to become’; OHG habēn, OS hebbian,
ODu. hebben, OE habban, OFris. habba, hebba, hava, OIcl. hafa. — durinnands: nom.sg.m. pres.part.
to durinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run to’; compound with Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run’. — inwait: 3rdsg.pret.ind.
to inweitan* st. v. 1 ‘to show respect, to greet’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG wīzan, OS,
ODu., OE wītan, OFris. wīta, OSwed. víta. — ina: acc.sg.m. to is anaphor.pron. ‘he, who’; OS ina. —
qiþands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to qiþan st. v. 5 ‘to say; to mean, to designate’; OHG quedan, OS, ODu.
quethan, OE cweðan, OFris. quetha, quatha, queda, OIcl. kveða. — frauja: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘lord,
master’; OS frōio, OE frīega next to OIcl. god’s name Freyr and Run. frawa- (in nom.sg. personal name
frawaradaz [stone from Möjbro, 160–560/70]), OHG, OS frō, OE frēa; derivation from the root in Goth.
fram: 1. adv. ‘further’, 2. prep. + dat. ‘from; since; for, at; around, about, for’. — jabai: conj. ‘if’;
(different formation) OS gef/ƀ, OE gif, gyf, OFris. ief, gef. — wileis: 2ndsg.pres. pres. to wiljan athem.
to ‘to want’; OS willian, ODu. willen, OE willan, OFris. willa, OIcl. vilja. — magt: 2ndsg.pres.ind. to
magan* pret.pres. ‘can, to be able’; OHG magan, mugan, OS mugan, ODu. mugan, OE magan, OFris.
muga, moga, OIcl. mega. — mik: acc. to ik pers.pron. ‘I’; OHG mih, OS mik, OE mic, OFris., OIcl. mik.
— gahrainjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to clean’; compound with Goth. hrainjan* w. v. 1 ‘to clean’; OHG reinen,
OS hrēnian, Early MDu. reinen; derivation from the root in Goth. hrains adj. i/ja-st. ‘pure’.
3 ufrakjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to ufrakjan* w. v. 1 ‘to get up’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
OHG, Early MDu. recken, OS rekkian, OE reccan, OIcl. rekja; to the root in Goth. rikan* st. v. 5
‘accumulate’. — handu: acc.sg. to handus f. u-st. ‘hand’ (once an acc.sg. handau [Mk 7:32] is attested)
(Crimean Goth. handa); OHG hant, Lgb. ande-, andi-, OS hand, ODu. hant, OE, OFris. hand, hond,
OIcl. hǫnd. — attaitok: 3.sg.pret.ind. to attekan st. v. 7 ‘to touch’; compound with Goth. tekan* st. v. 7
‘to touch’. — hrains: nom.sg.m. adj. i/ja-st. ‘pure’; (different formation) OHG reini, OS hrēni, ODu.
rēni, OFris. rēne, rēn, OIcl. hreinn, actually ‘sifted, separated (from)’. — suns: adv. ‘soon, suddenly, at
once’; without direct correspondences.
4 Iesus: nom. m. personal name ‚Jesus‘ (loan word < Gr. Iēsoũs). — saiƕ: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to saiƕan st.
v. 5 ‘to see’; OHG, OS sehan, ODu. sian, OE sēon, OFris. sia(n), OIcl. séa, sjá. — ei: conj. ‘so that’;
etymologically unclear. — gagg: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’; OHG, OS gangan,
Early MDu. ganghen, OE gangan, OFris. gunga, gonga, OIcl. ganga. — þuk: acc.sg. to þu pers.pron.
‘you’; (analogically remade) OHG dih, OS thik, OE þec, OIcl. þik. — silban: acc.sg.m. to silba pron.
‘self’; silba is only inflected weak; however, strong in OHG selb, OS, ODu. self, OE seolf, OFris. self,
OIcl. sjálfr. — ataugei: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to ataugjan w. v. 1 ‘to show somone (dat.) something (acc.)’;
compound with Goth. augjan* w. v. 1 ‘to show’; OHG ougen, OS ōgian, ODu. ōgen, OE īwan, OFris.
āwa, auwa; for the formation cf. OHG zougen, OS tōgian; derivation from the root in Goth. augo n.
n-st. ‘eye’. — gudjin: dat.sg. to gudja m. n-st. ‘priest’; Run. (nom.sg.) gudija (stone from Nordhuglo,
375/400–520/30); derivation from the root in Goth. guþ n. a-st. ‘god’. — atbair: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to
atbairan* st. v. 4 ‘to bring (to), to offer’; compound with Goth. bairan st. v. 4 ‘to carry, to suffer, to
[23]
give birth’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE beran, OFris., OIcl. bera. — giba: acc.sg. to giba f. ō-st. ‘gift, present’;
OHG, OS geba, ODu. geva, OE giefu, OFris. jeve, jef, OIcl. giǫf; derivation from the root in Goth. giban
st. v. 5 ‘to give’. — þoei: acc.sg.f. to saei rel.pron. ‘which’; compound with Goth. sa dem.pron. ‘this,
the’ amd Goth. ei conj. ‘so that’. — anabauþ: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to anabiudan* st. v. 2 ‘to offer, to
command’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG biotan, OS biodan, ODu. biedan, OE bēodan,
OFris. biada, OIcl. bjóða. — Moses: nom.sg. personal name (< Gr. Mōsḗs) (next to the spelling Mosez
[2.KorA 3:13; vielleicht auch 2.KorB 3:13] with analogical -z instead of -s). — du: prep. + dat./inf. ‘to,
for, in’; probably (with development in weak stress position) to OHG zuo, OS tō, Early MDu. toe, OE
to, OFris. tō. — weitwodiþai: dat.sg. to weitwodiþa f. ō-st. ‘(giving) testimony’; derivation from Goth.
weitwodjan* w. v. 1 ‘to testify, to be witness’.
1.3. Matthew 8:23–27: Calming the Storm
23 jah innatgaggandin imma in skip, afariddjedun imma siponjos is. 24 jah sai, wegs mikils
warþ in marein, swaswe þata skip gahuliþ wairþan fram wegim; iþ is saislep. 25 jah
duatgaggandans siponjos is urraisidedun ina qiþandans: frauja, nasei unsis, fraqistnam. 26 jah
qaþ du im Iesus: ƕa faurhteiþ, leitil galaubjandans? þanuh urreisands gasok windam jah
marein, jah warþ wis mikil. 27 iþ þai mans sildaleikidedun qiþandans: ƕileiks ist sa, ei jah
windos jah marei ufhausjand imma?
23 innatgaggandin: dat.sg.m. pres.part. v. innatgaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to come in, to enter’; compound
with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — skip: acc.sg. to skip n. a-st. ‘ship’; OHG skif, skef, OS skip,
MDu. scip, scep, OE scip, OFris. skip, OIcl. skip. — afariddjedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to afargaggan defect.
st. v. 7 ‘to follow’; compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’; the forms in the preterite with
iddj- belong to a suppletive paradigm; OE ēode. — siponjos: nom.pl. to siponeis m. ja-st. ‘pupil,
disciple’; derivation from the root in OHG seffo ‘follower, servant’.
24 wegs: nom.sg. m. a/i-st. ‘(sg.) storm, swell, surf; (pl.) waves’ (in the plural the word varies between
a- and i-st.: nom.pl. wegos [Mk 4:37], dat.pl. wegim [Mt 8:24]); OHG wāg, OS wāg, wēg, OE wǣg,
OFris. wēg, OIcl. vágr; derivation from the root in Goth. +wigan st. v. 5 ‘to move’ (if the conjecture
wigan ina from transmitted <wigā|na> [Lk 14:41] is correct); OHG, OS wegan, MDu. wegen, OE wegan,
OFris. wega, OIcl. vega. — mikils: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘big’; OHG michil, OS mikil‚ MDu. mekel, OE
micel, mycel, OIcl. mikill. — marein: dat.sg. to marei f. n-st. ‘sea’; OHG merī, OS meri; formation to
Goth. mari- (in marisaiws* m. i-st. ‘sea’); OHG mari, MLG mēr(e), ODu. meri, OE mere, mære‚ OFris.
mer(e), mar, mēr, OIcl. marr. — gahuliþ: acc.sg.n. pret.part. to gahuljan* w. v. 1 ‘to veil’; compound
with Goth. huljan w. v. 1 ‘to cover, to veil, to envelop’. — fram: 1. adv. ‘further’, 2. prep. + dat. ‘from;
since; for, at; around, about, for’; OHG fram, OS, OE fram, from, OIcl. fram, frá. — iþ: conj. ‘but’;
etymologically related with id- in Goth. idweit* n. a-st. ‘disgrace, shame’; OHG it-, id-, et-, OS, ODu.,
OE ed-, OFris. et-, OIcl. ið- ‘again, again and again, repeatedly, exceedingly (intensifying)’. — is:
nom.sg.m. anaphor.pron. ‘he’; OHG ir, Run.Swed. iR, eR, Run.Swed., Run.Dan. iaR. — saislep:
3rdsg.pret.ind. to slepan* st. v. 7 ‘to sleep’ (Crimean Goth. schlipen); OHG slāfan, OS slāpan, MDu.
slāpen, OE slǣpan, OFris. slēpa.
25 duatgaggandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to duatgaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to come to’; compound with
Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — urraisidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to urraisjan w. v. 1 ‘to raise up, to
erect, to awaken’; causative formation to Goth. urreisan st. v. 1 ‘to rise, to arise’. — nasei:
2ndsg.pres.imp. to nasjan w. v. 1 ‘to save’ (with analogical -s- instead of expected -z- after the derivation
base Goth. *nisan [in ganisan st. v. 5 ‘to recover, to be saved’]); OHG nerien, nerren, OS nerian, ODu.
[24]
neren, OE nerian, OFris. nera. — fraqistnam: 1stpl.pres.ind. to fraqistnan w. v. 4 ‘to perish’; next to
Goth. qistjan w. v. 1 ‘to perish, to ruin’.
26 ƕa: acc.sg.n. to ƕas quest./indef.pron. ‘who?; any’; OSwed. hvā(r). — faurhteiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to
faurhtjan* w. v. 1 ‘to be afraid’; OHG for(a)hten, fur(a)hten, OS forhtian, ODu. forhten, OE fyrhtan,
fryhtan, OFris. fruchta, frochta; derivation from the root in Goth. faurhts* adj. a-st. ‘timid’; OHG -forht
(in gotforht adj. ‘fearing God’), OS for(a)ht, OE forht. — leitil: acc.sg.n. to leitils adj. a-st. ‘small, little,
few’; MDu. lītel, OE lītel, OIcl. litill. — galaubjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. v. galaubjan w. v. 1 ‘to
believe’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG gilouben, OS gilōvian, ODu. gilōven, OE gelēfan,
gelīfan, gelīefan, gelȳfan; derivation from the root in Goth. liufs (-b-) adj. a-st. ‘dear’. — þanuh: 1. adv.
‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj., 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. part. ‘and’.
— urreisands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. v. urreisan st. v. 1 ‘to rise, to arise’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG, OS rīsan, Early MDu. rīsen, OE rīsan, OFris. rīsa, aisl rísa. — gasok: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to
gasakan st. v. 6 ‘to scold, to shut up, to silence, to convict, to refute’; compound with Goth. sakan st. v.
6 ‘to quarrel; to blame, to scold’; Run.-preOHG (3.pl.pret.ind.) gasokun (Gürtelschnalle von Pforzen,
567–600), OHG sachan, OS sakan, ODu. -sakan (in farsakan ‚verleugnen, entsagen‘), OE sacan, OFris.
seka; to the same root also belongs the group of Goth. sokjan w. v. 1 ‘to search, to dispute’. — windam:
dat.pl. to winds m. a-st. ‘wind’; OHG wint, OS wind, ODu. wint, OE, OFris. wind, OIcl. vindr. — wis:
nom.sg. n. a-st. ‘calm sea’; without correspondences.
27 sildaleikidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to sildaleikjan* w. v. 1 ‘to marvel, to admire; to wonder’; without
equivalents; derivation from Goth. sildaleiks* adj. a-st. ‘amazing, wonderful’; OS seldlīk, OE seldlic,
sellic; compound with etymologically unclear Goth. silda- and Goth. -leiks (see leik). — ƕileiks:
nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘how?’; (partially with a different form of the first member of the compound) OHG
welīh, wēolīh, wiolīh, OS hwilīk, OE hwilc, hwelc, OFris. hwelik, hwelk, hulk, OIcl. hvílíkr. — sa:
nom.sg.m. dem.pron. ‘this, the’; ? Run. sa (if the sequence sawilagaz is indeed to be separated in sa
wilagaz ‘the cunning one’ [bone amulet from Lindholmen, 460/70–560/70]), OIcl. (with lengthening in
monysallabics) sá. — ufhausjand: 3rdpl.pres.ind. to ufhausjan w. v. 1 ‘to obey, to stick to (something)’;
compound with Goth. hausjan w. v. 1 ‘to hear’ (with analogical -s- instead of expected -z-, probably
after the other causatives in Gothic like Goth. kausjan w. v. 1 ‘to taste, to get to know; to examine’ or
nasjan w. v. 1 ‘to save’, that have their -s- analogically from kiusan* and *nisan [in ganisan]); OHG
hōren, OS hōrian, ODu. hōren, OE hīeran, OFris. hēra, hera, OIcl. heyra.
1.4. Matthew 8:28–34: Healing of Two Demon-Possessed Gergesenes (Gadarenes)
28 jah qimandin imma hindar marein in gauja Gairgaisaine, gamotidedun imma twai
daimonarjos us hlaiwasnom rinnandans, sleidjai filu, swaswe ni mahta manna usleiþan þairh
þana wig jainana. 29 jah sai, hropidedun qiþandans: ƕa uns jah þus, Iesu, sunau gudis? qamt
her faur mel balwjan unsis? 30 was-uh þan fairra im hairda sweine managaize haldana. 31 iþ
þo skohsla bedun ina qiþandans: jabai uswairpis uns, uslaubei uns galeiþan in þo hairda
sweine. 32 jah qaþ du im: gaggiþ! iþ eis usgaggandans galiþun in hairda sweine; jah sai, run
gawaurhtedun sis alla so hairda and driuson in marein jah gadauþnodedun in watnam. 33 iþ
þai haldandans gaþlauhun jah galeiþandans gataihun in baurg all bi þans daimonarjans. 34
jah sai, alla so baurgs usiddja wiþra Iesu, jah gasaiƕandans ina bedun ei usliþi hindar markos
ize.
28 hindar: prep. + acc./dat. ‘behind, beyond’; OHG hintar, OS hindar- (in hindarscrenkig ‘devious’),
Early MDu. hinder, OE hinder, OIcl. hindr- (in hindrvitni ‘superstition’); derivation from the
[25]
pronominal stem in Goth. hi-* (see himma). — gauja: dat.sg. to gawi* n. ja-st. ‘surroundings; country,
land’; OHG gewi, gouwi, OS (only in place names) gō, gā, ODu. gō, OFris. gā, gē. — Gairgaisaine:
gen.pl. to Gairgaisainus* m. u/i-st. resident name ‚Gergesener‘ (< Gr. Gergesēnós) (this is the only
occurrence of the name). — gamotidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gamotjan w. v. 1 ‘to meet’ (the simplex is
not attested in Gothic); OS mōtian, MDu. moeten, OE mētan, OFris. mēta, OIcl. møta. — twai: nom.m.
num. ‘two’ (with -ai after the strong adjective and pronoun) (cf. Crimean Goth. tua); (with different
reformations) OHG zwēne, OS, ODu. twēne, OE twēgen, OFris. twēne, OIcl. tveir. — daimonarjos:
nom.pl. to daimonareis m. ja-st. ‘the possessed one’ (< Gr. daimoniários or Lat. daemoniārius). — us:
prep. + dat. ‘out, from; since, right after’; OHG ar-, ir-, ur-, OS ur-, or-, OE or-, (in weak stress position)
a-, OFris. ur-, or-, OIcl. or-, ur-, ør-. — hlaiwasnom: dat.pl. to hlaiwasna* f. ō-st. ‘grave’; derivation
from Goth. hlaiw n. a-st. ‘grave’. — rinnandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run’; OHG,
OS, ODu., OE rinnan, OFris. renna, rinna, OIcl. rinna. — sleidjai: nom.pl.m. to sleiþs* (-d-) / sleideis*
adj. i/ja-st. / ja-st. ‘bad, dangerous’; (cf.) OS slīthi, OE slīþe. — filu: adv. ‘a lot of, much; very’; OHG,
OS filu, ODu. filo, OE feolu, fela, feala, OFris. fele, felo, OIcl. (only in compounds) fjǫl- ‘much’. —
usleiþan: inf. st. v. 1 ‘to go out/away; to vanish’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG līdan, OS,
ODu. līthan, OFris. lītha, OE līđan, OIcl. líða. — þairh: prep. + acc. ‘through’; OHG derh ‘pierced’,
OE þerh, ? OFris. thriuch; nex to (with ablaut) OHG dur(u)h, OS thuru(h), ODu. thuro, thurg, OE þorh,
þurh, OFris. t(h)ruch, troch. — wig: acc.sg. to wigs m. a-st. ‘way’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE weg, OFris.
wei, wī, OIcl. vegr; derivation from the same root as in Goth. wegs m. a/i-st. ‘(sg.) storm, swell, surf;
(pl.) waves’. — jainana: acc.sg.m. to jains dem.pron. ‘that one’; OHG jenēr, MLG jēne, gene, MDu.
gene, gone, geune, OFris. ien(a), gen(a), jin, ienna, OE geon.
29 hropidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to hropjan w. v. 1 ‘to call’; OHG ruofen, OIcl. hrópa, hrœpa; derivation
from the root in Goth. hrops m. i-st. ‘shout, screams’; OHG ruof, MLG rōp, Early MDu. roep, OE hrōp,
OIcl. hróp; derivation from a strong verb, continued in OHG ruofan, OS hrōpan, ODu. ruopan, OE
hrōpan, OFris. hrōpa, rōpa, ropa ‘to shout, to call’. — Iesu: voc.?/dat.?. — sunau: dat.sg. to sunus m.
u-st. ‘son’ (next to one instance of sunu [Joh 14:13]; according to others this is a voc.sg.); OHG, OS
sunu, ODu. suno, OE, OFris. sunu, OIcl. sonr, sunr. — gudis: gen.sg. to guþ n. a-st. ‘God’; although
the word guþ is a neuter, it has masculine attributes (guþ meins ‘my God’ [e.g. Mt 27:46]); OHG got,
OS god, ODu. got, OE, OFris. god, OIcl. guð, goð. — her: adv. ‘her’; OHG hiar, OS hēr, hier, hīr,
ODu. hier- (in hiera ‘here’), OE hēr, OFris. hīr, OIcl. hér. — faur: 1. adv. ‘ahead’, 2. prep. + acc.
‘before, along, on; for, for the sake of, about, as to’; either to OHG, OS, ODu. furi, OFris. fori, OIcl. fyr
‘before, for, because of’ or to OHG fora, OS for(a), ODu. fore, OE for(e), OFris. fore, OIcl. for- ‘before,
for, because of, instead of’. — mel: acc.sg. to mel n. a-st. ‘time, hour’; OHG, MLG māl, Early MDu.
mael, OE mǣl, OFris. mēl, māl, OIcl. mál. — balwjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to torture’ (the verb is construed
with the dative); derivation from the root in OHG balo-, OS balu-, OE bealu, OFris. balu- ‘tormenting’.
30 was-uh: consisting of Goth. was: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to wisan irreg. st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’ and
Goth. -(u)h: enclit. part. (always added to the first word of a sentence; after vowels only -h) ‘and’,
probably a combination of a particle -u- (also in Goth. aiþþau ‘or’) and -h ‘and’. — fairra: adv. ‘remote,
far from, away from’; OHG ferro, OS ferre, ODu. ferro, OE feor(r), OIcl. fjarri. — hairda: nom.sg. f.
ō-st. ‘flock’; OHG herta, MLG herde, OE heord, OIcl. hjǫrð. — sweine: gen.pl. to swein* n. a-st. ‘pig’;
OHG, OS, ODu., OE swīn, OFris. svīn, OIcl. svín. — haldana: nom.sg.f. pret.part. to haldan st. v. 7 ‘to
tend, to graze’; OHG haltan, OS haldan, ODu. haldan, OE healdan, OFris. halda, hālda, haulda, hāda,
hauda, holda, OIcl. halda.
31 skohsla: nom.pl. to skohsl* n. a-st. ‘evil spirit, demon’; probably to OIr. scál ‘appearance’. —
uswairpis: 2ndsg.pres.ind. to uswairpan st. v. 3 ‘to throw out/away, to cast out’; compound with Goth.
wairpan st. v. 3 ‘to throw’. — uslaubei: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to uslaubjan* w. v. 1 ‘to allow’ (the simplex is
not attested in Gothic [see galaubjan]). — galeiþan: inf. st. v. 1 ‘to come, to go’ (the simplex is not
attested in Gothic [see usleiþan]).
[26]
32 usgaggandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to usgaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go out’; compound with Goth.
gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — run: acc.sg. to runs m. i-st. ‘run’; OHG run, OE ryne, OFris. rene;
derivation from the root in Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run’. — gawaurhtedun: 3.pl.pret.ind. to gawaurkjan
w. v. 1 ‘to cause, to effect, to prepare’ (both parallel passages [Mk 5:13 and Lk 8:33] have the following
text: jah rann so hairda …; the construction run gawaurhtedun sis translates Gr. hṓrēsen ‘the threw
themselves’); compound with Goth. waurkjan w. v. 1 ‘to make, to take effect’. — sis: dat. to sik
pers./refl.pron. ‘himself’. — alla: nom.sg.f. to alls adj. ‘all, everyone, whole’; OHG al(l), OS all, ODu.
al, OE eal(l), OFris. al(l), OIcl. allr; derivation from the root in Goth. alan* st. v. 6 ‘to grow’ (only
nom.sg.m. pres.part. alands [1.TimAB 4:6]); OE alan ‘to nourish’, OIcl. ala ‘to raise’. — so: nom.sg.f.
to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’; MDu. soe, su, OIcl. sú. — and: prep. + acc. ‘along, over, towards’; (in the
other Germanic languages only as a prefix) OHG ant-, OS and/t-, ODu. and-, OE and-, ond-, OFris.
ond-, OIcl. and-; to the same root also belongs Goth. andeis m. ja-st. ‘end’. — driuson: acc.sg. to driuso*
f. n-st. ‘slope’ (this is the only attested case form [also Lk 8:33, Mk 5:13]); derivation from the root in
Goth. driusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall’. — gadauþnodedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gadauþnan w. v. 4 ‘to die’ (the
simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. dauþs (-þ-) adj. ‘dead’. — watnam:
dat.pl. to wato* irreg. n. n-st. ‘water’; (also with implementation of n) OIcl. vatn next to (with
implementation of r) OHG wazzar, OS, ODu. watar, OE wæter, OFris. weter.
33 gaþlauhun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gaþliuhan* st. v. 2 ‘to take flight, to flee’; compound with Goth. þliuhan
st. v. 2 ‘to flee’; OHG, OS fliohan, ODu. flīan, OFris. fliā, OE flēon, OIcl. flýja. — gataihun:
3rdpl.pret.ind. to gateihan* st. v. 1 ‘to announce’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG zīhan,
OS -tīhan (in aftīhan ‘to fail’), Early MDu. tiën, OE tēon, OFris. -tiā (in urtiā ‘to deny’), OIcl. tjá ‘to
accuse’. — baurg: dat.sg. to baurgs f. cons.st. ‘tower, castle, city’; OHG, OS burg, Early MDu. borch,
OE burg, OFris. burch, OIcl. borg. — bi: prep. + acc./dat. ‘at, around; in(side); regarding; about,
according to; on’; ? Run. bi (spear shaft from Kragehul, 470–490), OHG bı, OS bı, be, ODu. bī, OE bı,
be, OFris. bı.
34 wiþra: prep. + acc. ‘against’; cf. OHG widar, OS, ODu. wither, OE wiðer, OFris. wither, wether,
OIcl. viðr. — gasaiƕandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to gasaiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to spot’; compound with Goth.
saiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to see’. — markos: acc.pl. to marka f. ō-st. ‘mark, (border) area’; OHG, OS, ODu.
marka, OE mearc, merc, OFris. merka, marke, OIcl. mǫrk.
1.5. Matthew 9:1–8: Healing of a Paralytic
1 jah atsteigands in skip ufarlaiþ jah qam in seinai baurg. 2 þanuh atberun du imma usliþan
ana ligra ligandan. jah gasaiƕands Iesus galaubein ize qaþ du þamma usliþin: þrafstei þuk,
barnilo, afletanda þus frawaurhteis þeinos. 3 þaruh sumai þize bokarje qeþun in sis silbam: sa
wajamereiþ. 4 jah witands Iesus þos mitonins ize qaþ: duƕe jus mitoþ ubila in hairtam
izwaraim? 5 ƕaþar ist raihtis azetizo qiþan: afletanda þus frawaurhteis, þau qiþan: urreis jah
gagg? 6 aþþan ei witeiþ þatei waldufni habaiþ sa sunus mans ana airþai afleitan frawaurhtins,
þanuh qaþ du þamma usliþin: urreisands nim þana ligr þeinana jah gagg in gard þeinana. 7
jah urreisands galaiþ in gard seinana. 8 gasaiƕandeins þan manageins ohtedun
sildaleikjandans jah mikilidedun guþ þana gibandan waldufni swaleikata mannam.
1 atsteigands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to atsteigan* st. v. 1 ‘to descend’; compound with Goth. steigan* st.
v. 1 ‘to climb’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE stīgan, OFris. stīga, OIcl. stíga. — ufarlaiþ: 3.sg.pret.ind. to
ufarleiþan* st. v. 1 ‘to cross over’ (this is the only occurrence of the word) (the simplex is not attested
in Gothic [see usleiþan]). — seinai: dat.sg.f. to seins* poss.pron. ‘his, her’ (the word occurs only in the
[27]
oblique cases, since the pronoun logically always refers to the subject of the sentence); OHG, OS, ODu.,
OE, OFris. sīn, OIcl. sinn.
2 atberun: 3.pl.pret.ind. to atbairan st. v. 4 ‘to bring (to)’; compound with Goth. bairan st. v. 4 ‘to carry,
to suffer, to give birth’. — usliþan: acc.sg. to usliþa m. n-st. ‘of palsy sick one’; derivative compound
with the prefix Goth. us- ‘from’ and Goth. liþus m. u-st. ‘limb’, so ‘one, whose limbs are out [of use]’;
OHG lid, OS lith, Early MDu. lit, OE leoþu-, OFris. lith, leth, lid, led, OIcl. liðr. — ligra: dat.sg. to
ligrs* m. a-st. ‘camp, bett’; OHG, OS legar, ODu. in place name legar-, OE leger, OFris. leger, legor,
OIcl. legr; derivation from the root in Goth. ligan* st. v. 5 ‘to lie’. — ligandan: acc.sg.m. pres.part. to
ligan* st. v. 5 ‘to lie’; cf. (formed with the suffix PGmc. *- e/a-) OHG liggen, OS liggian, ODu. liggen,
OE licgan, OFris. lidza, ledza, OIcl. liggja. — galaubein: acc.sg. to galaubeins f. i-st. ‘belief’; derivation
from Goth. galaubjan w. v. 1 ‘to believe’. — þrafstei: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to þrafstjan* w. v. 1 ‘to comfort
(oneself), to admonish’; perhaps to OHG fluobara ‘consolation’, OS frōvra ‘consolation, help,
assistance’, OE frōfor ‘consolation, help, assistance’. — barnilo: nom./voc.sg. to barnilo(*) n. n-st.
‘(little) child’; diminutive of Goth. barn n. a-st. ‘child’. — afletanda: 3rdpl.pres.ind.pass. to afletan st.
v. 7 ‘to dismiss, to send away; to leave (behind), to abandon’ (the subject of afletanda is in all cases
frawaurhteis); compound with Goth. letan* st. v. 7 ‘to let, to permit, to allow, to leave (behind)’. —
frawaurhteis: nom.pl. to frawaurhts f. i-st. ‘sin’; OS farwurht, OE forwyrht; derivation from Goth.
frawaurkjan* w. v. 1 ‘to commit a sin; (+ sis) to sin’; compound with Goth. waurkjan w. v. 1 ‘to make,
to take effect’.
3 þaruh: 1. adv. ‘there’, 2. conj. ‘well, but’; combination of Goth. þar adv. ‘there’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit.
part. ‘and’. — sumai: nom.pl.m. to sums indef.pron. ‘anyone, a certain, someone, (pl.) some’ (the
pronoun is inflected like a stron adjective); OHG, OS sum, Early MDu. som, OE, OFris. sum, aisl sumr.
— bokarje: gen.pl. to bokareis m. ja-st. ‘scribe’; OHG buohhari, OS bōkeri, OE bōcere; derivation with
the continuants of the loan suffix Lat. -ārius from the root in Goth. boka f. ō-st. ‘letter of the alphabet;
(pl.) writing, letter, book, document’. — wajamereiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to wajamerjan w. v. 1 ‘blaspheme’;
compound with Goth. waja- ‘bad’; MHG wē-, OE wēa-; derivation from Goth. wai interj.. ‘woe!’; OHG,
OS wē, Early MDu. -wee (in owee ‘oh woe!’) OE wā, OFris. wī, OIcl. vei; and Goth. merjan w. v. 1
‘announce, make known’.
4 witands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to witan pret.pres. ‘to know’; OHG wizzan, OS, ODu., OE witan, OFris.
wita, weta, OIcl. vita. — mitonins: acc.pl. to mitons f. i-st. ‘consideration, thought’; derivation from
Goth. miton* w. v. 2 ‘measure, consider, think’. — duƕe: adv. ‘what for, why’; compound (after the
Gothic breaking) of Goth. du prep. + dat./inf. ‘to, for, in’ and Goth. ƕe instr.sg.n. to ƕas interrog./indef.
pron. ‘who?; anyone’. — mitoþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to miton* w. v. 2 ‘measure, consider, think’; OHG
mezzōn, OE metian, OFris. metigia, mātigia; derivation from the root in Goth. mitan* st. v. 5 ‘to
measure’; OHG mezzan, OS, ODu., OE metan, OFris., OIcl. meta. — hairtam: dat.pl. to hairto n. n-st.
‘heart’; OHG herza, OS, ODu. herta, NWestFris. hert, OIcl. hjarta next to (feminine) OE heorte, OFris.
herte, hirte, harte. — izwaraim: dat.pl.n. to izwar poss.pron. ‘your’ (partly with reformations) OHG
iuw(er)ēr, OS euwa, iuwa, ODu. iuwa, OE ēower, īower, OFris. jūwe, jōwe, OIcl. yþvarr; derivation
from the root in Goth. izwis dat. to jus pers.pron. ‘you’.
5 ƕaþar: nom.sg.n. to ƕaþar interrog.pron. ‘who of the two’ (inflected like a strong adjective); OE
hwæþer, OIcl. hvaðarr next to OHG wedar, OS hwethar, Early MDu. weder, OE hweþer, OFris. hweder.
— raihtis: conj. ‘namely, after all, circa’ (adverbial genitive to raihts* adj. a-st. ‘right, straight, fair’);
OHG rehtes. — azetizo: nom.sg.n. comp. to azets* adj. a-st. ‘easy’ (this is the only documented case
form of the word; once it is spelled azitizo [Mk 10:25]); without equivalents. — þau: 1. part. ‘as; or’, 2.
adv. ‘yes, well, circa’; OIcl. þey- (in þeygi ‘not at all’).
6 aþþan: conj. ‘but’; compound with an unattested simplex Goth. *aþ conj. ‘but’ and Goth. þan 1. adv.
‘then’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but’, 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as, since’. — waldufni: acc.sg. to waldufni
n. ja-st. ‘power, force’; derivation from the root in Goth. waldan st. v. 7 ‘to rule’; OHG waltan, OS
waldan, MDu. wouden, OE wealdan, OFris. walda, OIcl. valda. — sunus: nom.sg. m. u-st. ‘son’ (the
[28]
form sunaus is also once [Lk 4:3] attested). — afleitan: inf. st. v. 7 ‘to dismiss, to send away; to leave,
to leave in the lurch, to leave behind, to abandon’ (the spelling with -ei- instead of expected -e- occurs
more frequently in the manuscripts and is most likely an expression of a late Gothic sound development
from ē tu ī); compound with Goth. letan* st. v. 7 ‘to let, to permit, to allow, to leave (behind)’. — nim:
2ndsg.pres.imp. to niman st. v. 4 ‘to take (up), to receive, to catch’; OHG neman, OS niman, ODu. neman,
OE niman, OFris. nima, OIcl. nema. — gard: acc.sg. to gards m. i-st. ‘house(hold), family’; (with
different formation) OHG gart, Lgb. in personal names -gardus, -cardus, OS gard, ODu.
(dat.sg.) -charde (in olecharde ‘in/near a beegarden’), OE geard, OIcl. garðr.
7 —.
8 manageins: nom.pl. to managei f. n-st. ‘crowd’; derivation from Goth. manags* adj. a-st. ‘some,
many’. — ohtedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to ogan* pret.pres. ‘to fear’ (once the spelling uhtedun [Mk 11:32] is
attested); cf. OIr. -ágor ‘fear’. — sildaleikjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to sildaleikjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
marvel, to admire; to wonder’; the form is ungrammatical, since it refers to the fem. manageins (this is
probably the result of a mixture of two variants, since in Gr. manuscripts both ephobḗsan ‘they feared’
and ethaúmasan ‘they were amazed’ are found here; cf. also in a Latin Bible manuscript: admirantes
timuerunt ‘astonished they were afraid’). — mikilidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to mikiljan* w. v. 1 ‘to praise’;
OS mikillian; derivation from the root in Goth. mikils adj. a-st. ‘big’. — swaleikata: acc.sg.n. to swaleiks
pron.adj. ‘like that, such’ (inflected like a strong adjective); MDu. swelc, swilc, OE swelc, swylc;
compound with the preform of Goth. swa adv. ‘so’ and Goth. -leiks (see leiks).
1.6. Matthew 26:69–75: The Denial of Peter
69 iþ Paitrus uta sat ana rohsnai, jah duatiddja imma aina þiwi qiþandei: jah þu wast miþ
Iesua þamma Galeilaiau. 70 iþ is laugnida faura þaim allaim qiþands: ni wait
CA
ƕa qiþis.
C
ƕa qiþis.
71 CA
usgaggandan þan ina in daur, gasaƕ ina anþara jah qaþ du þaim jainar: jah sa was
miþ Iesua þamma Nazoraiau.
C
usgaggandan þan ina in daur, gasaƕ ina anþara jah qaþ du þaim jainar: jas sa was
miþ Iesua þamma Nazoraiau.
CA
72 jah aftra afaiaik miþ aiþa swarands þatei ni kann þana mannan.
C
jah aftra laugnida miþ aiþa swarands þatei ni kann þana mannan.
CA
73 afar leitil þan atgaggandans þai standandans qeþun Paitrau: bi sunjai, jah þu þize
is; jah auk razda þeina bandweiþ þuk.
C
afar leitil þan atgaggandans þai stand<and>ans qeþun Paitrau: bi sunjai, jah þu þize
is; jah auk razda þeina bandweiþ þuk.
CA+C
74 þanuh dugann afdomjan jah swaran þatei ni kann þana mannan. jah suns hana
hrukida.
CA
75 jah gamunda Paitrus waurdis Iesuis qiþanis du sis: þatei faur hanins hruk þrim
sinþam afaikis mik. jah usgaggands ut gaigrot baitraba.
C
jah gamunda Paitrus waurdis Iesuis qiþanis du sis: þatei faur hanins hruk þrim sinþam
inwidis mik. jah usgaggands ut gaigrot baitraba.
69 Paitrus: nom. m. personal name ‘Peter’ (< Gr. Pétros). — uta: adv. ‘outside’; OHG ūze, OS, ODu.
ūta, OE ūte, OFris. ūta, ūte, OIcl. úti; derivation from the root in Goth. ut adv. ‘out(side)’. — sat:
[29]
3rdsg.pret.ind. to sitan st. v. 5 ‘to sit’; in Gothic with conversion of the original e/a-verb after ligan* st.
v. 5 ‘to lie’; next to OHG sizzen, OS sittian, ODu. sitten, OE sittan, OFris. sitta, OIcl. sitja. — rohsnai:
dat.sg. to rohsns* f. i-st. ‘court’; without correspondences. — duatiddja: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to duatgaggan*
defect. st. v. 7 ‘to come to’; compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — aina: nom.sg.f. to
ains adj. a-st./num. ‘one’; the word is inflected like a strong adjective (without weak forms), whereby
the forms of the plural have the meaning ‘only, alone’; OHG ein, OS, ODu. ēn, OE ān, OFris. ān, ēn,
OIcl. einn. — þiwi: nom.sg. f. jō-st. ‘maid’; OHG diu, OS thiu, thiwi, OE þēowu, OIcl. þý; motion
feminine to Goth. þius* m. wa-st. ‘servant’. — miþ: 1. prep. + dat. ‘with, at, under’, 2. adv. ‘with, at the
same time’; (different formations) OHG mit(i), Lgb. in personal names Miti-, OS mid(i), mit(h), met,
ODu. mit‚ OE mid, miđ, mide, OFris. mithi, mede, mit(h), mei, OIcl. með(r). — Galeilaiau: dat.sg. to
Galeilaius m. u/i-st. resident name ‚Galileans‘ (< Gr. Galilaĩos).
70 laugnida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to laugnjan* w. v. 1 ‘to deny’; OHG lougnen, OS lōgnian, Early MDu.
loochenen, OE līgnian, OFris. leina, laina, OIcl. leyna; with unclear derivation basis to the word group
of Goth. liugan* st. v. 2 ‘to lie’. — faura: 1. adv. ‘in front (of), before’, 2. prep. + dat. ‘before’; OHG,
OS fora, ODu., OE, OFris. fore, OIcl. for- (in foringi ‘leader’); Derivation from the root in Goth. faur
1. adv. ‘ahead’, 2. prep. + acc. ‘before, along(side); for; for the sake of, about, regarding’.
71 daur: acc.sg. to daur n. a-st. ‘door’; (with different reformations) OHG tor, turi, OS duru, ODu. duri,
OE dor, duru, OFris. dore, OIcl. (pl.) dyrr. — anþara: nom.sg.f. to anþar adj./num. a-st. ‘other, second’
(the word is only inflected strong); OHG andar, OS ōđar, ODu. andar, OE ōþer, OFris. ōther, OIcl.
annarr. — jainar: adv. ‘in that place, there’; maybe to OHG ionēr ‘somwhere (to)’; formation to the
root in Goth. jains dem.pron. ‘that one’. — Cjas: copula ‘and’; with assimilation of -h – s- to -s – s-. —
Nazoraiau: dat.sg. to Nazoraius m. u/i-st. resident name ‚Nazarene‘ (loanword < Gr. Nazōraĩos).
72 aftra: adv. ‘again; back(wards)’; OHG, OS aftar, ODu. ahter, OE æfter, OFris. efter, OIcl. aptr;
derivation from the root in Goth. af prep. + dat. ‚from’. — CAafaiaik: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to afaikan st. v. 7
‘to deny, to curse’; OHG -eichan (in ineichan ‘to sacrifice’). — aiþa: dat.sg. to aiþs* (-þ-) m. a-st.
‘oath’; Run. aiþa- (in aiþalataz [axe handle from Nydam, 210/20–375/400]), OHG eid, Lgb. (pl.) aidos,
OS ēth, Early MDu. eet, OE āþ, OFris. ēth, ēd, OIcl. eiðr. — swarands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to swaran
st. v. 6 ‘to swear’; with (analogical?) loss of the original stem formation with the PGmc. * e/a-suffix in
Gothic; OHG swerien, swerren, OS swerian, ODu. sweren, OE swerian, OFris. swera, swara, OIcl.
svera. — kann: 1stsg.pres.ind. to kunnan pret.pres. ‘to know’; OHG, OS, ODu. kunnan, OE cunnan,
OFris., OIcl. kunna.
73 CAstandandans/ Cstand<and>ans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’‚stehen‘; OHG
stantan, OS standan, MDu. standen, OE standan, OFris. stonda, OIcl. standa. — sunjai: dat.sg. to sunja
f. jō-st. ‘truth’; Lat.-Germ. (Lex Salica) sunnis ‘legal obstacle’, OHG sunna, sunne, OS sunnea, OE
synn, OIcl. syn; derivation from the root in Goth. ist ‘(s)he is’. — auk: conj. ‘because, namely’ (the word
is in the second position of the sentence); Run. ? uk (stone from Eggja, 575–675/700), OHG ouh, OS,
ODu. ōk, OE ēac, OFris. āk, OIcl. auk, ok. — razda: nom.sg. f. ō-st. ‘language, manner of speech,
tongue’; OHG rarta, OIcl. rǫdd next to (ablauting) OE reord. — bandweiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to bandwjan*
w. v. 1 ‘to give a sign, to indicate’; OIcl. benda (borrowed from Germanic in OProv. bandir, Italian
bandire, Catal. bandir); derivation from the root in Goth. bandwa* f. wō-st. ‘sign’; without equivalents.
74 dugann: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to duginnan* st. v. 3 ‘to begin’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic, as in the
other Germanic languages); OHG, OS, ODu., OE -ginnan, OFris. -ienna, -ginna. — afdomjan: inf. w.
v. 1 ‘to judge, to condemn’; compound with Goth. domjan w. v. 1 ‘to judge, to distinguish, to justify’;
OHG tuomen, OS dōmian, ODu. duomen, OE dēman, OFris. dēma, OIcl. dǿma; derivation from the root
in Goth. doms m. a-st. ‘position, sentence’; OHG tuom, OS dōm, ODu. duom, OE, OFris. dōm, OIcl.
dómr. — hana: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘rooster’; OHG hano, OS hano- (in hanokrād ‘cockcrow’), ODu. hano,
OE hana, OFris. hona, OIcl. hani. — hrukida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to hrukjan* w. v. 1 ‘to crow’; derivation
from the root in Goth. hruks* / hruk* m. / n. a-st. ‘crowing’.
[30]
75 gamunda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gamunan pret.pres. ‘to remember’; compound with Goth. munan*
pret.pres. ‘to mean, to believe’; OS, OE munan, OIcl. muna. — waurdis: gen.sg. to waurd n. a-st. ‘word’;
OHG wort, OS word, ODu. wort, OE, OFris. word, OIcl. orð. — hruk: acc.sg. to hruks* / hruk* m. / n.
a-st. ‘crowing’; cf. NRuss. kruk ‘raven’, Lith. kraũkti ‘to croak’. — þrim: dat.m. / n. to þreis* num.
‘three’; OHG drim, OS thrim, ODu. t(h)rin, drin, OE þrim, OE thrim, thrium, OIcl. þrim(r), þrem(r); to
(cf. also Crimean Goth. tria n.) OHG drī, OS thria, thriu, ODu. thrī, OE þrī(e), þrȳ, OFris. thrē, OIcl.
þrír. — sinþam: dat.pl. to sinþs* / sinþ* (-þ-) m. / n. a-st. ‘times’; OHG sint, OS sīth, OE sīþ, OIcl. sinn.
— Cinwidis: 2ndsg.pres.ind. to inwidan* st. v. 5 ‘to dney’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG
wetan ‘to connect’. — ut: adv. ‘out’ (always after the verb); OHG ūz, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. ūt, OIcl. út.
— gaigrot: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gretan st. v. 7 ‘to weep, to lament’; OS grātan, OE grētan, OIcl. gráta. —
baitraba: adv. ‘bitterly’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba to Goth. baitrs* adj. a-st.
‚bitter‘; next to (ablauting) OHG, OS bittar, ODu. bitter, OE biter, OIcl. bitr.
1.7. John 6:1–15: The Feeding of the Five Thousand
1 afar þata galaiþ Iesus ufar marein þo Galeilaie jah Tibairiade. 2 jah laistida ina manageins
filu, unte gaseƕun taiknins þozei gatawida bi siukaim. 3 usiddja þan ana fairguni Iesus jah
jainar gasat miþ siponjam seinaim. 4 was-uh þan neƕa pasxa, so dulþs Iudaie. 5 þaruh ushof
augona Iesus jah gaumida þammei manageins filu iddja du imma, qaþ-uh du Filippau: ƕaþro
bugjam hlaibans, ei matjaina þai? 6 þatuh þan qaþ fraisands ina; iþ silba wissa þatei habaida
taujan. 7 andhof imma Filippus: twaim hundam skatte hlaibos ni ganohai sind þaim, þei nimai
ƕarjizuh leitil. 8 qaþ ains þize siponje is, Andraias, broþar Paitraus Seimonaus: 9 ist magula
ains her, saei habaiþ e hlaibans barizeinans jah b fiskans; akei þata ƕa ist du swa managaim?
10 iþ Iesus qaþ: waurkeiþ þans mans anakumbjan. was-uh þan hawi manag ana þamma stada.
þaruh anakumbidedun wairos raþjon swaswe fimf þusundjos. 11 nam-uh þan þans hlaibans
Iesus jah awiliudonds gadailida þaim anakumbjandam; samaleiko jah þize fiske, swa filu swe
wildedun. 12 þanuh, biþe sadai waurþun, qaþ du siponjam seinaim: galisiþ þos aflifnandeins
drauhsnos, þei waihtai ni fraqistnai. 13 þanuh galesun jah gafullidedun ib tainjons gabruko
us fimf hlaibam þaim barizeinam, þatei aflifnoda þaim matjandam. 14 þaruh þai mans
gasaiƕandans þoei gatawida taikn Iesus, qeþun þatei sa ist bi sunjai praufetus sa qimanda in
þo manaseþ. 15 iþ Iesus kunnands þatei munaidedun usgaggan jah wilwan <ina> ei
tawidedeina ina du þiudana, afiddja aftra in fairguni is ains.
1 ufar: prep. + acc./dat. ‘above’; OHG ubar, OS uƀar, oƀar, ODu. over, OE ofer, OFris. uver, over. —
Galeilaie: gen.pl. to Galeilaius m. u/i-st. resident name ‘Galileans’ (here uses as a country name). —
Tibairiade: gen.pl. to Teibairiadeis pl.m. resident name ‘inhabitants of Tiberias’ (this is the only
occurrence of the word) (< Gr. Tiberiádos).
2 taiknins: acc.pl. to taikns f. i-st. ‘sign, wonder’; (with other stem formation) OHG zeihhan, OS, ODu.
tēkan, OE tācen, OFris. tēken, OIcl. teikn; derivation from the root in Goth. gateihan* st. v. 1 ‘to
announce, to proclaim’. — gatawida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gataujan w. v. 1 ‘to accomplish, to bring about,
to make’; compound with Goth. taujan w. v. 1 ‘to do, to make’; Run. (1stsg.pret.ind.) tawido (golden
horn B from Gallehus, 375/400–460/70), (3rdsg.pret.ind.) tawide (oldest occurrence on the shield handle
2 from Illerup Ådal, 210/20–250/60), OHG zouwen next to (w. v. 2) OHG zāwēn, OE tawian next to
(different formation) OIcl. tœja. — siukaim: dat.pl.m. to siuks adj. a-st. ‘sick, weak’; OHG sioh, OS
[31]
siok, ODu. siek, OE sēoc, OFris. siāk, OIcl. sjúkr; derivation from the root in Goth. siukan st. v. 2 ‘to be
sick, to be ill’.
3 gasat: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gasitan st. v. 5 ‘to sit down, to take a seat’; compound with Goth. sitan st. v.
5 ‘to sit’.
4 neƕa: 1. adv. ‘near’, 2. prep. + dat. ‘nearby’; (different formation) OHG nāho, ODu. nāio; derivation
from the root in Goth. neƕ adv. ‘near’; OHG, OS nāh, ODu. nā, OE nēah, OFris. nei, nī, OIcl. ná- (only
in nálӕgr ‘nearby’). — pasxa: nom.sg. f. ‘Pascha, Easter’ (the word is not inflected; more often attested
is the spelling with -k- instead of -x-) (< Gr. páscha); Early MDu. paschen. — dulþs: nom.sg. (-þ-) f.
i-st. ‘feast’; OHG tuld. — Iudaie: gen.pl. to Iudaius m. u/i-st. N ‘Jew’ (also written with J-) (< Gr.
Ioudaĩos).
5 ushof: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to ushafjan st. v. 6 ‘to raise up, to lift up’; compound with Goth. hafjan* st. v. 6
‘to lift’; OHG heffen, OS hebbian, ODu. heven, OE hebban, OFris. heffa, OIcl. hefja. — augona: acc.pl.
to augo n. n-st. ‘eye’ (Crimean Goth. oeghene pl.); OHG ouga, OS, ODu. ōga, OE ēage, ēge, OFris.
āge, āch, OIcl. auga next to (different stem formation) Run. -augiz (in glïaugiz ‘bright eye’ [bracteate 1
from Nebenstedt, 400–500]); with secondary au- (probably after the root in Goth. auso n. n-st. ‘ear’);
the original form is preserved e.g. in OHG ak- (in aksiunī ‘appearance’). — gaumida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to
gaumjan w. v. 1 ‘to notice’; OHG goumen, OS gōmian, Early MDu. gomen, OE gīeman, gȳman, OIcl.
geyma; derivation from the root in MDu. gome, goom ‘festive reception; attention’, OIcl. gaumr
‘attention’. — þammei: conj./pron. ‘that’. — Filippau: dat. to Filippus m. personal name ‚Philippus‘ (<
Gr. Phílippos). — ƕaþro: adv. ‘where from’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -þro from
the root in Goth. ƕas interrog./indef.pron. ‘who?; anyone’. — bugjam: 1stpl.pres.ind. to bugjan irreg. w.
v. 1 ‘to buy’; OS buggian, OE bycgan, OIcl. byggja. — matjaina: 3rdpl.pres.opt. to matjan w. v. 1 ‘to
eat’; OE mettan, OIcl. metja; derivation from the root in Goth. mats m. i-st. ‘food, provisions’.
6 þatuh: nom.sg.n. to sah dem.pron. ‘he and no other, just him’; combination of Goth. sa dem.pron.
‘this, the’ and -(u)h enclit. part. ‘and’. — fraisands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to fraisan* st. v. 7 ‘to try’ (see
fraistubni*).
7 andhof: 3rdpret.ind. to andhafjan st. v. 6 ‘to reply, to answer’; compound with Goth. hafjan* st. v. 6
‘to lift’. — hundam: dat. to hunda n.pl. ‘hundred’ (on the other hand, Crimean Goth. sada is borrowed
from Iranian); OHG -hunt, OS hund, ODu. chunna, OE hund. — skatte: gen.pl. to skatts m. a-st. ‘money,
coin; Mine’; OHG skaz, OS skatt, ODu. skat, OE sceatt, OFris. skett, OIcl. skattr. — ganohai: nom.pl.m.
to ganohs* adj. a-st. ‘enough, much’; OE genōh next to (with grammatical change) OHG ginuog, OS
ginōg, ODu. ginuog, OE genōg, OFris. enōg, OIcl. gnógr; derivation from the root in Goth. -nauhan*
pret.pres. (in binauhan* pret.pres. ‘to be allowed, may’, ganauhan* pret.pres. ‘to suffice’); OHG gi-nah
‘it is enough’, OE be-nugan ‘to need, to want, to desire, to enjoy’, ge-nugan ‘to suffice, to be enough’.
— þei: 1. rel.part. ‘as long as’, 2. conj. ‘that’; cf. Gr. teĩ- (in teĩde ‘here’), OPruss. tei- (in teinu ‘now’),
OCS ti ‘and, so, then’. — ƕarjizuh: nom.sg.m. pron. ‘every’; compound with Goth. ƕarjis pron. ‘who’
and Goth. -(u)h enclit. part. ‘and’.
8 Andraias: nom. m. personal name ‘Andreas’ (< Gr. Andréas). — broþar: nom.sg. m. r-st. ‘brother’
(Crimean Goth. bruder); OHG bruoder, OS brōthar, ODu. bruother, OE brōđor, OFris. brōther, OIcl.
bróðir. — Seimonaus: gen. to Seimon m. personal name ‘Simon’ (the genitive is also transmitted as
Seimonis) (< Gr. Símōn).
9 magula: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘(little) boy’; derivation from the root in Goth. magus m. u-st. ‘boy’. — e :
num. ‘five’ (see fimf). — barizeinans: acc.pl.m. to barizeins* adj. a-st. ‘prepared from barley’;
derivation from the root in OE bere ‘barley’, NNorthFris. ber(r)e ‘barley’, OIcl. barr ‘grain, food; needle
shoots, foliage, tree’. — b : num. ‘two’ (see twai). — fiskans: acc.pl. to fisks* m. a-st. ‘fish’ (Crimean
Goth. +fisch [printed <fisct>]); OHG fisc, OS, ODu. fisk, OE fisc, OFris. fisk, OIcl. fiskr. — akei: conj.
‘but’; compound with Goth. ak conj. ‘but’ and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’.
10 waurkeiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to waurkjan w. v. 1 ‘to make, to take effect’; OHG wurchen, OE wyrcan,
OIcl. yrkja. — anakumbjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to lie down, to lie at the table’ ([with reformation] < Lat.
[32]
accumbere ‘to lie down, to lie at the table, to sit down’). — hawi: nom.sg. n. ja-st. ‘hay’; OHG hewi,
houwi, OS hōi, ODu. houwi, OE hīeg, OFris. hā, hē, OIcl. hey; derivation from the root in OHG houwan,
OS hauwan, ODu. houwan, OE hēawan, OFris. hāwa, hauwa, hōwa, houwa, OIcl. hǫggva, all ‘to hit’.
— stada: dat.sg. to staþs (-d-) m. i-st. ‘place; hostel’; OHG stat, OS stedi, Early MDu. stat, stede, OE
stede, OFris. sted(e), OIcl. staðr; derivation from the root in Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’. — wairos:
nom.pl. to wair m. a-st. ‘man’; OHG, OS wer, ODu. wera-, OE wer, OFris. wer-, OIcl. verr. — raþjon:
dat.sg. to raþjo f. n-st. ‘number, bill’; OHG reda, OS rethia, ODu. retha, OFris. rethe, rede, rē(d);
probably derivation from the root in Goth. garaþjan* (or garaþan*?) st. v. 6 ‘to count’. — fimf: nom.
num. ‘five’ (Crimean Goth. +fynf [printed <fyuf>]); OHG fimf, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. fīf, OIcl. fimm. —
þusundjos: nom.pl. to þusundi f. jō-st. ‘thousand’ (once the spelling þusundjus [Neh 7:17] is also
attested); OHG dūsunt, OS thūsundig, ODu. thūsunt, OE þūsend, OFris. thūsend, OIcl. þús(h)und.
11 awiliudonds: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to awiliudon w. v. 2 ‘to thank’; innerGoth. Derivation to Goth.
awiliuþ (-d-) n. a-st. ‘thanks’; compound with Goth. awi- ‘protection’ (Run. auja [bracteate from
Skodborghus/Skodborg, 440–560]) and Goth. -liuþ (-d-) ‘song’ with secondary -d- in the compound
next to Goth. liuþ* (-þ-) n. a-st. ‘singing’. — gadailida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gadailjan* w. v. 1 ‘to divide,
to allot’; compound with Goth. dailjan w. v. 1 ‘to share, to inform’; Run. (3rdpl.pret.) dalidun (stone
from Tune, 375/400–520/30), OHG teilen, OS dēlian, ODu. dēlon, OE dǣlan, OFris. dēla, OIcl. deila;
derivation from the root in Goth. dails* f. i-st. ‘part’; (with different stem formation) OHG teil, OS,
ODu. dēl, OE dǣl, OFris. dēl; (loanword from Germanic?) Russ.-CS dělъ. — samaleiko: adv. ‘in the
same way, likewise’; adverbial formation to Goth. samaleiks* adj. a-st. ‘same’.
12 biþe: 1. adv. ‘after, later’, 2. conj. ‘during, as, as soon as, after’; compound with Goth. bi prep. +
acc./dat. ‘at, around; in(side); regarding; about, according to; on’ and Goth. þe instr.sg.n. to sa dem.pron.
‘this, the’. — sadai: nom.pl.m. to +saþs (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘satiated’ (the nominative singular is only
transmitted in the spelling <sads> [PhilB 4:12]); OHG sat, OS sad, ODu. sat, OE sæd, early NWestFries.
sed, OIcl. saðr. — galisiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to galisan* st. v. 5 ‘to collect, to gather’; compound with Goth.
lisan* st. v. 5 ‘to read, to collect; OHG, OS, ODu., OE lesan, OFris. lesa, lasa, lēsa, OIcl. lesa. —
aflifnandeins: acc.pl.f. pret.part. to aflifnan* w. v. 4 ‘to remain’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
OIcl. lifna; newly formed nasal present to the root in in Goth. liban w. v. 3 ‘to live’ and Goth. bilaibjan*
w. v. ‘to leave’ ([the simplex is not attested in Gothic]; OHG leiben, OS lēvian, OE lǣfan, OFris. lēva,
liōwa, OIcl. leifa). — drauhsnos: acc.pl. to draushna* f. ō-st. ‘chunk, crumbs’; without equivalents. —
waihtai: dat.sg. to waihts f. cons./i-st. ‘thing, item, something’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE wiht, OIcl. véttr,
vættr; (loanword from Germanic?) aksl. věštь ‘thing’.
13 gafullidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gafullnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be filled’; compound with Goth. fullnan* w. v.
4 ‘to become full’; derivation from the root in Goth. fulls adj. a-st. ‘full’. — ib : num. ‘twelve’ (see
twalif). — tainjons: acc.pl. to tainjo* f. jōn-st. ‘basket’; OHG zeinna, Lgb. *zain(j)a (loanword in Italian
zana), MLG tēne, MDu. tene, OIcl. teina; derivation from the root in Goth. tains* m. a-st. ‘branch’ (only
gen.pl. taine [Joh 15:2]); OHG zein, OS tēn, MDu. teen, OE tān, OFris. tēn, aisl teinn. — gabruko:
gen.pl. to gabruka* f. ō-st. ‘chunk’; derivation from from Goth. gabrikan* st. v. 4 ‘to break’.
14 praufetus: nom.sg. m. u-st. ‘Prophet’ (< Gr. prophḗtēs). — manaseþ: acc.sg. to manaseþs (-d-) f. i-st.
‘humanity, world’; compound with Goth. mana- (compound with to Goth. manna irreg. cons.st. ‘man’)
and (not attested as a simplex) Goth. -seþs f. i-st. ‘seed’; OHG sāt, OS sād, Early MDu. saet, OE sǣd,
OFris. sēd, OIcl. sáð; derivation from the root in Goth. saian st. v. 7 ‘to sow’; OHG sāen, OS sāian,
Early MDu. sayen, OE sāwan, sǣwan, OFris. siā (only pret.part. esēn ‘sown’), OIcl. sá.
15 munaidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to munan* w. v. 3 ‘to intend to do, to want’; OHG -monēn (in firmonēn
‘to despise, to disregard, to condemn’); derivation from the root in Goth. munan* pret.pres. ‘to mean, to
believe’. — wilwan: inf. st. v. 3 ‘to rob’; cf. perhaps Lat. volvere ‘to roll, to turn’. — þiudana: dat.sg. to
þiudans m. a-st. ‘king’; OS thiudan, OE þēoden, OIcl. þjóðann; derivation from the root in Goth. þiuda
f. ō-st. ‘people’. — afiddja: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to afgaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go away’; compound with
Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’.
[33]
1.8. John 6:16–21: Jesus walks on Water
16 iþ swe seiþu warþ, atiddjedun siponjos is ana marein, 17 jah usstigun in skip, iddjedun-uh
ufar marein in Kafarnaum. jah riqis juþan warþ jah ni atiddja nauhþan du im Iesus. 18 iþ marei
winda mikilamma waiandin urraisida was. 19 þaruh farjandans swe spaurde k jah e aiþþau
l gasaiƕand Iesu gaggandan ana marein jah neƕa skipa qimandan jah ohtedun sis. 20 þaruh
is qaþ <im>: ik im, ni ogeiþ izwis. 21 þaruh wildedun ina niman in skip, jah sunsaiw þata skip
warþ ana airþai ana þoei eis iddjedun.
16 seiþu: either nom.sg.n. to seiþus* adj. u-st. ‘late’ oder nom.sg. n. u-st. ‘evening’; (formed differently)
OHG sīd, OS sīth, sīđ, MDu. side, OE síđ, OIcl. síð ‘late’.
17 usstigun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to ussteigan st. v. 1 ‘to ascend’; compound with Goth. steigan* st. v. 1 ‘to
climb’. — Kafarnaum: acc.sg. to Kafarnaum f. indecl. place name ‘Capernaum’ (< Gr. Kapharnaoúm).
— riqis: nom.sg. (-z-) n. a-st. ‘darkness’; OIcl. røkkr. — juþan: adv. ‘already’; compound with Goth. ju
adv. ‘already, now’ and Goth. þan 1. adv. ‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but’, 3. conj. ‘when,
as long as; as’. — nauhþan: adv. ‘still’; compound with Goth. nauh adv. ‘still’ and Goth. þan 1. adv.
‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but’, 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’.
18 waiandin: dat.sg.m. pres.part. to waian* st. v. 7 ‘to blow’; OHG wāen, MLG wēien, ODu. wāion, OE
wāwan, OFris. wēia, wāia, OSwed. via.
19 farjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to farjan* w. v. 1 ‘to ferry, to go by ship’; OHG ferien, ferren, OS
ferian, MDu. veren, OE ferian, OFris. fēra, fōra, OIcl. ferja; derivation from the root in Goth. faran* st.
v. 6 ‘to wander, to go’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE faran, OFris., OIcl. fara. — spaurde: gen.pl. to spaurds*
f. cons.st. (?) ‘racecourse, stadium length’; OHG spurt, OE spyrd. — k : num. ‘twenty’. — aiþþau:
conj. ‘or’; OHG etho, edho, OS ettho, ettha, OE eðða. — l : num. ‘thirty’.
20 ik: nom. pers.pron. 1stsg. ‘I’ (Crimean Goth. ich); Run. ek, ik, -eka, OHG ih, OS ik, ODu. ik, ic, ek,
ec, i, ich, OE iċ, ih, OFris. ik, OIcl. ek. — izwis: dat. to jus pers.pron. ‘you’; OHG iu, OS eu, iu, OE eow,
aisl yþr.
21 sunsaiw: adv. ‘immediately’; compound with Goth. suns adv. ‘soon, suddenly, at once’ and Goth.
aiw adv. ‘ever’.
1.9. John 11:1–45: The Raising of Lazarus
1 was-uh þan sums siuks, Lazarus af Beþanias, us haimai Marjins jah Marþins, swistrs izos. 2
was-uh þan Marja, soei salboda fraujan balsana jah biswarb fotuns is skufta seinamma, þizozei
broþar Lazarus siuks was. 3 insandidedun þan þos swistrjus is du imma qiþandeins: frauja, sai,
þanei frijos siuks ist. 4 iþ is gahausjands qaþ: so siukei nist du dauþau, ak in hauheinais gudis,
ei hauhjaidau sunus gudis þairh þata. 5 frijod-uh þan Iesus Marþan jah swistar izos jah Lazaru.
6 swe hausida þatei siuks was, þanuh þan salida in þammei was stada twans dagans. 7 þaþroh
þan afar þata qaþ du siponjam: gaggam in Iudaian aftra. 8 qeþun du imma þai siponjos: rabbei,
nu sokidedun þuk afwairpan stainam Iudaieis, jah aftra gaggis jaind? 9 andhof Iesus: niu twalif
sind ƕeilos dagis? jabai ƕas gaggiþ in dag, ni gastiggqiþ, unte liuhaþ þis fairƕaus gasaiƕiþ;
10 aþþan jabai ƕas gaggiþ in naht, gastiggqiþ, unte liuhad nist in imma. 11 þo qaþ jah afar
þata qiþiþ du im: Lazarus, frijonds unsar, gasaizlep; akei gaggam, ei uswakjau ina. 12 þanuh
[34]
qeþun þai siponjos is: frauja, jabai slepiþ, hails wairþiþ. 13 qaþ-uh þan Iesus bi dauþu is; iþ
jainai hugidedun þatei is bi slep qeþi. 14 þanuh þan qaþ du im Iesus swikunþaba: Lazarus
gaswalt, 15 jah fagino in izwara, ei galaubjaiþ, unte ni was jainar; akei gaggam du imma. 16
þanuh qaþ Þomas saei haitada Didimus þaim gahlaibam seinaim: gaggam jah weis, ei
gaswiltaima miþ imma. 17 qimands þan Iesus bigat ina juþan fidwor dagans habandan in
hlaiwa. 18 was-uh þan Beþania neƕa Iairusaulwmiam, swaswe ana spaurdim fimftaihunim. 19
jah managai Iudaie gaqemun bi Marþan jah Marjan, ei gaþrafstidedeina ijos bi þana broþar
izo. 20 iþ Marþa, sunsei hausida þatei Iesus qimiþ, wiþraïddja ina; iþ Marja in garda sat. 21
þanuh qaþ Marþa du Iesua: frauja, iþ weseis her, ni þau gadauþnodedi broþar meins. 22 akei
jah nu wait, ei þisƕah þei bidjis guþ, gibiþ þus guþ. 23 qaþ izai Iesus: usstandiþ broþar þeins.
24 qaþ du imma Marþa: wait þatei usstandiþ in usstassai in þamma spedistin daga. 25 qaþ þan
<izai> Iesus: ik im so usstass jah libains; saei galaubeiþ du mis, þauh ga-ba-dauþniþ, libaid;
26 jah ƕazuh saei libaiþ jah galaubeiþ du mis, ni gadauþniþ aiw. galaubeis þata? 27 qaþ imma:
jai, frauja, ik galaubida þatei þu is Xristus, sunus gudis, sa in þana fairƕu qimanda. 28 jah
þata qiþandei galaiþ jah wopida Marjan, swistar seina, þiubjo qiþandei: laisareis qam jah
haitiþ þuk. 29 iþ jaina, sunsei hausida, urrais sprauto jah iddja du imma. 30 niþ þan nauhþanuh
qam Iesus in weihsa, ak was nauhþanuh in þamma stada þarei gamotida imma Marþa. 31
Iudaieis þan þai wisandans miþ izai in garda þrafstjandans ija, gasaiƕandans Marjan þatei
sprauto usstoþ jah usiddja, iddjedun-uh afar izai qiþandans þatei gaggiþ du hlaiwa, ei greitai
jainar. 32 iþ Marja, sunsei qam þarei was Iesus gasaiƕandei ina draus imma du fotum qiþandei
du imma: frauja, iþ weiseis her, ni þauh gaswulti meins broþar. 33 þanuh Iesus, sunsei gasaƕ
ija greitandein jah Iudaiuns þaiei qemun miþ izai gretandans inrauhtida ahmin jah inwagida
sik silban. 34 jah qaþ: ƕar lagideduþ ina? qeþun du imma: frauja; hiri jah saiƕ. 35 jah tagrida
Iesus. 36 þaruh qeþun þai Iudaieis: sai, ƕaiwa frioda ina. 37 sumai þan ize qeþun: niu mahta
sa izei uslauk augona þamma blindin gataujan ei jah sa ni gadauþnodedi? 38 þanuh Iesus aftra
inrauhtiþs in sis silbin gaggiþ du þamma hlaiwa. was-uh þan hulundi jah staina ufarlagida was
ufaro. 39 qaþ Iesus: afnimiþ þana stain. qaþ du imma swistar þis dauþins Marþa: frauja, ju
fuls ist; fidurdogs auk ist. 40 qaþ izai Iesus: niu qaþ þus þatei jabai galaubeis, gasaiƕis wulþu
gudis? 41 ushofun þan þana stain þarei wOS iþ Iesus uz-uh-hof augona iup jah qaþ: atta,
awiliudo þus, unte andhausides mis; 42 jah þan ik wissa þatei sinteino mis andhauseis; akei in
manageins þizos bistandandeins qaþ, ei galaubjaina þatei þu mik insandides. 43 jah þata
qiþands stibnai mikilai hropida: Lazaru, hiri ut! 44 jah urrann sa dauþa gabundans handuns
jah fotuns faskjam, jah wlits is auralja bibundans. qaþ du im Iesus: andbindiþ ina jah letiþ
gaggan. 45 þanuh managai þize Judaiei þai qimandans at Marjin jah saiƕandans þatei
gatawida, galaubidedun imma.
1 Lazarus: nom. m. personal name ‘Lazarus’ (< Gr. Lázaros). — Beþanias: dat. to Beþania place name
‘Bethany’ (this is the only instance of the dative with this spelling; the dative is also spelled as Beþaniin,
Biþaniin, and Beþanijin) (< Gr. Bēthanía). — haimai: dat.sg. to haims* f. i/ō-st. ‘village, (pl.) country’
(singular after the i-st., plural after the ō-st.); OHG heima, MLG hēime, ODu. hēm next to m./n.
OHG -heim, OS hēm, MDu. heem, OE hām, OFris. hēm, OIcl. heimr; as loanwords from Germanic in
OPruss. caymis, Lith. kiẽmas, Latv. ciems. — Marjins: gen. to Marja f. personal name ‘Mary’ (< Gr.
María). — Marþins: gen. to Marþa f. personal name ‘Martha’ (< Gr. Mártha). — swistrs: gen.sg. to
swistar f. r-st. ‘sister’; OHG, OS swestar, ODu. suster, OE sweostor, OFris. swester, OIcl. systir.
[35]
2 salboda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to salbon w. v. 2 ‘to anoint’; OHG salbōn, OS, ODu. salvon, OE sealfian,
OFris. salvia; denominal derivation from the root in OHG salba, OS, ODu. salva, OE sealf(e),
NWestFris. Salve ‘ointment’. — balsana: dat.sg. to balsan n. a-st. ‘ointment’ (< Lat. balsanum). —
biswarb: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to biswairban* st. v. 3 ‘to wipe, to dry’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
OHG biswerban; simplex with the same meaning in OHG swerban, OS swervan, MDu. swerven, OE
sweorfan, OFris. swerva, sworva, OIcl. sverfa. — fotuns: acc.pl. to fotus m. u-st. ‘foot’; OHG fuoz, OS
fōt, ODu. fuot, OE fōt, OFris. fōt, OIcl. fótr. — skufta: dat.sg. to skuft* n. a-st. ‘head hair’; OHG skuft.
3 insandidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to insandjan w. v. 1 ‘to send’; compound with Goth. sandjan w. v. 1 ‘to
send’. — frijos: 2ndsg.pres.ind. to frijon w. v. 2 ‘to love’; OS frīon, Early MDu. vriën ‘to court’, OE
frīogan, NWestFris. frije, OIcl. frjá; derivation from the root in Goth. freis adj. ja-st. ‘free’; OHG frī,
Lgb. -free (in fulcfree ‘people free’), OS frī- (e.g. in frīlīk ‘noble born’), ODu. frī, OE frīo, OFris. frī,
frē, frei, OIcl. frj- (in frjáls ‘free’).
4 gahausjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to gahausjan w. v. 1 ‘to hear’; compound with Goth. hausjan w. v.
1 ‘to hear’. — siukei: nom.sg. f. īn-st. ‘sickness’; OHG siuhhī, OIcl. -sýki; derivation from the root in
Goth. siuks adj. a-st. ‘sick, weak’. — nist: contraction of Goth. ni neg. ‘not’ and Goth. ist 3rdsg.pres.ind.
to wisan irreg. st. v. ‚to be (there), to exist’. — dauþau: dat.sg. to dauþus m. u-st. ‘death’; Run. -dAude
(in dat.sg. welAdAude ‘treacherous death’ [ston from Björketorp, 520/30–700]), OHG tōd, OS, ODu.
dōth, OE dēaþ, OFris. dāth, dād, dēd, dōd, OIcl. dauðr; derivation from the root in OIcl. deyja ‘to die’
(see gadauþnan). — hauheinais: gen.sg. to hauheins f. i/ō-st. ‘prize, honor’; derivation from the root in
Goth. hauhjan w. v. 1 ‘to praise’. — hauhjaidau: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to hauhjan w. v. 1 ‘to praise’; OHG
hōhen, MLG hȫgen, MDu. hogen, OE hīean, OFris. heia; derivation from the root in Goth. hauhs* adj.
a-st. ‘high’.
5 —.
6 salida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to saljan w. v. 1 ‘to accommodate, to stay’; derivation from the root in OHG sal,
OS seli, ODu. sala, seli, OE sæl, sel, sele, NWestFris. seal, OIcl. salr ‘hall’; in Gothic there is only the
derivation saliþwos f.pl. ō-st. ‘hostel’; OHG selida, OS selitha, OE sælþ.
7 þaþroh: adv. ‘from there, hence; theron’; compound with Goth. þaþro adv. ‘therefore, from there;
theron’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. part. ‘and’. — Iudaian: acc. to Iudaia* f. territorial name ‚Judea‘ (< Gr.
Ioudaía).
8 rabbei: voc.sg. to rabbei* m. ‘teacher, rabbi’ (only instances in the vocative singular) (< Gr. rhabbeí
< Aram.-Hebr. rabbī). — sokidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to sokjan w. v. 1 ‘to search, to dispute’; OHG
suohhen, OS sōkian, ODu. suoken, OE sēcan, OFris. sēka, sēza, OIcl. sœkja; derivation from the root in
Goth. sakan st. v. 6 ‘to quarrel; to blame, to scold’. — afwairpan: inf. st. v. 3 ‘to throw away’; compound
with Goth. wairpan st. v. 3 ‘to throw’. — stainam: dat.pl. to stains m. a-st. ‘stone’; Run. (acc.sg.) staina
(stone from Vetteland, 160–460/70), OHG stein, OS, ODu. stēn, OE stān, OFris. stēn, OIcl. stein;
(perhaps loanword from Germanic) OCS stěna ‘wall of stone’. — jaind: adv. ‘there’ (this is the only
insctance of the word); OE ge(o)nd, gind, (derivated) OS jendro ‘more distant’; derivation from the root
in Goth. jains dem.pron. ‘that one’.
9 niu: interrog.part. ‘not?, isn’t it?’; compound with Goth. ni neg. ‘not’ and Goth. -u enclit. interrog.part.
— twalif: (-b-) nom. num. ‘twelve’; OHG zwelif, OS twelif, ODu., OE twelf, OFris. twelef, twelif, OIcl.
tólf. — ƕeilos: nom.pl. to ƕeila f. ō-st. ‘while, time, hour’; OHG wīla, OS hwīl(a), ODu. wīla, OE hwīl,
OFris. hwīl(e), wīl(e); derivation from the root in NSwed. hwīl ‘rested’, Older NDan. huīl ‘rested’. —
gastiggqiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to gastigqan* st. v. 3 ‘to bump’; compound with stiggqan st. v. 3 ‘to push’;
OHG stinkan ‘to smell’, MLG stinken ‘to smell’, ODu. stinkan ‘to smell’, OE stincan ‘to jump; to smell’,
NWestFris. stjonke ‘to stink’, OIcl. støkkva ‘to jump’. — liuhaþ: acc.sg. to liuhaþ (-d-) n. a-st. ‘light’;
cf. Hitt. lukkatt- ‘morning’, Lat. (name) Lūcetius, gall. (name) Leucetios. — fairƕaus: gen.sg. to fairƕus
m. u-st. ‘world’ (Crimean Goth. fers); OHG ferah, OS ferh, OE feorh, OFris. fer(e)ch, OIcl. fjǫr.
10 naht: acc.sg. to nahts f. cons.st. ‘night’; OHG, OS, ODu. naht, OE niht, neaht, OFris. nacht, OIcl.
nátt, nótt.
[36]
11 frijonds: nom.sg. m. cons.st. ‘friend’ (substantivized pres.part. to frijon w. v. 2 ‘to love’). —

gasaizlep: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gaslepan* st. v. 7 ‘to sleep, to fall asleep’; compound with Goth. slepan* st.
v. 7 ‘to sleep’. — uswakjau: 1stsg.pres.opt. to uswakjan* w. v. 1 ‘to awaken’ (this is the only instance
of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG wecken, OS wekkian, OE weccan, OIcl. vekja;
the same root appears also in Goth. wakan* st. v. 6 / w. v. 3 ‘to watch, to be vigilant’ and Goth.
gawaknan* w. v. 4 ‘to awaken’.
12 hails: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘healthy, whole; be greeted’; OHG heil, OS, ODu. hēl, OE hāl, hǣl, OFris.
hēl, OIcl. heill.
13 hugidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to hugjan* w. v. 1 ‘to think, to mean’; OHG huggen, OS huggian, MDu.
hogen, OE hycgan, OFris. hugia, OIcl. hyggja; derivation from the root in Goth. hugs* m. i-st. ‘sense,
reason’; OHG, OS hugi, MDu. hoge, OE hyge, OFris. hei, OIcl. hugr. — slep: acc.sg. to sleps* m. a-st.
‘sleep’; OHG slāf, OS, ODu. slāp, OE slǣp, OFris. slēp; derivation from the root in Goth. slepan* st. v.
7 ‘to sleep’.
14 swikunþaba: adv. ‘aparently, openly, clearly’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba
from Goth. swikunþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘obvious, apparent, known’; compound with Goth. swi- (to the root
in Goth. swes adj. ‘own, belonging’) and Goth. kunþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘known’. — gaswalt: 3rdsg.pret.ind.
to gaswiltan st. v. 3 ‘to die’; compound with Goth. swiltan* st. v. 3 ‘to be dying’; ? OHG swelzan, OS
sweltan, MDu. swelten, OE sweltan, OIcl. svelta.
15 fagino: 1stsg.pres.ind. to faginon w. v. 2 ‘to rejoice’; OHG feginōn, OS faganon, OE fægnian, OIcl.
fagna; derivation from the root in OS fagan, OE fægen, OIcl. feginn ‘happy’.
16 Þomas: nom. m. personal name ‘Thomas’ (< loanword Gr. Thōmãs). — haitada: 3rdsg.ind.pass.pres.
to haitan st. v. 7 ‘to name, to call; (pass.) to be named’; Run. (3.sg.pres.ind.) haite (spear shaft from
Kragehul, 470–490), (nom.sg.m. pret.part.) haitinaz (stone from Kalleby, 160–460/70), OHG heizan,
OS, ODu. hētan, OE hātan, OFris. hēta, heita, OIcl. heita. — Didimus: nom. m. personal name
‘Didymos’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (loanword < Gr. Dídymos). — gahlaibam: dat.pl. to
gahlaiba* m. n-st. ‘comrade’ (the dative plural is also attested as gahlaibaim and gahlaibim); OHG
gileibo; derivation from the root in Goth. hlaifs (-b-) m. a-st. ‘bread’.
17 bigat: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to bigitan st. v. 5 ‘to find’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG gezzan,
OS, ODu., OE -gietan, OFris. -jeta, OIcl. geta. — fidwor: acc. to fidwor num. ‘four’ (in compositions
fidur- [fidurdogs adj. a-st. ‘four-day’, fidurfalþs* adj. a-st. ‘fourfold’, fidurragini* n. ja-st. ‘office of a
four-prince’]) (Crimean Goth. fyder); OHG fior, OS fi(u)war, fior, ODu. fier, OE fēower, OFris.
fiū(we)r, fīwer, fiō(we)r, fiā(we)r, OIcl. fjórir. — hlaiwa: dat.sg. to hlaiw n. a-st. ‘grave’; Run. (nom.sg.)
hlaiwa (stone from Bø, 160–560/70), OHG lēo, OS hlēu, ODu. (only in toponyms) lēo, OE hlǣw, hlāw;
borrowed in OCS chlěvъ ‘stable, shed’; to the same root also belong e.g. OHG linēn, OS hlinon, ODu.
lēnen, OE hlinian, hleonian, NWestFris. leune, NDan. læne ‘to lean’.
18 Iairusaulwmiam: dat. to Iairusaulwmeis m.pl. i-st. resident name ‘residents of Jerusalem’ (the dative
is also attested as Iairusaulwmim [Mk 3:8, 7:1]); the resident name is used here for the city name). —
fimftaihunim: dat. to fimftaihun* num. ‘fifteen’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG finfzehan,
OS fìftein, MDu. vichtien, viftien, OE fīftēne, OFris. fiftīne, (different formation) OIcl. fimtán.
19 gaqemun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gaqiman* st. v. 4 ‘to come together’; compound with qiman st. v. 4 ‘to
come’. —gaþrafstidedeina: 3rdpl.pret.opt. to gaþrafstjan w. v. 1 ‘to bring comfort, to encourage’;
compound with þrafstjan* w. v. 1 ‘to comfort (oneself), to admonish’.
20 sunsei: conj. ‘as soon as’; compound with Goth. suns adv. ‘soon, suddenly, at once’ and Goth. ei
conj. ‘(so) that’. — wiþraiddja: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to wiþragaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to meet’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’.
21 meins: nom.sg.m. poss.pron. ‘mine’; Run. (gen.sg.m.) minas (stone from Vetteland, 160–460/70),
(acc.sg.m.) minino (stone from Kjølevik, 375/400–520/30), (nom.sg.f.) minu (stone from Opedal, 160–
375/400), OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. mīn, OIcl. minn.
[37]
22 þisƕah: acc.sg.n. to þisƕazuh pron. ‘whoever’; compound with Goth. þis gen.sg.m. to sa dem.pron.
‘this, the’ and Goth. ƕazuh pron. ‘everyone’.
23 usstandiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to usstandan st. v. 6 ‘to rise up, to set out’; compound with Goth. standan
st. v. 6 ‘to stand’.
24 usstassai: dat.sg. to usstass f. i-st. ‘resurrection’ (with loss of the ending -s in the nominative singular
after -ss); derivation from the root in Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’. — spedistin: dat.sg.m. w. v.
spedists* superl.adj. a-st. ‘last’; superlative formation to the root in OHG spāti, MLG, Early MDu. spāde
‘late’.
25 libains: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘life’; derivation from the root in Goth. liban w. v. 3 ‘to live’. — þauh: 1.
conj. ‘as, or’, 2. adv. ‘yes, well, about’; compound with Goth. þau 1. part. ‘as; or’, 2. adv. ‘yes, well,
about’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle ‘and’. — ga-ba-dauþniþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to gadauþnan w. v. 4 ‘to
die’ with enclitic conj. ‘if’ between ga- and -dauþniþ (this is the only attestation of the word). — libaid:
3rdsg.pres.ind. to liban w. v. 3 ‘to live’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ; the expected spelling e.g. in Joh
11:26); OHG lebēn, OS libbian, ODu. livon, OE libban, lifian, OFris. libba, leva, lewa, OIcl. lifa.
26 ƕazuh: nom.sg.m. pron. ‘everyone’; compound with Goth. ƕas interrog. /indef.pron. ‘who?; anyone’
and Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle ‘and’. — aiw: adv. ‘ever’ (only in negative sentences); OHG eo, io, OS
io, ODu. ie, OE ā, ō, OFris. jē, OIcl. a, ei, ey; actually acc.sg. to aiws* m. a/i-st. ‘time, eternity’.
27 jai: interj. ‘yes, verily, indeed’; next to (originally a different case form) Goth. ja adv. ‘yes’; OHG
ja, OS ja, gia, jā, Early MDu. ja, OE ge, gēa, iā, OFris. ie, ge, dzie, OIcl. já. — Xristus: nom. m. name
‘Christ’ (loanword < Gr. Christós).
28 wopida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to wopjan w. v. 1 ‘to call’; OHG wuofen, OIcl. ǿpa; next to a strong verb
OHG wuofan, OS wōpian, ODu. wuopan, OE wēpan, OFris. wēpa ‘to shout’; either originally a strong
verb, which has become partly weak, or derivation from the root in OHG wuof, OS wōp, ODu. wuop,
OE wōp, OIcl. óp, that became secondarily strong due to influence of the meaning related strong verb
‘to shout, to call’ (see hropjan). — þiubjo: adv. ‘furtively, secretly’; adverbial formation to an unattested
adjective Goth. *þiubjis ja-st. ‘secretly’, itself derived from Goth. +þiufs (-b-) m. a-st. ‘thief’ (in the
nominative singular only the analogical spelling <þiubs> is attested four times); Run. -þeubaz (bracteate
of Trollhättan II, ca. 500), OHG diob, OS thiof, Early MDu. dief, OE þēof, OFris. thiāf, OIcl. þjófr. —
laisareis: nom.sg. m. ja-st. ‘teacher’; OHG lērari, MLG lērēr(e), lērer, Early MDu. lerere, lerre;
derivation from the root in Goth. laisjan w. v. 1 ‘to teach’.
29 sprauto: adv. ‘quickly, soon’; adverbial formation to an unattested adjective Goth. *sprauts a-st.
‘quick’.
30 niþ: conj. ‘and not, neither, not’; with assimilation of -h – þ- to -þ – þ-. — nauhþanuh: adv. ‘still’;
compound with Goth. nauhþan adv. ‘still’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle ‘and’. — weihsa: dat.sg. to
weihs* n. a-st. ‘village, hamlet’; SouthG (in place names) Wiß-, Weiß-; cf. Lat. vīcus ‘group of houses,
village, spot, quarter’ (borrowed in OHG wīch, OS, ODu. wīk, OE wīc, OFris. wīk ‘dwelling place,
village’). — þarei: adv. ‘where’; compound with Goth. þar adv. ‘there’ and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’.
31 þrafstjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to þrafstjan* w. v. 1 ‘to comfort (oneself), to admonish’. —
greitai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to gretan st. v. 7 ‘to weep, to complain’ (the spelling of the
expected -e- with -ei- occurs more frequently in the manuscripts and is probably due to a sound
development of ē to ī in Late Gothic).
32 draus: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to driusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall’; OS driosan, OE drēosan. — weiseis: 2ndsg.pret.opt.
to wisan irreg. st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’ (the spelling of the expected -e- with -ei- occurs more
frequently in the manuscripts and is probably due to a sound development of ē to ī in Late Gothic). —
gaswulti: 3rdsg.pret.opt. to gaswiltan st. v. 3 ‘to die’; compound with Goth. swiltan* st. v. 3 ‘to be dying’.
33 greitandein: acc.sg.f. pres.part. to gretan st. v. 7 ‘to weep, to complain’ (the spelling of the
development of ē to ī in Late Gothic). — Iudaiuns: acc.pl. to Iudaius m. u/i-st. demonym ‘Jew’. — þaiei:
nom.pl.m. to saei rel.pron. ‘which’. — qemun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to qiman st. v. 4 ‘to come’. — inrauhtida:
[38]
3rdsg.pret.ind. to inrauhtjan* w. v. 1 ‘to become enraged’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
derivation from the root in OE rēoc ‘angry, grim’ (other connections – e.g. to the root in OHG rouchen
‘to fumigate, to sacrifice’ – remain uncertain). — ahmin: dat.sg. to ahma m. n-st. ‘spirit’; derivation
from the root in Goth. aha m. n-st. ‘sense, mind’. — inwagida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to inwagjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
set in motion’; compound with Goth. wagjan w. v. 1 ‘to shake’. — sik: acc. refl.pron. ‘oneself’; OHG
sih, OS sik, ODu. sig, sich, OFris., OIcl. sik.
34 ƕar: adv. ‘where?’; OHG war, OS hwar, OIcl. hvar. — lagideduþ: 2ndpl.pret.ind. to Goth. lagjan w.
v. 1 ‘to put (on/down)’; Run. (3rdpl.pres.opt.) lAgi (stone from Eggja, 575–675/700), OHG leggen, OS
leggian, ODu. leggen, OE lecgan, OFris. ledza, lidza, OIcl. leggja; derivation from the root in Goth.
ligan* st. v. 5 ‘to lie’. — hiri: adv. imp. ‘here; come!’; probably to Goth. hi-* pron. ‘this’ (see himma).
35 tagrida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to tagrjan* w. v. 1 ‘to weep’ (this is the only attestation of the word); MHG
zeheren; derivation from the root in Goth. tagr* n. a-st. ‘tear’; OE teagor next to (with grammatical
change) OHG zahar, OE tēar, tæhher, OFris. tār, OIcl. tár.
36 ƕaiwa: adv. ‘(some)how’; OHG wēo. — frioda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to frijon w. v. 2 ‘to love’ (-j- can be
omitted in the spelling between i and vowel).
37 izei: nom.sg.m. rel.pron. ‘he, who’; compound with Goth. is anaphor.pron. ‘he’ and Goth. ei conj.
‘(so) that’. — uslauk: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to uslukan* st. v. 2 ‘to open (up)’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG -lūchan, OS, ODu. -lūkan, OFris. lūka, OE lūcan, OIcl. l(j)úka. — blindin: dat.sg.m. to
blinds adj. a-st. ‘blind’; OHG blint, OS blind, ODu. blint, OE, OFris. blind, OIcl. blindr; derivation from
the root in Goth. blandan st. v. 7 ‘to mix’.
38 hulundi: nom.sg. f. jō-st. ‘cave’; actually nominalized pres.part.f. of the root in OHG, OS helan, Early
MDu. helen, OE helan, OFris. hela ‘to hide’ (see huljan). — ufarlagida: nom.sg.f. pret.part. to
ufarlagjan* w. v. 1 ‘to cover up’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. lagjan
w. v. 1 ‘to put (on/down)’. — ufaro: adv. ‘above/over that’; derivation from the root in Goth. ufar prep.
+ acc./dat. ‘above’.
39 afnimiþ: 3rdpl.pres.ind. to afniman st. v. 4 ‘to take away’; compound with Goth. niman st. v. 4 ‘to
take (up), to receive, to catch’. — dauþins: gen.sg.m. sw. to dauþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘dead’ (with analogical
*-þ- after Goth. dauþus m. u-st. ‘death’); OHG tōt, OS dōd, ODu. dōt, OE dēad, OFris. dād, dēd, dōd,
OIcl. dauðr; derivation from the root in OIcl. deyja ‘to die’. — ju: adv. ‘already, now’; the quantity of
the vowel u ist uncertain because the Germanic languages show both long and short vowels; OHG ju,
OS giu, iu, ODu. iu, OE gēo, gīo, iū, OFris. jū. — fuls: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘foul, rotten’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); OHG fūl, MLG vūl, ODu., OE, OFris. fūl, OIcl. fúll; derivation from the root
in OIcl. (pret.part.) fúinn ‘rotten’. — fidurdogs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘four days’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); compound with the compositional form of Goth. fidwor num. ‘four’ and a
derivation from the root in Goth. dags m. a-st. ‘day’.
40 —.
41 iup: adv. ‚’upwards’; without exact correspondences; to the root in Goth. uf prep. + dat./acc. ‘under’.
— andhausides: 2ndsg.pret.ind. to andhausjan* w. v. 1 ‘to obey; to hear’; compound with Goth. hausjan
w. v. 1 ‘to hear’.
42 sinteino: adv. ‘always, at all times’; adverbial formation to Goth. sinteins* adj. a-st. ‘daily’. —
bistandandeins: gen.sg.f. pres.part. to bistandan* st. v. 6 ‘to stand around, to surround’; compound with
Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’.
43 stibnai: dat.sg. to stibna f. ō-st. ‘voice’; OE stefn, OFris. stifne (with dissimilation) next to OHG
stimma, stimna, OS stemn(i)a, ODu. stimma, OE stemn, OFris. stemme.
44 urrann: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to urrinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run out, to go out’; compound with Goth. rinnan* st.
v. 3 ‘to run’. — dauþa: nom.sg.m. sw. to dauþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘dead’. — gabundans: nom.sg.m.
pret.part. to gabindan st. v. 3 ‘to bind’; compound with Goth. bindan* st. v. 3 ‘to bind’; OHG bintan,
OS bindan, Early MDu. binden, OE bindan, OFris., OIcl. binda. — faskjam: dat.pl. to faskja* / faski*
m. ja-st. / n. ja-st. ‘band, bandage’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (< Lat. fascia ‘band, bandage’;
[39]
also borrowed into OHG fāska, fāski, MDu. vasche). — wlits: nom.sg. m. i-st. ‘face; look, shape’; OS
wliti, ODu. wlit, OE, OFris. wlite, OIcl. litr; derivation from the root in OE wlītan, OIcl. líta ‘to see, to
watch’. — auralja: dat.sg. to aurali* n. ja-st. ‘sudarium’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (< Lat.
orārium ‘sudarium’). — bibundans: nom.sg.m. pret.part. to bibindan* st. v. 3 ‘to tie around’; compound
with Goth. bindan* st. v. 3 ‘to bind’. — andbindiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to andbindan st. v. 3 ‘to solve’;
compound with Goth. bindan* st. v. 3 ‘to bind’. — letiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to letan* st. v. 7 ‘to let, to permit,
to allow, to leave (behind)’; Run. (1stpl.pres.imp.) latam (rune bone 1 from the Unterweser, 1st half 5.
Jh.?), OHG lāzan, OS, ODu. lātan, OE lētan, OE westsächs. lǣtan, OFris. lēta, lāta, OIcl. láta; the
adjective Goth. lats* ‘casual, lazy’ also belongs to this root.
45 Judaiei: gen.pl. to Iudaius m. u/i-st. demonym ‘Jew’ (the spelling of the expected -e- with -ei- occurs
more frequently in the manuscripts and is probably due to a sound development of ē to ī in Late Gothic).
— at: prep. + dat. ‘at, to, from’; OHG az, iz, OS, ODu. at, OE æt, OFris. et, it, OIcl. at.
1.10. John 13:21–30: Jesus, the Favorite Disciple, and the Traitor
21 þata qiþands Iesus indrobnoda ahmin jah weitwodida jah qaþ: amen amen, qiþa izwis þatei
ains izwara galeweiþ mik. 22 þanuh seƕun du sis misso þai siponjos, þagkjandans bi ƕarjana
qeþi. 23 was-uh þan anakumbjands ains þize siponje is in barma Iesuis, þanei frijoda Iesus. 24
bandwid-uh þan þamma Seimon Paitrus du fraihnan ƕas wesi, bi þanei qaþ. 25 anakumbida
þan jains swa ana barma Iesuis qaþ-uh imma: frauja, ƕas ist? 26 andhof Iesus: sa ist þammei
ik ufdaupjands þana hlaif giba. jah ufdaupjands þana hlaif gaf Iudin Seimonis, Skariotau. 27
jah afar þamma hlaiba þan galaiþ in jainana Satana. qaþ þan du imma Iesus: þatei taujis, tawei
sprauto. 28 þatuh þan ainshun ni wissa þize anakumbjandane, duƕe qaþ imma. 29 sumai
mundedun, ei unte arka habaida Iudas, þatei qeþi imma Iesus: bugei þizei þaurbeima du dulþai,
aiþþau þaim unledam ei ƕa gibau. 30 biþe andnam þana hlaib jains, suns galaiþ ut. was-uh
þan nahts, þan galaiþ ut.
21 indrobnoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to indrobnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be bewildered’; compound with Goth. drobnan

w. v. 4 ‘to be bewildered’. — weitwodida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to Goth. weitwodjan* w. v. 1 ‘to witness, to
testify’; derivation from Goth. weitwoþs* (-d-) m. cons.st. ‘witness’. — galeweiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to
galewjan w. v. 1 ‘to betray’; compound with Goth. lewjan* w. v. 1 ‘to betray’; OHG -lā(w)en, OE
lǣwan; the relationship to Goth. lews* / lew* m. a-st. / n. a-st. ‘opportunity, occasion’ remains unclear
(back formation to the verb or derivational basis?).
22 misso: adv. ‘each other’; OIcl. mis ‘wrong, false’; probably a derivation from the root in OHG missi,
OS mis(s)(i)-, MDu. mis, OFris. mis-, OE mis-, OIcl. miss ‘wrong, false, mis-‘; derivation from the root
in OHG mīdan, OS, ODu. mīthan, OE mīđan, OFris. -mītha, -mia ‘to avoid, to conceal’. — þagkjandans:
nom.pl.m. pres.part. to þagkjan w. v. 1 ‚to think, to consider‘; OHG denken, OS thenkian, ODu. thenken,
OE þencan, OFris. t(h)anza, t(h)enza, t(h)inka, t(h)inza, tenka, OIcl. þekkja. — ƕarjana: acc.sg.m. to
ƕarjis pron. ‘who’; OIcl. hverr; derivation from the preform of Goth. ƕar adv. ‘where?’.
23 barma: dat.sg. to barms* m. i-st. ‘bossom, womb’; (with different formation) OHG, OS, Early MDu.
barm, OE bearm, OFris. barm- (in barmbraccum ‘lapdog’), OIcl. barmr (borrowed from Germanic into
Finnic parma); derivation from the root in Goth. bairan st. v. 4 ‘to carry, to suffer, to give birth’.
24 fraihnan: inf. st. v. 5 ‘to ask’ (with analogical -h-); next to OS, OE fregnan, OIcl. fregna.
25 —.
26 ufdaupjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to ufdaupjan* w. v. 1 ‘to immerse’; compound with Goth. daupjan
w. v. 1 ‘to baptize’; OHG toufen, OS dōpian, ODu. dōpen, OE dīepan, OFris. dēpa, OIcl. deypa;
[40]
derivation from the root in Goth. diups* adj. a-st. ‘deep’; OHG tiof, OS diop, ODu. diep, OE dēop,
OFris. (adv.) diāpe, diēpe, OIcl. djúpr. — Iudin: dat. v. Iudas m. personal name ‘Judas’ (< Gr. Ioúdas).
— Skariotau: dat. to Iskariotes m. personal name ‘Iscariot’ (this is the only attestation without an initial
I-) (< Gr. Iskariṓtēs).
27 Satana: nom. m. personal name ‘Satan’ (the nominative occurs also as Satanas) (< Gr. Satanãs).
28 ainshun: nom.sg.m. pron. ‘somebody, anyone’ (the pronoun only occurs negated with the negation
Goth. ni ‘not’); compound with Goth. ains adj. a-st./num. one’ and Goth. -hun, syllable used to form
certain pronouns.
29 arka: acc.sg. to arka* f. ō-st. ‘ark, box, pouch’ (< Lat. arca ‘[money] box’). — þaurbeima:
1stpl.pres.opt. to þaurban* pret.pres. ‘to need’; OHG durfan, OS, ODu. thurvan, OE þurfan, OFris.
t(h)urva, t(h)orva, OIcl. þurfa. — unledam: dat.pl.m. w. to +unleþs (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘poor’ (the nominative
singular is only attested as <unleds> [Lk 16:20] with analogical -d-); OE unlǣd; derivation from the
root in OE lǣþ, OIcl. láð ‘land(ownership)’.
30 andnam: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to andniman st. v. 4 ‘to take up, to receive’; compound with Goth. niman st.
v. 4 ‘to take (up), to receive, to catch’.
1.11. John 13:36–38: The announcement of Peter’s denial
36 þanuh qaþ du imma Seimon Paitrus: frauja, ƕad gaggis? andhafjands Iesus qaþ: þadei ik
gagga, ni magt mik nu laistjan; iþ biþe laisteis. 37 þaruh Paitrus qaþ du imma: frauja, duƕe ni
mag þuk laistjan nu? saiwala meina faur þuk lagja. 38 andhof Iesus: saiwala þeina faur mik
lagjis? amen amen qiþa þus, þei hana ni hrukeiþ, unte þu mik afaikis kunnan þrim sinþam.
36 ƕad: adv. ‘where to’ (next to this attestation with -d five times also -þ is found); derivation from the
root in Goth. ƕas interrog./indef.pron. ‘who?; anyone’. — þadei: adv. ‘where’; compound with as
simplex unattested Goth. þad- (derivation from the dental form of the pronominal stem in the paradigm
of Goth. sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’; for the formation cf. ƕad) and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’.
37 saiwala: acc.sg. to saiwala f. ō-st. ‘soul’; OHG sēla, OS sēola, ODu. siela, OE sāwol, OFris. sēle.
38 —.
1.12. John 18:1–11: Arrest of Jesus
1 þata qiþands Iesus usiddja miþ siponjam seinaim ufar rinnon þo Kaidron, þarei was
aurtigards, in þanei galaiþ Iesus jah siponjos is. 2 wiss-uh þan jah Iudas sa galewjands ina
þana stad, þatei ufta gaïddja Iesus jainar miþ siponjam seinaim. 3 iþ Iudas nam hansa jah þize
gudjane jah Fareisaie andbahtans, iddj-uh jaindwairþs miþ skeimam jah haizam jah wepnam.
4 iþ Iesus witands alla þoei qemun ana ina, usgaggands ut qaþ im: ƕana sokeiþ? 5
andhafjandans imma qeþun: Iesu, þana Nazoraiu. þaruh qaþ im Iesus: ik im. stoþ-uh þan jah
Iudas sa lewjands ina miþ im. 6 þaruh swe qaþ im þatei ik im, galiþun ibukai jah gadrusun
dalaþ. 7 þaþroh þan ins aftra frah: ƕana sokeiþ? iþ eis qeþun: Iesu, þana Nazoraiu. 8 andhof
Iesus: qaþ izwis þatei ik im; jabai nu mik sokeiþ, letiþ þans gaggan. 9 ei usfullnodedi þata
waurd þatei qaþ, ei þanzei atgaft mis, ni fraqistida ize ainummehun. 10 iþ Seimon Paitrus
habands hairu, uslauk ina jah sloh þis auhumistins gudjins skalk jah afmaimait imma auso
[41]
taihswo; sah þan haitans was namin Malkus. 11 þaruh qaþ Iesus du Paitrau: lagei þana hairu
in fodr. stikl þanei gaf mis atta, niu drigkau þana?
1 rinnon: acc.sg. to rinno* f. n-st. ‘(mountain) torrent’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG
rinna ‘water pipe’; derivation from the root in Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run, to walk’. — Kaidron: acc.
v. Kaidron* river name ‚Kidron’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (< Gr. Kédrōn). — aurtigards:
nom.sg. m. i-st. ‘garden’; OE ortgeard, orceard; compound with Goth. aurti- (< Lat. hortus ‘garden’;
ODu. ort- [in ortbōm ‘garden tree’, ortfogal ‘tame bird’, ortpunt ‘garden bed’]; cf. the derivation in
OHG orzōn ‘to cultivate, to tend’) and Goth. gards m. i-st. ‘house, family; court’.
2 stad: acc.sg. to staþs (-d-) m. i-st. ‘place; hostel’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ). — ufta: adv. ‘often’;
(based on different formations) OHG ofto, OS ofto, ohto, oft, MDu. ofte, oft, OE oft, OFris. ofta, ofte,
ōfta, ōfte, OIcl. opt. — gaiddja: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gagaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to come together’;
compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’.
3 hansa: acc.sg. to hansa f. ō-st. ‘swarm, maniple, cohort; crowd’; OHG hansa, MLG hense, hanse
(borrowed in ODu. hansa, NWestFris. hanze-), OE hōs (borrowed from Germanic into MLat. hansa
‘commercial association’, Finn. kansa ‘people’, Estn. kaas[a] ‘husband, wife, companion’). —
Fareisaie: gen.pl. to Fareisaius m. u/i-st. name ‘Pharisee’ (< Gr. Pharisaĩos). — andbahtans: acc.pl. to
andbahts m. a-st. ‘servant’ (loanword from Celtic; cf. Lat.-Gall. ambactus ‘servant’); OHG ambaht,
MDu. ambacht, OE ambeht, embeht, OIcl. ambátt, ambótt. — jaindwairþs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘turned
there’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. jaind adv. ‘there’ and Goth. -wairþs
‘turned’; OHG -wert, as, -werd, OIcl. -verðr; derivation from the root in Goth. wairþan st. v. 3 ‘to
become’. — skeimam: dat.pl. to skeima* m. n-st. ‘lamp, light’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
OHG, OS, ODu. skīmo, OE scīma, OIcl. skími; derivation from the root in Goth. skeinan st. v. 1 ‘to
shine, to glow’. — haizam: dat.pl. to hais* n. a-st. ‘torch’ (this is the only attestation of the word); cf.
(different formation) OHG, MLG, MDu. hei ‘heat, dryness’. — wepnam: dat.pl. to wepn* n. a-st.
‘weapon’; OHG wāfan, OS, ODu. wāpan, OE wǣpen, OFris. wēpen, OIcl. vápn.
4 —.
5 stoþ-uh: combination of Goth. stoþ- 3rdsg.pret.ind. to standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’ (with -þ instead of the
expected -d due to its position before a vowel) and Goth. -(u)h enclit. Particle ‘and’.
6 ibukai: nom.pl.m. to ibuks* adj. a-st. ‘facing backward’; probably (despite different vocalism) to OHG
abuh, OS aƀuh, OIcl. ǫfugr ‘wrong’. — gadrusun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gadriusan st. v. 2 ‘to fall down’;
compound with Goth. driusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall’.
7 —.
8 —.
9 usfullnodedi: 3rdsg.pret.opt. to usfullnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be fulfilled’; compound with Goth. fullnan* w.
v. 4 ‘to become full’. — atgaft: 2ndsg.pret.ind. to atgiban st. v. 5 ‘to give to’; compound with Goth.
giban st. v. 5 ‘to give’. — fraqistida: 1stsg.pret.ind. to fraqistjan w. v. 1 ‘to spoil, to kill’; compound
with Goth. qistjan w. v. 1 ‘to spoil’; OHG quisten; derivation from the root in OHG, MLG, MDu. quist
‘harm, ruin’.
10 hairu: acc.sg. to hairus m. u-st. ‘sword’; OS heru- (in herudrōrag ‘sword-blooded’), OE heoru, OIcl.
hiǫrr. — sloh: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to slahan* st. v. 6 ‘to beat’; Run. (nom.sg.m. pres.part.) slaginaz (stone
from Möjbro, 160–560/70), OHG, OS slahan, ODu. slān, OE slēan, OFris. slā, OIcl. slá, sló. —
auhumistins: gen.sg.m. w. to auhumists superl.adj. ‘highest’; OE ȳmest. — skalk: acc.sg. to skalks m.
a-st. ‘servant’; OHG, OS, ODu. skalk, OE scealc, OFris. skalk, OIcl. skalkr. — afmaimait: 3rdsg.pret.ind.
to afmaitan* st. v. 7 ‘to cut off, to hew off’; compound with Goth. maitan* st. v. 7 ‘to cut, to hew’; OHG
meizan, OIcl. meita. — auso: acc.sg. to auso n. n-st. ‘ear’; next to (with grammatical change) OHG, OS,
ODu. ōra, OE ēare, OFris. āre, ār, OIcl. eyra. — taihswo: acc.sg.n. to taihswa* adj. w. ‘right’; OHG
zeso, MDu. tesuwe. — Malkus: nom. m. personal name ‘Malchus’ (< Gr. Málchos).
[42]
11 fodr: acc.sg. to fodr* n. a-st. ‘sheath’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG fuotar, MLG
vōder (borrowed into OIcl. fóðr), Early MDu. voeder, OE fōdor, OFris. fōder. — stikl: acc.sg. to stikls
m. a-st. ‘cup, chalice’; (different formation) OHG stichil ‘thorn’, stechal ‘chalice’, ODu. stekil ‘sting’,
OE sticel ‘sting’, OIcl. stikill ‘tip of a drinking horn’; derivation from the root in OHG stechan, OS,
ODu. stekan, OFris. steak ‘to sting’. — drigkau: 1stsg.pres.opt. to drigkan st. v. 3 ‘to drink’; OHG
trinkan, OS, ODu. drinkan, OE drincan, OFris. drinka, OIcl. drekka.
1.13. John 18:25–27: The Denial of Peter
25 iþ Seimon Paitrus was standands jah warmjands sik. þaruh qeþun du imma: niu jah þu þize
siponje þis is? iþ is afaiaik jah qaþ: ne, ni im. 26 qaþ sums þize skalke þis maistins gudjins, sah
niþjis was þammei afmaimait Paitrus auso: niu þuk saƕ ik in aurtigarda miþ imma? 27 þaruh
aftra afaiaik Paitrus, jah suns hana hrukida.
25 warmjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to warmjan* w. v. 1 ‘to warm (oneself)’; OHG wermen, OS

wermian, MDu. warmen, OE wyrman, OIcl. verma; derivation from the root in OHG, OS, ODu. warm,
OE wearm, OFris. warm, OIcl. varmr ‘warm’. — ne: neg. ‘no’; probably originally the emphasized
variant of Goth. ni neg. ‘not’.
26 maistins: gen.sg.m. w. v. maists ‘the greatest’, superl. to Goth. mikils adj. a-st. ‘big’; OHG meist,
OS, ODu. mēst, OE mǣst, māst, OFris. māst, mēst, OIcl. mestr. — niþjis: nom.sg. m. ja-st. ‘relative’;
OE niþþas pl., OIcl. niðr.
27 —.
1.14. John 18:28–40: Jesus before Pilate
28 iþ eis tauhun Iesu fram Kajafin in praitoriaun. þanuh was maurgins. iþ eis ni iddjedun in
praitoria, ei ni bisaulnodedeina ak matidedeina pasxa. 29 þaruh atiddja ut Peilatus du im jah
qaþ: ƕo wrohe bairiþ ana þana mannan? 30 andhofun jah qeþun du imma: nih wesi sa ubiltojis,
ni þau weis atgebeima þus ina. 31 þaruh qaþ im Peilatus: nimiþ ina jus jah bi witoda
izwaramma stojiþ ina. iþ eis qeþun-uh du imma Iudaieis: unsis ni skuld ist usqiman manne
ainummehun. 32 ei waurd fraujins usfullnodedi, þatei qaþ, bandwjands ƕileikamma dauþau
skulda gaswiltan. 33 <þaruh> galaiþ in praitauria aftra Peilatus jah wopida Iesu qaþ-uh
imma: þu is þiudans Iudaie? 34 andhof Iesus: ab-u þus silbin þu þata qiþis þau anþarai þus
qeþun bi mik? 35 andhof Peilatus: waitei ik Iudaius im? so þiuda þeina jah gudjans anafulhun
þuk mis; ƕa gatawides? 36 andhof Iesus: þiudangardi meina nist us þamma fairƕau; iþ us
þamma fairƕau wesi meina þiudangardi, aiþþau andbahtos meinai usdaudidedeina, ei ni
galewiþs wesjau Iudaium. iþ nu þiudangardi meina nist þaþro. 37 þaruh qaþ imma Peilatus:
an nuh þiudans is þu? andhafjands Iesus <qaþ>: þu qiþis ei þiudans im ik. ik du þamma
gabaurans im jah du þamma qam in þamma fairƕau ei weitwodjau sunjai. ƕazuh saei ist
sunjos, hauseiþ stibnos meinaizos. 38 þanuh qaþ imma Peilatus: ƕa ist so sunja? jah þata
qiþands <aftra> galaiþ ut du Iudaium jah qaþ im: ik ainohun fairino ni bigita in þamma. 39 iþ
ist biuhti izwis ei ainana izwis fraletau in pasxa; wileid-u nu ei fraletau izwis þana þiudan
[43]
Iudaie? 40 iþ eis hropidedun aftra allai qiþandans: ne þana, ak Barabban; sah þan was sa
Barabba waidedja.
28 tauhun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to tiuhan st. v. 2 ‘to draw, to lead (away)’; OHG ziohan, OS tiohan, ODu. tiān,
OE tēon, OFris. tiā, OIcl. pret.part. toginn. — Kajafin: dat. to Kajafa m. personal name ‘Caiaphas’ (<
Gr. Kaïáphas). — praitoriaun: acc.sg. to praitoriaun n./f. ‘praetorium’ (the accusative singular is also
attested as praitoria, praitauria) (< Gr. praitṓrion). — maurgins: nom.sg. m. a-st. ‘morning’; OHG
morgan, Lgb. morgin- (in morgingab ‘morning gift’), OS, ODu. morgan, OE morgen, margen, mergen,
myrgen, OFris. morn, OIcl. morginn, morgunn, merginn, myrginn. — bisaulnodedeina: 3rdpl.pret.opt.
to bisaulnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be defiled’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (the simplex is not attested
in Gothic); here also belongs Goth. bisauljan* w. v. 1 ‘to defile’; derivations from the root in OHG sol
‘puddle of excrements’, MLG, MDu. sol ‘puddle, pond, mud’, OE sol, solu ‘excrement, mud’.
29 Peilatus: nom. m. personal name ‘Pilate’ (< Gr. Peilãtos). — wrohe: gen.pl. to wrohs* f. i-st.
‘accusation’; MLG wrōge.
30 ubiltojis: nom.sg.m. adj. ja-st. / nom.sg. m. ja-st. ‘malicious; wrongdoer’; compound with Goth.
ubil- (see ubils) and Goth. -tojis, derivation from the root in Goth. taujan w. v. 1 ‘to do, to make’.
31 witoda: dat.sg. to witoþ (-d-) n. a-st. ‘law’; OHG wizzōd ‘law; Testament, sacrament, communion’,
MLG wit, wet(te) ‘law’, ODu. witut ‘law’, OFris. witat ‘host [bread]’; derivation from the root in OS
witōn, OE witian ‘to determine, to establish’. — stojiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to stojan w. v. 1 ‘to judge’; OHG
stowen ‘to accuse’. — skuld: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to skulan* pret.pres. ‘to be guilty, must’; cf. OHG, OS
skulan, ODu. sullan, OE sculan, OFris. skela, skila, skolla, OIcl. skola. — usqiman: inf. st. v. 4 ‘to kill,
to give death’; compound with Goth. qiman st. v. 4 ‘to come’.
32 —.
33 —.
34 ab-u: combination of Goth. ab- (with missing final devoicing of -b- due to its position before a vowel)
= af prep. + dat. ‘from, from – away, from – here’ and Goth. -u enclit. interrog. particle.
35 waitei: adv. ‘perhaps, about’; compound with Goth. wait 1stsg.pres.ind. to witan pret.pres. ‘to know’
and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’. — þiuda: nom.sg. f. ō-st. ‘people’; OHG diot(a), OS thiod(a), ODu. thiet,
OE þēod, OFris. thiād, OIcl. þióð. — anafulhun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to anafilhan st. v. 4 ‘to hand over, to
deliver; to lease; to recommend’; compound with Goth. filhan st. v. 4 ‘to bury, to hide’; OHG fel(a)han,
OS -fel(a)han (in bifel[a]han ‘to command, to grant, to hand over, to entrust, to consecrate, to bury’),
ODu. -felan (in bifelan ‘to entrust, to leave; to command’), OE fēolan, OFris. -fela, -fala, -fola, -fēla (in
bifela, bifala, bifola, bifēla ‘to entrust; to hand over; to recommend; to command, to instruct; to bury’),
OIcl. fel(g)a.
36 usdaudidedeina: 3rdpl.pret.opt. to usdaudjan* w. v. 1 ‘to strive’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
derivation from Goth. usdauþs* (-d-) adj. ‘eager’; probably to Goth. dauþus m. u-st. ‘death’ (‘being
outside of death’) or of Goth. dauþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘dead’ (‘alive, lively’). — þaþro: adv. ‘therfore, from
there; thereon’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -þro from the dental stem of the
demonstrative pronoun Goth. sa ‘this, the’.
37 an: adv. ‘because, now’; cf. Lat. an ‘whether, because, about …?’. — nuh: adv. ‘then’; compound
with Goth. nu . adv. ‘well, now’, 2. conj. ‘well, therefore, consequently’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle
‘and’. — gabaurans: nom.sg.m. pret.part. to gabairan st. v. 4 ‘to give birth, to compare’; OHG, OS
giberan, OE geberan; compound with Goth. bairan st. v. 4 ‘to carry, to suffer, to give birth’.
38 fairino: gen.pl. to fairina* f. ō-st. ‘fault; accusation’; OHG, OS firina, OE firen, OFris. firne, ferne,
(different formation) OIcl. firn.
39 biuhti: nom.sg. n. ja-st. ‘habit’; derivation from the root in Goth. binauhan* pret.pres. ‘to be allowed,
may’ (see ganohs*). — fraletau: 1stsg.pres.opt. to fraletan st. v. 7 ‘to let, to release, to dismiss, to forbear,
to admit, to allow, to forgive, to condescend’; compound with Goth. letan* st. v. 7 ‘to let, to permit, to
[44]
allow, to leave (behind)’. — wileid-u: combination from Goth. wileid- 2ndpl.pres.opt. to wiljan athem.
V. ‘to want’ (with missing final devoicing of -d- due to its position before a vowel) and Goth. -u enclit.
interrog. particle.
40 ne: probably wrong spelling for Goth. ni neg. ‘not’. — Barabban: acc. to Barabba(s) m. personal
name ‘Barabbas’ (the nominative is also attested as Barabbas) (< Gr. Barabbãs). — waidedja: nom.sg.
m. n-st. ‘criminal, robber’; derivation of an unattested substantive Goth. *waideþs f. i-st. ‘misdeed’, a
compound with Goth. wai- ‘bad, evil’ (see wajamerjan) and Goth. -deþs f. i-st. ‘deed’, attested in Goth.
gadeþs* (-d-) f. i-st. ‘deed’, Goth. +missadeþs (-d-) f. i-st. ‘misdeed’ and Goth. wailadeþs* (-d-) f. i-st.
‘benevolence’; OHG tāt, OS dād, ODu. dāt, OE dǣd, OFris. dēde, dēd, dād, OIcl. dáð; derivation from
the root in OHG tuon, OS duan, dōn, OE dōn, OFris. duā(n) ‘to do, to make’; for the formation cf. MHG
übeltæte, OE yfeldǣda ‘malefactor’.
1.15. John 19:1–5: The mocking and flagellation of Jesus
1 þanuh þan nam Peilatus Iesu jah usblaggw. 2 jah þai gadrauhteis uswundun wipja us
þaurnum jah galagidedun imma ana haubid jah wastjai paurpurodai gawasidedun ina, 3 jah
qeþun: hails, þiudans Iudaie! jah gebun imma slahins lofin. 4 atiddja aftra ut Peilatus jah qaþ
im: sai, attiuha izwis ina ut, ei witeiþ þatei in imma ni ainohun fairino bigat. 5 þaruh usiddja
ut Iesus bairands þana þaurneinan waip jah þo paurpurodon wastja. jah qaþ im: <sai> sa ist
sa manna.
1 usblaggw: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to usbliggwan* st. v. 3 ‘to beat black and blue’; compound with Goth.
bliggwan* st. v. 3 ‘to beat’; OHG bliuwan, OS -bleuwan (in ūtbleuwan* ‘to knock aut’), MDu. blouwen.
2 gadrauhteis: nom.pl. to gadrauhts m. i-st. ‘soldier’; derivation from the root in Goth. driugan* st. v.
2 ‘to go to war’. — uswundun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to uswindan* st. v. 3 ‘to weave’ (the simplex is not attested
in Gothic); OHG wintan, OS windan, Early MDu. winden, OE windan, OFris. winda, OIcl. vinda ‘to
wind’. — wipja: acc.sg. to wipja* f. ō-st. ‘wreath’; derivation from the root in Goth. weipan* st. v. 1 ‘to
wreath, to crown’; OHG pret.part.pass. -wifan (in biwifan ‘unfortunate, damned’). — þaurnum: dat.pl.
to þaurnus* m. u-st. ‘thorn’; (with different formation) OHG dorn, OS, ODu. thorn, OE þorn,
NWestFris. doarn, OIcl. þorn. — galagidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to galagjan* w. v. 1 ‘to lie down’;
compound with Goth. lagjan w. v. 1 ‘to put (on/down)’. — haubid: acc.sg. to haubiþ (-d-) n. a-st. ‘head’
(with analogical -d instead of -þ) (Crimean Goth. hoef); OHG houbit, OS hōvid, ODu. hōvit, OE hēafod,
OFris. hāved, hāvid, OIcl. haufuð (with a diphthong whose explanation is uncertain) next to (with
monophthong) OE hæfod, hafud, OIcl. hǫfuð. — wastjai: dat.sg. to wasti* f. jō-st. ‘dress, (pl.) clothing’;
derivation from the root in Goth. wasjan* w. v. 1 ‘to clothe; to get dressed’. — paurpurodai: dat.sg.f.
pret.part. to paurpuron* w. v. 2 ‘to dye with purple’ (< Lat. purpurāre ‘to make purple’). —
gawasidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gawasjan* w. v. 1 ‘to clothe with’; compound with Goth. wasjan* w. v.
1 ‘to clothe; to get dressed’ (with analogical -s- instead of expected -z-); OHG werien, OE werian, OIcl.
verja.
3 slahins: acc.pl. to slahs* m. i-st. ‘blow; plague’ (with analogical -h- instead of expected *-g- after
Goth. slahan* st. v. 6 ‘to beat’); OHG slag, OS slegi, ODu. slag, OE slege, OFris. slei, OIcl. slagr;
derivation from the root in Goth. slahan* st. v. 6 ‘to beat’. — lofin: dat.sg. to lofa* m. n-st. ‘palm’; MLG
lōf, loef m. ‘windward side, luff’, ODu. *luof (lof) ‘rudder blade, tiller’, OE lōf ‘flat hand’, OIcl. lófi
‘open hand, palm’.
4 attiuha: 1stsg.pres.ind. to attiuhan st. v. 2 ‘to pull in, to bring about, to bring on’; compound with Goth.
tiuhan st. v. 2 ‘to draw, to lead (away)’.
[45]
5 þaurneinan: acc.sg.m. w. v. þaurneins* adj. a-st. ‘of thorns’; OHG durnīn, MLG dōrnen, ODu.
thornīn, OE þyrnen, OFris. thornen; derivation from the root in Goth. þaurnus* m. u-st. ‘thorn’. —
waip: acc.sg. to waips m. a-st. ‘wreath’; OHG weif, OIcl. veipr; derivation from the root in Goth.
weipan* st. v. 1 ‘to wreath, to crown’.
1.16. Luke 1:26–38: The Announcement of Jesus’ Birth
26 þanuh þan in menoþ saihstin insandiþs was aggilus Gabriel fram guda in baurg Galeilaias
sei haitada Nazaraiþ, 27 du magaþai in fragibtim abin, þizei namo Iosef, us garda Daweidis,
jah namo þizos magaþais Mariam. 28 jah galeiþands inn sa aggilus du izai qaþ: fagino, anstai
audahafta, frauja miþ þus; þiuþido þu in qinom. 29 iþ si gasaiƕandei gaþlahsnoda bi
innatgahtai is jah þahta sis ƕeleika wesi so goleins [þatei swa þiuþida izai]. 30 jah qaþ aggilus
du izai: ni ogs þus, Mariam, bigast auk anst fram guda. 31 jah sai, ganimis in kilþein jah
gabairis sunu jah haitais namo is Iesu. 32 sah wairþiþ mikils jah sunus hauhistins haitada, jah
gibid imma frauja guþ stol Daweidis attins is. 33 jah þiudanoþ ufar garda Iakobis in ajukduþ,
jah þiudinassaus is ni wairþiþ andeis. 34 qaþ þan Mariam du þamma aggilau: ƕaiwa sijai
þata, þandei aban ni kann? 35 jah andhafjands sa aggilus qaþ du izai: ahma weihs atgaggiþ
ana þuk, jah mahts hauhistins ufarskadweid þus, duþe ei <jah> saei gabairada weihs haitada
sunus gudis. 36 jah sai, Aileisabaiþ niþjo þeina, jah so inkilþo sunau in aldomin seinamma, jah
sa menoþs saihsta ist izai sei haitada stairo, 37 unte nist unmahteig guda ainhun waurde. 38
qaþ þan Mariam: sai, þiwi fraujins, wairþai mis bi waurda þeinamma. jah galaiþ fairra izai sa
aggilus.
26 menoþ: dat.sg. to menoþs (-þ-) m. cons.st. ‘month’; OHG mānōd, OS mānuth, ODu. mānoth, OE
mōnaþ, mōnþ, OFris. mōnath, mōneth, mōn(a)d, OIcl. mánaðr, mánoðr (originally in the same paradigm
as Goth. mena m. ‘moon’ [only nom.sg. Mk 13:24]). — saihstin: dat.sg.m. to saihsta* num ‘the sixth’;
OHG, OS sehsto, ODu. sesto, OE siexta, OFris. sexta, OIcl. sétti. — aggilus: nom.sg. m. u-st. ‘angel’
(< Gr. ángelos, Lat. angelus). — Gabriel: nom. m. personal name ‘Gabriel’ (< Gr. Gabriḗl). —
Galeilaias: gen.sg. to Galeilaia* f. country name ‘Galilee’ (< Gr. Galilaía). — Nazaraiþ: nom. indecl.
place name ‘Nazareth’ (< Gr. Nazaréth).
27 magaþai: dat.sg. to magaþs (-þ-) f. i-st. ‘virgin’; OHG magad, OS magath, ODu. magith, OE
mæg(e)þ, OFris. megeth, megith, maged, māgd, meid. — fragibtim: dat.pl. to fragifts* f. i-st. ‘bestowal,
(pl.) betrothal’ (with etymological -b-); derivation from Goth. fragiban st. v. 5 ‘to forgive’. — abin:
dat.sg. to aba m. irreg. n-st. ‘husband, spouse’; OHG personal name Abo, Lgb. personal name Abo, OE
personal name Aba, Afa, OIcl. afi. — Iosef: nom. m. personal name ‘Joseph’ (< Gr. Iōsḗph). —
Daweidis: gen. to Daweid m. personal name ‘David’ (< Gr. Daueíd). — Mariam: nom. f. personal name
‘Mary’ (< Gr. Mariám).
28 inn: adv. ‘into’; OHG in, OS inn, OE in(n), OIcl. inn; derivation from Goth. in prep. + dat./acc. (for
the designation of place / direction) ‘in, on, on, to, while, after to’, + gen. ‘because of, for the sake of,
for, through’. — anstai: dat.sg. to ansts f. i-st. ‘joy, thanks, mercy, favour, bounty’; cf. OHG, OS, ODu.
anst, OE ēst, ? OFris. enst, OIcl. ǫst, ást; derivation from the root in OHG unnan, OS -unnan, MDu.
onnen, OE unnan, OIcl. unna ‘to grant, to deign’. — audahafta: nom.sg.f. to audahafts* adj. a-st.
‘happy’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation with dem Suffix Goth. -hafts from the as a
simplex unattested form Goth. auda-; Run.-OHG aod- (in personal name aodliþ [ivory ring from
Pforzen, ca. 600]), ? OHG ōt ‘wealth, fortune’, Lgb. (in personal names) Aud(a)-, OS ōd ‘wealth,
possession’, OE ēad ‘wealth, possession’, OIcl. auðr ‘wealth, possession’. — þiuþido: nom.sg.f. sw.
[46]
pret.part. to þiuþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to bless’; derivation from the root in Goth. þiuþ (-þ-) n. a-st. ‘the good
(thing)’. — qinom: dat.pl. to qino f. n-st. ‘woman’; OHG, OS, ODu. quena, OE cwene, Saterfris. kwene,
OIcl. kona, kvinna; next to Goth. qens f. i-st. ‘wife’.
29 gaþlahsnoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gaþlahsnan* w. v. 4 ‘to frighten’ (this is the only attestation of the
word); further etymology unclear. — innatgahtai: dat.sg. to innatgahts* f. i-st. ‘entrance’ (this is the
only attestation of the word); derivation from Goth. innatgaggan st. v. 7 ‘to come in, to enter’. —
ƕeleika: nom.sg.f. to ƕileiks adj. a-st. ‘what sort/kind of?, which?, of what type?’ (with
incorrect -e- instead of -i-). — goleins: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘greeting’; derivation from the root in Goth. goljan
w. v. 1 ‘to greet’.
30 —.
31 ganimis: 2ndsg.pres.ind. to ganiman st. v. 4 ‘to take away, to receive, to get; to learn’; compound with
Goth. niman st. v. 4 ‘to take (up), to receive, to catch’. — kilþein: acc.sg. to kilþei* f. n-st. ‘womb’;
probably derivation from the root in OE cild ‘child’.
32 hauhistins: gen.sg.m. w. superl. to hauhs* adj. a-st. ‘high’; Lat.-Gmc. demonym Chauci, OHG, OS
hōh, ODu. hō, hōg, OE hēah, hēh, OFris. hāch, hēch, heich, hōch, OIcl. hár. — gibid: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to
giban st. v. 5 ‘to give’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ). — stol: acc.sg. to stols m. a-st. ‘chair, throne’;
OHG stuol, OS stōl, ODu. stuol, OE, OFris. stōl, OIcl. stóll; derivation from the root in Goth. standan
st. v. 6 ‘to stand’.
33 Iakobis: gen. to Iakobus m. personal name ‘Jacob’ (< Gr. Iákōbos) (the genitive is also attested as
Iakobaus). — ajukduþ: acc.sg. to ajukduþs* f. i-st. ‘eternity’; derivation with the suffix Goth. -duþs
from Goth. ajuk-; (with different formation) OE ēce, ǣce ‘eternal’; compound with the roots in Goth.
aiws* m. a/i-st. ‘time, eternity’ and Goth. qius adj. wa-st. ‘lively’; OHG quek, OS quik, ODu. quic, OE
cwic, cwyc, OFris. quik, OIcl. kvikr, kykr. — andeis: nom.sg. m. ja-st. ‘end’; OHG enti, OS, ODu. endi,
OE ende, OFris. e(i)nde, ein(d), OIcl. endir, endi.
34 þandei: conj. ‘as long as; there; if; because’ (more often the word occurs in the form þande);
derivation from Goth. þan 1. adv. ‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but, however’, 3. conj. ‘when,
as long as; as’.
35 weihs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘holy’; OHG wīh, OS wīh-, OE wīg-; in most Germanic languages only
in remnants (cf. e.g. G Weih-nachten ‘Christmans’, Weih-rauch ‘incense’) and replaced by equivalents
of the adjective ‘holy’. — ufarskadweid: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to ufarskadwjan* w. v. 1 ‘to overshadow’ (with
analogical -d instead of -þ) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth.
skadus m. u-st. ‘shadow’; OHG skato, OS skado, ODu. +skado, OE scead(u), NWestFris. skaad, skâd.
— duþe: adv./conj. ‘therefore, for that reason, to that’; compound with Goth. du prep. + dat./inf. ‘to, for,
in’ and Goth. þe instr.sg.n. to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’.
36 Aileisabaiþ: nom. f. personal name ‘Elizabeth’ (< Gr. Elisábet, Lat. Elisabeth). — niþjo: nom.sg. f.
n-st. ‘relative’ (this is the only attestation); feminine motion formation to Goth. niþjis m. ja-st. ‘relative’.
— inkilþo: nom.sg. f. n-st. ‘pregnant woman’; derivation from the compound with Goth. in prep. +
dat./acc. (for the designation of place / direction) ‘in, on, on, to, while, after to’, + gen. ‘because of, for
the sake of, for, through’ and Goth. kilþei* f. n-st. ‘womb’. — aldomin: dat.sg. to aldumo* n. n-st. ‘(old)
age’ (with incorrect -o- for -u-) (this is the only attestation of the word); probably nominalized
comparative of Goth. alþeis adj. ja-st. ‘old’ (different formation Crimean Goth. alt); (different
formation) OHG alt, OS ald, ODu. alt, OE eald, OFris. ald, old. — stairo: nom.sg. f. n-st. ‘the barren
one’; cf. OHG stero ‚’ram’.
37 unmahteig: nom.sg.n. to unmahteigs adj. a-st. ‘faint, weak; impossible’; compound with the negation
Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. mahteigs adj. a-st. ‘powerful’.
38 —.
[47]
1.17. Luke 2:1–20: Birth of Jesus
1 warþ þan in dagans jainans, urrann gagrefts fram kaisara Agustau, gameljan allana
midjungard. 2 soh þan gilstrameleins frumista warþ at [wisandin kindina Swriais] raginondin
Saurim Kwreinaiau. 3 jah iddjedun allai, ei melidai weseina, ƕarjizuh in seinai baurg. 4 urrann
þan jah Iosef us Galeilaia, us baurg Nazaraiþ, in Iudaian, in baurg Daweidis sei haitada
Beþlahaim, duþe ei was us garda fadreinais Daweidis, 5 anameljan miþ Mariin sei in fragiftim
was imma qeins, wisandein inkilþon. 6 warþ þan, miþþanei þo wesun jainar, usfullnodedun
dagos du bairan izai. 7 jah gabar sunu seinana þana frumabaur jah biwand ina jah galagida
ina in uzetin, unte ni was im rumis in stada þamma. 8 jah hairdjos wesun in þamma samin
landa, þairhwakandans jah witandans wahtwom nahts ufaro hairdai seinai. 9 iþ aggilus
fraujins anaqam ins jah wulþus fraujins biskain ins, jah ohtedun agisa mikilamma. 10 jah qaþ
du im sa aggilus: ni ogeiþ, unte sai, spillo izwis faheid mikila, sei wairþiþ allai managein, 11
þatei gabaurans ist izwis himma daga nasjands, saei ist Xristus frauja, in baurg Daweidis. 12
jah þata izwis taikns: bigitid barn biwundan jah galagid in uzetin. 13 jah anaks warþ miþ
þamma aggilau managei harjis himinakundis hazjandane guþ jah qiþandane: 14 wulþus in
hauhistjam guda jah ana airþai gawairþi in mannam godis wiljins. 15 jah warþ, biþe galiþun
fairra im in himin þai aggiljus, jah þai mans þai hairdjos qeþun du sis misso: þairhgaggaima
ju und Beþlahaim jah saiƕaima waurd þata waurþano, þatei frauja gakannida unsis. 16 jah
qemun sniumjandans jah bigetun Marian jah Iosef jah þata barn ligando in uzetin. 17
gasaiƕandans þan gakannidedun bi þata waurd þatei rodiþ was du im bi þata barn. 18 jah
allai þai gahausjandans sildaleikidedun bi þo rodidona fram þaim hairdjam du im. 19 iþ Maria
alla gafastaida þo waurda, þagkjandei in hairtin seinamma. 20 jah gawandidedun sik þai
hairdjos mikiljandans jah hazjandans guþ in allaize þizeei gahausidedun jah gaseƕun swaswe
rodiþ was du im.
1 gagrefts: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘decision, regulation’; further etymology uncertain. — kaisara: dat.sg. to
kaisar* m. a-st. ‘emperoro’ (< Lat. Caesar). — Agustau: dat.sg. to Agustus* m. personal name
‘Augustus’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (< Lat. Augustus); the form with Goth. A- is probably
based on a vulgar Latin variant with A- for Au- and to a spelling error. — gameljan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to
write’; compound with Goth. meljan w. v. 1 ‘to write’; OE mǣlan ‘to mark’, OIcl. mǽla ‘to paint’;
derivation from the root in Goth. mela n. pl. a-st. ‘writing’; OHG māl ‘externally visible sign, dot’,
OS -māl (in hōvidmāl ‘head image’), MDu. mael ‘mark, sign, birthmark, OE mǣl ‘mark, sign, ornament,
cross, weapon’, OIcl. mál ‘sign, spot, mark’. — midjungard: acc.sg. to midjungards* m. i-st. ‘the
inhabited earth, world’; OHG mittingart, OE middangeard; compound with an otherwise unattested
substantive Goth. *midjuma f. ō-st. ‘middle’ (cf. Goth. miduma* f. ō-st. ‘middle’) and Goth. gards m.
i-st. ‘house, family; court’.
2 gilstrameleins: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘entry in the tax list’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound
with Goth. gilstr* n. a-st. ‘tax’ (OHG gelstar), a derivation from the root in Goth. -gildan st. v. 3 (only
in fragildan* st. v. 3 ‘to repay’, usgildan st. v. 3 ‘to repay’) (OHG geltan, OS geldan, Early MDu.
ghelden, OE gieldan, OFris. jelda, jilda, julda, jēlda, jōlda, gelda, OIcl. gjalda) and an as a simplex
unattested word Goth. *meleins f. i-st. ‘writing, script’, a derivation from Goth. meljan w. v. 1 ‘to write’.
— frumista: nom.sg.f. to frumists adj. superl. ‘first’; derivation with dem superlative forming suffix
Goth. -ists from Goth. fruma comp. adj./num. ‘first’. — kindina: dat.sg. to kindins m. a-st. ‘governor’;
derivation from the root in OIcl. kind ‘gender, tribe’, to which (different formation) also OHG kind
[48]
‘child’ belongs (inherited or as a loanword from OHG also OS kind, ODu. kint, OFris. kind). — Swriais:
gen.sg. to Swria* f. country name ‘Syria’ (< Gr. Syría) (this is the only attestation of the word); the
sequence wisandin kindina Swriais is an original gloss to at raginondin Saurim Kwreinaiau that got into
the text. — raginondin: dat.sg.m. pres.part. to raginon* w. v. 2 ‘to be governor’; derivation from the
root in Goth. ragin* n. a-st. ‚‘council, advice, decision’; Run. ragina- (in raginakudo ‘descended from
the gods’ [stone from Noleby, 460/70–560/70]), OS regin- (in regin[o]giskapu ‘decrees of divine
providence, destiny’), OIcl. regin ‘gods’, besides also as a reinforcing prefix in OHG regan- (in
reganblind ‘completely blind’), OS regin- (in reginskatho ‘great evildoer’, reginthiof ‘nefarious thief’),
Lat.-ODu. rachin- (in rachinburgius ‘judge in court, witness for a proper charge’), OE regen- (e.g. in
regenheard ‘very hard’, regenþēof ‘arch thief’). — Saurim: dat.pl. to Saur m. i-st. resident name ‘Syrian’
(< Gr. Súros, Lat. Surus). — Kwreinaiau: dat. to Kwreinaius* m. personal name ‘Quirinus’ (< Gr.
Kyrḗnios).
3 —.
4 Beþlahaim: nom. place name ‘Bethlehem’ (< Gr. Bēthleém). — fadreinais: gen.sg. to fadrein n. a-st.
‘descent, family’ (with -ais instead of -is [cf. fadreinis EphAB 3:15] either analogically after the abstract
nouns on -eins or spelling mistake); nominalization of an adjective present in OE fæderen ‘paternal’;
derivation from the root in Goth. fadar* m. a-st. ‘father’; OHG fater, Lgb. fader- (in faderfio ‘father’s
good’), OS fadar, ODu. fader*, OE fæder, OFris. feder, fader, OIcl. faðir.
5 anameljan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to write down’; compound with Goth. meljan w. v. 1 ‘to write’. — qeins:
nom.sg. (for qens) f. i-st. ‘wife’ (the spelling of the expected -e- with -ei- occurs more frequently in the
manuscripts and is probably due to a sound development of ē to ī in Late Gothic); OS quān, OE cwēn,
OIcl. (poet.) kvæn, kvǫn.
6 miþþanei: conj. ‘during’ (once also the spelling miþþane [Lk 2:43] is attested); compound with Goth.
miþ 1. prep. + dat. ‘with, at, under’, 2. adv. ‘with, at the same time’, þan 1. adv. ‘then, thereupon’, 2.
adversative conj. ‘but, however’, 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’ and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’.
7 frumabaur: acc.sg. to frumabaur m. i-st. ‘firstborn’; compound with Goth. fruma comp. adj./num.
‘first’ and Goth. baur* m. i-st. ‘the born one’; OE byre ‘son, child, descendant’, OIcl. burr ‘sun’;
derivation from the root in Goth. bairan st. v. 4 ‘to carry, to suffer, to give birth’. — biwand:
3rdsg.pret.ind. to biwindan* st. v. 3 ‘to wrap around’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic) (see
uswindan*). — uzetin: dat.sg. to uzeta* m. n-st. ‘crib’; derivation from the root in Goth. itan st. v. 5 ‘to
eat’; OHG ezzan, OS, ODu., OE etan, OFris., OIcl. eta. — rumis: gen.sg. to rum* m./n. a-st. ‘room,
space’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. rūm, OIcl. rúm;
nominalization of Goth. rums adj. a-st. ‘spacious’; OHG rūmi, MLG rûm (rǔm), ODu. (in place names),
OE rūm, Early NWestFris. ruum, OIcl. rúmr.
8 hairdjos: nom.pl. to hairdeis m. ja-st. ‘shepherd’; OHG hirti, OS hirdi, Early MDu. herde, OE
hi(e)rde, OIcl. hirðir; derivation from the root in Goth. hairda f. ō-st. ‘flock’. — samin: dat.sg.n. to
sama pron. ‘the same’; OHG samo, OIcl. sami, samr. — landa: dat.sg. to land* n. a-st. ‘land, country,
region’; Run. lada- (in personal name [nom.sg.] ladawarijaz [stone A from Tørvika, 375/400–560/70]),
OHG lant, OS land, Lgb. (in personal names) Land(a)-, ODu. lant, OE land, OFris. lond, OIcl. land. —
þairhwakandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to þairhwakan* st. v. 6 / w. v. 3 ‘to watch through’; compound
with Goth. wakan* st. v. 6 / w. v. 3 ‘to wake, to be watchful’; cf. either OIcl. (part.) vakinn ‘wake’ or
OHG wachēn, OIcl. vaka ‘to be awake’ (see also uswakjan*). — witandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to
witan w. v. 3 ‘to watch out, to guard, to herd, to keep’; OHG -wizzēn (in giwizzēn, irwizzēn ‘to watch
out’), OE -witian (in bewitian ‘to observe, to determine’), OIcl. vita; derivation from the root in Goth.
witan pret.pres. ‘to know’. — wahtwom: dat.pl. to wahtwo* / wahtwa* f. n-st. / f. ō-st. ‘guard’ (this is
the only attestation of the word); OHG, OS, ODu. wahta, NWestFris. wacht; derivation from the root in
Goth. wakan* st. v. 6 / w. v. 3 ‘to wake, to be watchful’.
9 anaqam: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to anaqiman* st. v. 4 ‘to join’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
compound with Goth. qiman st. v. 4 ‘to come’. — biskain: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to biskeinan* st. v. 1 ‘to light
[49]
up’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. skeinan st. v. 1 ‘to shine, to glow’;
OHG, OS, ODu. skīnan, OE scīnan, OFris. skīna, OIcl. skína. — agisa: dat. sg. to agis n. a-st. ‘fear’;
OE ege next to (different formation) OHG, OS egiso, OE egesa, NNorw. egse ‘excitement’; derivation
from the root in Goth. ogan* pret.pres. ‘to fear’.
10 spillo: 1stsg.pres.ind. to spillon* w. v. 2 ‘to announce’; OHG -spellōn (in gotspellōn ‘to preach the
gospel’), Early MDu. spellen, OE spellian, OIcl. spjalla; probably derivation from the root in Goth.
spill* n. a-st. ‘tale, fable’. — faheid: acc.sg. to faheþs (-d-) f. i-st. ‘joy’ (the spelling of the
development of ē to ī in Late Gothic; with analogical -d instead of -þ); further etymology unclear.
11 nasjands: nom.sg. m. nd-st. ‘Saviour’ (with analogical -s- instead of expected -z- after Goth. nasjan
w. v. 1 ‘to save’, itself with analogical -s- after its derivation basis in Goth. ga-nisan st. v. 5 ‘to recover,
to be saved’); OS neriand, OE neriend; actually pres.part. to Goth. nasjan w. v. 1 ‘to save’.
12 bigitid: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to bigitan st. v. 5 ‘to find’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ). — barn: acc.sg.
to barn n. a-st. ‘child’ (Crimean Goth. <baar> [for +barn?]); OHG, OS barn, MDu. baren, OE bearn,
OFris. bern, OIcl. barn; derivation from the root in Goth. bairan st. v. 4 ‘to carry, to suffer, to give
birth’. — galagid: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to galagjan* w. v. 1 ‘to lie down’ (with analogical -d instead
of -þ).
13 anaks: adv. ‘suddenly’; further etymology uncertain. — harjis: gen.sg. to harjis m. ja-st. ‘army’;
Lat.-Gmc. (in personal name/god’s names) Hari-, Chario-, Run. -harjaz (in personal name [nom.sg.]
swabaharjaz [stone from Rö, ca. 160–375/400]), OHG heri, Lgb. hari-, heri- (in harigauuerc ‘army
equipment’, hariscild ‘ambush by a group of armed men’, harimannus ‘soldier, warrior, haritraib
‘deliberate raid’), Run.-preOS (acc.sg.?) hari (rune bone 3 from the Unterweser, 1st half 5. Jh.?), OS,
ODu. heri, OE here OFris. here, hiri, hēr, OIcl. herr. — himinakundis: gen.sg.m. to himinakunds* adj.
a-st. ‘of heavenly descent’; compound with Goth. himins m. a-st. ‘heaven’ and an original adjective
Goth. *kunds a-st. ‘descending’ that early developed into a suffix; Run. -kudo (in raginakudo ‘descended
from the gods’ [stone from Noleby, 460/70–560/70]), OHG -kunt, OS -kund, OE -cund, OIcl. -kundr;
derivation from the root in Goth. kindins m. a-st. ‘governor’. — hazjandane: gen.pl.m. pres.part. to
hazjan w. v. 1 ‘to laud, to praise’; OHG harēn, OE herian.
14 hauhistjam: dat.pl. to hauhisti* n. ja-st. ‘highest altitude’; derivation from the root in Goth. hauhs*
adj. a-st. ‘high’. — gawairþi: nom.sg. n. ja-st. ‘peace’; derivation from the root in Goth. wairþan st. v.
3 ‘to become’. — godis: gen.sg.m. to goþs (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘good, capable, beautiful’; OHG guot, Lgb.
(in personal names) God(e)-, OS gōd, ODu. guot, OE, OFris. gōd, OIcl. góðr.
15 þairhgaggaima: 1stpl.pres.opt. to þairhgaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go through, to pass by; to go around,
to roam’; compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — und: prep. + acc./dat. ‘until; for, to’;
OHG unt, OS und, unt, OE oþ, OFris. und, OIcl. und-. — gakannida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gakannjan w. v.
1 ‘to proclaim’; compound with Goth. kannjan w. v. 1 ‘to make known’.
16 sniumjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to sniumjan* w. v. 1 ‘to hurry’; OHG sniumen, ODu. -sniumen;
derivation from the root in OHG, OS sniumi ‘quick’, itself a derivation from the root in Goth. sniwan*
st. v. 5 ‘to hurry’; OE snēowan.
17 rodiþ: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to rodjan w. v. 1 ‘to talk, to speak’; OIcl. rœða.
18 —.
19 gafastaida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gafastan w. v. 3 ‘to keep, to preserve’; compound with Goth. fastan w.
v. 3 ‘to hold, to guard, to observe; to fast’; OHG fastēn, MLG, Early MDu. vasten, OE (with transition
into w. v. 1) fæstan, OFris. (with transition into w. v. 2) festia, OIcl. (with transition into w. v. 2) fasta;
derivation from the root in OHG festi, OS fast, festi, ODu. fast, OE fæst, OFris. fest, fast, OIcl. fastr
‘firm, fastened’.
20 gawandidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gawandjan w. v. 1 ‘to turn (to)’; compound with Goth. wandjan*
w. v. 1 ‘to turn’; OHG wenten, OS wendian, ODu. wenden, OE wendan, OFris. wenda, OIcl. venda;
derivation from the root in Goth. -windan st. v. 3 ‘to wind’ (see uswindan*).
[50]
1.18. Luke 3:21–22: Baptism of Jesus
21 warþ þan, biþe daupida alla managein, jah at Iesu ufdaupidamma jah bidjandin usluknoda
himins, 22 jah atiddja ahma sa weiha leikis siunai swe ahaks ana ina, jah stibna us himina
warþ qiþandei: þu is sunus meins sa liuba, in þuzei waila galeikaida.
21 ufdaupidamma: dat.sg.m. pret.part. to ufdaupjan* w. v. 1 ‘to baptize’; compound with Goth. daupjan
w. v. 1 ‘to baptize’. — usluknoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to usluknan* w. v. 4 ‘to open (up)’ (the simplex is not
attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. uslukan* st. v. 2 ‘to open (up)’.
22 leikis: gen.sg. to leik n. a-st. ‘body, womb; corpse; meat’; OHG līh, OS līk, Early MDu. lijc, OE līc,
OFris. līk, OIcl. lík; nominalization of an in the Germanic languages unattested adjective (comparable
with Lith. lýgus ‘same’). — siunai: dat.sg. to siuns f. i-st. ‘face; vision, seeing; shape’; OS siun, OE sīen,
OFris. siūne, siōne, OIcl. sjón, sýn; derivation from the root in Goth. saiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to see’. — ahaks:
nom.sg. m./f. cons.st./i-st. ‘tame (white) dove’; further etymology unclear. — liuba: nom.sg.m. w. v.
liufs (-b-) adj. a-st. ‘dear’; Run. (nom.sg.f.) liubu (stone from Opdeal, 160–375/400), -leubaz (personal
name (nom.sg.) skiþaleubaz [stone from Skärkind, 375/400–460/70]), Run.-preOHG nom.sg.m. /
(acc.sg.n.) leob (bow brooch 1 from Weimar, 525–550; bow brooch 2 from Weimar, ca. 550), OHG
liob, Lgb. (in personal names) Leob-, Leup-, OS liof, ODu. lief, OE lēof, OFris. liāf, liēf, OIcl. ljúfr. —
þuzei: dat.sg. to þuei rel.pron. ‘who you’. — waila: adv. ‘well, good’ (with uncertain explanation of the
sound -ai-); OHG wela, wola, OS wel(a), wola, ODu. wela, OFris. wel, wal, wol, OE wel(l), OIcl. vel;
derivation from the root in Goth. wiljan athem. V. ‘to want’. — galeikaida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to galeikan
w. v. 3 ‘to please’; compound with Goth. leikan* w. v. 3 ‘to please, to be pleasant’; OHG līchēn next to
(different formation) OS, ODu. līkon, OE līcian, OFris. likia, OIcl. líka; derivation of an in the Germanic
languages unattested adjective, whose nominalization is present in the group of Goth. leik n. a-st. ‘body,
womb, flesh’.
1.19. Luke 5:12–16: Cleansing of a Leper
12 jah warþ, miþþanei was is in ainai baurge, jah sai, manna fulls þrutsfillis jah gasaiƕands
Iesu driusands ana andwairþi bad ina qiþands: frauja, jabai wileis, magt mik gahrainjan. 13
jah ufrakjands handu attaitok imma qiþands: wiljau, wairþ hrains. jah suns þata þrutsfill aflaiþ
af imma. 14 jah is faurbaud imma ei mann ni qeþi; ak gagg jah ataugei þuk silban gudjin jah
atbair imma fram þizai gahraineinai þeinai þatei anabaud Moses du weitwodiþai im. 15
usmernoda þan þata waurd mais bi ina, jah garunnun hiuhmans managai hausjon jah leikinon
fram imma sauhte seinaizo. 16 iþ is was afleiþands ana auþidos jah bidjands.
12 fulls: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘full’; OHG fol, Lgb. ful-, -fol, OS full, ODu. fol, OE full, OFris. ful, fol,
OIcl. fullr. — andwairþi: acc.sg. to andwairþi n. ja-st. ‘presence; face, person’; derivation from the root
in Goth. wairþan st. v. 3 ‘to become’. — bad: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to bidjan st. v. 5 ‘to pray, to beg’ (with
analogical -d instead of -þ).
13 aflaiþ: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to afleiþan* st. v. 1 ‘to go away’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic) (see
usleiþan).
[51]
14 faurbaud: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to faurbiudan* st. v. 2 ‘to forbid’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ) (the
simplex is not attested in Gothic) (see anabiudan*). — gahraineinai: dat.sg. to gahraineins* f. i/ō-st.
‘cleansing’; derivation from Goth. gahrainjan w. v. 1 ‘to clean’. — anabaud: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to
anabiudan* st. v. 2 ‘to offer, to command’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ).
15 usmernoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to usmernan* w. v. 4 ‘to spread’ (this is the only attestation of the word)
(the simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. merjan w. v. 1 ‘to announce, to
make known’. — mais: comp.adv. ‘more’; OHG, OS, ODu. mēr, OE mā, mǣ, OFris. mā(r), mē(r), OIcl.
meir. — garunnun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to garinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to converge, to come together; to run, to
achieve’; compound with Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run, to walk’. — hiuhmans: nom.pl. to hiuhma m.
n-st. ‘heap, crowd’; probably derivation from the root in Goth. hauhs* adj. a-st. ‘high’. — hausjon: inf.
w. v. 2 ‘to hear’; probably with variation of the conjugation class identical with Goth. hausjan w. v. 1
‘to hear’. — leikinon: inf. w. v. 2 (for +lekinon) ‘to heal from’ (the spelling of the
development of ē to ī in Late Gothic); OHG lāchinōn, OS lāknon, OE lācnian, OIcl. lækna; derivation
from the root in Goth. lekeis m. ja-st. ‘doctor’; OHG lāchi, OE lǣce, OFris. lētza, leitza, ODan. læki,
lækæ. — sauhte: gen.pl. to sauhts* f. i-st. ‘illness’; OHG, OS, ODu. suht, OE -siht(e) (in ūtsiht[e]
‘diarrhea’), OFris. sechte, siochte, OIcl. sótt; derivation from the root in Goth. siukan st. v. 2 ‘to be sick‚
to be ill’.
16 auþidos: acc.pl. to auþida* f. ō-st. ‘desert’; derivation from the root in Goth. auþs* / auþeis* (-þ-)
adj. a- / ja-st. ‘barren’.
1.20. Luke 5:17–26: Healing of a Paralytic and the Authority to Forgive Sins
17 jah warþ in ainamma dage, jah is was laisjands. jah wesun sitandans Fareisaieis jah
witodalaisarjos, þaiei wesun gaqumanai us allamma haimo Galeilaias jah Iudaias jah
Iairusaulwmon; jah mahts fraujins was du hailjan ins. 18 jah sai, mans bairandans ana ligra
mannan saei was usliþa, jah sokidedun ƕaiwa ina innatbereina jah galagidideina in
andwairþja is. 19 jah ni bigitandans ƕaiwa innatbereina ina in manageins, ussteigandans ana
hrot and skaljos, gasatidedun ina miþ þamma badja in midjaim faura Iesua. 20 jah gasaiƕands
galaubein ize qaþ du þamma usliþin: manna, afleitanda þus frawaurhteis þeinos. 21 jah
dugunnun þagkjan þai bokarjos jah Fareisaieis qiþandans: ƕas ist sa, saei rodeiþ naiteinins?
ƕas mag afletan frawaurhtins, alja ains guþ? 22 ufkunnands þan Iesus mitonins ize
andhafjands qaþ du im: ƕa biþagkeiþ in hairtam izwaraim? 23 ƕaþar ist azetizo qiþan:
afletanda þus frawaurhteis, þau qiþan: urreis jah gagg? 24 aþþan ei witeid þatei waldufni
habaid sa sunus mans ana airþai afletan frawaurhtins, qaþ du þamma usliþin: du þus qiþa,
urreis jah ushafjands þata badi þeinata gagg in gard þeinana. 25 jah sunsaiw usstandands in
andwairþja ize, ushafjands ana þammei lag, galaiþ in gard seinana mikiljands guþ. 26 jah
usfilmei dissat allans, jah mikilidedun guþ jah fullai waurþun agisis qiþandans þatei gasaiƕam
wulþaga himma daga.
17 laisjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to laisjan w. v. 1 ‘to teach’ (with analogical -s- instead of
expected -z- after Goth. lais pret.pres. ‘I know’); OHG lēren, OS lērian, ODu. lēren, OE lǣran, OFris.
lēra; derivation from the root in lais pret.pres. ‘I know’ (only PhilB 4:12 [2x]). — witodalaisarjos:
nom.pl. to witodalaisareis* m. ja-st. ‘law teacher’; compound with Goth. witoþ (-d-) n. a-st. ‘law’ and
Goth. laisareis m. ja-st. ‘teacher’. — Iairusaulwmon: gen.sg. to Iairusaulwma f. place name ‘Jerusalem’
[52]
(< Gr. Ierosoluma). — hailjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to heal’; OHG heilen, OS hēlian, ODu. hēlen, OE hǣlan,
OFris. hēla, OIcl. heila; derivation from the root in Goth. hails adj. a-st. ‘healthy, whole; be greeted’.
18 innatbereina: 3rdpl.pret.opt. to innatbairan* st. v. 4 ‘to bring into’; compound with Goth. bairan st.
v. 4 ‘to carry, to suffer, to give birth’. — galagidideina: 3rdpl.pret.opt. to galagjan* w. v. 1 ‘to lie down’
(with incorrect -di- for -de-).
19 hrot: acc.sg. to hrot n. a-st. ‘roof, house’; MLG -rote (in honichrote f. ‘honeycomb’), MDu. rote
‘honycomb’, OIcl. hrót next to (with ablaut) OHG rāza ‘honycomb’, ODu. rāta ‘honycomb’. — skaljos:
acc.pl. to skalja* f. jō-st. ‘brick’ (this is the only attestation of the word); MLG schelle ‘case, shell’,
MDu. schelle ‘shell, mussel’, OE sciell, scyll ‘shell, mussel’, OIcl. skel ‘shell, mussel’. — gasatidedun:
3rdpl.pret.ind. to gasatjan w. v. 1 ‘sit down, put down, lie down’; compound with Goth. satjan* w. v. 1
‘to set’; OHG sezzen, OS settian, ODu. setten, OE settan, OFris. setta, OIcl. setja; derivation from the
root in Goth. sitan st. v. 5 ‘to sit’. — badja: dat.sg. to badi* n. ja-st. ‘bed’; OHG betti, OS bedd, ODu.
beddi, OE, OFris. bed(d), OIcl. beðr; derivation from the root in Hitt. paddai ‘digs’, Lat. fodere ‘to dig’,
OSC bosti ‘to prick’. — midjaim: dat.pl.m. to midjis* adj. ja-st. ‘middle’ (the adjective is only inflected
strong); OHG mitti, OS, ODu. middi, OE midd(e), OFris. midde, medde, OIcl. miðr.
20 afleitanda: 3rdpl.pres.ind.pass. v. afletan st. v. 7 ‘to dismiss, to send away; to forsake, to leave behind’
(the spelling of the expected -e- with -ei- occurs more frequently in the manuscripts and is probably due
to a sound development of ē to ī in Late Gothic).
21 naiteinins: acc.pl. to naiteins* f. i-st. ‘blasphemy’; derivation from the root in Goth. ganaitjan* w. v.
1 ‘to abuse, to scold’ (das Simplex naitjan* w. v. 1 ‘to scold, to insult’ is perhaps present in Mk 12:4;
some emend a 3rdsg.pret.ind. naitida from attested <naiswor>); cf. oi nindanti ‘they blame’, YAv. nāist
‘(s)he reviled’, Arm. anēc ‘(s)he cursed’, Lith. níesti ‘to detest’. — alja: conj. ‘except’; cf. Lat. aliās ‘at
another time; otherswise’.
22 ufkunnands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to ufkunnan irreg. w. v. 3 ‘to recognize’ (the simplex is not attested
in Gothic); OHG kunnēn ‘to try, to examine, to recognize, to learn about, to experience’, OE cunnian
‘to try, to explore’; derivation from the root in Goth. kunnan pret.pres. ‘to know’. — biþagkeiþ:
2ndpl.pres.ind. to biþagkjan* w. v. 1 ‘to consider’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound
with Goth. þagkjan w. v. 1 ‚to think, to consider’.
23 —.
24 witeid: 2ndpl.pres.opt. to witan pret.pres. ‘to know’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ). — habaid:
3rdsg.pres.ind. to haban w. v. 3 ‘to have, to possess; to hold, to mean; to become’ (with analogical -d
instead of -þ).
25 —.
26 usfilmei: nom.sg. f. n-st. ‘fright’; derivation from Goth. usfilma* adj. w. ‘frightened, appalled’;
derivation from the root in OE -felo (in ealfelo ‘terrible’), OIcl. felm- (in felmsfullr ‘frightened’). —
dissat: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to dissitan* st. v. 5 ‘to seize’; compound with Goth. sitan st. v. 5 ‘to sit’. —
wulþaga: acc.pl.n. to wulþags* adj. a-st. ‚herrlich‘; derivation from the root in Goth. wulþus m. u-st.
‘glory’.
1.21. Luke 9:1–6: Sending Out the Twelve
1 gahaitands þan þans twalif apaustauluns atgaf im maht jah waldufni ufar allaim unhulþom
jah sauhtins gahailjan. 2 jah insandida ins merjan þiudangardja gudis jah gahailjan allans
þans unhailans. 3 jah qaþ du im: ni waiht nimaiþ in wig; nih waluns nih matibalg nih hlaib nih
skattans, nih þan tweihnos paidos haban. 4 jah in þanei gard gaggaiþ, þar saljiþ jah þaþroh
usgaggaiþ. 5 jah swa managai swe ni andnimaina izwis, usgaggandans us þizai baurg jainai
[53]
jah mulda af fotum izwaraim afhrisjaiþ du weitwodiþai ana ins. 6 usgaggandans þan
þairhiddjedun and haimos wailamerjandans jah leikinondans and all.
1 gahaitands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. v. gahaitan* st. v. 7 ‘to summon; to promise; to profess to’;
compound with Goth. v. haitan st. v. 7 ‘to name, to call; to be named’. — apaustauluns: acc.pl. to
apaustaulus m. u/i-st. ‘Apostle’ (< Lat. apostulus). — unhulþom: dat.pl. to unhulþo f. n-st. ‘fiend,
demon’; either motion formation to Goth. unhulþa m. n-st. ‘fiend, devil’ (OS unholdo, OE unholda; cf.
OHG holdo ‘friend, follower, disciple, helper’, OFris. holda ‘friend, relative’) or derivation from an
unattested adjective Goth. *unhulþs a-st. ‘hostile’ (OHG, OS, OE unhold). — gahailjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to
manufacture’; compound with Goth. hailjan w. v. 1 ‘to heal’.
2 merjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to announce, to make known’; OHG māren, OS mārian, MDu. maren, OE mǣran,
OFris. mēra, OIcl. mæra; derivation from the root in Goth. (in personal names) Mer-,
Mir-, -mer, -miro/us; cf. Lat.-Gmc. Mer-, Mar-, -mer(-), -mir(-), -mar(-), Vandal. -maris, -mer, -mir(o),
OHG -mār, Lgb. Māro-, -mār(us), OS -mēr, -mār, OE -mǣr, OFris. -mer, OIcl. -marr (on the other hand
Goth. -mereis* [only in wailamereis* ‘laudable’]; Run. [-]mariz [chape from Torsbjerg, 210/20–
250/60], OHG māri, Lgb. [in personal names] Mārio-, -māri[us], OS māri, Early MDu. mare, OE mǣre,
OFris. mēre, OIcl. mærr are back formations from the root in Goth. merjan). — unhailans: acc.pl.m. w.
to unhails* adj. a-st. ‘ill, sick’; formation with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ from Goth. hails adj.
a-st. ‘healthy, whole; be greeted’.
3 nih: conj. ‘and not, neither, not’; compound with Goth. ni neg. ‘not’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle
‘and’. — waluns: acc.pl. to walus* m. u-st. ‘staff, rod’ (this is the only attestation of the word); MLG
wal, OFris. walu- (in walubera ‘pilgrim’, actually ‘rod bearer’), OIcl. vǫlr; cf. OE walu ‘strip after a
blow’. — matibalg: acc.sg. to matibalgs* m. i-st. ‘(food) bag’; compound with Goth. mats m. i-st. ‘food,
provisions’ and Goth. balgs* m. i-st. ‘skin’ (OHG, OS balg, Early MDu. balch, OE bielg, byl[i]g,
bæl[i]g, OIcl. belgr; derivation from the root in OHG, OS, ODu., OE belgan ‘to be angry’, originally
‘to swell’). — tweihnos: acc.f. to tweihnai* num. ‘both, two each’; OE (dat.) -twēonum (in betwēonum
‘between’), OFris. twīna, twīn(e) ‘two things, two’; derivation from the root in Goth. twai num. ‘two’.
— paidos: acc.pl. to paida* f. ō-st. ‘robe, undergarment’; OHG pfeit, OS pēda, OE pād (either < Gr.
baítē ‘dress [of goatskin]’ or both from a third language).
4 þar: adv. ‘there’; OIcl. þar; derivation from the dental stem of the demonstrative pronoun Goth. sa
‘this, the’.
5 mulda: acc.sg. to mulda* f. ō-St ‘dust’; OHG molta, Early MDu. moude, OE molde, OFris. molde,
moude, OIcl. mold; derivation from the root in Goth. malan* st. v. 6 ‘to grind’; OHG, OS malan, MDu.
malen, OFris. mela, māla, OIcl. mala. — afhrisjaiþ: 2ndpl.pres.opt. to afhrisjan* w. v. 1 ‘to shake off’
(the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OS hrissian ‘to tremble’, OE hrissan ‘to shake, to move; to be
shaken, to clink‘.
6 wailamerjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to wailamerjan w. v. 1 ‘to declare glad tidings’; compound
with Goth. waila adv. ‘well, good’ and Goth. merjan w. v. 1 ‘to announce, to make known’. —
leikinondans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to +lekinon w. v. 2 ‘to heal from’ (the spelling of the
expected -e- with -ei- occurs more frequently in the manuscripts and is probably an expression of a Late
Gothic sound development from ē to ī).
1.22. Luke 9:10–17: The Return of the Twelve and the Feeding of the Five Thousand
10 jah gawandjandans sik apaustauleis usspillodedun imma, swa filu swe gatawidedun. jah
andnimands ins afiddja sundro ana staþ auþjana baurgs namnidaizos Baidsaiïdan. 11 iþ þos
[54]
manageins finþandeins laistidedun afar imma, jah andnimands ins rodida du im þo bi

þiudangardja gudis jah þans þarbans leikinassaus gahailida. 12 þanuh dags juþan dugann
hneiwan. atgaggandans þan du imma þai twalif qeþun du imma: fralet þo managein, ei
galeiþandans in þos bisunjane haimos jah weihsa saljaina jah bugjaina sis matins, unte her in
auþjamma stada sium. 13 þanuh qaþ du im: gibiþ im jus matjan. iþ eis qeþun du imma: nist
hindar uns maizo fimf hlaibam, jah fiskos twai, niba þau þatei weis gaggandans bugjaima allai
þizai manasedai {managein} matins. 14 wesun auk swe fimf þusundjos waire. qaþ þan du
siponjam seinaim: gawaurkeiþ im anakumbjan kubituns, ana ƕarjanoh fimf tiguns. 15 jah
gatawidedun swa jah gatawidedun anakumbjan allans. 16 nimands þan þans fimf hlaibans jah
twans fiskans, insaiƕands du himina gaþiuþida ins jah gabrak jah gaf siponjam du faurlagjan
þizai managein. 17 jah matidedun jah sadai waurþun allai; jah ushafan warþ, þatei aflifnoda
im gabruko, tainjons twalif.
10 usspillodedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to usspillon* w. v. 2 ‘to announce, to tell’; compound with Goth.

spillon* w. v. 2 ‘to announce’. — sundro: adv. ‘separated, special, alone’; OHG suntar, OS sundar,
Early MDu. sonder, OE sundor, OFris. sunder, OIcl. sundr ‘special, apart, in two’. — auþjana:
acc.sg.m. to auþs* / auþeis* (-þ-) adj. a- / ja-st. ‘deserted’; either to OIcl. auðr or to OHG ōdi, MLG
ȫde, OE īeþe, Insular Fris. ias, OIcl. eyði-. — namnidaizos: gen.sg.f. pret.part. to namnjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
name’; OHG nemnen, OS nemnian, Early MDu. nennen, OE nemn(i)an, OFris. namna, nema, nanna,
OIcl. nefna; derivation from the root in Goth. namo n. n-st. ‘name’. — Baidsaiïdan: acc.sg. to Beþsaeida
f. place name ‚Bethsaida‘ (the first element is also attested in the forms Baiþ- and Bed-) (< Gr.
Bēthsaïdá).
11 finþandeins: nom.pl.f. pres.part. to finþan* st. v. 3 ‘to recognize, to experience’; OHG findan (-t-),
OS findan (fīthan), ODu., OE findan, OFris. finda, OIcl. finna. — þarbans: acc.pl.m. w. to þarbs* adj.
a-st. ‘necessary; (w.) neede’; OHG (sw.) darbo, OE (sw.) þearfa, OIcl. þarfr; derivation from the root
in Goth. þaurban* pret.pres. ‘to need’. — leikinassaus: gen.sg. to lekinassus* m. u-st. ‘cure, healing’
(this is the only attestation of the word) (the spelling of the expected -e- with -ei- occurs more frequently
in the manuscripts and is probably an expression of a Late Gothic sound development from ē to ī);
derivation from Goth. lekinon w. v. 2 ‘to heal from’.
12 hneiwan: inf. st. v. 1 ‘to incline’; OHG nīgan, OS hnīgan, Early MDu. nighen, OE hnīgan, OFris.
hnīga, OIcl. hníga. — bisunjane: adv. ‘all around’; frozen genitive plural of unattested Goth. *bisunja
m. n-st. ‘the one, who live around, neighbor’, a nominalization from an unattested adjective Goth.
*bisunjis adj. ja-st. ‘being around’; compound with Goth. bi prep. + acc./dat. ‘at, around; in(side);
regarding; about, according to; on’ and Goth. -sunjis, derivation from the root in Goth. ist. — matins:
acc.pl. to mats m. i-st. ‘food, provisions’; OHG maz, OS mat, meti, OE mete, OFris. met(e), meit, OIcl.
matr; derivation from the root in Goth. mitan* st. v. 5 ‘to measure’. — sium: 1stpl.pres.ind. to wisan
irreg. st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’ (the spelling with -j-, i.e. sijum, is also used).
13 maizo: nom.sg.n. comp. to mikils adj. a-st. ‘big’ (see mais). — fimf: dat. to fimf num. ‘five’; the dative
fimf hlaibam shows ablative use and is dependent on the comparative maizo, i.e. in the sense of ‘more
than five loaves’. — niba: conj. ‘if not, unless, except’; (partially different formation) OHG nibu, nube,
noba, OS neva, OE nefne, nemne, OIcl. nefa; compound with the preform of the negation Goth. ni ‘not’
and Goth. iba 1. interrog. particle ‘but not?’, 2. prohibitive particle ‘that not’, belonging to Goth. jabai
conj. ‘if’. — managein: the word is a variant to manasedai that got into the main text.
14 kubituns: acc.pl. to kubitus* m. u-st. ‘table company, group’ (this is the only attestation of the word)
(< Lat. cubitus ‚’lying [at the table]’). — tiguns: acc.pl. to tigjus* m.pl. u-st. (num.) ‘tens, decade’;
OHG -zug, OS -tig, MDu. -tich, OE -tig, OFris. -tich, -tech, OIcl. tiger, teger; derivation from the root
in Goth. taihun num. ‘ten’.
[55]
15 —.
16 insaiƕands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to insaiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to look (up), to gaze’; compound with Goth.
saiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to see’. — gaþiuþida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gaþiuþjan w. v. 1 ‘to give the blessing’;
compound with Goth. þiuþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to bless’. — gabrak: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gabrikan* st. v. 4 ‘to
break’; compound with Goth. brikan* st. v. 4 ‘to break, to destroy, to fight’; OHG brechan, OS brekan,
Early MDu. breken, OE brecan, OFris. breka. — faurlagjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to submit, to lay before’;
compound with Goth. lagjan w. v. 1 ‘to put (on/down)’.
17 —.
1.23. Mark 1:1–8: John the Baptist
1 anastodeins aiwaggeljons Iesuis Xristaus sunaus gudis. 2 swe gameliþ ist in Esaiïn praufetau:
sai, ik insandja aggilu meinana faura þus, saei gamanweiþ wig þeinana faura þus. 3 stibna
wopjandins in auþidai: manweiþ wig fraujins, raihtos waurkeiþ staigos gudis unsaris. 4 was
Iohannes daupjands in auþidai jah merjands daupein idreigos du aflageinai frawaurhte. 5 jah
usiddjedun du imma all Iudaialand jah Iairusaulwmeis, jah daupidai wesun allai in Iaurdane
aƕai fram imma, andhaitandans frawaurhtim seinaim. 6 was-uþ þan Iohannes gawasiþs taglam
ulbandaus jah gairda filleina bi hup seinana jah matida þramsteins jah miliþ haiþiwisk {wilþi}.
7 jah merida qiþands: qimiþ swinþoza mis sa afar mis, þizei ik ni im wairþs anahneiwands
andbindan skaudaraip skohe is. 8 aþþan ik daupja izwis in watin, iþ is daupeiþ izwis in ahmin
weihamma.
1 anastodeins: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘beginning’; derivation from Goth. anastodjan* w. v. 1 ‘to begin, to start’.
— aiwaggeljons: gen.sg. to aiwaggeljo f. n-st. ‘Gospel’ (either < Vulg.Lat. [dat.sg.] evangeliō or < Gr.
[dat.sg.] ewangéliō). — Xristaus: gen. to Xristus m. name ‘Christ’. — sunaus: gen.sg. to sunus m. u-st.
‘son’ (the genitive singular is also attested three times as sunus).
2 Esaiïn: dat.sg. to Esaias (next to Esaeias) m. personal name ‘Isajah’ (< Gr. Ēsaías). — gamanweiþ:
3rdsg.pres.ind. to gamanwjan* w. v. 1 ‘to prepare to’; compound with Goth. manwjan w. v. 1 ‘to prepare,
to get ready’.
3 manweiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to manwjan w. v. 1 ‘to prepare, to get ready’; derivation from Goth. manwus
adj. u-st. ‘ready’. — raihtos: acc.pl.f. to raihts* adj. a-st. ‘right, straight, fair’; OHG reht, Lgb. (in
personal names) Ret(t)-, OS, ODu. reht, OE riht, OFris. riucht, riocht, OIcl. réttr; derivation from the
root in Goth. rikan* st. v. 5 ‘to accumulate’; OHG rechan, MLG rāken, MDu. reken (reecken),
NWestFris. -rekke (in berekke ‘to cover the fire under ashes’), ME rēken ‘to cover, to bury, to hide’. —
staigos: acc.pl. to staiga* f. ō-st. ‘way’; OHG steiga ‘climb’; derivation from the root in Goth. steigan*
st. v. 1 ‘to climb’.
4 Iohannes: nom.sg. m. personal name ‘John’ (< Gr. Iōánnēs). — daupein: acc.sg. to daupeins f. i-st.
‘washing, baptism’; OHG toufī, OS dōpi, OFris. dēpene; derivation from the root in Goth. daupjan w.
v. 1 ‘to baptize’. — idreigos: gen.sg. to idreiga* f. a-st. ‘remorse, penance’; either back formation to
Goth. idreigon* w. v. 2 ‘to feel remorse, to do penance’ or derivation from an unattested adjective Goth.
*idreigs a-st. ‘repentant’; further etymology unclear. — aflageinai: dat.sg. to aflageins* f. i-st. ‘decree’
(this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from Goth. aflagjan w. v. 1 ‘to put down’; compound
with Goth. lagjan w. v. 1 ‘to put (on/down)’.
5 Iudaialand: nom. n. region name ‘Judean land’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound
with Goth. Iudaia* f. region name ‘Judea’ and Goth. land* n. a-st. ‘land, country, region’. — Iaurdane:
dat. v. Iaurdanus* m. u-st. river name ‚Jordan‘ (< Gr. Iordánēs) (the dative is also attested as Iaurdanau
[56]
[Mk 10:1] and Jaurdanau [Sk 4:1]). — aƕai: dat.sg. to aƕa f. ō-st. ‘river, body of water’; OHG, OS
aha , ODu. (almost only in toponyms) ā, ē, OE ēa, OFris. ā- (in āburch ‘river weir, river dike’), OIcl.
ǫ, á. — andhaitandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to andhaitan st. v. 7 ‘to confess, to praise’; compound with
Goth. haitan st. v. 7 ‘to name, to call, (passive) to be named’.
6 was-uþ: = was-uh; with assimilation of -h – þ- to -þ – þ-. — taglam: dat.pl. to tagl* n. a-st. ‘hair’;
OHG zagal, mnd. tagel, ODu. (only in toponyms) tagal, OE tæg(e)l, OIcl. tagl. — ulbandaus: gen.sg.
to ulbandus* m. u-st. ‘camel’ (< Vulg.Lat. form *olipant- or *olifant- to Lat. elephā[n]s ‘elephant’);
OHG olbent(a), OS olvundio, ODu. olvent, OE olfend(e), OIcl. ulfaldi. — gairda: acc.sg. to gairda* f.
ō-st. ‘belt’; OIcl. gjǫrð; derivation from the root in Goth. -gairdan* st. v. 3 (in bigairdan* st. v. 3 ‘to
gird’, ufgairdan* st. v. 3 ‘to gird up’); cf. the weak verbs with the meaning ‘to gird’ OHG gurten, MLG
görden, ODu. gurden, OE gyrdan, OIcl. gyrða; striking is the change of case between taglam and gairda,
both of which depend on gawasjan* (an interpretation of gairda as nominative singular with suppressed
was, i.e. ‘clothed with camel hair and [it was] a leather belt around his hip’ [note from Carla
Falluomini]). — filleina: acc.sg.f. to filleins* adj. a-st. ‘of leather’ (this is the only attestation of the
word); OHG fillīn, OE fellen; derivation from the root in Goth. -fill (in þrutsfill n. a-st. ‘leprosy’). —
hup: acc.sg. to hups* m. i-st. ‘hip’; OHG huf, MLG huf; MDu. hope, OE hype, NWestFris. heup next to
(with expressive nasalization) OIcl. -huppr. — þramsteins: acc.pl. to þramstei* f. n-st. ‘grasshopper’
(this is the only attestation of the word); probably derivation from the root in OS thrimman ‘to be
restless’. — miliþ: acc.sg. to miliþ* n. a-st. ‘honey’ (this is the only attestation of the word); cf. (most
likely without dental) OHG mili- (in militou ‘mildew’), OS mili- (in milidou ‘mildew’), OE mil-,
mele- (in mildeaw, meledeaw ‘mildew’). — haiþiwisk: acc.sg.n. to haiþiwisks* adj. a-st. ‘wild’ (this is
the only attestation of the word); derivation from the root in Goth. haiþi* f. jō-st. ‘field’; OE hǣþ, OIcl.
heiðr next to OHG heida ‘heath, terrain, wasteland, heather, thyme’, OS hētha ‘heath, heather, thyme’,
ODu. hētha ‘heath, wasteland’, NWestFris. heide ‘heath’. — wilþi: acc.sg.n. to wilþeis adj. ja-st. ‘wild;
OHG, OS wildi, ODu. wilthi, OE, OFris. wilde, OIcl. villr; the Gothic word is an original gloss of
haiþiwisk that got into the text.
7 swinþoza: nom.sg.n. comp. to swinþs* (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘strong, vigorous, healthy’; MHG swint, OS
swīth, ODu. (adv.) swītho, OE swīþ, OFris. (adv.) swīthe, OIcl. svinnr, sviðr. — wairþs: nom.sg.m. (-þ-)
adj. a-st. ‘worth, worthy, fit’; OHG werd, OS werth, MDu. wert, OE weorđ, OFris. werth, OIcl. verðr;
derivation from the root in Goth. wairþan st. v. 3 ‘to become’. — anahneiwands: nom.sg.m. pres.part.
to anahneiwan* st. v. 1 ‘to incline’; compound with Goth. hneiwan st. v. 1 ‘to incline’. — skaudaraip:
acc.sg. to skaudaraip* n. a-st. ‘belt’; compound with the as simplexes unattested elements Goth.
skauda- ‘sheath’ (MHG schōte ‘pod’, MLG schōde ‘seed pod, pea; sheath of a horse’, MDu. schōde
‘pod’, OIcl. skauð ‘sword sheath; [pl.] foreskin of a horse’) und Goth. -raip ‘band’ (OHG reif ‘rope;
ring, circle’, MLG rēp ‘rope’, Early MDu. reep ‘rope; strip of land’, OE rāp ‘rope’, OIcl. reip ‘rope’).
— skohe: gen.pl. to skohs* m. a-st. ‘shoe; sandal’; OHG skuoh, OS skōh, ODu. skuo, OE scōh, OFris.
skōch, OIcl. skór.
8 —.
1.24. Mark 1:14–20: The Beginning of Jesus’ Ministry in Galilee. The Calling of the First
Disciples
14 iþ afar þatei atgibans warþ Iohannes, qam Iesus in Galeilaia merjands aiwaggeljon
þiudangardjos gudis, 15 qiþands þatei usfullnoda þata mel jah atneƕida sik þiudangardi gudis:
idreigoþ jah galaubeiþ in aiwaggeljon. 16 jah ƕarbonds faur marein Galeilaias gasaƕ
Seimonu jah Andraian broþar is, þis Seimonis, wairpandans nati in marein; wesun auk fiskjans.
[57]
17 jah qaþ im Iesus: hirjats afar mis, jah gatauja igqis wairþan nutans manne. 18 jah suns
afletandans þo natja seina laistidedun afar imma. 19 jah jainþro inngaggands framis leitilata
gasaƕ Iakobu þana Zaibaidaiaus jah Iohanne broþar is, jah þans in skipa manwjandans natja.
20 jah suns haihait ins. jah afletandans attan seinana Zaibaidaiu in þamma skipa miþ asnjam,
galiþun afar imma.
14 —.
15 atneƕida: 3.sg.pret.ind. to atneƕjan* w. v. 1 ‘to approach’; compound with Goth. neƕjan* w. v. 1
‘to approach’; OHG nāhen, OS nāhian, ODu. nāken next to (with grammatical change) OE nǣgan ‘to
address’; derivation from the root in Goth. neƕ adv. ‘near’. — idreigoþ: 2ndsg.pres.ind. to idreigon* w.
v. 2 ‘to feel remorse, to do penance’ (see idreiga*).
16 ƕarbonds: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to ƕarbon* w. v. 2 ‘to wander’; OHG warbōn, OS hwarvon, OE
hwearfian, OIcl. hvarfa; derivation from the root in Goth. ƕairban* st. v. 3 ‘to wander’. — Seimonu:
acc. v. Seimon m. personal name ‘Simon’ (< Gr. Símōn) (the accusative is also attested as Seimon and
Seimona). — Andraian: acc. to Andraias m. personal name ‘Andreas’ (< Gr. Andréas). — Seimonis:
gen. to Seimon m. personal name ‘Simon’ (once the genitive is also attested as Seimonaus [Joh 6:8]). —
wairpandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to wairpan st. v. 3 ‘to throw’; compound with Goth. wairpan st. v. 3
‘to throw’; OHG werfan, OS, ODu. werpan, OE weorpan, OFris. werpa, OIcl. verpa. — nati: acc.sg. to
nati* n. ja-st. ‘net; circular throw net’; OHG nezzi, OS net(ti), ODu. netti, OE net(t), OFris. nette, nitte,
OIcl. net. — fiskjans: nom.pl. to fiskja* m. ja-st. ‘fisherman’; derivation from the root in Goth. fisks*
m. a-st. ‘fish’.
17 hirjats: adv. imp. ‘here; come!’ (see hiri). — nutans: acc.pl. to nuta* m. n-st. ‘catcher, fisherman’;
derivation from the root in Goth. niutan* st. v. 2 ‘to reach, to be glad’; OHG niozan, OS niotan, OFris.
niāta, niēta, OIcl. njóta.
18 —.
19 jainþro: adv. ‘there’; derivation with adverv forming suffix Goth. -þro of the root in Goth. jains
dem.pron. ‘that one’. — inngaggands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to inngaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go in’;
compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — framis: comp. ‘further’; OIcl. fremr; derivation
from the root in Goth. fram 1. adv. ‘further’, 2. prep. + dat. ‘from; since; for, at; around, about, for’. —
Zaibaidaiaus: gen. to Zaibaidaius* m. personal name ‘Zebedeus’ (< Gr. Zebedaĩos). — Iohanne: acc.
to Iohannes m. personal name ‘John’ (the accusative is also attested as Iohannen and Iohannein).
20 asnjam: dat.pl. to asneis m. ja-st. ‘hireling, day labourer’; OHG asni, OE esne; derivation from the
root in Goth. asans f. i-st. ‘summer, harvest (time)’; next to (with grammatical change) OHG aran, OS
aran- (in aranfimba ‘grain heap’) next to (different formation) OHG arn, MDu. arn(e), OFris. ern.
1.25. Mark 3:13–19: The Calling of the Twelve Apostles
13 jah us<s>taig in fairguni jah athaihait þanzei wilda is, jah galiþun du imma. 14 jah
gawaurhta twalif du wisan miþ sis, jah ei insandidedi ins merjan 15 jah haban waldufni du
hailjan sauhtins jah uswairpan unhulþons. 16 jah gasatida Seimona namo Paitrus; 17 jah
Iakobau þamma Zaibaidaiaus jah Iohanne broþr Iakobaus jah gasatida im namna
Bauanairgais, þatei ist: sunjus þeiƕons; 18 jah Andraian jah Filippu jah Barþaulaumaiu jah
Matþaiu jah Þoman jah Iakobu þana Alfaiaus jah Þaddaiu jah Seimona þana Kananeiten 19
jah Iudan Iskarioten, saei jah galewida ina.
[58]
13 —.
14 —.
15 —.
16 —.
17 Iohanne: dat. to Iohannes m. personal name ‘John’ (the dative is also attested as Iohannen, Iohannau).
— Bauanairgais: name ‚Boanerges‘ (< Gr. Boanergés) (this is the only attestation of the name). —
þeiƕons: gen.sg. to þeiƕo* f. n-st. ‘thunder’; further etymology is unclear.
18 Barþaulaumaiu: acc. to Barþaulaumaius* m. personal name ‘Bartholomew’ (< Gr. Bartholomaĩos).
— Matþaiu: acc. to +Matþaius m. personal name ‘Matthew’ (the nominative is only attested once as
Maþþaius [Ver 1:5]) (< Gr. Matthaĩos). — Alfaiaus: gen. to Alfaius* m. personal name ‘Alphaus’ (the
genitive is also attested as Alfaius) (< Gr. Alphaĩos). — Þaddaiu: acc. to Þaddaius* m. personal name
‘Thaddaus’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (< Gr. Thaddaĩos). — Seimona: acc. to Seimon m.
personal name ‘Simon’ (see Seimonu [Mk 1:16]). — Kananeiten: acc. v. Kananeites* m. resident name
‘Canaanite’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (< Gr. Kananítēs).
19 Iskarioten: acc. v. Iskariotes (auch Iskarioteis) m. personal name ‘Iscariot’.
1.26. Mark 7:31–37: Healing of a Deaf
31 jah aftra galeiþands af markom Twre jah Seidone qam at marein Galeilaie miþ tweihnaim
markom Daikapaulaios. 32 jah berun du imma baudana stammana jah bedun ina ei lagidedi
imma handau. 33 jah afnimands ina af managein sundro, lagida figgrans seinans in ausona
imma jah spewands attaitok tuggon is 34 jah ussaiƕands du himina gaswogida jah qaþ du
imma: aiffaþa, þatei ist: uslukn. 35 jah sunsaiw usluknodedun imma hliumans, jah
andbundnoda bandi tuggons is jah rodida raihtaba. 36 jah anabauþ im ei mann ni qeþeina.
ƕan filu is im anabauþ, mais þamma eis meridedun 37 jah ufarassau sildaleikidedun
qiþandans: waila allata gatawida jah baudans gataujiþ gahausjan jah unrodjandans rodjan.
31 Twre: gen. to Twreis* pl. m. demonym ‚Tyrians‘ (the demonym appears instead of the city name) (<
Gr. Túros). — Seidone: gen. to Seidoneis* pl. m. demonym ‘Sidonians’ (the demonym appears instead
of the city name) (< Gr. XXX). — Daikapaulaios: gen. to Daikapaulis* name for 10 cities east and
south of the Sea of Galilea (< Gr. Dekápolis).
32 baudana: acc.sg.m. to bauþs (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘deaf; mute’; etymologically unclear. — stammana:
acc.sg.m. to stamms* adj. a-st. ‘babbling, stammering’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG,
OE stam (-mm-); of the same root as OHG stam (-m-), OIcl. stamr ‘stammering’. — lagidedi:
3rdsg.pret.opt. to lagjan w. v. 1 ‘to put (on/down)’.
33 figgrans: acc.pl. to figgrs* m. a-st. ‘finger’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG, OS, ODu.
fingar, OE, OFris. finger, OIcl. fingr; regularly seen as a derivation from the root in Goth. fimf num.
‘five’. — spewands: nom.sg.m. to speiwan st. v. 1 ‘to spit (at)’ (with incorrect -e- for -ei-); OHG, OS
spīwan, MDu. spuwen, OE spīwan, OFris. spīa, OIcl. spýja. — tuggon: dat.sg. to tuggo f. n-st. ‘tongue’;
OHG zunga, OS, ODu. tunga, OE, OFris. tunge, OIcl. tugga.
34 ussaiƕands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to ussaiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to look up; to look at’; compound with Goth.
saiƕan st. v. 5 ‘to see’. — gaswogida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gaswogjan* w. v. 1 ‘to sigh’ (this is the only
attestation of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OE swœgan ‘to sound’. — aiffaþa:
‘open!’ (< Gr. ephphathá) (this is the only attestation of the word).
35 hliumans: nom.pl. to hliuma m. n-st. ‘hearing’; (different formation) OHG liumunt ‘tidings,
(good/bad) reputation, fame, acclaim, favour, praise, opinion, rumor’, MLG lemunt, lǖmunt, līmunt
[59]
‘tidings, reputation, fame’, MDu. lumont ‘reputation’, OIcl. hljóð ‘listening, silence, noise’, OIcl. hljómr
‘loud noise’. — andbundnoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to andbundnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be released’ (this is the only
attestation of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. bindan*
st. v. 3 ‘to bind’. — bandi: nom.sg. f. jō-st. ‘band, bondage’; OS bendi, OE bend, OFris. bende;
derivation from the root in Goth. bindan* st. v. 3 ‘to bind’. — raihtaba: adv. ‘right, correct’; derivation
with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba to Goth. raihts* adj. a-st. ‘right, straight, fair’.
36 qeþeina: 3rdpl.pret.opt. to qiþan st. v. 5 ‘to say; to mean, to designate’ (with incorrect -e- instead
of -i-). — ƕan: adv. ‘when; how much; how; about how much’; derivation from the root in Goth. ƕas
interrog./indef.pron. ‘who?; anyone’.
37 ufarassau: dat.sg. to ufarassus m. u-st. ‘abundance, excess’; probably derivation from Goth. ufar
prep. + acc./dat. ‘above’. — unrodjandans: acc.pl.m. to unrodjands pres.part. ‘no speaking, mute’;
derivation from Goth. rodjan w. v. 1 ‘to speak, to talk’.
1.27. Mark 8:22–26: Healing of a Blind
22 jah qemun in Beþaniin jah berun du imma blindan jah bedun ina ei imma attaitoki. 23 jah
fairgreipands handu þis blindins ustauh ina utana weihsis jah speiwands in augona is,
atlagjands ana handuns seinos frah ina ga-u-ƕa-seƕi? 24 jah ussaiƕands qaþ: gasaiƕa mans,
þatei swe bagmans gasaiƕa gaggandans. 25 þaþroh aftra galagida handuns ana þo augona is
jah gatawida ina ussaiƕan; jah aftra gasatiþs warþ jah gasaƕ bairhtaba allans. 26 jah
insandida ina du garda is qiþands: ni in þata weihs gaggais, ni mannhun qiþais in þamma
weihsa.
22 Beþaniin: dat. v. Beþania place name ‘Bethany’ (see also Beþanias [Joh 11:1]).
23 fairgreipands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to fairgreipan st. v. 1 ‘to seize’; compound with Goth. greipan
st. v. 1 ‘to seize, to grab’; OHG grīfan, OS, ODu., OE grīpan, OFris. grīpa, OIcl. grípa. — ustauh:
3rdsg.pret.ind. to ustiuhan st. v. 2 ‘to lead out/away, to carry away; to pay; to carry out, to complete’;
compound with Goth. tiuhan st. v. 2 ‘to draw, to lead (away)’. — utana: adv. ‘(from the) outside’; (+
gen.) ‘outside’; derivation from the root in Goth. ut: adv. ‘out’. — atlagjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to
atlagjan* w. v. 1 ‘to put on/at’; compound with Goth. lagjan w. v. 1 ‘to put /on/down)’. — ana: adv.
‘on, moreover’ (identical with Goth. ana prep. + dat./acc. [to denote place/direction] ‘on, in, over’).
24 bagmans: acc.pl. to bagms m. a-st. ‘tree’; OHG boum, OS, ODu. bōm, OE bēam, OFris. bām, OIcl.
baðmr.
25 bairhtaba: adv. ‘shiny, open’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba to Goth. bairhts*
adj. a-st. ‘bright, evident’; OHG beraht, Lgb. (in personal names) Bert-, Pert-, -bert, -pert, OS, ODu.
berht, OE beorht, OIcl. bjartr adj. ‘bright’.
26 mannhun: dat.sg. to mannahun m. irreg. cons.st./pron. ‘someone’; derivation from Goth. manna m.
irreg. cons.st. ‘man’ and Goth. -hun, syllable to form certain pronouns; the pronoun occurs only with
the negation particle, then altogether in the meaning ‘nobody’.
1.28. Mark 10:1–12: Of Marriage and Divorce
1 jah jainþro usstandands qam in markom Iudaias hindar Iaurdanau; jah gaqemun sik aftra
manageins du imma, jah, swe biuhts <was>, aftra laisida ins. 2 jah duatgaggandans
Fareisaieis frehun ina, skuld-u sijai mann qen afsatjan, fraisandans ina. 3 iþ is andhafjands
[60]
qaþ: ƕa izwis anabauþ Moses? 4 iþ eis qeþun: Moses uslaubida unsis bokos afsateinais meljan
jah afletan. 5 jah andhafjands Iesus qaþ du im: wiþra harduhairtein izwara gamelida izwis þo
anabusn. 6 iþ af anastodeinai gaskaftais gumein jah qinein gatawida guþ. 7 in-uh þis bileiþai
manna attin seinamma jah aiþein seinai, 8 jah sijaina þo twa du leika samin, swaswe þanaseiþs
ni sind twa, ak leik ain. 9 þatei nu guþ gawaþ, manna þamma ni skaidai. 10 jah in garda aftra
siponjos is bi þata samo frehun ina. 11 jah qaþ du im: saƕazuh saei afletiþ qen seina jah liugaiþ
anþara, horinoþ du þizai. 12 jah jabai qino afletiþ aban seinana jah liugada anþaramma,
horinoþ.
1 Iaurdanau: dat. to Iaurdanus* m. u-st. river name ‘Jordan’ (see also Iaurdane [Mk 1:5]). — biuhts:
nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘used’; derivation from the root in Goth. -nauhan* (in binauhan* pret.pres. ‘to be
allowed, may’).
2 afsatjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to depose, to dismiss’; compound with Goth. satjan* w. v. 1 ‘to set’.
3 —.
4 bokos: acc.pl. to boka f. ō-st. ‘letter of the alphabet; (pl.) writing, letter, book, document’; OHG
buocha, OS bōka ‘beech’ next to OHG buoh ‘book, document’, OS bōk ‘book, writing board’, ODu.
buok ‘book’, OE bōc ‘book, writing, document, Bible’, OFris. bōk ‘book; Mass Book, Missal; Bible’,
OIcl. bók ‘book; Latin language; embroidered bedcloth’. — afsateinais: gen.sg. to afsateins* f. i-st.
‘letter of divorce; deposition’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from Goth. afsatjan
w. v. 1 ‘to depose, to dismiss’.
5 harduhairtein: acc.sg. to harduhairtei* f. n-st. ‘hardheartedness’; derivational compound with Goth.
hardus adj. u-st. ‘hard, strict’ (OHG hart, herti, Lgb. [in personal names] -ardus, OS hard, ODu. hart,
OE heard, OFris. herd, hird, hard, OIcl. harðr) and Goth. hairto n. n-st. ‘heart’. — anabusn: acc.sg. to
anabusns f. i-st. ‘commandment’; OS anabūsan; cf. OE bȳsen ‘example, pattern; instance, simile, rule,
command’, OIcl. býsn ‘miracle’; derivation from the root in Goth. -biudan* ‘to offer’ (see anabiudan*).
6 gaskaftais: gen.sg. to gaskafts f. i-st. ‘creation; creature’; OHG giscaft, OS giskaft, OE gesceaft;
derivation from the root in Goth. -skapjan* (probably only in Goth. gaskapjan* st. v. 6 ‘to create’; cf.
however, skapja[m] in de convivi[i]s barbaris); OHG skepfen, OS skeppian, Early MDu. scheppen, OE
scieppan, OFris. skeppa, OIcl. skepia. — gumein: acc.sg. to gumein* n. a-st. ‘male, man’ (this is the
only attestation of the word); derivation from an unattested adjective Goth. *gumeins a-st. ‘male’, itself
derived from Goth. guma m. n-st. ‘man’. — qinein: acc.sg. to qinein* n. a-st. ‘female, woman’;
derivation from an unattested adjective Goth. qineins* a-st. ‘female’, itself derived from Goth. qino f.
n-st. ‘woman’.
7 bileiþai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to bileiþan* st. v. 1 ‘to leave (behind)’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic)
(see usleiþan). — aiþein: dat.sg. to aiþei f. n-st. ‘mother’; OHG -eidī (in fuotareidī ‘nurse’) next to
(different formation) Lat.-Gmc. (dat.sg.) -edae (in matron name Gamaledae ‘old/venerable mother’),
OIcl. eiða.
8 þanaseiþs: adv. ‘further, still’; compound with Goth. þana- (derived from the dental stem of the
demonstrative pronoun Goth. sa ‘this, the’) and Goth. -seiþs ‘later’; OIcl. síðr; formation to the same
root as in in Goth. seiþus* / seiþu adj. u-st. / n. u-st. ‘late’ / ‘eveniung’.
9 gawaþ: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gawidan* st. v. 5 ‘to tie together, to join’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG wetan. — skaidai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to skaidan* st. v. 7 ‘to divorce, to separate’; OHG
skeidan, OS, ODu. skēthan, OE scādan, OFris. skētha, skēda.
10 —.
11 saƕazuh: nom.sg.m. pron. ‘whoever’; compound with Goth. sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’ and Goth. ƕazuh
pron. ‘everyone’. — liugaiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to liugan* st. v. 2 ‘to lie’; OHG, OS liogan, ODu. liegan,
OE lēogan, OFris. liāga, liēga, OIcl. ljúga. — horinoþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to horinon w. v. 2 ‘to whore, to
[61]
commit adultery’; derivation from the root in Goth. hors m. a-st. ‘fornicator, adulterer’; ? Run. (nom.sg.)
horaz (bracteate 1 from Fyn, 440–560), OIcl. hórr m. ‘fornicator’.
12 liugada: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to liugan w. v. 3 ‘to marry’; derivation from the root in Goth. liuga* f. ō-st.
‘marriage’.
1.29. Mark 14:53–65: Jesus before the Sanhedrin
53 jah gatauhun Iesu du auhumistin gudjin; jah garunnun miþ imma auhumistans gudjans allai
jah þai sinistans jah bokarjos. 54 jah Paitrus fairraþro laistida afar imma, unte qam in garda
þis auhumistins gudjins; jah was sitands miþ andbahtam jah warmjands sik at liuhada. 55 iþ
þai auhumistans gudjans jah alla so gafaurds sokidedun ana Iesu weitwodiþa du afdauþjan ina
jah ni bigetun. 56 managai auk galiug weitwodidedun ana ina, jah samaleikos þos weitwodiþos
ni wesun. 57 jah sumai usstandandans galiug weitwodidedun ana ina qiþandans: 58 þatei weis
gahausidedum qiþandan ina þatei ik gataira alh þo handuwaurhton jah bi þrins dagans anþara
unhanduwaurhta gatimrja. 59 jah ni swa samaleika was weitwodiþa ize. 60 jah usstandands sa
auhumista gudja in midjaim frah Iesu qiþands: niu andhafjis waiht, ƕa þai ana þuk
weitwodjand? 61 iþ is þahaida jah waiht ni andhof. aftra sa auhumista gudja frah ina jah qaþ
du imma: þu is Xristus sa sunus þis þiuþeigins? 62 iþ is qaþ-uh: ik im; jah gasaiƕiþ þana sunu
mans af taihswon sitandan mahtais jah qimandan miþ milhmam himinis. 63 iþ sa auhumista
gudja disskreitands wastjos seinos qaþ: ƕa þanamais þaurbum weis weitwode? 64 hausideduþ
þo wajamerein is: ƕa izwis þugkeiþ? þaruh eis allai gadomidedun ina skulan wisan dauþau.
65 jah dugunnun sumai speiwan ana wlit is jah huljan andwairþi is jah kaupatjan ina; jah
qeþun du imma: praufetei! jah andbahtos [gabaurjaba] lofam slohun ina.
53 gatauhun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gatiuhan* st. v. 2 ‘to draw away, to lead away’; compound with Goth.
tiuhan st. v. 2 ‘to draw, to lead (away)’. — sinistans: nom.pl.m. w. superl. to sineigs adj. a-st. ‘old’ (the
adjective appears only nominalized as ‘the old one’); in the positive there is a suffixal extension with
the suffix Goth. -eigs; OI sána-, Av. hana-, Gr. hénos, Arm. hin, Oir. sen, Lith. sẽnas, with a suffix also
in Lat. senex.
54 fairraþro: adv. ‘from far away’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -þro from Goth.
fairra adv. ‘remote; far from, away from’.
55 gafaurds: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘assembly, high council’; derivation from the root in Goth. faran* st. v. 6
‘to wander, to trek’. — afdauþjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to kill’; compound with got dauþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to kill’;
OHG tōden, OS -dōdian (in bidōdian ‘to put to death’), OE -diedan (in ādiedan ‘to kill’), OIcl. deyða;
derivation from the root in Goth. dauþs (-þ-) adj. ‘dead’.
56 galiug: acc.sg. to galiug* n. a-st. ‘lie; (pl.) idol’; derivation from the root in Goth. liugan* st. v. 2 ‘to
lie’. — samaleikos: nom.pl.f. to samaleiks* adj. a-st. ‘same’; OHG samalīh, OE (adv.) samlīce, OIcl.
samlíkr.
57 —.
58 gataira: 1stsg.pres.ind. to gatairan st. v. 4 ‘to tear, to destroy, to undo’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG zeran, OE teran. — alh: acc.sg. to alhs f. cons.st. ‘(Jewish) temple’; OS alah, OE ealh,
alh. — handuwaurhton: acc.sg.f. to handuwaurhts* adj. a-st. ‘made by hand’; compound with Goth.
handus f. u-st. ‘hand’ and Goth. -waurhts* ‘made, wrought’, a derivation from the root in Goth.
waurkjan w. v. 1 ‘to make, to take effect’. — unhanduwaurhta: acc.sg.f. to unhanduwaurhts* adj. a-st.
‘not made by hand’; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. handuwaurhts* adj.
a-st. ‘made by hand’. — gatimrja: 1stsg.pres.ind. to gatimrjan* w. v. 1 ‘to build’; compound with Goth.
[62]
+
timrjan w. v. 1 ‘to build, to carpenter’ (only attested as <timbrjan> [Lk 14:28.30]); OHG zimbaren, OS
timbrian, ODu. timbren, OE timbran, OFris. timbra, OIcl. timbra; derivation from the root in OHG
zimbar, OS timbar, MDu. timmer, OE, OFris. timber, OIcl. timbr ‘timber’; derivation from the root in
Goth. gatiman* st. v. 4 ‘to fit, to suit’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG zeman, ODu. teman.
59 —.
60 —.
61 þahaida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to þahan* w. v. 3 ‘to silence’; OHG dagēn, OS thagian, OIcl. þegja. —
þiuþeigins: gen.sg.m. w. to þiuþeigs adj. a-st. ‘good, praised’; derivation from the unattested adjective
Goth. Adj. *þiuþ (-þ-) a-st. ‘good’.
62 milhmam: dat.pl. to milhma m. n-st. ‘cloud’; OSwed. molin.
63 disskreitands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to disskreitan* st. v. 1 ‘to tear’ (this is the only attestation of the
word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); nhd. dial. schrīssen, schreissen. — þanamais: adv. ‘further,
more’; cf. OHG dana mēr, mēr dan, OS than mēr, MDu. meer dan, OE þon mā, OIcl. þá en meira. —
þaurbum: 1stpl.pres.ind. to þaurban* pret.pres. ‘to need’. — weitwode: gen.pl. to weitwoþs* (-d-) m.
cons.st. ‘witness’; only in Gothic attested stem PGmc. * e t ōđ-, originally a nominalized and
lexicalized part.perf.act. PIE * e d- os- (obl. -t-); cf. OI vidvás-, Gr. eidṓs ‘knowing’; formation to the
root in Goth. witan pret.pres. ‘to know’.
64 wajamerein: acc.sg. to wajamereins f. i-st. ‘blasphemy’; derivation from Goth. wajamerjan w. v. 1
‘to blaspheme’. — þugkeiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to þugkjan* w. v. 1 ‘to believe, to mean, to apply’; OHG
dunken, OS thunkian, ODu. thunken, OE þyncan, OFris. thinka, tinsa, OIcl. þykkja; derivation from the
root in Goth. þagkjan w. v. 1 ‘to think, to consider’. — gadomidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to gadomjan w. v.
1 ‘to judge, to decide’; compound with Goth. domjan w. v. 1 ‘to judge, to decide’.
65 huljan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to cover, to veil, to envelop’; OHG hullen, OS -hullian, MDu. hullen, OE -hylian,
OFris. -hella, OIcl. hylja; derivation from a strong verb continued in OHG helan, OS helan, Early MDu.
helen, OE helan, OFris. hela. — kaupatjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to cuff, to slap’; further etymology unclear. —
praufetei: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to praufetjan* w. v. 1 ‘to divine, to prophesy’; derivation from Goth. praufetus
m. u-st. ‘prophet’. — gabaurjaba: adv. ‘gladly’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba
from the unattested adjective Goth. *gabaurjis a-st. ‘beneficial’; cf. OE -byre (in ambyre ‘auspicious,
fitting [of wind]’); back formation from the root in OHG giburien, OS giburian, ODu. giburen, OE
gibȳrian ‘to add, to happen, to occur’.
1.30. Mark 15:6–20: Condemnation and Mocking of Jesus
6 iþ and dulþ ƕarjoh fralailot im ainana bandjan þanei bedun. 7 was-uh þan sa haitana
Barabbas miþ þaim miþ imma drobjandam gabundans, þaiei in auhjodau maurþr gatawidedun.
8 jah usgaggandei alla managei dugunnun bidjan, swaswe sinteino tawida im. 9 iþ Peilatus
andhof im qiþands: wileid-u fraleitan izwis þana þiudan Iudaie? 10 wissa auk þatei in neiþis
atgebun ina þai auhumistans gudjans. 11 iþ þai auhumistans gudjans inwagidedun þo
managein ei mais Barabban fralailoti im. 12 iþ Peilatus aftra andhafjands qaþ du im: ƕa nu
wileiþ ei taujau þammei qiþiþ þiudan Iudaie? 13 iþ eis aftra hropidedun: ushramei ina. 14 iþ
Peilatus qaþ du im: ƕa allis ubilis gatawida? iþ eis mais hropidedun: ushramei ina. 15 iþ
Peilatus wiljands þizai managein fullafahjan, fralailot im þana Barabban, iþ Iesu atgaf
usbliggwands, ei ushramiþs wesi. 16 iþ gadrauhteis gatauhun ina innana gardis, þatei ist
praitoriaun, jah gahaihaitun alla hansa 17 jah gawasidedun ina paurpurai jah atlagidedun ana
ina þaurneina wipja uswindandans 18 jah dugunnun goljan ina: hails, þiudan Iudaie! 19 jah
slohun is haubiþ rausa jah bispiwun ina jah lagjandans kniwa inwitun ina. 20 jah biþe
[63]
bilailaikun ina andwasidedun ina þizai paurpurai jah gawasidedun ina wastjom swesaim. jah
ustauhun ina ei ushramidedeina ina.
6 bandjan: acc.sg. to bandja m. n-st. ‘prisoner’; derivation from the root in Goth. bindan* st. v. 3 ‘to
bind’.
7 Barabbas: nom. m. personal name ‘Barabbas’ (the nominative is also found as Barabba). —
drobjandam: dat.pl.m. pres.part. to drobjan* w. v. 1 ‘to cloud, to confuse, to agitate’; OHG truoben, OS
drōvian, OE drēfan; derivation from the root in OHG truobi, OS drōvi, Early MDu. droeve, OE drōf
‘cloudy’. — auhjodau: dat. sg. to auhjodus* m. u-st. ‘noise’; derivation from Goth. auhjon* w. v. 2 ‘to
make noise’; onomatopoetic? — maurþr: acc.sg. to maurþr* n. a-st. ‘murder’; OE morđor; cf. the
darivation OHG murdro ‘murderer’; derivation from the root in OHG mord, Lgb., OS, ODu. morth, OE
morđ, OFris. morth, mord, OIcl. morð ‘murder’.
8 —.
9 fraleitan: inf. st. v. 7 (for fraletan) ‘to let, to set free, to dismiss, to refrain, to allow, to forgive, to
condescend’ (the spelling of the expected -e- with -ei- occurs more frequently in the manuscripts and is
probably due to a sound development of ē to ī in Late Gothic).
10 neiþis: gen.sg. to neiþ* n. a-st. ‘envy’; OHG nīd, OS nīth, ODu. nīth, OE nīþ, OFris. nīth, nīt, nīd,
OIcl. níð.
11 —.
12 —.
13 ushramei: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to ushramjan w. v. 1 ‘to crucify’; compound with Goth. hramjan* w. v. 1
‘to crucify’; MDu. remmen ‘to brake, to inhibit’, OE hremman ‘to brake, to inhibit’, ? OIcl. hremma ‘to
grasp, to clamp, to press’ (from Germanic as a loanword in MLat. ad-chramire ‘to confirm’); derivation
from the root in OHG rama, ram ‘support, pillar, loom, torture grate, torture rack’, OS hrama ‘torture
rack’, Early MDu. rame ‘frame, drying lack’, OFris. rām ‚frame ?, loom ?‘, NNorw. ram ‘house gable,
attic’.
14 —.
15 fullafahjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to satisfy; to serve, to content’; compound with Goth. fulla- (see fulls) and
Goth. -fahjan, a derivation from the root in Goth. faheþs (-d-) f. i-st. ‘joy’.
16 innana: adv. ‘from within, into, into the interior’; derivation from Goth. in prep. + dat./acc. (for the
designation of place / direction) ‘in, on, on, to, while, after to’, + gen. ‘because of, for the sake of, for,
through’.
17 paurpurai: dat.sg. to paurpura* f. ō-st. ‘purple’ (< Lat. purpura f. ‘purple [color], purple-
colored/purple-dyed fabric, purple wool’).
18 goljan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to greet’; Run.-preOHG 3rdsg.pret.ind. golida (fibula from Frei-Laubersheim,
540–590), OFris. gēla ‘to pursue, to hunt’ (likely from ‘to rouse by shouting’), OIcl. gœla ‘to please, to
comfort’; derivation from the root in Run. gAlande ‘screaming’ (stone from Eggja, 575–675/700), OHG
galan ‘to sing, to conjure up, to charm, to sing magic chants’, OE galan ‘to sing, to conjure up, to charm,
to sing magic chants’, OIcl. gala ‘to shout, to crow, to howl, to gossip, to sing, to do magic, to begg, to
flatter’.
19 rausa: dat.sg. to raus* n. a-st. ‘pipe’; ODu. rōs next to (with grammatical change) OHG rōr, OS
rōr- (in rōrdumbil ‘bittern’), MDu. roer, OE -ríer- (in [sæ-]rí[e]ric ‘reeds’), OFris. rēr, OIcl. reyr, reyrr.
— bispiwun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to bispeiwan* st. v. 1 ‘to spit on’; compound with speiwan st. v. 1 ‘to spit
(at)’. — kniwa: dat.sg. to kniu* n. wa-st. ‘knee’; OHG kneo, kniu, OS, ODu. knio, OE cnēo, OFris. knī,
knē, OIcl. kné.
20 bilailaikun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to bilaikan st. v. 7 ‘to mock’; compound with Goth. laikan* st. v. 7 ‘to
jump, to hop’; OE lācan, OIcl. leika. — andwasidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to andwasjan* w. v. 1 ‘to undress’
(this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. wasjan* w. v. 1 ‘to dress, to clothe; to
[64]
get dressed’. — swesaim: dat.pl.f. to swes adj. ‘own, belonging’; OHG, OS swās, OE swǣs, OFris. swēs,
OIcl. sváss.
1.31. Mark 15:21–41: Crucifixion and Death of Jesus
21 jah undgripun sumana manne, Seimona Kwreinaiu, qimandan af akra, attan Alaiksandraus
jah Rufaus, ei nemi galgan is. 22 jah attauhun ina ana Gaulgauþa staþ, þatei ist gaskeiriþ
ƕairneins staþs. 23 jah gebun imma drigkan wein miþ smwrna; iþ is ni nam. 24 jah
ushramjandans ina disdailjand wastjos is wairpandans hlauta ana þos, ƕarjizuh ƕa nemi. 25
was-uh þan ƕeila þridjo, jah ushramidedun ina. 26 jah was ufarmeli fairinos is ufarmeliþ: sa
þiudans Iudaie. 27 jah miþ imma ushramidedun twans waidedjans, ainana af taihswon jah
ainana af hleidumein is. 28 jah usfullnoda þata gamelido þata qiþando: jah miþ unsibjaim
rahniþs was. 29 jah þai faurgaggandans wajameridedun ina, wiþondans haubida seina jah
qiþandans: o sa gatairands þo alh jah bi þrins dagans gatimrjands þo, 30 nasei þuk silban jah
atsteig af þamma galgin! 31 samaleiko jah þai auhumistans gudjans bilaikandans ina miþ sis
misso miþ þaim bokarjam qeþun: anþarans ganasida, iþ sik silban ni mag ganasjan. 32 sa
Xristus, sa þiudans Israelis, atsteigadau nu af þamma galgin, ei gasaiƕaima jah galaubjaima.
jah þai miþushramidans imma idweitidedun imma. 33 jah biþe warþ ƕeila saihsto, riqis warþ
ana allai airþai und ƕeila niundon. 34 jah niundon ƕeilai wopida Iesus stibnai mikilai qiþands:
ailoe, ailoe, lima sibakþanei, þatei ist gaskeiriþ: guþ meins, guþ meins, duƕe mis bilaist? 35
jah sumai þize atstandandane gahausjandans qeþun: sai, Helian wopeiþ. 36 þragjands þan
ains jah gafulljands swam akeitis, galagjands ana raus, dragkida ina qiþands: let, ei saiƕam
qimai-u Helias athafjan ina. 37 iþ Iesus aftra letands stibna mikila uzon. 38 jah faurahah als
disskritnoda in twa iupaþro und dalaþ. 39 gasaiƕands þan sa hundafaþs sa atstandands in
andwairþja is þatei swa hropjands uzon, qaþ: bi sunjai, sa manna sa sunus was gudis. 40
wesun-uþ þan qinons fairraþro saiƕandeins, in þaimei was Marja so Magdalene jah Marja
Iakobis þis minnizins jah Iosezis aiþei jah Salome. 41 jah þan was in Galeilaia, jah laistidedun
ina jah andbahtidedun imma; jah anþaros managos þozei miþiddjedun imma in Iairusalem.
21 undgripun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to undgreipan st. v. 1 ‘to seize’; compound with Goth. greipan st. v. 1 ‘to
seize, to grab’. — Kwreinaiu: acc.sg. to Kwreinaius* m. resident name ‘resident of Cyrene’ (this is the
only attestation of the word) (< Gr. Kyrēnaĩos). — akra: dat.sg. to akrs m. a-st. ‘field’; OHG ackar, OS,
ODu. akkar, OE æcer, OFris. ekker OIcl. akr. — Alaiksandraus: gen. to. Alaiksandrus m. personal name
‘Alexander’ (< Gr. Aléksandros). — Rufaus: gen. to Rufus* m. personal name ‘Rufus’ (< Lat. Rufus,
Gr. Roũphos). — galgan: acc.sg. to galga m. n-st. ‘stake, cross’; OHG, OS galgo, Early MDu. galghe,
OE g(e)alga, OFris. galga, OIcl. galgi.
22 Gaulgauþa: acc. to Gaulgauþa toponym ‘Golgotha’ (< Gr. Golgothã). — gaskeiriþ: nom.sg.n.
pret.part. to gaskeirjan* w. v. 1 ‘to explain’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); MLG schîren, Early
MDu. schieren, OE scīran, OFris. skīria, OIcl. skíra; derivation from the root in Goth. skeirs* adj.
‘clear’. — ƕairneins: gen.sg. to ƕairnei f. īn-st. ‘brain skull’; probably derivation from the root in OIcl.
hverna ‘cookware’, itself derived from the root in OHG wer, OE hwer, OIcl. hverr ‘boiler’.
23 wein: acc.sg. to wein n. a-st. ‘wine’ (< Lat. vīnum; OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. wīn, OIcl. vín). —
smwrna: dat.sg. to smwrn* n. a-st. ‘myrrh’ (< Gr. smýrna); the construction wein miþ smwrna is a loan
translation from Gr. esmyrnisménon oĩnon ‘wine mixed with myrrh’.
[65]
24 disdailjand: 3rdpl.pres.ind. to disdailjan* w. v. 1 ‘to distribute, to divide’; compound with Goth.

dailjan w. v. 1 ‘to share, to inform’. — hlauta: dat.sg. to hlauts m. i-st. ‘fate, inheritance’; OHG lōz, OS
hlōt, OE hlīet, OIcl. hlautr next to (with different formation) OHG luz, ODu. lot, OE hlyt, OFris. (h)lot,
OIcl. hlutr; derivation from the root in OHG liozan, OS hliotan, OE hlēotan, OIcl. hljóta ‘to cast lots,
to draw lots’.
25 þridjo: nom.sg.f. to þridja num. ‘third’; OHG dritto, OS thriddio, ODu. thriddo, OE þridda, OFris.
thredda, OIcl. þriði.
26 ufarmeli: nom.sg. n. ja-st. ‘headline, title’; either derivative compound with Goth. ufar prep. +
acc./dat. ‘above’ and Goth. mela n.pl. a-st. ‘writing, script’ or back formation from Goth. ufarmeljan*
w. v. 1 ‘to overwrite’. — ufarmeliþ: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to ufarmeljan* ‘to overwrite’; compound with
Goth. meljan w. v. 1 ‘to write’.
27 hleidumein: dat.sg.f. to hleiduma* comp.adj. ‘left’; derivation from the root in Goth. hlaiw n. a-st.
‘grave’.
28 unsibjaim: dat.pl.m. to unsibjis adj. ja-st. ‘unlawful, ungodly’; OHG unsibbi ‘unfriendly, not related
by blood’; cf. OE ungesibb ‘hostile’; compound with the preform of the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’
and a derivation from the root in Goth. sibja* f. jō-st. ‘relationship’; OHG sibba, OS sibbia, Early MDu.
sibbe, OE sib(b), OFris. sibbe, OIcl. (pl.) sifjar. — rahniþs: nom.sg.m. pret.part. to rahnjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
calculate, to take for, to reckon, to count’; derivation from the root in Goth. ragin* n. a-st. ‘council,
advice, decision’.
29 faurgaggandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to fauragaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go ahead, to preside’;
compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’. — wiþondans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to wiþon* w.
v. 2 ‘to shake’ (this is the only attestation of the word); cf. perhaps OI (Vedic) vyathate ‘staggers’. —
o: interj. ‘ah!’; MHG ō, OIcl. ó, á.
30 —.
31 ganasida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to ganasjan w. v. 1 ‘to save, to establish’; compound with Goth. nasjan w.
v. 1 ‘to save’.
32 Israelis: gen. to Israel m. country name ‚Israel‘ (< Gr. Israḗl). — miþushramidans: nom.pl.m.
pret.part. to miþushramjan* w. v. 1 ‘to crucify together’; compound with Goth. hramjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
crucify’. — idweitidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to idweitjan w. v. 1 ‚schmähen‘ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG itawīzen, OE edwītan; denominal verb from Goth. idweit* n. a-st. ‘disgrace, shame’;
OHG it(a)wīz, ODu. edwīt, OE edwīt; derivation from the root in Goth. inweitan* st. v. 1 ‘to revere, to
greet’; for Goth. id- see iþ.
33 niundon: acc.sg.f. to niunda* num. ‘the ninth’; OHG niunto, OS nigundo, nigūtho, Early MDu.
neghende, OE nigoþa, OFris. niugenda, niogenda, OIcl. níundi.
34 ailoe: ‘Eli’ (< Gr. elōí). — lima: ‘lema’ (< Gr. limá). — sibakþanei: ‘sabachthani’ (< Gr. sibakthanei).
35 atstandandane: gen.pl.m. pres.part. to atstandan st. v. 6 ‘to stand by, to enter’; compound with Goth.
standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’. — Helian: acc. v. Helias (the nominative is also attested as Heleias) m. ‘Elia’
(< Gr. Ēlías, Ēleías).
36 þragjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to þragjan* w. v. 1 ‘to walk’; OE þrǣgan. — gafulljands: nom.sg.m.
pres.part. to gafulljan* w. v. 1 ‘to fulfil’; compound with Goth. fulljan* w. v. 1 ‘to fill’. — swam: acc.sg.
to swamms* m. a-st. ‘sponge’ (once the accusative singular is attested as <swamm> [Mt 27:48]); OHG
swam(m), MLG swam(p), MDu. swam, OE swomm. — akeitis: gen.sg. to akeit(s)* m./n. a-st. ‘vinegar’
(once the genitive singular is also attested as <aketis> [Mt 27:48]) (< Lat. acētum). — dragkida:
3rdsg.pret.ind. to dragkjan* w. v. 1 ‘to water’; causative formation to Goth. drigkan st. v. 3 ‘to drink’.
— athafjan: inf. st. v. 6 ‘to take down’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth.
hafjan* st. v. 6 ‘to lift’.
37 uzon: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to uzanan* st. v. 6 ‘to exhale’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); cf. OI
(Vedic) ániti ‘breathes’, air. -ana ‘stays, waits, stops’, toch. B anāṣṣäṃ ‘breathes in’.
[66]
38 faurahah: nom.sg. n. a-st. ‘curtain’ (this is the only attestation of the word; once also a nominative
singular <faurhah> [Mt. 27:51] is attested, which, unless one assumes a typo, requires an independent
lemma faurhah); derivation from unattested Goth. *faurahahan st. v. 7 ‘to hang before’; compound with
Goth. hahan* st. v. 7 ‘to hang’; (partly with secondary -ng-) OHG, OS hāhan, ODu. hān, OE hōn, OFris.
huā, OIcl. hanga; for Goth. -hah ‘hanging’ cf. OHG -hāh (in bruohhāh ‘belt’). — als: gen.sg. to alhs f.
kons.st. ‘(Jewish) temple’ (with loss of -h- presumably because of its weak articulation in [Late] Goth.).
— disskritnoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to disskritnan* w. v. 4 ‘to tear’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
derivation from Goth. disskreitan* st. v. 1 ‘to tear’. — iupaþro: adv. ‘from above’; derivation with the
adverb forming suffix Goth. -þro from Goth. iup adv. ‘upwards’.
39 hundafaþs: nom.sg. (-d-) m. i-st. ‘captain over one hundred men’; compound with Goth. hunda n.pl.
‘hundred’ and Goth. -faþs (the simplex is not attested in Gothic) m. i-st. ‘lord’ (Run. [dat.sg.] faþai [bow
brooch from Charnay, 560–590]).
40 wesun-uþ: consisting of Goth. wesun- and Goth. -(u)h (with assimilation of -h – þ- to -þ – þ-). —
Magdalene: nom. f. personal name ‘Magdalene’ (< Gr. Magdalēnḗ). — minnizins: gen.sg.m. comp. to
leitils adj. a-st. ‘small, little’; OHG minniro, OS minnero, MDu. minder(e), OFris. minnera, OSwed.
mindre, myndre, mynnere; derivation from the root in Goth. mins adv. ‘less’; OHG min, OS minn, ODu.,
OE min, OFris. min(n), men, mēn, OIcl. minnr, miðr. — Iosezis: gen. to Ioses* m. personal name ‘Joses’
(< Gr. Iōsēs). — Salome: nom. f. personal name ‘Salome’ (< Gr. Salṓmē).
41 andbahtidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to andbahtjan w. v. 1 ‘to perform, to serve’; OHG ambahten, OE
ambehtan; derivation from the root in Goth. andbahts m. a-st. ‘servant’. — miþiddjedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind.
to miþgaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go along with’; compound with Goth. gaggan defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go’.
— Iairusalem: acc. to Iairusalem f. place name ‘Jerusalem’ (< Gr. Ierousalēm).
1.32. Mark 15:42–47: Burial of Jesus
42 jah juþan at andanahtja waurþanamma, unte was paraskaiwe, saei ist fruma sabbato, 43
qimands Iosef af Areimaþaias, gaguds ragineis, saei was <jah> silba beidands þiudangardjos
gudis, anananþjands galaiþ inn du Peilatau jah baþ þis leikis Iesuis. 44 iþ Peilatus sildaleikida
ei is juþan gaswalt; jah athaitands þana hundafaþ frah ina jûþan gadauþnodedi. 45 jah
finþands at þamma hundafada fragaf þata leik Iosefa. 46 jah usbugjands lein jah usnimands ita
biwand þamma leina jah galagida ita in hlaiwa, þatei was gadraban us staina, jah atwalwida
stain du daura þis hlaiwis. 47 iþ Marja so Magdalene jah Marja Iosezis seƕun ƕar galagiþs
wesi.
42 andanahtja: dat.sg. to andanahti n. ja-st. ‘evening’; derivational compound with the prefix Goth.
anda- ‘opposite, against’ und Goth. nahts f. cons.st. ‘night’. — paraskaiwe: nom.sg. f. ‘preperation day’
(< Gr. paraskeuḗ). — fruma: nom.sg.m. comp. adj./num. ‘first’; OE frum ‘originally, first’, OFris. frum-,
OIcl. frum-. — sabbato: nom.sg. m. ‘Sabbath’ (< Gr. dat.sg. sabbátōi).
43 Areimaþaias: dat. to Areimaþaia* m. place name ‘Arimathea’ (< Gr. Arimathaía). — gaguds:
nom.sg.m. (for +gaguþs) adj. ‘decent, honorable’ (with analogical -d instead of -þ); derivational
compound with the prefix Goth. ga- ‘together with’ and Goth. guþ n. a-st. ‘God’. — ragineis: nom.sg.
m. ja-st. ‘counselor, councillor, guardian’; cf. (with different vowel in the suffix) OIcl. rǫgnir ‘ruler’;
derivation from the root in Goth. ragin* n. a-st. ‘council, advice, decision’. — beidands: nom.sg.m.
pres.part. to beidan st. v. 1 ‘to wait for’; OHG bītan, OS, ODu., OE bīdan, OFris. bīda, OIcl. bíða. —
anananþjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to anananþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to take courage, to dare’ (the simplex is
not attested in Gothic); OHG nenden, OS nāthian, ODu. nenden, OE nēđan, OFris. nētha, OIcl. nenna.
[67]
44 jûþan: compound with Goth. ju: adv. ‘already, now’, Goth. -u-: enclit. interrog.pron. and Goth. þan:
1. adv. ‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but, however’, 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’.
45 fragaf: 3.sg.pret.ind. to fragiban st. v. 5 ‘to forgive’; compound with Goth. giban st. v. 5 ‘to give’.
— Iosefa: dat.sg. to Iosef m. personal name ‘Joseph’ (with analogical -f- from the nominative singular;
once the dative is attested as Ioseba [Sk 2:1]).
46 usbugjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to usbugjan* w. v. 1 ‘to purchase’; compound with Goth. bugjan*
w. v. 1 ‘to buy’; OS buggian, OE bycgan, OIcl. byggja; perhaps derivation from the root in Goth.
biugan* st. v. 2 ‘to bend’; OHG biogan next to OS būgan, Early MDu. būghen, OE būgan, NWestFris.
bûg(j)e, OIcl. búga*. — lein: acc.sg. to lein* n. a-st. ‘canvas’; Run. (nom.sg.) lina (scraper / scraping
knife from Fløksand, 310/20–375/400), OHG, OS līn, ODu. līn-, OE līn, OFris. līn-, OIcl. lín; either
(like Oir. lín, Alb. Gheg lî, Tosk li) a loanword from or etymologically related to Lat. līnum; cf. (with
ablaut) Gr. línon, Lith. lìnas, NRruss. lën. — usnimands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to usniman* st. v. 4 ‘to
take out, to take away’; compound with Goth. niman st. v. 4 ‘to take (up), to receive, to catch’. —
gadraban: the form is uncertain; regularly it is seen as the nom.sg.n. pret.part. to gadraban* st. v. 6 ‘to
chisel out, to hew out’ (this would be the only attestation of the word) (the simplex would be unattested
in Gothic); cf. aksl. drobiti ‘to shatter’; however, as the Old High German parallel in Otfrid 4,35,36
gives the text: in sinaz grab, in felison irgrabanaz ‘into his grave, dug out in rocks’, some assume that
<gadraban> is a spelling mistake for +gagraban; in that case nom.sg.n. pres.part. to gagraban* st. v. 6
‘to dig’ (this would also be the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. graban st. v. 6 ‘to
dig’; OHG graban, OS, ODu. gravan, OE grafan, OFris. greva, grewa, grēva, griōwa, OIcl. grafa. —
atwalwida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to atwalwjan* w. v. 1 ‘to roll on’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OE
wielwan; presumably a derivation from the root in Goth. wilwan st. v. 3 ‘to rob’.
47 —.
1.33. Mark 16:1–8: The Message of Jesus’ Resurrection
1 jah inwisandins sabbate dagis Marja so Magdalene jah Marja so Iakobis jah Salome
usbauhtedun aromata, ei atgaggandeins gasalbodedeina ina. 2 jah filu air þis dagis
afarsabbate atiddjedun du þamma hlaiwa at urrinnandin sunnin. 3 jah qeþun du sis misso: ƕas
afwalwjai unsis þana stain af daurom þis hlaiwis? 4 jah insaiƕandeins gaumidedun þammei
afwalwiþs ist sa stains; was auk mikils abraba. 5 jah atgaggandeins in þata hlaiw gaseƕun
juggalauþ sitandan in taihswai biwaibidana wastjai ƕeitai; jah usgeisnodedun. 6 þaruh qaþ du
im: ni faurhteiþ izwis, Iesu sokeiþ Nazoraiu þana ushramidan; nist her, urrais, sai þana staþ
þarei galagidedun ina. 7 akei gaggiþ qiþid-uh du siponjam is jah du Paitrau þatei faurbigaggiþ
izwis in Galeilaian; þaruh ina gasaiƕiþ, swaswe qaþ izwis. 8 jah usgaggandeins af þamma
hlaiwa gaþlauhun; diz-uh-þan-sat ijos reiro jah usfilmei, jah ni qeþun mannhun waiht; ohtedun
sis auk.
1 inwisandins: gen.sg.m. pres.part. to inwisan* irreg. st. v. ‘to be near’; compound with Goth. wisan
irreg. st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’. — aromata: acc.pl. n. ‘spices’ (this is the only attestation of the
word) (< Gr. arṓmata). — gasalbodedeina: 3rdpl.pret.opt. to gasalbon* w. v. 2 ‘to anoint’; compound
with Goth. salbon w. v. 2 ‘to anoint’.
2 air: adv. ‘early’; OHG, OS, ODu. ēr, OE ǣr, ār, OIcl. ǽr, OFris. ēr. — afarsabbate: gen.pl. to
afarsabbato* m. ‘After Sabbath’; compound with the prefix Goth. afar- prep. + acc./dat. ‘after; behind’
and Goth. sabbato m. ‘Sabbath’. — sunnin: dat.sg. to sunno f./n. n-st. ‘sun’; OHG, OS sunna, sunno,
ODu. sunna, OE, OFris. sunne, OIcl. sunna; next to Goth. sauil n. a-st. ‘sun’; OIcl. sól.
[68]
3 afwalwjai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to afwalwjan* w. v. 1 ‘to roll away’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic;
see atwalwjan*). — daurom: dat.pl. to dauro* f. ‘(double) gate, door’; derivation from the root in Goth.
daur n. a-st. ‘door’.
4 abraba: adv. ‘very’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba to Goth. abrs adj. a-st.
‘strong, violent’; OIcl. afr- (in afr[h]endr ‘with a strong hand’).
5 juggalauþ: acc.sg. to juggalauþs (-d-) m. i-st. ‘youth’; compound with Goth. jugga- to Goth. juggs*
adj. ‘young, youthful’ (OHG, OS, ODu. jung, OE g[e]ong, giong, gung, ging, OFris. jung, iong, OIcl.
ungr) and Goth. -lauþs m. i-st. ‘shape, form’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic) (derivation from the
root in OHG liut, OS liud, ODu. liut, OE lēod, OFris. liūde, liōde, lūde, OIcl. lydr ‘people’; derivation
from the root in Goth. liudan* st. v. 2 ‘to grow’; OHG liotan, OS liodan, OE leodan). — taihswai:
dat.sg. to taihswa* f. wō-st. ‘the right one’; OHG zesawa; nominalization from the root in Goth.
taihswa* adj. sw. ‘(on the) right’. — biwaibidana: acc.sg.m. pret.part. to biwaibjan* w. v. 1 ‘to encircle,
to surround’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OE wǣfan. — ƕeitai: dat.sg.f. to ƕeits* adj. ‘white’;
OHG wīz, OS hwīt, ODu. wīt, OE, OFris. hwīt, OIcl. hvítr next to MLG witt, ODu. wit, OFris. wit. —
usgeisnodedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to usgeisnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be shocked, to be amazed’ (the simplex is not
attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. usgaisjan* w. v. 1 ‘to frighten’; cf. OI (Vedic)
hinásti ‘hurts’.
6 —.
7 qiþid-uh: compound with Goth. qiþid- (with missing final devoicing of -d- due to its position before a
vowel) and Goth. -(u)h. — faurbigaggiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to faurbigaggan* defect. st. v. 7 ‘to go in front’;
compound with Goth. gaggan st. v. 7 ‘to go’.
8 diz-uh-þan-sat: composed of Goth. dissat: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to dissitan* st. v. 5 ‘to seize’ (with missing
final devoicing of -z- due to its position before a vowel), Goth. -(u)h-, and Goth. -þan-. — reiro: nom.sg.
f. n-st. ‘tremor, earthquake’; derivation from the root in Goth. reiran* w. v. 3 ‘to shake’; intensive
formation from the root in Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run, to walk’.
1.34. Mark 16:9–20: Apparitions of the Risen Christ and Ascension
9 usstandands þan in maurgin frumin sabbato ataugida <sik> frumist Marjin þizai Magdalene,
af þizaiei uswarp sibun unhulþons. 10 soh gaggandei gataih þaim miþ imma wisandam,
qainondam jah gretandam. 11 jah eis hausjandans þatei libaiþ jah gasaiƕans warþ fram izai,
ni galaubidedun. 12 afar-uh þan þata twaim ize ataugiþs warþ in anþaramma farwa,
gaggandam du wehsa: 13 jah jainai galeiþandans gataihun þaim anþaraim; niþ þaim
galaubidedun. 14 bi spedistin þan anakumbjandam þaim ainlibim ataugida, jah idweitida
ungalaubein ize jah harduhairtein, unte þaim gasaiƕandam ina urrisanana, ni galaubidedun.
15 jah qaþ du im: gaggandans in þo manaseþ alakjo, merjaiþ þo aiwaggeljon allai þizai
gaskaftai. 16 jah sa galaubjands ufdaupiþs ganisiþ; iþ saei ni galaubeiþ, afdomjada. 17 aþþan
taikns þaim galaubjandam þata afargaggiþ: in namin meinamma unhulþons uswairpand,
razdom rodjand niujaim, 18 waurmans nimand, jah jabai ingibe ƕa drigkaina, ni þauh im
agljai; ana unhailans handuns uslagjand, jah waila wairþiþ im. 19 þanuh þan frauja Iesus afar
þatei rodida du im, usnumans warþ in himin jah gasat af taihswon gudis. 20 iþ jainai
usgaggandans meridedun and allata miþ fraujin gawaurstwin jah þata waurd tulgjandin þairh
þos afargaggandeins taiknins. amen.
9 sibun: num. ‘seven’; OHG sibun, OS siƀun, ODu. sivon, OE seofon, OFris. si(u)gun, sawen, saun,
OIcl. sjau.
[69]
10 qainondam: dat.pl.m. pres.part. to qainon w. v. 2 ‘to cry, to beweep, to mourn, to bewail’; OE

cwānian, OIcl. kveina.
11 —.
12 afar-uh: combination of Goth. afar- prep. + acc./dat. ‘after; behind’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. Part.
‘and’. — farwa: dat.sg. to farw* n. a-st. ‘appearance, form’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
(with other formations) OHG far(a)wa, farawī, OS far(a)wi, Early MDu. varwe, OFris. ferve, ferwe,
farwe. — wehsa: dat.sg. to weihs* n. a-st. ‘village, hamlet’ (with incorrect -e- instead of -ei-).
13 —.
14 ainlibim: dat. to ainlif* (-b-) num. ‘eleven’; OHG einlif, OS ēllevan, Early MDu. elf, OE en(d)lefan,
endlifan, OFris. andlova, alleva, elleva, OIcl. ellifu. — ungalaubein: acc.sg. to ungalaubeins* f. i-st.
‘disbelief, disobedience’; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. galaubeins f. i-st.
‘belief’.
15 alakjo: adv. ‘total’ (used as reinforcement); (different formation) OHG alang, along ‘entirely’, OS
alung ‘entirely, forever’, OFris. along, alang ‘entirely, forever’ and OE eallunga, eallinga ‘entirely’,
OIcl. ǫllungis ‘quite, completely’; derivations from the root in Goth. alan* st. v. 6 ‘to grow’.
16 ganisiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to ganisan st. v. 5 ‘to recover, to be saved’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG nesan, OS, ODu. -nesan (in ginesan), OE nesan, NWestFris. -nēze (in genēze).
17 niujaim: dat.pl.f. to niujis adj. ‘new’; OHG, OS, ODu. niuwi, OE nī(e)we, OFris. nī, OIcl. nýr.
18 waurmans: acc.pl. to waurms m. a-st. ‘worm, snake’; OIcl. ormr next to (with different formation)
OHG, OS, ODu. wurm, OE wyrm, OFris. wirm. — ingibe: gen.pl. to ingif* n. a-st. ‘poison’ (this is the
only attestation of the word); compound with dem Präfix Goth. in- prep. + dat./acc. (for the designation
of place / direction) ‘in, on, on, to, while, after to’, + gen. ‘because of, for the sake of, for, through’ and
a derivation from Goth. giban st. v. 5 ‘to give’. — agljai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to agljan* w. v. 1 ‘to damage’
(this is the only attestation of the word); OHG egilen, MLG ēichelen, eggelen, OE eglian; derivation
from the root in Goth. aglus* adj. ‘difficult’ (only acc.sg.n. aglu [Mk 10:24]); OE egle.
19 —.
20 gawaurstwin: dat.sg. to gawaurstwa m. n-st. ‘coworker’; derivation from Goth. waurstw n. a-st.
‘work, deed, effectiveness’. — tulgjandin: dat.sg.m. pres.part. to tulgjan w. v. 1 ‘to consolidate, to
strengthen’; derivation from the root in Goth. tulgus adj. ‘firm, constant’; cf. OS tulgo, OE tulge ‘very’.
2. From the Old Testament
2.1. Nehemiah 5:14–18: Nehemiah in the Service for his People
14 jah fram þamma daga ei anabauþ mis ei weisjau fauramaþleis ize in Iudaia, fram jera ·k·
und jer ·l· jah anþar Arta[r]ksairksaus þiudanis ·ib· jera, ik jah broþrjus meinai hlaif
fauramaþleis meinis ni matidedum. 15 iþ fauramaþljos þaiei weisun faura mis kauridedun þo
managein jah nemun at im hlaibans jah wein jah nauhþanuh silubris sikle ·m·, jah skalkos ize
fraujinodedun þizai managein; iþ ik ni tawida swa faura andwairþja agisis gudis. 16 jah
waurstw þizos baurgswaddjaus inswinþida, jah þaurp ni gastaistald, jah þiwos meinai jah allai
þai galisandans du þamma waurstwa. 17 jah Iudaieis jah þai fauramaþljos ·r· jah ·n· gumane
jah þai qimandans at unsis us þiudom þaim bisunjane unsis ana biuda meinamma andnumanai
weisun. 18 jah was fraquman dagis ƕizuh stiur ·a· lamba gawalida ·q· jah gaits [·a·]
gamanwida was mis; jah bi ·i· dagans gaf wein allai þizai filusnai jah allai þizai managein;
[70]
jah ana þo alla hlaif fauramaþleis meinis ni sokida, in þis ei ni kauridedjau þo managein in
þaim waurstwam …
14 weisjau: 1stsg.pret.opt. to wisan irreg. st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’ (the spelling of the
development of ē to ī in Late Gothic). — fauramaþleis: nom.sg. m. ja-st. ‘president, lord, custom
official, synagogue leader, governor’; either derivation from Goth. fauramaþli* n. ‘supreme command’
or from an unattested verb Goth. *fauramaþljan w. v. 1 ‘to speak first/before’. —jera: dat.sg. to jer* n.
a-st. ‘year’; OHG jār, OS gēr, jār, Early MDu. jaer, OE gēar, gēr, gǣr, OFris. iēr, jēr, OIcl. ár. —
Arta[r]ksairksaus: gen. to Artaksairksus* m. personal name ‘Artaxerxes’ (this is the only attestation of
the word) (< Gr. Artaxerxēs). — fauramaþleis: gen.sg. to fauramaþli* n. ja-st. ‘supreme command’;
back formation from the unattested verb Goth. *fauramaþljan w. v. 1 ‘to speak first/before’; compound
with Goth. maþljan* w. v. 1 ‘to speak’ (nur 1stsg.pres.ind. maþlja [Joh 14:30]); OHG mahalen, OS
mahlian, MDu. malen, OE mæđlan, mǣlan, OIcl. mæla; derivation from the root in Goth. maþl* n. a-st.
‘meeting place, market’ (only dat.sg. maþla [Mk 7:4]); Lat.-Gmc. Matrone name Machal-inehae, OHG
mahal, Lgb. -mahal (in gamahalos pl. ‘oath helpers’), OS mahal, ODu. māl- (in māldag ‘wedding day’),
OE mæđel, međel, mǣl, OIcl. mál.
15 weisun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to wisan irreg. st. v. ‘to be (there), to exist’ (the spelling of the
development of ē to ī in Late Gothic). — kauridedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to kaurjan* w. v. 1 ‘to press, to
bother’; derivation from the root in Goth. kaurs* / kaurus* adj. i/ja- / u-st. ‘heavy, troublesome’ (only
nom.pl.f. kaurjos [2.KorB 10:10]); cf. OI gurú-, Av. gouru-, Gr. barýs. — silubris: gen.sg. to silubr* n.
a-st. ‘silver’; (partly with different form of the suffix) OHG sil(a)bar, OS siluƀar, ODu. silver, OE
siolfor, seolfor, OFris. selver, selover, OIcl. silfr. — sikle: gen.pl. to sikls* m. ‘shekel’ (this is the only
attestation of the word) (< Gr. síklos). — ·m·: num. ‘fourty’. — fraujinodedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to
fraujinon w. v. 2 ‘to rule over’; derivation from the root in Goth. frauja m. n-st. ‘lord, master’.
16 waurstw: acc.sg. to waurstw n. a-st. ‘work, deed, effectiveness’; derivation from Goth. waurkjan w.
v. 1 ‘to make, to take effect’. — baurgswaddjaus: gen.sg. to baurgswaddjus f. u-st. ‘city wall’;
compound with Goth. baurgs f. cons.st. ‘tower, castle, city’ and Goth. -waddjus f. u-st. ‘wall’ (only
attested as part of a compound); OE wǣg, OIcl. veggr. — inswinþida: 1stsg.pret.ind. to inswinþjan w. v.
1 ‘to strengthen’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OE swīþan; derivation from the root in Goth.
swinþs* (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘strong, vigorous, healthy’. — þaurp: acc.sg. to þaurp* n. a-st. ‘cultivated land,
field’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG dorf, OS therp, threp, ODu. thorp, OE þorp, þrop,
OFris. thorp, therp, OIcl. þorp. — gastaistald: 1stsg.pret.ind. to gastaldan st. v. 7 ‘to acquire, to get’
(the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OE stealdan. — þiwos: nom.pl. to þius* m. wa-st. ‘servant’;
Run. -þewaz (in [nom.sg. personal name/name] o?wlþuþewaz ‚servant of Ullr, shining servant’ [chape
from Thorsberg, 210/220–250/260]), OHG -dio (in dioheit ‘humility, lowliness’), OE þēow, OIcl. (in
personal names) -þér, -þír.
17 ·r·: num. ‘hundred’ (see hunda). — ·n·: num. ‘fifty’. — gumane: gen.pl. to guma m. n-st. ‘man’;
WestGoth. (in personal names) Gum(e)-, Gom(e)-, Burgund. (personal name) Guma, OHG gomo, Lgb.
(in personal names) Gume-, OS gumo, gomo, ODu. -gomo (in brūdigomo ‘bridegroom’), OE guma,
OFris. -goma, -gama (in breidgoma, bregama ‘bridegroom’), OIcl. gumi. — biuda: dat.sg. to biuþs*
(-d-) m. a-st. ‘table’; OHG biot, OS biod, OE bēod, OIcl. bjóðr; probably derivation from the root in
Goth. -biudan* ‘to offer’ (see anabiudan*).
18 fraquman: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to fraqiman* st. v. 4 ‘to consume, to spend, to squander’; compound
with Goth. qiman st. v. 4 ‘to come’. — stiur: nom.sg. m. a-st. ‘(young) bull, calf’; OHG stior, MLG
stēr, ODu. stier, OE stēr, OFris. stiār, OIcl. stjórr. — ·a·: num. ‘one’ (see ains). — lamba: nom.pl. to
lamb* n. a-st. ‘sheep’; OHG, OS lamb, ODu. lamp, OE lamb, OFris. lam, OIcl. lamb. — gawalida:
[71]
nom.pl.n. pret.part. to gawaljan* w. v. 1 ‘to choose’; compound with Goth. waljan* w. v. 1 ‘to choose’;
OHG wellen, OIcl. velja; derivation from the root in Goth. wiljan athem. v. ‘to want’. — ·q·: num. ‘six’
(= Goth. saihs*); OHG, OS sehs, ODu. sehs, ses, OE siex, OFris. sex, six, ses, OIcl. sex. — gaits: nom.sg.
f. cons.st. ‘goat’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG geiz, OS, ODu. gēt, OE gāt, OIcl. geit.
— ·i·: num. ‘ten’ (= Goth. taihun); OHG zehan, OS tehan, ODu. tēn, OE tīen, OFris. tiān, OIcl. tío. —
filusnai: dat.sg. to filusna* f. ō-st. ‘multiplicity, quantity, abundance’; derivation from Goth. filu adv. ‘a
lot of, much; very’.
2.2. Nehemiah 6:15–19: The Wall is Completed
15 jah ustauhana warþ so baurgswaddjus ·e· jah ·k· daga menoþis Alulis, ·n· dage jah ·b· 16
jah warþ, swe hausidedun fiands unsarai allai, jah ohtedun allos þiudos þos bisunjane unsis,
jah atdraus agis in augona ize abraba; jah ufkunþedun þatei fram guda unsaramma warþ
usfulliþ þata waurstw. 17 jah in dagam jainaim managai weisun þize reikjane Iudaie, þaiei
sandidedun aipistulans du Tobeiin, jah Tobeias du im. 18 managai auk in Iudaia ufaiþjai
weisun imma, unte megs was Saixaineiins, sunaus Aieirins, jah Ioanan sunus is nam dauhtar
Maisaullamis, sunaus Barakeiins, du qenai. 19 jah rodidedun du imma waila in andwairþja
meinamma, jah waurda meina spillodedun imma, jah aipistulans insandida Tobeias ogjan mik.
15 Alulis: gen.sg. to Alul* m. personal name ‘Elul’ (< Gr. Aloul).

16 fiands: nom.pl. to fijands m. nd-st. ‘enemy’ (more common are the spellings with -ija-); (partly with
ablaut of the suffix) OHG fī(j)ant, OS fīond, ODu. fīunt, OE fīond, OFris. fīand, fīund, OIcl. fjandi;
derivation from the root in Goth. fi(j)an w. v. 3 ‘to hate’; OHG fīēn, MLG vīen; itself a derivation from
Goth. faian* st. v. 7 ‘to blame’; cf. OI. (Vedic) p yati ‘rebukes, scolds, insults’. — atdraus:
3rdsg.pret.ind. to atdriusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall into’; compound with Goth. driusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall’. —
usfulliþ: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to usfulljan w. v. 1 ‘to fulfil, to complete, to replace, to summarize’;
compound with Goth. fulljan* w. v. 1 ‘to fill’.
17 reikjane: gen.pl.m. w. to reiks* / reikeis* adj. i/ja- / ja-st. ‘noble, distinguished’; OHG rīchi, OS rīki,
Early MDu. rike, OE rīce, OFris. rīk, OIcl. ríkr; derivation from the root in Goth. reiks m. cons.st.
‘ruler’. — sandidedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to sandjan w. v. 1 ‘to send’; OHG senten, OS sendian, ODu., OE
sendan, OFris., OIcl. senda; derivation from the root in OHG sinnan ‘to travel’, OE sinnan ‘to wander’,
OFris. sinna ‘to contemplate, to tend’. — aipistulans: acc.pl. to aipistula* m. n-st. ‘letter’ (< Lat.
epistula). — Tobeiin: dat. v. Tobeias m. personal name ‘Tobiah’ (< Gr. Tōbías).
18 ufaiþjai: nom.sg.m. to ufaiþs* / ufaiþeis* (-þ-) adj. i/ja- / ja-st. ‘bound by oath’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); derivation formed with the prefix uf- ‘up’ from Goth. aiþs* (-þ-) m. a-st. ‘oath’.
— megs: nom.sg. m. a-st. ‘son-in-law’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG, OS māg, Early
MDu. maech, OE mǣg, OFris. mēch, OIcl. mágr; probably derivation from the root in Goth. magus m.
u-st. ‘boy’. — Saixaineiins: gen. to Saixaineia* m. personal name ‘Shekaniah’ (< Gr. Sechenía[s]). —
Aieirins: gen. to Aieira* m. personal name ‘Arah’ (< Gr. Ēira). — Ioanan: nom. m. personal name
‘Jehohanan’ (< Gr. Iōanan). — dauhtar: acc.sg. to dauhtar f. r-st. ‘daughter’; Run. (nom.pl.) dohtriz
(stone from Tune, 375/400–520/30), OHG tohter, OS dohtar, ODu. dohter, OE dohtor, OFris. dochter,
dōchter, OIcl. dóttir. — Maisaullamis: gen. to Maisaullam* m. personal name ‘Meshullam’ (< Gr.
Mesollám). — Barakeiins: gen. to Barakeias* m. personal name ‘Berekiah’ (< Gr. Barachías).
19 ogjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to terrify’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OE -ēgan (in onēgan ‘to fear’),
OIcl. ǿgja; derivation from the root in Goth. ogan* pret.pres. ‘to fear’.
[72]
3. From the Pauline Epistles
3.1. Second Epistle to the Thessalonians
A
inc: aipistaule Pawlaus du Þaissalauneikaium b anastodeiþ.
B
du Þaissalauneikaium anþara.
A+B
1:1 Pawlus jah Silbanus jah Teimauþaius aikklesjon Þaissalauneikaie in guda attin
unsaramma jah fraujin Iesu Xristau.
A+B
1:2 ansts izwis jah gawairþi fram guda attin unsaramma jah fraujin Iesu Xristau.
A+B
1:3 awiliudon skulum guda sinteino in izwara, broþrjus, swaswe wairþ ist, unte
ufarwahseiþ galaubeins izwara jah managniþ friaþwa ainƕarjizuh allaize izwara in izwis
misso;
1:4 A
swaei weis silbans in izwis ƕopam in aikklesjom gudis in stiwitjis izwaris jah
galaubeinais in allaim wrakjom izwaraim jah aglom þozei usþulaiþ,
B
swaei weis silbans izwis ƕopam in aikklesjom gudis in stiwitjis izwaris jah
galaubeinais in allaim wrakjom izwaraim jah aglom þozei usþulaiþ,
A
1:5 taikn garaihtaizos stauos gudis du wairþans briggan izwis þiudangardjos gudis, in
þizozei jah þulaiþ;
B
taikn garaihtaizos stauos gudis du wairþans briggan izwis þiudangardjos gudis, in
þizozei jah winniþ;
A
1:6 sweþauh jabai garaiht ist at guda usgildan þaim gaþreihandam izwis aggwiþa,
B
sweþauh …
A
1:7 jah izwis gaþulandam iusila miþ uns in andhuleinai fraujins unsaris Iesuis af himinam
miþ aggilum mahtais is,
A
1:8 in funins lauhmonjai gibandins fraweit ni kunnandam guþ jah ni ufhausjandam
aiwaggeljon fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus,
A
1:9 þaiei fraweit andnimand, fralust aiweinon fram andwairþja fraujins jah fram wulþau
mahtais is,
1:10 Aþan qimiþ ushauhnan in þaim weiham seinaim, jah sildaleiknan in allaim þaim
galaubjandam, unte galaubida ist weitwodei unsara du izwis in daga jainamma.
1:11 Adu þammei jah bidjam sinteino bi izwis ei izwis wairþans briggai þizos laþonais guþ
unsar jah fulljai alla leikain þiuþeinais seinaizos jah waurstw galaubeinais in mahtai,
1:12 Aei ushauhnai namo fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus in izwis jah jus in imma bi anstai
gudis unsaris jah fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus.
A
2:1 aþþan bidjam izwis, broþrjus, in qumis fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus jah gaqumþais
unsaraizos du imma,
A
2:2 du ni sprauto wagjan izwis fram ahin nih drobnan, nih þairh ahman nih þairh waurda
nih þairh aipistaulein swe þairh uns, <swe> þatei instandai dags Xristaus.
2:3 A
ni ƕashun izwis usluto ƕamma haidau, unte niba qimiþ afstass faurþis, jah andhulids
wairþai manna frawaurhtais, sunus fralustais,
A
2:4 sa andstandands jah ufarhafjands sik ufar all qiþanaize guþ aiþþau [allata]
blotinassu, swaei <ina> in alh gudis gasitan, ustaiknjandan …
[73]
…
2:16 Baþþan silba frauja unsar Iesus Xristus jah guþ jah atta unsar saei frijoda uns jah atgaf
gaþlaiht aiweina jah wen goda in anstai,
2:17 Bgaþrafstjai hairtona izwara jah gatulgjai in allaim waurstwam jah waurdam godaim.
B
3:1 þata anþar gabidjaiþ jah bi unsis, broþrjus, ei waurd fraujins þragjai jah mikiljaidau,
swaswe jah at izwis,
B
3:2 jah ei uslausjaindau af gastojanaim jah ubilaim mannam; ni auk ist allaim galaubeins.
B
3:3 aþþan triggws frauja saei gatulgeiþ izwis jah galausjai izwis af þamma ubilin.
B
3:4 aþþan gatrauam in fraujin in izwis, ei þatei anabudum izwis, jah taujiþ jah taujan
habaiþ.
B
3:5 iþ frauja garaihtjai hairtona izwara in friaþwai gudis jah in usþulainai Xristaus.
B
3:6 aþþan anabiudam izwis, broþrjus, in namin fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus, ei
gaskaidaiþ izwis af allamma broþre ƕairbandane ungatassaba jah ni bi anafilham þoei
andnemuþ at uns.
3:7 A
… ist galeikon unsis, unte ni ungatewidai wesum in izwis,
B
silbans auk kunnuþ ƕaiwa skuld ist galeikon unsis, unte ni ungatewidai wesum in izwis,
3:8 A
nih arwjo hlaif matidedum at ƕamma, ak winnandans arbaidai naht jah daga
waurkjandans, ei ni kauridedeima ƕana izwara.
B
ni arwjo hlaib matidedum at ƕamma, ak winnandans arbaidai naht jah daga
waurkjandans, ei ni kauridedeima ƕana izwara.
A+B
3:9 ni þatei ni habaidedeima waldufni, ak ei uns silbans du frisahtai gebeima <izwis>
du galeikon unsis.
3:10 Ajah auk þan wesum at izwis, þata izwis anabudum, ei jabai ƕas ni wili waurkjan, nih
matjai.
B
jah auk þan wesum at izwis, þata izwis anabudum, ei jabai ƕas ni wili waurkjan, ni
matjai.
3:11 A+Bhausjam auk sumans ƕairbandans in izwis ungatassaba, ni waiht waurkjandans, ak
fairweitjandans.
3:12 Aþaimuh swaleikaim anabiudam jah bidjam in fraujin Iesua Xristau, ei miþ rimisa
waurkjandans seinana hlaif matjaina.
B
þaimuh swaleikaim anabiudam jah bidjam in fraujin Iesua Xristau, ei miþ rimisa
waurkjandans seinana hlaib matjaina.
3:13 A+Baþþan jus, broþrjus, ni wairþaiþ usgrudjans waila taujandans.
3:14 A+Biþ jabai ƕas ni ufhausjai waurda unsaramma þairh þos bokos, þana gatarhjaiþ; ni
blandaiþ izwis miþ imma, ei gaskamai sik.
3:15 Ajan ni swaswe fijand ina rahnjaiþ, ak talzjaiþ swe broþar.
B
jah ni swaswe fijand ina rahnjaiþ, ak talzjaiþ swe broþar.
A+B
3:16 aþþan silba frauja gawairþeis gibai izwis gawairþi sinteino in allaim stadim; frauja
miþ allaim izwis.
3:17 A+Bso goleins meinai handau Pawlaus, þatei ist bandwo ana allaim aipistaulem
meinaim; swa melja.
3:18 A+Bansts fraujins unsaris Iesuis Xristaus miþ allaim izwis. amen.
exp: Bdu Þaissalauneikaium anþara ustauh.
[74]
inc: aipistaule: nom.sg. f. n-St ‘letter’ (< Gr. epistolḗ). — Pawlaus: gen. to Pawlus m. personal name
‘Paul’ (< Gr. Paũlos). — Þaissalauneikaium: dat.pl. to Þaissalauneikaius* m. u-st. resident name
‘Thessalonian’ (< Gr. Thessalonikeús) (A-ei- : B-e- either different renderings of Gr. -i- and -ei- or -e- is
misspelled for -i- or -ei-). — anastodeiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to anastodjan* w. v. 1 ‘to begin, to start’ (the
simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’.
1:1 Silbanus: nom. m. u-st. personal name ‘Silvanus’ (< Lat. Silvanus). — Teimauþaius: nom. m. u-st.
personal name ‘Timothy’ (< Gr. Timótheos). — aikklesjon: dat.sg. to aikklesjo f. n-st. ‘congregagion,
house of worship’ (< Gr. ekklēsía).
1:2 —.
1:3 ufarwahseiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to ufarwahsjan* st. v. 6 ‘to grow exceedingly, to multiply greatly’ (these
are the only attestations of the word); compound with Goth. wahsjan st. v. 6 ‘to (let) grow, to multiply’.
— managniþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to managnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be abundant’; derivation from Goth. manags*
adj. a-st. ‘some, much’. — friaþwa: nom.sg. f. ō-st. ‘love’ (next to spellings with -ija-); (?) OE frēod f.
‘love, friendship’; derivation from the root in Goth. freis adj. ja-st. ‘free’. — ainƕarjizuh: gen.sg.m. to
ainƕarjizuh pron. ‘everyone’; compound with Goth. ains adj. a-st./num. ‘one’ and Goth. ƕarjizuh:
nom.sg.m. pron. ‘everyone’.
1:4 swaei: conj. ‘so that, therefore, so’; compound with Goth. swa adv. ‘so’ and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so)
that’. — in: missing in B. — ƕopam: 1stpl.pres.ind. to ƕopan st. v. 7 ‘to boast’; OE hwōpan. — stiwitjis:
gen.sg. to stiwiti* n. ja-st. ‘patience, patient endurance’; further etymology uncertain. — wrakjom:
dat.pl. to wrakja f. ō-st. ‘persecution’; OHG recha- (in rechagern ‘vengeful’), OFris. wretse; derivation
from the root in Goth. wrikan* st. v. 5 ‘to persecute’; OHG rechan, OS wrekan, ODu. -wrekan (in
giwrekan ‘to revenge, to take revenge’), OE wrecan, OFris. wreka, wraka, wrēka, OIcl. reka. — aglom:
dat.pl. to aglo f. n-st. ‘tribulation’; derivation from the root in Goth. aglus* adj. ‘difficult’. — usþulaiþ:
2ndpl.pres.ind. to usþulan w. v. 3 ‘to endure, to suffer, to accept’; compound with Goth. þulan w. v. 3
‘to tolerate’.
1:5 garaihtaizos: gen.sg.f. to garaihts adj. a-st. ‘just’; OHG gireht, MLG, MDu. gerecht; compound
with the prefix Goth. ga- ‘together, with’ and Goth. raihts* adj. a-st. ‘right, straight, fair’. — stauos:
gen.sg. to staua f. ō-st. ‘court, verdict, dispute’; OHG stūa- (in stūatago ‘last judgement’), OE stōw,
OFris. stō, OIcl. -stó (in eldstó ‘hearth’). — Aþulaiþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to þulan w. v. 3 ‘to tolerate’; OHG
dolēn, OIcl. þola. — Bwinniþ: 2ndpl.pres.ind. to winnan st. v. 3 ‘to suffer’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE winnan,
OFris. winna, OIcl. vinna.
1:6 sweþauh: adv. ‘yes, at least, indeed’; OE swāþēah; compound with Goth. swe adv., conj. ‘how; as,
there’ and Goth. þauh 1. conj. ‘as, or’, 2. adv. ‘yes, well, about’. — usgildan: inf. st. v. 3 ‘to repay’ (the
simplex is not attested in Gothic) (see gilstrameleins). — gaþreihandam: dat.pl.m. pres.part. to
gaþreihan* st. v. 1 ‘to harass’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. þreihan*
st. v. 1 ‘to push’; (with analogical -ng-) OHG dringan, OS thringan, Early MDu. dringhen, OE þringan,
OIcl. þryngva. — aggwiþa: acc.sg. to aggwiþa f. ō-st. ‘narrowness, distress’; OHG engida, (?) OS
engitha, OIcl. øngd; derivation from the root in Goth. aggwus* adj. u-st. ‘narrow’; (different formation)
OHG, OS engi, Early MDu. enghe, OE enge, NWestFris. eang, OIcl. ǫngr, øngr.
1:7 gaþulandam: dat.pl.m. pres.part. to gaþulan w. v. 3 ‘to endure’; compound with Goth. þulan w. v.
3 ‘to tolerate’. — iusila: acc.sg. to iusila f. ō-st. ‘recreation’; derivation from the root in Goth. iusiza
comp. adj. ‘better’ (only GalA 4:1). — andhuleinai: dat.sg. to andhuleins* f. i-st. ‘revelation’; derivation
from Goth. andhuljan w. v. 1 ‘to reveal’.
1:8 funins: gen.sg. to fon n. irreg. n-st. ‘fire’; OIcl. funi, (different formation) OHG funko, MLG vunke,
MDu. vonke, mengl. fǒnke, funke ‘spark’ next to OHG, OS fiur, ODu. fuir, OE fȳr, OFris. fiūr, fiōr ‘fire’.
— lauhmonjai: dat.sg. to lauhmuni f. jō-st. ‘lightning’ (with incorrect -o- for -u-); (different formation)
OS liomo ‘ray, glow’, OE lēoma ‘ray, glow’, OIcl. ljómi ‘shine, light, sword’. — fraweit: acc.sg. to
fraweit n. a-st. ‘penalty’; derivation from Goth. fraweitan st. v. 1 ‘to avenge, to establish justice’ (the
simplex is not attested in Gothic) (see inweitan*).
[75]
1:9 fralust: acc.sg. to fralusts f. i-st. ‘perish’; OHG, OS farlust; derivation from the root in Goth.
fraliusan* st. v. 2 ‘to lose’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG firliosan, OS farliosan, ODu.
farliesan, OE forlēosan, OFris. forliāsa; s-derivation from the root in Gr. lýō ‘I set lose, I free’, Lat. luō
‘I atone, I pay’. — aiweinon: acc.sg.f. w. v. aiweins* adj. ‘eternal’; OHG ēwīn, OS ēwin; derivation
from the root in Goth. aiws* m. a/i-st. ‘time, eternity’.
1:10 ushauhnan: inf. w. v. 4 ‘to be glorified’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from
Goth. hauhs* adj. a-st. ‘high’. — sildaleiknan: w. v. 4 ‘to be admired’ (this is the only attestation of the
word); derivation from Goth. sildaleiks* adj. a-st. ‘amazing, wonderful’. — weitwodei: nom.sg. f. n-st.
‘testimony, bearing witness’; derivation from Goth. weitwoþs* (-d-) m. cons.st. ‘witness’.
1:11 laþonais: gen.sg. to laþons f. i-st. ‘invitation, calling, consolation, redemption’; derivation from
Goth. laþon w. v. 2 ‘to invite’; OHG ladōn, OS, ODu. lathon, OFris. lathia, ladia, laia, OE laþian, OIcl.
laða; derivation from the root in Goth. laþa- (in laþaleiko adv. ‘gladly’). — fulljai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to
fulljan* w. v. 1 ‘to fill’; derivation from the root in Goth. fulls adj. ‘full’. — leikain: acc.sg. to leikains*
f. i-st. ‘delight, descretion; intent’; derivation from Goth. leikan* w. v. 3 ‘to please, to be pleasing’. —
þiuþeinais: gen.sg. to þiuþeins f. i-st. ‘goodness, blessing’; derivation from Goth. þiuþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
bless’.
1:12 —.
2:1 qumis: gen.sg. to qums m. i-st. ‘coming, appearance of Christ before the court, presence’; OS kumi,
OE cyme, OFris. keme; derivation from the root in Goth. qiman st. v. 4 ‘to come’. — gaqumþais: gen.sg.
to gaqumþs* (-þ-) f. i-st. ‘gathering, meeting, union’; derivation from Goth. gaqiman* st. v. 4 ‘to come
together’.
2:2 wagjan: inf. w. v. 1 ‘to shake’; OHG weggen, OS weggian, MDu. weggen; derivation from the root
in Goth. +wigan st. v. 5 ‘to move’. — ahin: dat.sg. to aha m. n-st. ‘sense, mind’; further etymology
unclear. — drobnan: inf. w. v. 4 ‘to become dismayed’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
Derivation from the root in OHG truobi, OS drōbi, Early MDu. droeve, OE drōf ‘cloudy’. — instandai:
3rdsg.pres.opt. to instandan* st. v. 6 ‘to be imminent’; compound with Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’.
2:3 ƕashun: nom.sg.m. indef.pron. ‘anyone’ (the pronoun is found in Gothic only negated in
combination with the negation Goth. ni ‘not’); compound with Goth. ƕas interrog. /indef.pron. ‘who?;
anyone’ and Goth. -hun, syllably to form certain pronouns. — usluto: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to usluton* ‘to
seduce, to lead astray’; compound with Goth. luton* w. v. 2 ‘to deceive’. — haidau: dat.sg. to haidus*
m. u-st. ‘way’; OHG heit, OS hēd ‘office, rank’, ODu. -heid(e), OE hād, hǣd m. ‘person, rank, status’,
OFris. (only as suffix) -hēd, -heid ‘-ness’, OIcl. heiðr m. ‘honor, rank, reward’. — afstass: nom.sg. f.
i-st. ‘falling away’; derivation from Goth. afstandan* st. v. 6 ‘to stand off, to fall away, to let go’;
compound with Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’. — faurþis: adv. ‘before, earlier’; compound with Goth.
faur 1. adv. ‘ahead’, 2. prep. + acc. ‘before, along(side); for; for the sake of, about, regarding’ and Goth.
þis gen.sg.n. to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’; OHG fore des ‘before that’. — andhulids: nom.sg.m. pret.part.
to andhuljan w. v. 1 ‘to reveal’ (with analogical -d- instead of -þ- [so Joh 12:38]); compound with Goth.
huljan w. v. 1 ‘to cover, to veil, to envelop’.
2:4 andstandands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to andstandan st. v. 6 ‘to oppose, to resist, to conflict’;
compound with Goth. standan st. v. 6 ‘to stand’. — ufarhafjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to ufarhafjan*
st. v. 6 ‘to exalt’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. hafjan* st. v. 6 ‘to lift’.
— blotinassu: acc.sg. to blotinassus* m. u-st. ‘reverence’; derivation from Goth. blotan st. v. 7 ‘to
revere’; OHG bluozan, OE blōtan, OIcl. blóta. — ustaiknjandan: acc.sg.m. pres.part. to ustaiknjan w.
v. 1 ‘to designate, to distinguish, to prove’; compound with Goth. taiknjan* w. v. 1 ‘to show’; (partly
different formations) OHG zeichanen, OS tēknian, ODu. tēkanen, OE tǣcnan, OFris. tēknia, OIcl.
teikna; derivation from Goth. taikns f. i-st. ‘sign, wonder’.
2:16 gaþlaiht: acc.sg. to gaþlaihts* f. i-st. ‘consolation’; derivation from Goth. gaþlaihan st. v. 1/5/7 ‘to
admonish, to comfort’. — aiweina: acc.sg.f .v aiweins* adj. ‘eternal’. — wen: acc.sg.f. to wens f. i-st.
‘hope’; OFris., OE wēn, OIcl. ván next to (different formation) OHG, OS, ODu. wān; derivation from
[76]
the root in Goth. unwunnands pres.part. ‘distressed, troubled’ (only nom.sg.m. PhilB 2:26); (different
formations) OHG wonēn, OS wonōn, ODu. wonon, OE wunian, OFris. wunia, wenia, OIcl. una ‘to stay,
to dwell, to be content’.
2:17 gatulgjai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to gatulgjan w. v. 1 ‘to fasten, to strengthen’; compound with Goth.
tulgjan w. v. 1 ‘to consolidate, to strengthen’.
3:1 gabidjaiþ: 2ndpl.pres.opt. to gabidjan* st. v. 5 ‘to pray’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
compound with Goth. bidjan st. v. 5 ‘to pray, to beg’.
3:2 uslausjaindau: 1stpl.opt.pass.pres. v. uslausjan* w. v. 1 ‘to redeem, to liberate’; compound with
Goth. lausjan w. v. 1 ‘to set loose, to rescue; to raise money, to collect money’. — gastojanaim: dat.pl.m.
to gastojans* adj. ‘condemned?, judged?’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from the
root in Goth. stojan w. v. 1 ‘to judge’.
3:3 triggws: nom.sg.m. adj. wa-st. ‘faithful’; OIcl. tryggr next to (different formation) OHG, OS triuwi,
frühmdl. trouwe, OE triewe, OFris. triūwe. — galausjai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to galausjan w. v. 1 ‘to redeem,
to liberate’; compound with Goth. lausjan w. v. 1 ‘to set loose, to rescue; to raise money, to collect
money’.
3:4 gatrauam: 1stpl.pres.ind. to gatrauan* w. v. 3 ‘to trust’; compound with Goth. trauan w. v. 3 ‘to
trust, to have confidence’; OHG trū(w)ēn, OS trūon, MDu. truwen, OE trūwian, OIcl. trúa; derivation
from the root in Goth. triggws adj. wa-st. ‘faithfull’.
3:5 garaihtjai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to garaihtjan w. v. 1 ‘to prove as just, to judge, to steer’ (the simplex is
not attested in Gothic); OHG rihten, OS rihtian, ODu. rihten, OE rihtan, OFris. riuchta, OIcl. rétta;
derivation from the root in Goth. raihts* adj. a-st. ‘right, straight, fair’. — friaþwai: dat.sg. to frijaþwa
f. ō-st. ‘love’ (in the dative singular also spellings with -ija- are attested). — usþulainai: dat.sg. to
usþulains* f. i-st. ‘patience’; derivation from Goth. usþulan w. v. 3 ‘to endure, to suffer, to accept’.
3:6 gaskaidaiþ: 2ndpl.pres.opt. to gaskaidan* st. v. 7 ‘to retract’; compound with Goth. skaidan* st. v. 7
‘to divorce, to separate’. — ƕairbandane: gen.pl.m. pres.part. to ƕairban* st. v. 3 ‘to wander’; OHG
werban, OS hwervan, Early MDu. werven, OE hweorfan, OFris. (h)werva, OIcl. hverfa. —
ungatassaba: adv. ‘messy’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba to Goth. ungatass* adj.
a-st. ‘disorderly, unbridled’; MDu. ongetes; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and
unattested Goth. *gatass adj. a-st. ‘orderly’; MDu. getes. — anafilham: dat.pl. to anafilh* n. a-st.
‘tradition, what is entrusted, recommendation’; derivation from Goth. anafilhan st. v. 4 ‘to hand over,
to deliver; to lease; to recommend’.
3:7 galeikon: inf. w. v. 2 ‘to compare, to equate, to imitate’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
(different formation) OHG gilīchen, MLG gelīken, Early MDu. gheliken, OE gelīcan, OIcl. glíkja;
derivation from the preform of Goth. galeiks adj. a-st. ‘similar’. — ungatewidai: nom.pl.m. to
ungatewiþs* (-d-) pret.part. ‘jumbled, random’ (these are the only attestations of the word); formation
with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. -gatewiþs nom.sg.m. pret.part. to gatewjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
determine by choice, to prescribe’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in
Goth. tewa* f. ō-st. ‘order’; Lgb. zāwa.
3:8 arwjo: adv. ‘for free’; (different formation) OHG ar(a)wūn, arawingon, arawingūn, OE earwunga;
derivation from the root in OS aru ‘ripe, mature’, OIcl. ǫrr ‘willingly, quickly’. — Ahlaif, Bhlaib: acc.sg.
to hlaifs (-b-) m. a-st. ‘bread’ (in B with analogical -b instead of -f). — arbaidai: dat.sg. to arbaiþs (-d-)
f. i-st. ‘work, tribulation, hindrance’; OHG ar(a)beit, OS arved, arvid, ODu. arbeit, arvith next to
(different formation) OHG ar(a)beiti, OS arvedi, arvidi, MDu. arebede, OE earfođ(e), OFris. arbeid,
arbēd, OIcl. erfiði, ærfæði.
3:9 frisahtai: dat.sg. to frisahts f. i-st. ‘(dark) picture, example, riddle’; further etymology unclear. —
gebeima: 1stpl.pret.opt. to giban st. v. 5 ‘to give’ (with incorrect -e- for -i-).
3:10 Anih: Bni (see nih, ni [or in B with loss of -h due to the weak articulation of h in [Late-]Goth.?]).
3:11 fairweitjandans: acc.pl.m. pres.part. to fairweitjan w. v. 1 ‘to gaze intently, to gape’ (the simplex
is not attested in Gothic) (see idweitjan).
[77]
3:12 Ahlaif: Bhlaib (see 2.ThessAB 3:8).

3:13 usgrudjans: nom.pl.m. to usgrudja* ‘despondent, discouraged’; further etymology uncertain.
3:14 gatarhjaiþ: 2ndpl.pres.opt. to gatarhjan w. v. 1 ‘to mark’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic);
derivation from the root in OHG zor(a)ht, OS, OE torht ‘bright, clear, shining’. — blandaiþ:
2ndpl.pres.opt. to blandan st. v. 7 ‘to mix’; OHG blantan, OS pret.part. giblandan, Early MDu. blanden,
OE blandan, OIcl. blanda. — gaskamai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to gaskaman* w. v. 3 ‘to shame’ (gaskaman*
sik ‘to be shamed’) (these are the only attestations of the word); compound with Goth. skaman* w. v. 3
‘to shame’; (partly with different formations) OHG skamēn, skamōn, MHG schemen, MLG schāmen,
ODu. skamon, OE sceamian, OIcl. skamma, skemma; (at least partly) derivation from the root in OHG,
OS skama, Early MDu. scame, OE sc(e)omu, OFris. skome, OIcl. skǫm(m) ‘shame’.
3:15 Ajan: copula ‘and’; with assimilation of -h – n- to -n – n-: Bjah: copula ‘and’. — talzjaiþ:
2ndpl.pres.opt. to talzjan* w. v. 1 ‘to teach, to draw, to school’; probably derivation from the root in
Goth. -tals* (in untals* adj. ‘unsubmissive, insubordinate, disobedient, uneducated, foolish’); OHG zal
‘quick, fast’, OS -tal (in gital ‘quick, fast’), OE -tæl (in getæl ‘quick, fast’); formation to the same root
as in OHG zala, OS tala, frühmnl. tale, OE talu, OFris. tale, tele, OIcl. tala ‘tale, narrative, speech’.
3:16 —.
3:17 bandwo: nom.sg. f. n-st. ‘sign’; Lgb. bando ‘flag’ (borrowed from Germanic as MLat. bandum n.
‘banner’, OProv. banda, OFr. bande, Span. banda ‘troop, gang’); further etymology unclear.
3:18 —.
exp: —.
3.2. The Epistle to Titus
inc: Bdu Teitau anastodeiþ.

1:1 BPawlus, skalks gudis, iþ apaustaulus Iesuis Xristaus bi galaubeinai gawalidaize gudis jah
ufkunþja sunjos sei bi gagudein ist, 1:2 Bdu wenai libainais aiweinons þoei gahaihait
unliugands guþ faur mela aiweina, 1:3 Biþ ataugida mela swesamma waurd sein in mereinai,
sei gatrauaida ist mis bi anabusnai nasjandis unsaris gudis, 1:4 BTeitau, walisin barna bi
gamainjai galaubeinai, ansts jah gawairþi fram guda attin jah Xristau Iesu nasjand
unsaramma. 1:5 Bin þizozei waihtais bilaiþ þus in Kretai, in þize ei wanata atgaraihtjais jah
gasatjais and baurgs praizbwtairein, swaswe ik þus garaidida, 1:6 Bjabai ƕas ist
ungafairinonds, ainaizos qenais aba, barna habands galaubeina, ni in usqissai usstiureins
aiþþau ungaƕairba. 1:7 Bskal-uþ þan aipiskaupus ungafairinoþs wisan, swe gudis fauragaggja,
ni hauhhairts, [ni bihaitja,] ni þwairhs, ni weinnas/weinuls, ni slahals, ni aglaitgastalds; 1:8
B
ak gastigods, bleiþs, andaþahts, garaihts, weihs, gaþaurbs,
1:9 A
… waurdis triggwis, ei mahteigs sijai jah gaþlaihan in laiseinai hailai jaþ þans
andstandandans gasakan.
B
andanemeigs bi laiseinai waurdis triggwis, ei mahteigs sijai jah gaþlaihan in laiseinai
hailai jah þans andstandandans gasakan.
1:10 Asind auk managai ungaƕairbai, lausaiwaurdai, lutondans, þishun þai us bimaita,
B
sind auk managai ungaƕairbai, lausawaurdai, lutondans, þishun …
A
1:11 þanzei skal gasakan, þaiei gardins allans uswaltjand laisjandans þatei ni skuld ist, in
faihugairneins. 1:12 Aqaþ auk sums ize, swes ize praufetus: Kretes sinteino liugnjans, ubila
unbiarja, wambos latos. 1:13 Aso ist weitwodei sunjeina. in þizozei fairinos gasak ins ƕassaba,
ei hailai sijaina in galaubeinai, 1:14 Ani atsaiƕandans judaiwiskaize spilli jah anabusne manne
[78]
afwandjandane sis sunja. 1:15 Aaþþan all hrain hrainjaim, iþ bisaulidaim jah ungalaubjandam
ni waiht hrain, ak bisaulida sind ize jah aha jah miþwissei. 1:16 Aguþ andhaitand kunnan, iþ
waurstwam inwidand, andasetjai wisandans jah ungalaubjandans, jah du allamma waurstwe
godaize uskusanai {ungakusanai}.
inc: Teitau: dat. to Teitus m. personal name ‘Titus’ (< Gr. Τίτος).
1:1 ufkunþja: dat.sg. to ufkunþi* n. ja-st. ‘understanding; derivation from unattested Goth. *ufkunþs adj.
a-st. ‘recognized’ to Goth. ufkunnan irreg. w. v. 3 ‘to recognize’. — gagudein: dat.sg. to gagudei f. n-st.
‘piety’; derivation from Goth. +gaguþs (-d-) adj. ‘decent, honorable’.
1:2 unliugands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. ‘not lying’ (this is the only attestation of the word in Gothic);
compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. liugan* st. v. 2 ‘to lie’.
1:3 mereinai: dat.sg. to mereins* f. i-st. ‘proclamation, sermon’; derivation from Goth. merjan w. v. 1
‘to announce, to make known’.
1:4 walisin: dat.sg.n. to walisa* sw. adj. ‘genuine, sincere’; (?) OHG waliro (reading uncertain);
derivation from the root in Goth. wiljan athem. V. ‘to want’. — gamainjai: dat.sg.f. to gamains adj.
‘mutual, common’; OHG gimein(i), OS, ODu. gimēni, OE gemǣne, OFris. (ge-)mēne.
1:5 Kretai: dat. to Kreta* f. country name ‘Crete’ (< Gr. Krḗtē). — wanata: acc.sg.n. to wans* adj.
‘deficient, absent’; OHG, OS, ODu. wan, OE wan, OFris. won- (e.g. in wongare ‘poor clothing’), OIcl.
vanr. — atgaraihtjais: 2ndsg.pres.opt. to atgaraihtjan* w. v. 1 ‘to put in order’ (this is the only attestation
of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); derivation from the root in Goth. raihts* adj. a-st.
‘right, straight, fair’. — praizbwtairein: acc.sg. to praizbwtairei* f. n-st. ‘college of elders’ (< Gr.
presbytérion). — garaidida: 1stsg.pret.ind. to garaidjan* w. v. 1 ‘to command, to decree, to determine’;
compound with Goth. raidjan* w. v. 1 ‘to decree, to prescribe’.
1:6 ungafairinonds: nom.sg.m. pres.part. ‘impeccable, blameless’; formation with the negation Goth.
un- ‘un-, not’ and the pres.part. to unattested Goth. *gafairinon w. v. 2 ‘to blame’; compound with Goth.
fairinon* w. v. 2 ‘to blame’; derivation from Goth. fairina* f. ō-st. ‘fault; reproach’. — galaubeina:
acc.pl.n. to galaubeins* adj. ‘believing’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from Goth.
galaubjan w. v. 1 ‘to believe’. — usqissai: dat.sg. to usqiss* f. i-st. ‘indictment, accusation’ (this is the
only attestation of the word) (with loss of the ending -s in the nominative singular after -ss); derivation
from Goth. usqiþan st. v. 5 ‘to spread a gossip’; compound with Goth. qiþan st. v. 5 ‘to say; to mean, to
designate’. — usstiureins: gen.sg. to usstiurei f. n-st. ‘license, debauchery’; derivation from an also by
Goth. usstiuriba adv. ‘rampant’ presupposed word Goth. *usstiur(ei)s adj. i/ja-st. ‘being outside of the
rudder’ = ‘being out of control’; cf. MLG unstūre ‘wildness, impetuosity’. — ungaƕairba: acc.pl.n. to
ungaƕairbs* adj. a-st. ‘unsubmissive, disobedient’; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’
and Goth. gaƕairbs* adj. ‘obedient’, itself a compound with the prefix Goth. ga- ‘together, with’ and
Goth. -ƕairbs* (only in ƕeilaƕairbs* adj. ‘lasting only for a while, transitory’); derivation from Goth.
ƕairban* st. v. 3 ‘to wander’.
1:7 skal-uþ: combination of Goth. skal 3rdsg.pres.ind. to skulan* pret.pres. ‘to be guilty, must’ and
Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle ‘and’ (with assimilation of -h – þ- to -þ – þ-). — aipiskaupus: nom.sg. m.
u-st. ‘bishop’ (< Gr. epískopos). — ungafairinoþs: nom.sg.m. pret.part. ‘impeccable, blameless’ (for the
formation see ungafairinonds). — hauhhairts: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘haughty’; OE hēahheort;
derivational compound with Goth. hauhs* adj. a-st. ‘high’ and Goth. hairto n. n-st. ‘heart’. — bihaitja:
nom.sg. m. jan-st. ‘braggard, boaster’; cf. OHG -heizo (in skuldheizo ‘sherriff’), OS -hētio (in skulthētio
‘sherriff’), OE -etta (in ōretta ‘warrior’); derivation from Goth. bihait* n. a-st. ‘slander’; derivation from
unattested Goth. *bihaitan st. v. 7 ‘to threaten’; OHG biheizan, OS bihētan, Early MDu. beheten, OE
behātan; compound with Goth. haitan st. v. 7 ‘to name, to call, (pass.) to be named’. — þwairhs:
nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘angry’; OS thwerh, OE þweorh, OIcl. þverr. — weinnas/weinuls: nom.sg.m. adj.
a-st., either (for +weinnahs) ‘having wine in abundance’ (either compound with Goth. wein n. a-st.
[79]
‘wine’ and an oterhwise unattested Goth. *nahs adj. ‘enough’ [with loss of -h- presumably because of
its weak articulation in (Late) Goth.]; OE neah- [in neahhige ‘often’]; derivation from the root in Goth.
ganohs* adj. ‘enough, much’; or suffixal derivation from Goth. wein n. a-st. ‘wine’) or (as weinnas)
‘addicted to drinking’ with the root of an otherwise unattested Goth. *nasa f. ō-st. ‘nose’ (cf. for the
relation Goth. -hairts [in hauhhairts adj. a-st. ‘haughty’] to Goth. hairto n. n-st. ‘heart’); OHG nasa, OS
nasa- (in nasadruppo ‘sniffles’), ODu. nasa, OE nasu, OFris. nose, OIcl. nǫs; derivation from Goth.
wein n. a-st. ‘wine’. — slahals: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘violent’; derivation from Goth. slahan* st. v. 6 ‘to
beat’. — aglaitgastalds: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘dirty, profit-seeking’; compound, probably with an as a
simplex unattested adjective Goth. *aglaiteis adj. ja-st. ‘dirty, shameful’ (OHG agaleizi ‘busy, eager’)
und a derivation from the root in Goth. gastaldan st. v. 7 ‘to acquire, to get’.
1:8 gastigods: nom.sg.m. (for +gastigoþs) adj. a-st. ‘hospitable’ (all three attestations [also in 1.TimA
3:2, 1.TimB 3:2] show analogical -d- instead of -þ-); compound with Goth. gasts m. ‘foreigner’ (Lat.-
Gmc. [in personal names] Gasti-, Run. [in personal names] -gastiz, OHG gast, Lat.-Lgb. [in personal
name] -gast[i]us, OS, Early MDu. gast, OE gæst, g(i)est, OFris. jest, gast, OIcl. gestr) and Goth. goþs
(-d-) adj. a-st. ‘good, capable, beautiful’. — bleiþs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘merciful, affectionate’; OHG
blīdi, OS blīthi, Early MDu. blīde, OE blīđe, OIcl. blíðr. — andaþahts: nom.sg.m. adj. ‘sober, sensible’;
derivation from the root in Goth. þagkjan w. v. 1 ‚to think, to consider‘. — gaþaurbs: nom.sg.m. adj.
a-st. ‘abstinent’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from the root in Goth. þaurban*
pret.pres. ‘to need’.
1:9 andanemeigs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘clinging’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation
from Goth. andniman st. v. 4 ‘to take up, to receive’. — laiseinai: dat.sg. to laiseins f. i-st. ‘teaching’;
derivation from Goth. laisjan w. v. 1 ‘to teach’. — mahteigs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘powerful’; derivation
from Goth. mahts f. i-st. ‘power, strength, fortune’. — gaþlaihan: inf. st. v. 1/5/7 ‘to admonish, to
comfort’ (because of the evidence the exact verbal class of the verb remains uncertain); further
etymology uncertain. — Ajaþ : Bjah: copula ‘and’; in A with assimilation of -h – þ- to -þ – -þ.
1:10 Alausaiwaurdai : Blausawaurdai: nom.pl.m. to lausawaurds* adj. a-st. ‘performing empty chatter,
talking nothing’ (in A the compositional fugue displays here, as is more often the case, the
form -ai- instead of -a-; it is uncertain whether these are purely spelling mistakes or reflexes of a more
recent usage in Gothic) (these are the only attestations of the word); compound with Goth. laus adj. a-st.
‘loose, empty’ and Goth. waurd n. a-st. ‘word’. — lutondans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to luton* w. v. 2 ‘to
deceive’ (these are the only attestations of the word); (different formation) OHG lūzēn, MLG lūten, OE
lūtian, OIcl. lúta ‘to keep hidden, to hide’; derivation from the root in Goth. liuts adj. a-st. ‘hypocritical’;
(different formation) OHG luzzi, OS lut, OE lyt ‘little’. — þishun: adv. ‘mostly, excellent’; compound
with Goth. þis gen.sg.n. to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’ and Goth. -hun, syllable used to form certain
pronouns.. — bimaita: dat.sg. to bimait n. a-st. ‘circumcision’; derivation from Goth. bimaitan st. v. 7
‘to circumsize’; compound with Goth. maitan* st. v. 7 ‘to cut, to hew’.
1:11 uswaltjand: 3rdpl.pres.ind. to uswaltjan* w. v. 1 ‘to overthrow’; compound with Goth. waltjan* w.
v. 1 ‘to roll from one side to the other’ (only 3rdpl.pret.ind. waltidedun [Mk 4:37]); OHG welzen, MDu.
welten, OE wælta, OIcl. velta; derivation from the root in aisl velta st. v. ‘to roll from one side to the
other’; formation from the same root as in Goth. wulan* st. v. 4 ‘to boil, to seethe’; (different formation)
OHG, OS wellan, OIcl. vella. — faihugairneins: gen.sg. to faihugairns* f. ‘greed’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); derivation from Goth. faihugairns* adj. a-st. ‘greedy; compound with Goth.
faihu n. u-st. ‘money’ (OHG fihu, Lgb. -fio [in faderfio ‘father’s good’, mētfio ‘bridal gift that the
bridegroom has to give at the engagement’], OS fehu, ODu. fē, OE Westsaxon feoh, fēo, northumbrian
feh, OFris. fiā, fē, OIcl. fé ‘cattle, property, money’) and Goth. -gairns adj. a-st. ‘eager, willing’ (the
simplex is not attested in Gothic) (OHG, OS gern, MDu. [adv.] gerne, OE georn, OIcl. gjarn).
1:12 Kretes: nom.pl. m. demonym ‘Cretan’ (< Gr. Krētes). — liugnjans: nom.pl. to liugnja m. jan-st.
‘liar’; derivation from Goth. liugn* n. a-st. ‘lie’; derivation from the root in Goth. liugan* st. v. 2 ‘to
lie’. — unbiarja: nom.pl. to unbiari* n. ja-st. ‘wild animal’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
[80]
further etymology uncertain. — wambos: nom.pl. to wamba f. ō-st. ‘belly, womb’; OHG, OS, ODu.
wamba, OE womb, OFris. wamme, OIcl. vǫmb. — latos: nom.pl.f. to lats* adj. a-st. ‘casual, lazy’; OHG
laz, OS, Early MDu. lat, OE læt, OFris. let, OIcl. latr; derivation from the root in Goth. letan* st. v. 7
‘to let, to permit, to allow, to leave (behind)’.
1:13 sunjeina: nom.sg.f. to sunjeins adj. a-st. ‘true, truly’; derivation from Goth. sunja f. jō-st. ‘truth’.
— ƕassaba: adv. ‘sharp, severe’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation with the adverb
forming suffix Goth. -ba from an unattested adjective Goth. *ƕass ‘sharp, severe’; OHG was, OS hwass,
OE hwæs, OIcl. hvass; derivation from the root in OHG wāzan, OS -hwātan (in farhwātan ‘to curse’),
Early MDu. -waten (in verwaten ‘to curse’), OIcl. hváta ‘to bump’. — hailai: nom.pl.m. to hails adj.
a-st. ‘healthy, whole; be greeted’ (Snaedal: dat.sg.f. [zu galaubeinei?]).
1:14 atsaiƕandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. v. atsaiƕan* st. v. 5 ‘to beware’; compound with Goth. saiƕan
st. v. 5 ‘to see’. — judaiwiskaize: gen.pl.n. to judaiwisks adj. a-st. ‘Jewish’ (loan formation after Gr.
ioudaïkós). — spilli: gen.pl. to spill* n. a-st. ‘tale, fable’ (with incorrect -i for -e); OHG, OS, ODu. spel,
OE spell, OIcl. spjall. — afwandjandane: gen.pl.m. pres.part. to afwandjan w. v. 1 ‘to turn away’;
compound with Goth. wandjan* w. v. 1 ‘to turn’.
1:15 bisaulidaim: dat.pl.m. pret.part. to bisauljan* w. v. 1 ‘to defile’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic) (see bisaulnan*). — ungalaubjandam: dat.pl.m. to ungalaubjands pres.part. ‘unbelieving,
disobedient’; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and the pres.part. to Goth. galaubjan w.
v. 1 ‘to believe’. — waiht: nom.sg. n. ‘thing, item, something’ (only with the negation Goth. ni ‘not’
meaning ‘nothing’); in unclear relation to Goth. waihts f. cons.st./i-st. ‘thing, item, something’. —
miþwissei: nom.sg. f. n-st. ‘consciousness, conscience’; ultimately derivation from Goth. miþwitan*
pres.part. ‘to be conscious’ (only 1stsg.pret.ind. miþwait [1.KorA 4:4]); compound with Goth. witan
pret.pres. ‘to know’.
1:16 andasetjai: nom.pl.m. to andasets* adj. i/ja-st. ‘despicable’; MHG antsæze, OE andsǣte;
derivation from the root in Goth. sitan st. v. 5 ‘to sit’. — uskusanai: nom.pl.m. pret.part. to uskiusan st.
v. 2 ‘to try out, to discard’; compound with Goth. kiusan* st. v. 2 ‘to check’; OHG, OS kiosan, MDu.
kiesen, OE cēosan, OFris. kiāsa, tziāsa, OIcl. kjósa. — ungakusanai: nom.pl.m. to ungakusans*
pret.part. ‘not probable, reprehensible’ (the word is a gloss that got into the text); compound with the
negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and the pret.part to Goth. gakiusan st. v. 2 ‘to try out’; compound with
Goth. kiusan* st. v. 2 ‘to check’.
4. From the Skeireins
4.1. Page 3
1 „… <ma>naga wesun jainar; þaruh qemun jah daupidai wesun. ni nauhþanuh galagiþs was
in karkarai Iohannes.“ þatuh þan qiþands, aiwaggelista ataugida, ei so garehsns bi ina neƕa
andja was þairh Herodes birunain. akei faur þata, at bajoþum daupjandam, jah
ainƕaþarammeh seina anafilhandam daupein, miþ sis misso sik andrunnun, sumai ni
kunnandans, ƕaþar skuldedi maiza. „þaþroh þan warþ sokeins 2 us siponjam Iohannes miþ
Iudaium bi swiknein“, in þizei ju jah leikis hraineino inmaidiþs was sidus, jah so bi guþ hrainei
anabudana was. ni þanaseiþs judaiwiskom ufarranneinim jah sinteinom daupeinim brukjan
usdaudjaina: ak iohanne hausjandans þamma faurrinnandin aiwaggeljon. was-uh þan jah
frauja þo ahmeinon anafilhands daupein; eiþan garaihtaba warþ bi swiknein sokeins
[81]
gawagida. unte witoþ þize unfaurweisane missadede ainazos 3 raidida: azgon kalbons
gabrannidaizos utana bibaurgeinais afar-uh þan þo in wato wairpandans hrain jah hwssopon
jah wullai raudai ufartrusnjandans, swaswe gadob þans ufar miton munandane. iþ iohannes
idreigos daupein merida jah missadede aflet þaim ainfalþaba gawandjandam gahaihait, iþ
fraujins at afleta frawaurhte jah fragift weihis ahmins; jah fragibands im þatei sunjus
þiudangardjos wairþaina. 4 swaei sijai daupeins iohannes ana midumai twaddje ligandei,
ufarþeihandei raihtis witodis hrainein, iþ minnizei filaus aiwaggeljons daupeinai. in-uh þis
bairhtaba uns laiseiþ qiþands: „aþþan ik in watin izwis daupja. iþ sa afar mis gagganda
swinþoza mis ist þizei ik ni im wairþs anahneiwands andbindau skaudaraip skohis is. sah þan
izwis daupeiþ in ahmin weihamma.“ bi garehsnai nu …
1 karkarai: dat.sg. to karkara* f. ō-st. ‘dungeon’ (< Lat. nom.pl. carcara to Lat. carcer). —
aiwaggelista: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘evangelist’ (< Gr. euangelistḗs, Lat. evangelista). — garehsns: nom.sg.
f. i-st. ‘certain time; determination, plan’; further etymology uncertain. — Herodes: gen.sg. to
Herodes, -is m. personal name ‘Herod’ (the genitive singular is also attested as Herodis [Mk 8:15]) (<
Gr. Hērṓdēs). — birunain: acc.sg. to birunains* f. i-st. ‘stalking, assault, attack’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); derivation from an unattested verb Goth. *birunan w. v. 3 ‘to conspire’;
compound with an unattested verb Goth. *runan ‘to whisper’; OHG rūnēn, MLG, Early MDu. runen,
OE rūnian, OIcl. rúna next to OHG, OS rūnōn; derivation from the root in Goth. runa f. ō-st. ‘secret,
decision, deliberation; OHG, OS rūna, MDu. rune (ruun, ruen), OE rūn, OIcl. rún. — bajoþum: dat. v.
bajoþs (-þ-) pron. ‘both’; unclear derivation from Goth. bai pron. ‘both’; OHG bei-, bē- (in beide, bēde
‘both’), OS bē- (in bēthie ‘both’), ODu. bē- (in bētho ‘both’), OE bā, OFris. bē- (in bēthe ‘both’), OIcl.
(gen.) beggja, bá- (in báðir ‘both’). — ainƕaþarammeh: dat.sg.m. to ainƕaþaruh* pron. ‘each of the
two’; compound with Goth. ains adj. a-st./num. ‘one’, Goth. ƕaþar interrog.pron. ‘who of the two’, and
Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle ‘and’. — andrunnun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to andrinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to quarrel’;
compound with Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run, to walk’.— sokeins: nom.sg. f. i-st. ‘quarrel’; derivation
from Goth. sokjan w. v. 1 ‘to search, to dispute’.
2 Iohannes: gen. to Iohannes m. personal name ‘John’ (the genitive is also attested as Iohannis). —
swiknein: acc.sg. to swikneins* f. i-st. ‘cleansing’; derivation from an unattested verb Goth. *swiknjan
w. v. 1 ‘to clean’; OE geswicnan ‘to cleanse from an indictment’; derivation from the root in Goth.
swikns* adj. a-st. ‘pure, innocent’; OIcl. sykn. — hraineino: gen.pl. to hraineins* f. i-st. ‘cleansing’;
derivation from Goth. hrainjan* w. v. 1 ‘to clean’. — inmaidiþs: nom.sg.m. pret.part. to inmaidjan w.
v. 1 ‘to transform’; compound with Goth. maidjan* w. v. 1 ‘to swap’; derivation from the root in Goth.
misso adv. ‘each other’. — sidus: nom.sg. m. u-st. ‘custom’; OHG situ, OS sidu, ODu. sido, sidu, OE
sidu, seodu, siodu, OFris. side, sid, OIcl. siðr. — hrainei: nom.sg. f. n-st. ‘purity’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); OHG reinī; derivation from the root in Goth. hrains adj. i/ja-st. ‘pure’. —
ufarranneinim: dat.pl. to ufarranneins* f. i-st. ‘sprinkle’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
derivation from an unattested verb Goth. *ufarrannjan w. v. 1 ‘to sprinkle’; compound with
Goth. -rannjan* (only in urrannjan* w. v. 1 ‘to let rise’ [only 3rdsg.pres.ind. urranneiþ (Mt 5:45)]);
OHG rennen, OS rennian, Early MDu. rennen, OE ærnan, OFris. renna, rinna, OIcl. renna (cf. also
Run. [nom.sg.] ranja m. jan-st. ‘runner’ [lance head from Dahmsdorf, 160–375/400]); derivation from
the root in Goth. rinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to run, to walk’. — brukjan: inf. anom. v. ‘to use’; OHG brūchan, OS
brūkan, Early MDu. brūken, OE brūcan, OFris. brūka. — faurrinnandin: dat.sg.m. pres.part. to
faurrinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to precede’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. rinnan*
st. v. 3 ‘to run, to walk’. — ahmeinon: acc.sg.f. sw. to ahmeins* adj. a-st. ‘spiritual’; derivation from
Goth. ahma m. n-st. ‘spirit’. — eiþan: conj. ‘therefore, so’; compound with Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’ and
Goth. þan 1. adv. ‘then, thereupon’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but, however’, 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’.
[82]
— garaihtaba: adv. ‘justly, rightly’; derivation with the adverb forming suffix Goth. -ba from Goth.
garaihts adj. a-st. ‘just’. — gawagida: nom.sg.f. pret.part. to gawagjan w. v. 1 ‘to set in motion, to
encourage, to stimulate’; compound with Goth. wagjan w. v.1 ‘to shake’. — unfaurweisane: gen.pl.m.
w. to unfaurweis* adj. a-st. ‘unintentionally, without forthought’ (this is the only attestation of the
word); compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’, the prefix Goth. faur- ‘before’, and the only as
compositional form attested Goth. -weis ‘wise’; OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. wīs, OIcl. víss; derivation
from the root in Goth. witan pret.pres. ‘to know’. — missadede: gen.pl. to +missadeþs (-d-) f. i-st.
‘misdeed’ (only nom.sg. with analogical -d- missadeds [RömA 11:12]); OHG missitāt, OS missdād,
ODu. misdāt, OE misdǣd, OFris. misdēde; compound with Goth. missa-, belonging to the root in Goth.
misso adv. ‘each other’ and Goth. -deþs (see waidedja).
3 raidida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to raidjan* w. v. 1 ‘to decree, to prescribe’; MHG reiten ‘to make, to prepare’,
MLG rēden, Early MDu. -reiden (in bereiden ‘to make, to prepare’), OE rǣdan ‘to prepare’, OFris. rēda
‘to prepare, to procure’, OIcl. -reiða (in greiða ‘to arrange, to prepare, to make, to help’); derivation
from the root in Goth. garaiþs* (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘arranged’; OHG gireiti, MLG gerēt, gerede, Early MDu.
ghereet, OE gerǣde, gerād, OFris. rēde, OIcl. greiðr ‘ready’. — azgon: acc.sg. to azgo* f. ‘ash’; next
to OHG aska, MLG asche, ODu. aska, OE æsce, asce, æxe, NWestFris. jiske, OIcl. aska. — kalbons:
gen.sg. to kalbo* f. n-st. ‘heifer’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG kalba; motion feminine
to the root in OHG kalb, OS (acc.pl.) kaluiro, ODu. calf, OE cealf, OFris. kalf, kāl ‘calf’. —
gabrannidaizos: gen.sg.f. pret.part. to gabrannjan* w. v. 1 ‘to burn’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); OHG brennen, OS brennian, Early MDu. bernen, OE bærnan, OFris. berna, barna, OIcl.
brenna; derivation from the root in Goth. brinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to burn’. — bibaurgeinais: gen.sg. to
bibaurgeins* f. i-st. ‘camp’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from an unattested verb
Goth. *bibaurgjan w. v. 1 ‘to protect’; derivation from the root in Goth. baurgs f. cons.st. ‘tower, castle,
city’. — hwssopon: dat.sg. to hwssopo* f. n-st. ‘Hyssop’ (this is the only attestation of the word) (< Gr.
hýssōpos). — wullai: dat.sg. to wulla* f. ō-st. ‘wool’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG
wolla, MLG wulle, frühmdl. wolle, OE wull, OFris. (w)ulle, ul, OIcl. ull. — raudai: dat.sg.f. to rauþs*
(-d-) adj. a-st. ‘read’ (this is the only attestation of the word); OHG rōt, OS rōd, ODu. rōt, OE rēad,
OFris. rād, OIcl. rauðr. — ufartrusnjandans: nom.pl.m. pres.part. to ufartrusnjan* w. v. 1 ‘to sprinkle’
(this is the only attestation of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); further etymology
uncertain. — gadob: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gadaban st. v. 6 ‘to occur; to fit’ (the simplex is not attested in
Gothic); cf. OE gedafen ‘suitable, fitting’. — aflet: acc.sg. to aflet* n. a-st. ‘remission, forgiveness’;
derivation from Goth. afletan st. v. 7 ‘to dismiss, to send away; to forsake, to leave behind’. —
ainfalþaba: adv. ‘simple’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation with the adverb forming
suffix Goth. -ba from Goth. ainfalþs* adj. a-st. ‘simple’ (only nom.sg.n. ainfalþ [Mt 6:22]); (with
grammatical change) OHG einfalt, OS ēnfald, MDu. eenvout, OE ānfeald, OFris. ēnfald, OIcl. einfaldr;
compound with Goth. ains adj. a-st./num. ‘one’ and Goth. -falþs, derivation from the root in Goth.
falþan* st. v. 7 ‘to fold, to roll up’ (only 3rdsg.pret. faifalþ [Lk 4:20]); OHG faldan, MLG vōlden, valden,
Early MDu. vouden, valden, OE f(e)aldan, NWestFris. fâldzje, OIcl. falda.
4 midumai: dat.sg. to miduma* f. ō-st. ‘center’; OIcl. mjǫðm ‘hip, midsection of the body’;
nominalization of the adjective present in OHG metamo ‘middle’, OE medume, medeme, meodume
‘mediocre, ordinary, small, sufficient, considerable, peculiar, suitable, complete’, OFris. (superl.)
medemesta ‘middle’; derivation from the root in Goth. midjis* adj. ja-st. ‘middle’. — ufarþeihandei:
nom.sg.f. pres.part. to ufarþeihan* st. v. 1 ‘to exceed’; compound with Goth. þeihan st. v. 1 ‘to thrive,
to make progress’; OHG dīhan, OS thīhan, thian, MDu. diën, dijen, dihen, OE þēon, þīon, OFris. thīgia.
— filaus: adv. ‘by much, much’; actually gen.sg.n. to the root in Goth. filu adv. ‘a lot of, much; very’.
4.2. Page 4
[83]
1 „so nu faheþs meina usfullnoda: jains skal wahsjan iþ ik minznan.“ eiþan nu siponjam
seinaim þaim bi swiknein du Judaium sokjandam jah qiþandam sis: „rabbei saei was miþ þus
hindar Jaurdanau, þammei þu weitwodides. sai sa daupeiþ jah allai gaggand du imma.“ nauh
unkunnandans þo bi nasjand, in-uh þis laiseiþ ins qiþands: „jains skal wahsjan iþ ik minznan.“
aþþan so bi ina garehsns du leitilamma 2 mela raihtis bruks was jah fauramanwjandei saiwalos
þize daupidane; fralailot aiwaggeljons mereinai. iþ fraujins laiseins anastodjandei af iudaia
jah und allana midjungard gaþaih and ƕarjano þeihandei und hita nu jah aukandei all manne
du gudis kunþja tiuhandei. in-uh þis jah skeirs wisandei mikilduþs. jai fraujins wulþaus kannida
qiþands: „sa iupaþro qimands ufaro allaim ist.“ ni þatei ufaro wisandan sware kannidedi, ak
jah swalauda is mikilduþais 3 maht insok jah himinakundana. jah iupaþro qumanana qiþands,
iþ sik airþakundana jah us airþai rodjandan, in þizei wistai manna was, jaþþe weihs jaþþe
praufetus wisands jag garaihtein weitwodjands. akei us airþai was jah us waurdahai wistai
rodjands. iþ sa us himina qumana, jabai in leika wisan þuhta, akei „ufaro allaim ist. jah þatei
gasaƕ jag gahausida þata weitwodeiþ jah þo weitwodida is ni ainshun nimiþ.“ jah þauhjabai
us 4 himina ana airþai in manne garehsnais qam, akei ni þe haldis airþeins was nih us airþai
rodjands, ak himinakunda anafilhands fulhsnja þoei gasaƕ jag gahausida at attin. þo nu
insakana wesun fram iohanne ni in þis þatainei ei fraujins mikilein gakannidedi, ak du
gatarhjan jah gasakan þo afgudon haifst Sabailliaus jah Markailliaus þaiei ainana
anananþidedun qiþan attan jah sunu. iþ anþar weiha …
1 wahsjan: inf. st. v. 6 ‘to (let) grow, to multiply’; perhaps with direct correspondence in OIcl. vexa w.
v., OSwed. væxa w. v. next to (with reformation to a thematic verbwithout -j-) OHG, OS wahsan, ODu.
wassan, OE weaxan, OFris. waxa, OIcl. vaxa. — minznan: inf. w. v. 4 ‘to decrease’; derivation from
Goth. mins adv. ‘less’. — Jaurdanau: dat. to Iaurdanus* m. u-st. river name ‘Jordan’ (with J-, next to
I- in the transmission; see Iaurdanau [Mk 10:1]). — nauh: adv. ‘still’; OHG, OS noh, Early MDu. noch,
OFris. noch, nach; compound with a preform of Goth. nu 1. adv. ‘well, now’, 2. conj. ‘well, therefore,
consequently’ and Goth. -(u)h enclit. particle ‚and‘. — unkunnandans: nom.pl.m. to unkunnands
pres.part. ‘not knowing, ignorant’; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not‘ and the present
participle of Goth. kunnan pret.pres. ‘to know’.
2 bruks: nom.sg.f. adj. i-st. ‘useful’; OHG brūchi, OE brȳce; derivation from the root in Goth. brukjan
anom. V. ‘to use’. — fauramanwjandei: nom.sg.f. pres.part. to fauramanwjan* w. v. 1 ‘to prepare’ (this
is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. manwjan w. v. 1 ‘to prepare, to get ready’. —
gaþaih: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to gaþeihan* st. v. 1 ‘to get ahead’; compound with Goth. þeihan st. v. 1 ‘to
thrive, to make progress’. — ƕarjano: acc.sg.m. to ƕarjizuh pron. ‘everyone’ (the final -h is not written
because of its weak pronunciation in [Late] Goth.). — aukandei: nom.sg.f. pres.part. to aukan* st. v. 7
‘to increase’; OHG -ouchan (in zuoouchan ‘to add’), OS ōkan ‘to impregnate’, Early MDu. oken ‘to
increase’, OFris. āka ‘to increase (an amount)’, OIcl. auka ‘to increase, to strengthen, to aggravate, to
surpass’. — kunþja: dat.sg. to kunþi n. ja-st. ‘tidings, knowledge’; OIcl. kynni ‘mark, generation’;
derivation from the root in Goth. kunþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‚known‘; OHG kund, OS kūth, ODu. kunt, OE
cūþ, OFris. kūth, kūd, OIcl. kunnr. — skeirs: nom.sg.f. to skeirs* i-st. ‘clear, distinct’; ? OHG skīr(i),
MHG schīr, OS skīr(i), ODu. skieri, OE scīr, OFris. skire, OIcl. skírr; derivation from the root in Goth.
skeinan st. v. 1 ‘to shine, to glow’. — mikilduþs: nom.sg. (-þ-) f. i-st. ‘size’; derivation from Goth. mikils
adj. a-st. ‘big’. — kannida: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to kannjan w. v. 1 ‘to make known’; OHG -kennen,
OS -kennian, ODu. kennen, OE cennan, OFris. kenna, kanna, OIcl. kenna; derivation from the root in
Goth. kunnan pret.pres. ‘to know’. — sware: adv. ‘without reason, in vain’ (once the word is also found
as swarei [2.KorB 6:1]); further etymology uncertain. — swalauda: nom.sg.f. to swalauþs (-d-) adj. a-st.
[84]
‘so big’; compound with Goth. swa adv. ‘so’ and Goth. -lauþs (see juggalauþs; cf. also Goth. ƕelauþs*
[-d-] adj. a-st. ‘how big’).
3 insok: 3.sg.pret.ind. to insakan* st. v. 6 ‘to introduce, to advise, to advocate, to designate’; compound
with Goth. sakan st. v. 6 ‘to quarrel; to blame, to scold’. — airþakundana: acc.sg.m. to airþakunds* adj.
a-st. ‘of earthly descent’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. airþa f. ō-st.
‘earth, land’ and Goth. *kunds adj. a-st. ‘descended’ (see himinakunds). — wistai: dat.sg. to wists* f.
i-st. ‘essence, nature’; OHG, OS, OE wist, OIcl. vist. — jaþþe: conj. ‘and if’ (jaþþe … jaþþe ‘be it that
… or that, whether … or whether, either … or’); assimilated from *jahþe, consisting of Goth. jah copula
‘and’ and Goth. þe instr.sg.n. to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’. — jag: copula ‘and’; with assimilation of -h –
g- to -g – g-. — garaihtein: acc.sg. to garaihtei f. n-st. ‘justice, commandment’; derivation from Goth.
garaihts adj. a-st. ‘just’. — waurdahai: dat.sg.f. to waurdahs* adj. a-st. ‘reasonable’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); cf. OS -wurdig (in ēnwurdig, samwurdig ‘unanimously’), OE wordig, OIcl.
orðigr, orðugr; derivation from the root in Goth. waurd n. a-st. ‘word’. — weitwodida: acc.sg. to
weitwodiþa f. ō-st. ‘(giving) testimony’ (here once with incorrect -d- instead of -þ-) — þauhjabai: conj.
‘even if’; compound with Goth. þauh 1. conj. ‘as, or’, 2. adv. ‘yes, well, about’ and Goth. jabai conj.
‘if’.
4 þe: adv. ‘all the’; originally instr.sg.n. to Goth. sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’. — haldis: adv. ‘more’ (only
in the sequence ni þe haldis ‘not so much more, by no means’); OHG halt, OS hald (only in than hald
ni ‘just as little’), OIcl. heldr. — airþeins: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘earhtly, earthen’; OHG erdīn; derivation
from the root in Goth. airþa f. ō-st. ‘earth, land’. — fulhsnja: acc.pl. to fulhsni* n. ja-st. ‘concealment’;
OIcl. fylgsni; derivation from the root in Goth. filhan st. v. 4 ‘to bury, to hide’. — þatainei: adv. ‘only’
(ni þatainei … ak ‘not only … but’); compound with Goth. þatain, itself containing the elements Goth.
þata acc.sg.n. to sa dem.pron. ‘this, the’, Goth. ain acc.sg.n. to ains adj. a-st./num. ‘one’, and Goth. ei
conj. ‘(so) that’. — mikilein: acc.sg. to mikilei* f. n-st. ‘size’; OHG michilī, OS, ODu. mikili, OE micelu;
derivation from the root in Goth. mikils adj. a-st. ‘big’. — afgudon: acc.sg.f. w. to afguþs* (-d-) adj.
a-st. ‘godless’; cf. (probably borrowed from Gothic) OHG abgot, OS afgod, ODu. afgot, OFris. afgod
‘idol’; compound with the prefix Goth. af- ‘off, away’ and Goth. guþ n. a-st. ‘god’. — haifst: acc.sg. to
haifsts* f. i-st. ‘quarrel’; OE hǣst ‘violence’, OFris. hāst ‘haste, anger; hurry’, OIcl. heifst ‘hate, dispute’
next to (different formation) OIcl. heift, heipt ‘hate, dispute’. — Sabailliaus: gen. to Sabaillius* m. u-st.
personal name ‚Sabellius‘ (the head of the Roman Monarchians; < Lat. Sabellius). — Markailliaus: gen.
to Markaillius* m. u-st. personal name ‚Marcellus‘ (Marcellus of Ankyra; < Lat. Marcellus) (this is the
only attestation of the name). — weiha: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘priest’; either derivation from unattested Goth.
*weih n. a-st. ‘temple’ (OHG, OS, OE wīh, OIcl. vé; derivation from the root in Goth. weihs adj. a-st.
‘holy’) or derivation immediately from Goth. weihs adj. a-st. ‘holy’.
5. Codex Bononiensis
5.1. Page 1
1 nasei unsis frauja guþ unsar [jah galis unsis u]s þiudom, in þaimei nu bauam … [bisun]jane
unsis, iþ ussindo unsib[jaim jah frawau]rhtaim wisandam. bisunjane uns[ibj]a[i gag]gand,
akei þu frauja bairgais unsis jah gawitais unsis faura kunja þamm[a] du aiwa; in-uh þis jah sa
audaga praufetus Daweid armaleiko bikunþjands kuni manne nu ubilaize fraujin jah skapa
[h]ropeiþ qiþanda: „nasei mik frauja unte fairl[ag] weihs aiþþau airkns.“ nasei mik frauja
unte [ni]st saei nasjai ufar þuk frauja, nih airus nih agg[i]lus nih andbahts nih ahma, ak silba
[85]
frauja qam du nasjan unsis. swa auk jah Pawlus qiþiþ: „wainahs ik manna ƕas mik lauseiþ us
þamma leika d[a]uþaus þis?“ nih witoþ nih praufeteis nih stauos nih þiudanos nih reiks. in
ƕis? in þizei witoþ trudan warþ, stauam fra[t]rudan warþ, praufetum usquman warþ, weihaim
gamaurþiþ warþ. [i]n[r]iurida aiþþau frawardida … einana … n[is]t, saei waurkjai þiuþ, nist
un[d] ainana. allai ushniwun sama[na unb]r[ukj]ai wau[r]þun. in-uh þis ik, þa(n) qaþ, in
allaim wailadede is awiliudo guda meinamma þair<h> Iesu Xristu, saei ist [n]asjands allaiz[e]
manne, þishun þize ga[l]aubjandane. sa a[u]k, þan qaþ, ganasjiþ managein 2 seina af
frawaurhtim ize. a... in tojam apaustaule sama [Lukas insok] qiþanda: nist auk, þan qaþ, [namo
anþar uf] himina atgiban mannam, in [þammei skulum] ganisan weis, alja in namin
[þein]a[mma]. þeinaizos [þ]an naseinais nist marka nih mitads. þeinaizos naseinais nist wokrs
nih fairlet. nasei mik frauja, þuei Nauel us swaleikamma midjasweipainais watin g[a]nasides,
þuei Lod us Saudaumos gawargeinai g[an]asides, þuei Israel us Faraoni jah wairam se[in]aim
ganasides, þuei jainans þrins magu[n]s Ananeian, Azareian, Mesael us þiudana ganut<an>ans
jah us agisleikamma auhna funins brinnandin ganasides, þuei Daniel us b[a]ljondane laiwane
munþam manwjane du fraslindan ganasides. þu nu, þan qaþ, frauja jah mik nasei ei ƕopau
qiþanda: „in guda [n]aseins meina jah wulþus [m]eins jah fraujins is[t] naseins jah ana
managein þeinai [þi]uþeins þeina.“ n[a]sei nu mela fraistubnjos al[l]ans þans wenjandans du
þus, þuei ja[h P]aitr[u] sugqanana standandan in marein ganasides. at Paitrau qiþandin:
„nasei unsis“, þan qa<þ>, „frauj[a] fraqistnam.“ bi þanei jah Lukas insok qiþa[n]da in tojam:
„insandei d[u] Iauppein jah athait Seimona saei ananamn[ja]da Paitrus.“
1 bauam: 1stpl.pres.ind. to bauan irreg. w. v. 3 ‘to dwell, to inhabit’; OHG bū(w)an, bū(w)en, OS būan,
ODu. būwon, OE bū(i)an, būwan, OFris. būwa, bōwa, OIcl. búa. — ussindo: adv. ‘most, especially’;
derivation from unattested Goth. *ussinþs adj. a-st. ‘being outside of the road; derivational compound
with the prefix Goth. us- ‘from’ and Goth. sinþs* / sinþ* (-þ-) m. / n. a-st. ‘times’. — frawaurhtaim:
dat.sg.m. to frawaurhts adj. a-st. ‘sinful’; derivation from the verb in Goth. frawaurkjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
commit a sin; (+ sis) to sin’ (cf. Goth. -waurhts* ‘made, wrought’ in handuwaurhts* adj. a-st. ‘made by
hand’). — bairgais: 2ndsg.pres.opt. to bairgan* st. v. 3 ‘to hide’; OHG bergan, OS -bergan (in gibergan
‘to preserve’), ODu. bergan, OE beorgan, OFris. bergia, OIcl. bjarga. — gawitais: 2ndsg.pres.opt. to
gawitan* w. v. 3 ‘to guard’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. witan w. v.
3 ‘to watch out, to guard, to herd, to keep’. — kunja: dat.sg. to kuni n. ja-st. ‘generation, tribe’;
Lat.-Germ. (in personal names) Cuni-, Run. kuni- (personal name [dat.sg.] kunimudiu [bracteate 1 from
Tjurkö, 440–560]), OHG kunni, Lgb. (in personal names) Cuni-, OS kunni, ODu. cunni, OE cynn, OIcl.
kyn. — audaga: nom.sg.m. sw. to audags adj. a-st. ‘blessed’; OHG ōtag, OS ōdag, OE ēadig, OIcl.
auðigr, auðigr ‘rich’; derivation from the root in Goth. audahafts* adj. a-st. ‘happy’. — Daweid: nom.
m. personal name ‘David’ (< Gr. Daueíd). — armaleiko: adv. ‘contrite, pitiful’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); OHG armalīcho, MLG armlike, Early MDu. armelike, OE earmlīce, OIcl.
armliga; derivation from unattested Goth. *armaleiks adj. a-st. ‘poor, miserable’; OHG armalīh, OS
armlīk, MDu. armelijc, OE earmlīc, OIcl. armlígr; derivation from the root in Goth. leik n. a-st. ‘body,
womb; corpse; flesh’ to Goth. arms* adj. a-st. ‘deplorable, poor’; OHG, OS, ODu. arm, OE earm, OFris.
erm, arm, OIcl. armr. — bikunþjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to bikunþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to announce, to show’
(this is the only attestation of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG kunden, OS kūthian,
ODu. kunden, OE cȳþan, OFris. kētha, kēda, OIcl. kynna; derivation from the root in Goth. kunþs (-þ-)
adj. a-st. ‘known’. — skapa: dat.sg. to skap* m. a-st. ‘creator’; derivation from the root in Goth.
gaskapjan* st. v. 6 ‘to create’; next to OHG skaf, OS skap, OE -sceap, OIcl. skap ‘creation’. — qiþanda:
nom.sg.m. w. to qiþan st. v. 5 ‘to say; to mean, to designate’ (syntactically qiþands is to be expected).
[86]
— fairlag: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to fairligan* st. v. 5 ‘to forsake, to lie far away’ (this is the only attestation of
the word); compound with Goth. ligan* st. v. 5 ‘to lie’. — airkns: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘holy’ (this is the
only attestation of the word); OHG erkan ‘outstanding, venerable, solid, determined, really’, OS (in
personal names) Ercan-, OE (in personal names) E(o)rcon-. — airus: nom.sg. m. u-st. m. ‘messenger,
legation’; OS ēr, OE ār, OIcl. árr. — wainahs: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘miserable’; OHG wēnag, MLG
wēnich, weinich, ODu. wēnig; derivation from Goth. wai interj. ‘woe!’. — stauos: nom.pl. to staua f.
ō-st. ‘court, verdict, dispute’ (since a word meaning ‘judge’ is to be expected here, it can perhaps be
assumed that here actually stauans [form not yet documented], nom.pl. to Goth. staua m. n-st. ‘judge’
is meant; cf. Ver 19:30 acc.pl. horos and motarjos, which stand for horans [form otherwise not attested],
acc.pl. to hors m.a st. ‘fornicators, adulterer’ and motarjans [form otherwise not documented], acc.pl.
to motareis m. ja-st. ‘customs officer’; but these instances are only case mistakes, not gender mistakes;
perhaps there is a stauos as a nom.pl. for an unattested word Goth. *staus m. a-st. ‘judge’ standing next
to staua m. n-st. ‘judge’). — reiks: nom.pl. to reiks m. cons.st. ‘ruler’ (loandword from Celtic; cf. Gaul.
in personal names -rīx, OIr. rí ‘king’). — trudan: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to trudan st. v. 4 ‘to kick’; OIcl.
troða next to (different formation) OHG tretan, MLG trēden, ODu., OE tredan, OFris. treda. — stauam:
dat.pl. to staua m. n-st. ‘judge’ (or to *staus m. a-st. ‘judge’ [see above]?); derivation from the same
root as in Goth. staua f. ō-st. ‘court, verdict, dispute’. — fratrudan: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to fratrudan*
st. v. 4 ‘to tread, to replace’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. trudan st. v.
4 ‘to kick’. — gamaurþiþ: nom.sg.n. pret.part. to gamaurþjan* w. v. 1 ‘to kill’ (this is the only attestation
of the word) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG murden, morden, MLG mōrden, Early MDu.
morden, OIcl. myrða; derivation from the root in Goth. maurþr* n. a-st. ‘murder’. — inriurida: either
3rdsg.pret.ind. or nom.sg.m. w. pret.part. or nom./acc.pl.n. pret.part. to inriurjan* w. v. 1 ‘to spoil’ (the
exact interpretation remains unclear due to the text gap) (this is the only attestation of the word);
compound with Goth. riurjan* w. v. 1 ‘to perish’ (only 3rdpl.pres.ind. riurjand [1.KorA 15:33]); OIcl.
rýra ‘do decrease’; derivation from the root in Goth. riurs* adj. i-st. ‘perishable, mortal’; OFris. rī, OIcl.
rýrr ‘minor, insignificant’. — frawardida: either 3rdsg.pret.ind. or nom.sg.m. w. pret.part. or
nom./acc.pl.n. pret.part. to frawardjan* w. v. 1 ‘to spoil’ (the exact interpretation remains unclear due
to the text gap) (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG werten, OS -werdian (in āwerdian ‘to
spoil’), OE wyrdan; derivation from the root in Goth. wairþan st. v. 3 ‘to become’. — …einana: not
interpretable (the exact interpretation of the complete passage remains unclear due to the text gap). —
þiuþ: acc.sg. to þiuþ (-þ-) n. a-st. ‘the good (thing)’; nominalization of an unattested adjective Goth.
*þiuþ a-st. ‘good’; cf. OIcl. þýðr ‘friendly, mild, kind’. — ushniwun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to ushneiwan* st. v.
1 ‘to incline’; compound with Goth. hneiwan st. v. 1 ‘’to incline’. — samana: adv. ‘together, at the same
time’; OHG, OS saman, OFris. samane, OIcl. saman next to OHG samin, OE samen, OFris. samin,
semin; derivation from the root in Goth. sama pron. ‘the same’. — unbrukjai: nom.pl.m. to unbruks*
adj. i/ja-st. ‘unusable’; compound with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. bruks adj. i/ja-st.
‘usable’. — wailadede: gen.pl. to wailadeþs* (-d-) f. i-st. ‘benevolence’; formation with Goth. waila
adv. ‘well, good’ and Goth. -deþs f. i-st. ‘deed’ (see waidedja). — þair<h>: prep. + acc. ‘through’ (<h>
instead of the expected -hh- has its origin in the weak pronunciation of h in [Late] Goth.).
2 a...: not interpretable. — Lukas: nom. m. personal name ‘Luke’ (< Gr. Loukãs). — qiþanda:
syntactically qiþands is expected (see above). — uf: prep. + dat./acc. ‘under’; OHG oba ‘above’, OE
intensive prefix of- (in ofhyngrod ‘very hungry’) next to ufe- (in ufeweard ‘upper’), OIcl. of ‘on, over’.
— naseinais: gen.sg. to naseins f. i-st. ‘salvation’; derivation from Goth. nasjan w. v. 1 ‘to save’. —
mitads: nom.sg. (für +mitaþs) f. cons.st. ‘measure’ (with analogical -d- instead of -þ-); derivation from
the root in Goth. mitan* st. v. 5 ‘to measure’. — wokrs: nom.sg. m. a-st. ‘interest’; OHG wuochar, MLG
wōker, wūker, ODu. wuoker, OE wōcor, OFris. wōker, OIcl. ókr; derivation from the root in Goth.
wahsjan st. v. 6 ‘to (let) grow, to multiply’. — fairlet: nom.sg. n. a-st. ‘leave’; derivation from an
unattested verb Goth. *fairleten st. v. 7 ‘to leave (behind’; compound with Goth. letan* st. v. 7 ‘to let,
to permit, to allow, to leave (behind)’. — þuei: nom.sg. rel.pron. ‘who you’; compound with Goth. þu
[87]
pers.pron. ‘you’ and Goth. ei conj. ‘(so) that’. — Nauel: acc. v. Nauel m. a-st. personal name ‘Noah’
(reformed < Gr. Nōé). — midjasweipainais: gen.sg. to midjaweipains f. i-st. ‘deluge, the Flood’;
compound with Goth. midja-, derivation from the root in Goth. midjis* adj. ja-st. ‘middle’ and as
simplex unattested Goth. -sweipains f. i-st. ‘sweeping, rinsing’; cf. OE swēpen, OFris. swēpene
‘sweeping’; derivation from an unattested verb Goth. *sweipan w. v. 3 ‘to sweep, to rinse’; cf. (different
formation) OHG sweifan ‘to fight’, OS -swēpan (in farswēpan ‘to expel’), OE swāpan ‘to sweep, to
move swinging’, OIcl. sveipa ‘to throw, to envelop’. — Lod: acc. to Loþ* m. personal name ‘Lot’ (with
analogical -d instead of *-þ) (< Lat. Loth). — Saudaumos: gen. to Saudauma(*) f. ō-st. place name
‘Sodom’ (the classification of nom. Saudauma [RömA 9:29] remains open; next to it there is a genitive
plural Saudaumje [Mt 11:24] to a nominative plural Saudaumeis*) (< Gr. Sódoma). — gawargeinai:
dat.sg. to gawargeins* f. i-st. ‘condemnation’; derivation from Goth. gawargjan* w. v. 1 ‘to condemn
to’. — Faraoni: dat.sg. to Farao m. ‘Pharao’ (< Gr. Pharaṓ). — maguns: acc.pl. to magus m. u-st.
‘boy’; OHG maga-, OS magu, ODu. maga-, OE mago, OFris. mage, OIcl. mǫgr. — Ananeian: acc. v.
Ananias* m. personal name ‘Hananiah’ (< Gr. Ananías). — Azareian: acc. v. Azarias* m. personal name
‚Azariah’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (< Gr. Azarías). — Mesael: acc. v. Mesael* m.
personal name ‘Mishael’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (< Gr. Misaḗl). — ganut<an>ans:
acc.pl.m. pret.part. to ganiutan* st. v. 2 ‘to seize, to catch’ (transmitted ganutans [nom.sg.m. pret.part.]
probably cannot be connected syntactically); compound with Goth. niutan* st. v. 2 ‘to reach, to be glad’.
— agisleikamma: dat.sg.m. to agisleiks* adj. a-st. ‘terrible, awful, terrifying’; OHG egislīh, OS egislīh,
ODu. egislīk, OE egeslīc; compound with Goth. agis n. a-st. ‘fear’ and Goth. -leiks (see leik). — auhna:
dat.sg. to auhns* m. a-st. ‘oven’; (?) NIcl. ónn m. next to OHG ofan, OS ovan, Early MDu. (as a name)
oven, OE of(e)n, OFris. owen, oun, OIcl. ofn, omn next to OIcl. ogn. — brinnandin: dat.sg.m. pres.part.
v. brinnan* st. v. 3 ‘to burn’; OHG, OS, ODu. brinnan, OE beornan, birnan, OFris. burna, OIcl. brinna,
brenne. — Daniel: acc. v. Daniel* personal name m. ‘Daniel’ (< Gr. Daniḗl). — baljondane:
gen.pl.m./n. pres.part. to baljon* w. v. 2 ‘to roar, to scream’ (this is the only attestation of the word);
OHG bellōn; derivation from the root in OHG bellan, MLG, MDu. bellen, OE bellan next to (different
formation) OIcl. belja ‘to roar, to scream’. — laiwane: gen.pl. to laiwa* / laiwo* m. / n. n-st. ‘lion’
(because of the borrowing OCS lьvъ there must also have been a form Goth. *liwa) (< Lat. leō; OHG
le(w)o, MLG löuwe, lowe, lou, lewe, lauwe, ODu. lewo, OE lēo, OFris. lawa, OIcl. leó, león, ljón). —
munþam: dat.pl. to munþs (-þ-) m. a-st. ‘mouth’; OHG mund, OS mūth, ODu. munt, OE mūþ, OFris.
mūth, OIcl. munnr, muðr. — manwjane: gen.pl.m./n. w. v. manwus adj. u-st. ‘ready’; in the end
derivation from the root in Goth. munan* pret.pres. ‘to mean, to believe’ (semantic development of the
adjective via ‘having in mind’, ‘willing’). — fraslindan: inf. st. v. 3 ‘to devour, to swallow’ (the simplex
is not attested in Gothic); OHG slintan, OS -slindan (in farslindan ‘to devour’), Early MDu. slinden. —
qiþanda: syntactically qiþands is to be expected (see above). — wenjandans: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to
wenjan* w. v. 1 ‘to wait, to hope for’; OHG wānen, OS wānian, ODu. wānen, OE wēnan, OFris. wēna,
OIcl. vǽna ‘to mean, to think’; derivation from the root in Goth. wens f. i-st. ‘hope’. — sugqanana:
acc.sg.m. pret.part. to sigqan* st. v. 3 ‘to sink, to perish’; OHG, OS sinkan, Early MDu. sinken, OE
sincan, OFris. -sinka (in bisinka ‘to sink down’), OIcl. søkkva, sǫkkva. — qiþanda: syntactically qiþands
is to be expected (see above). — Iauppein: dat. v. Iauppei* place name ‘Joppa’ (this is the only
attestation of the name) (< Gr. Ióppē). — ananamnjada: 3.sg.ind.pass.pres. to ananamnjan* w. v. 1 ‘to
name (oneself)’; compound with Goth. namnjan* w. v. 1 ‘to name’.
5.2. Page 2
1 [hi]minis jah wairþa galeiks þamma hauhistin. akei jainþro dalaþ atdraga þuk, þan qaþ,
imma frauja allwaldands. unte guþ hauhairtaim andstandiþ, iþ haunidaim gibiþ anst. bi þanei
[88]
gameliþ ist, ƕaiwa usdraus us himina auzandil<s>, sa in maurgin urrinnanda, bi þanei frauja
qaþ: „gasaƕ Satanan swe lauhmunja dri[u]sandan us himina.“ in ƕis? in hauh<h>airteins
sein[a]izos. in-uh þis qiþiþ praufetus bi ina: „ni gabauiþ in midjamma garda meinamma
taujands hauh<h>airtein“; þannu in þamma faurasuggwanin liuþa. þan qaþ þatei ni sijai guþ
swe allai hausideduþ praufetu insakan jah qiþan: qaþ unfroþs in hairtin seinamma: nist guþ.
sa sama ist jah unsibjis bi þamma qiþanin. qaþ unsibjis ei frawaur<k>jai in sis silbin. sa sama
ist jah fijands bi þamma gamelidin. fijands manna þata gatawida þin[s]an du diabaulu. jabai
nist guþ, ƕas gataih þus þata namo, ƕas gakannida þus? akei in þammei afaikiþ in þamma sik
afdomeiþ jah gawargeiþ. jabai nist guþ, bi ƕana [q]aþ airus: „jah gatawida guþ þana mannan
…“ 2 … da anþar du imma: jabai nist guþ bi ƕana qaþ Esaeias: „sai magaþs in kilþein
ganimiþ jah gabairiþ sunu jah haitan<d> namo is Inmanuel“, þatei ist gaskeiriþ miþ unsis
guþ. jabai nist guþ bi ƕana qaþ praufetus: „guþ meins ni fairjais þuk af mis“ jah anþara
managa; akei ni wilda galaubjan skap[a] jah dagand allaizo wiste, saei daig ainƕarj[a]mmeh
hairtona ize, saei fraþjiþ in alla waurstwa ize. swa wesun sumai, þaiei habaidedun hiwi
gagudeins, iþ maht izos inwidandans, þaiei iddjedun in wastjom lambe, iþ innaþro þan snd
wulfos wilwandans. swaleiks was sa unselja Kaein, saei usqam swesamma broþr. galeiks was
diabulau sa afguda Farao, saei qaþ ni kann þana fraujan jah Israel ni fraleta; in-uh þis jah in
marein ufsagqids warþ. swaleiks was jah sa unselja Nabukaudaunausaur, saei qaþ du jainaim
þrim magum: iþ ƕas ist guþ, saei usþinsai izwis us handum meinaim? [i]nuh þis jah inmaidiþs
warþ du jiuhta jah matida hawi swe [a]uhsa jah
1 galeiks: nom.sg.m. adj. a-st. ‘similar’; OHG gilīh, OS gilīk, ODu. gelīk, OE gelīc, NWestFris. gelyk,
OIcl. glíkr; compound with the prefix Goth. ga- ‘together, with’ and the in the Germanic languages not
directly attested adjective, whose nominalization is attested in the word group of Goth. leik n. a-st.
‘body, womb; corpse, flesh’. — atdraga: 1stsg.pres.ind. to atdragan* st. v. 6. ‘to carry’ (this is the only
attestation of the word); compound with Goth. dragan* st. v. 6 ‘to carry, to load’ (only 3rdpl.pres.ind.
dragand [2.TimB 4:3]); OHG tragan, OS, ODu., OE dragan, OFris. drega, draga, dreiga, OIcl. draga.
— allwaldands: nom.sg. m. nd-st. ‘Almighty’; OHG al(a)waltanti, OS alowaldand, OE eallwealdende,
OIcl. allsvaldandi; compound with Goth. alls adj. a-st. ‘all, everyone, whole’ and the not as a simplex
attested word Goth. -waldands m. nd-st. ‘ruler’ (also in Goth. gardawaldands m. nd-st. ‘landlord’; cf.
OHG personal name Waltant), a derivation from the root in Goth. waldan st. v. 7 ‘to rule’. —
hauhairtaim: dat.pl.m. to hauhhairts adj. a-st. ‘haughty‘ (<h> instead of the expected -hh- has its origin
in the weak pronunciation of h in [Late] Goth.). — haunidaim: dat.pl.m. pret.part. to haunjan w. v. 1 ‘to
make low’; OHG honēn, MLG hȫnen, ODu. hōnen, OE hȳnan, hēnan, OFris. hēna; derivation from the
root in Goth. hauns adj. a-st. ‘low, humble’; OE hēan next to (different formation) OHG hōni
‘disgraceful, despicable’. — usdraus: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to usdriusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall out’; compound with
Goth. driusan* st. v. 2 ‘to fall’. — auzandil<s>: nom.sg. m. a-st. ‘Lucifer‘ (with s omitted because of
the s in the following word sa); the usual, semantically convincing, immediate connection with OHG
personal name Aurendil, Ōrentil, Lgb. personal name Auriwandalo, OE ēarendel ‘morning star’, OIcl.
personal name Aurvandill remains difficult for phonetic reasons. — hauhairteins: gen.sg. to hauhhairtei
f. ‘haughtyiness’ (<h> instead of the expected -hh- has its origin in the weak pronunciation of h in [Late]
Goth.); derivation from Goth. hauhhairts adj. a-st. ‘haughty’. — gabauiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind. to gabauan
irreg. w. v. 3 ‘to set up a dwelling’; compound with Goth. bauan irreg. w. v. 3 ‘to dwell, to inhabit’. —
hauhairtein: acc.sg. to hauhhairtei f. ‘haughtiness’ (<h> instead of the expected -hh- has its origin in
the weak pronunciation of h in [Late] Goth.). — þannu: adv. ‘yes, well, that's why’; compound with
Goth. þan 1. adv. ‘then’, 2. adversative conj. ‘but’, 3. conj. ‘when, as long as; as’ and Goth. nu 1. adv.
[89]
‘well, now’, 2. conj. ‘well, accordingly, consequently, thus’. — faurasuggwanin: dat.sg.n. pret.part. to
faurasiggwan* st. v. 3 ‘to sing’ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. siggwan
st. v. 3 ‘to sing, to read, to recite’ (Crimean Goth. singhen); OHG, OS, ODu., OE singan, OFris. siunga,
sionga, OIcl. syngja, syngva. — liuþa: dat.sg. to liuþ* (-þ-) n. a-st. ‘song’ (this is the only attestation of
the word); OHG liod, OS -lioth (in winilioth ‘folk song, worldly song’), Early MDu. liet, NWestFris.
liet, OE lēoþ, OIcl. ljóð. — unfroþs: nom.sg.m. (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘ignorant‘; compound with negation Goth.
un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. froþs (-d-) adj. a-st. ‘wise, clever’; OHG fruot, OS frōd, Early MDu. vroet, OE,
OFris. frōd, OIcl. fróðr; derivation from the root in Goth. fraþjan st. v. 6 ‘to think, to recognize, to
understand’. — fijands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to fijan w. v. 3 ‘to hate’ / nom.sg. m. nd-st. ‘enemy’. —
þinsan: inf. st. v. 3 ‘to pull’; OHG dinsan ‘to drag, to pull’, OS -thinsan (in farthinsan ‘to withdraw’),
ODu. thinsan ‘to drag, to pull’. — diabaulu: dat.sg. to diabulus m. u-st. ‘devil’ (the dative singular also
occurs as diabulau and diabaulau vor; spelling error for diabulau [see below]?). — gawargeiþ:
3rdsg.pres.ind. to gawargjan* w. v. 1 ‘to condemn’ (the simplex is not attested in Gothic); OHG -wergen
(in furwergen ‘to curse’), OS -wargian (in giwargian ‘to torment’), OE wiergan ‘to curse’, OFris. wergia
‘to kill’; derivation from the root in Goth. -wargs (in launawargs* adj. a-st. ‚ungrateful‘); OHG, OS,
ODu. warg, OE wearg, OIcl. vargr ‚wolf, outlaw‘.
2 da: not interpretable. — Esaeias: nom. m. personal name ‘Isaiah’ (next to Esaias). — Inmanuel: acc.
to Inmanuel* m. personal name ‘Immanuel’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (< Gr. Emmanouḗl);
the Gothic transliteration is noticeable. — fairjais: 2ndsg.pres.opt. to fairjan* w. v. 1 ‘to withdraw, to go
away’; OHG firren, OS firrian, ODu. firron, OE firran, OIcl. firra; derivation from the root in Goth.
fairra adv. ‘remote; far from, away from’. — managa: nom./acc.pl.n. to manags* adj. a-st. ‘some,
much‘; the syntax here is uncertain; either sind ‘there are’ or qaþ ‘he spoke’ must be added. — dagand:
dat.sg. to dagands* m. nd-st. ‘light bringer’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from an
unattested verb Goth. *dagan w. v. 3 ‘to dawn, to become day/light’; OHG tagēn, MLG, MDu. dagen,
OIcl. daga next to (different formation) OE dagian; derivation from the root in Goth. dags m. a-st. ‘day’
(perhaps the Gothic word is a loan translation of Lat. illuminator ‘illuminator’). — daig: 3rdsg.pret.ind.
to digan* (or deigan* with for <ei>?) st. v. 1 ‘knead, form from clay’; cf. OI (konjunk.) pári …
déhat ‚will put on‘, Arm. dizanem ‚pile up‘, Lat. fingere ‚to form, to shape‘, Lith. žiẽsti ‘to form (from
clay)’, OCS zьdati ‘to build, to create’, toch. B (verbal adj.) tsikale ‚shaping‘. — fraþjiþ: 3rdsg.pres.ind.
to fraþjan st. v. 6 ‘to think, to recognize, to understand’; cf. Lith. pràsti ‘to understand, to comprehend’.
— hiwi: acc.sg. to hiwi* n. ja-st. ‘shape, appearance‘; OE hīew, hī(o)w, ? OIcl. hý ‚down, complection‘.
— innaþro: adv. ‘from within’; derivation with adverb forming suffix Goth. -þro from the root in Goth.
in prep. + dat./acc. (to designate place/direction) ‘in, on, at, towards, during, after’, + gen. ‘because of,
for the sake of, for, through’. — wulfos: nom.pl. to wulfs (-f-) m. a-st. ‘wolf’; OHG wolf, OS, ODu., OE
wulf, OFris. wolf, OIcl. ulfr. — unselja: nom.sg.m. w. to unsels* adj. i-st. ‚evil, bad‘; unsǣle; compound
with the negation Goth. un- ‘un-, not’ and Goth. sels* adj. i-st. ‘good, kind’; OIcl. sǽll. — Kaein: nom.
m. personal name ‘Cain’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (< Gr. Káïn). — diabulau: dat.sg. to
diabulus m. u-st. ‘devil’ (the dative singular is also attested as diabaulu [see above]). — ufsagqids:
nom.sg.m. pret.part. to ufsagqjan* w. v. 1 ‘to sink’ (with analogical -d- instead of -þ-); compound with
Goth. sagqjan* w. v. 1 ‘to lower’; OHG senken, OS senkian, MDu. senken, OE sencan, OFris. senza,
santza, OIcl. søkkva, søkkja; derivation from the root in Goth. sigqan* st. v. 3 ‘to sink, to perish’. —
Nabukaudaunausaur: nom. m. personal name ‘Nabucodonosor’ (this is the only attestation of the name)
(< Gr. Nabouchodonósor). — usþinsai: 3rdsg.pres.opt. to usþinsan* st. v. 3 ‘to pull away, to pull out’
(this is the only attestation of the word); compound with Goth. þinsan st. v. 3 ‘to attract, to pull’. —
jiuhta: dat.sg. to jiuhts* m. a-st. ‘draf animal’ (this is the only attestation of the word); derivation from
the root in Goth. juk* n. a-st. ‘team’; OHG joh, OS, ODu. juk, OE geoc, geoht, ioc, NWestFris. jok, jūk,
OIcl. ok ‘yoke, team’. — auhsa: nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘ox’; OHG ohso, OS ohsin- (in ohsineri, ohsinhirdi
‘oxheard’), ODu. osso*, OE oxa, OFris. oxa, ōxa, OIcl. oxi, uxi.
[90]
6. From the Mangup Gothic Inscriptions
6.1. Fragment 1.1
ƕas guþ mikils swe guþ unsar? þu is guþ waurkjands sildaleika ainn[s] usstoþ und aiwins us
dauþaim jah in midj[ungard(a)] …
sildaleika: acc.pl.n. to sildaleiks* adj. ‘amazing, wonderful’ (here probably nominalized adjective). —
ainn[s]: nom.sg.m. (for ains) adj./num. ‘one’ (the word form is written with incorrect -nn; or does <nn>
stand for +ns?). — dauþaim: dat.pl.m. to dauþs (-þ-) adj. a-st. ‘dead’ (here nominalized adjective).
6.2. Fragment 1.2
frauja hilp skal[ki]s þe[ini]s þis wi…
hilp: 2ndsg.pres.imp. to hilpan st. v. 3 ‘to help’; OHG helfan, OS, ODu., OE helpan, OFris. helpa, hilpa,
holpa, OIcl. hjalpa. — wi…: unclear (several additions are conceivable).
6.3. Fragment 1.4
frauja hilp skalkis þei[nis] Damja[na]us us winag… jah frawaurtis
Damja[na]us: gen. to Damjanus* m. u-st. personal name ‘Damian’ (this is the only attestation of the
name) (< Gr. Damianós). — winag…: unclear; perhaps a place name. — frawaurtis: gen.sg.m. to
frawaurhts adj. a-st. ‘sinfull’ (with loss of h because of ist weak articulation in [Late] Gothic) (perhaps
nominalized adjective).
7. Deeds of Sale
7.1. Deed of Sale from Naples
1 Ik Ufitahari, papa, ufmelida handau meinai, jah andnemum skilliggans .j., jah faurþis þairh
kawtsjon miþ diakuna alamoda unsaramma jah miþ gahlaibaim unsaraim andnemum
skilliggans .rk. wairþ þize saiwe.
2 Ik Sunjaifriþas, diakon, handau meinai ufmelida, jah andnemum skilliggans .j., jah faurþis
þairh kawtsjon miþ diakona alamoda unsaramma jah miþ gahlaibaim unsaraim andnemum
skilliggans .rk. wairþ þize saiwe.
[91]
3 Ik Merila, bokareis, handau meinai ufmelida, jah andnemum skilliggans .j., jah faurþis þairh
kawtsjon miþ diakuna alamoda unsaramma jah miþ gahlaibim unsaraim andnemum skilliggans
.r.k. wairþ þize saiwe.
4 Ik Wiljariþ, bokareis, handau meinai ufmelida, jah andnemum skilliggans .j., jah faurþis þairh
kawtsjon miþ diakuna alamoda unsaramma jah miþ gahlaibaim unsaraim andnemum
skilliggans .r.k. wairþ þize saiwe.
1 Ufitahari: nom. m. personal name ‘Ufitahari’ (this is the only attestation of the name). — papa:
nom.sg. m. n-st. ‘Presbyter, clergyman’ (< Gr. pápas). — ufmelida: 1stsg.pret.ind. to ufmeljan* w. v. 1
‘to sign’; compound with Goth. meljan w. v. 1 ‘to write’. — skilliggans: acc.pl. to skilliggs* m. a-st.
‘gold coin’; OHG, OS skilling, Early MDu. schellinc, OE scilling, OFris. skilling, OIcl. skillingr. — .j.:
num. ‘sixty’. — kawtsjon: acc.sg. to kawtsjo* f. ō-st. ‘guarantee’ (< Lat. cautiō). — diakuna: dat.sg. to
diakon m. ‘deacon’ (the dative singular is also attested as diakona) (< Lat. diaconus). — alamoda:
dat.sg. to alamoþs* (-d-) m. a-st. ‘representative?’ (the word is here most likely not a personal name and
therefore not to be equated with Alamoda in the deed of sale from Arezzo [7.2.]); compound with Goth.
ala-, the compositional form of Goth. alls adj. a-st. ‘all, everyone, whole’ and Goth. moþs* (-d-) m. a-st.
‘wrath’ (however, for the semantics of Goth. alamoþs* the older meaning [for Goth.] ‘mind, soul’ lies
at hand); Lat.-Germ. in personal names Mod-, -mod, OHG muot, OS mōd, ODu. muot, OE, OFris. mōd,
OIcl. móðr ‘mind, soul, anger, wrath’. — gahlaibaim: dat.pl. to gahlaiba* m. n-st. ‘comrade’ (with
adjustment of the ending to the following word unsaraim?; next to dat.pl. gahlaibam [Joh 11:16] and
gahlaibim [Urk 1:3]). — .rk.: num. ‘one hundred and twenty’. — wairþ: acc.sg. to wairþ* n. a-st. ‘price’;
OHG werd, OS werth, OE weorþ, OFris. werth, OIcl. verð; substantivation of Goth. wairþs (-þ-) adj.
a-st. ‘worth, worthy, fit’. — saiwe: gen.pl. to saiws* m. i-st. ‘sea, marshland’; OHG sēo, OS sē(o), ODu.
sēo, sēu, OE sǣ, OFris. sē, OIcl. sær, sjór, sjár.
2 Sunjaifriþas: nom. m. personal name ‘Sunjafrid’ (this is the only attestation of the name) (the
compositional vowel <ai> instead of the expected -a- is striking; cf. on this lausaiwaurdai [TitA 1:10
next to lausawaurdai (TitB 1:10)], seinaigairnai [2 TimA 3:2]; possibly a later language form). —
diakona: dat.sg. to diakon m. ‘deacon’ (also dative singular diakuna [Urk 1:1] occurs).
3 Merila: nom. m. n-st. personal name ‘Merila’ (this is the only attestation of the name). — gahlaibim:
dat.pl. to gahlaiba* m. n-st. ‘comrade’ (probably spelling mistake for gahlaibaim [Urk 1:1.2.4]; next to
dat.pl. gahlaibam).
4 Wiljariþ: nom. m. personal name ‘Wiljariþ’ (this is the only attestation of the name).
7.2. Deed of Sale from Arezzo
1 Ik Gudilub, diakon, þo frabauhtaboka fram mis gawaurhta þus diakon Alamoda fidwor
unkjane husis Kaballarja …, jah skilliggans .rlg. andnam, jah ufmelida.
1 Gudilub: nom. m. personal name ‚Gudilub‘ (this is the only attestation of the name). — frabauhtaboka:
acc.sg. to frabauhtaboka* f. ō-st. ‚Verkaufsurkunde‘ (this is the only attestation of the word); compound
with unattested Goth. *frabauhts f. i-st. ‘sale’, derivation from Goth. frabugjan w. v. 1 ‘to sell’
(compound with Goth. bugjan* w. v. 1 ‘to buy’) and Goth. boka f. ō-st. ‚letter of the alphabet; (pl.)
writing, letter, book, document’. — diakon: nom. (probably in the sense of a vocative) instead of the
expected dative form. — Alamoda: voc. to Alamoda* m. n-st. personal name ‘Alamod’ (this is the only
attestation of the name). — unkjane: gen.pl. to unkja* m. n-st. ‘Ounze (land measure)’ (this is the only
attestation of the word) (< MLat. uncia). — husis: gen.sg. to hus* n. a-st. ‘house’ (this is the only
[92]
attestation of the word) (the transmitted form <hugsis> is not connectable to other word material)
(Crimean Goth. hus); OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. hūs, OIcl. hús. — Kaballarja: nom. f. estate name
‘Caballaria’ (< Lat. Caballaria). — .rlg.: num. ‘one hundred and thirty-three’.
8. Translations of the texts not (directly) derived from the Bible
8.1. 4.1. Skeireins, page 3
1 “…many (waters) were there; there they came and were baptized. For John was not yet put in
prison.” And saying the same thing, the evangelist showed that the destiny concerning him was
near the end by the snaring of Herod. But before that, when both baptized and each commended
his baptism, some quarreled with one another, not knowing which of the two should (be)
greater. “And therefore, there was a dispute 2 between John’s disciples and the Jews concerning
the cleansing”, because the custom of cleansing the body had already been changed and
cleanliness was commanded before God. No further did they zealously use the Jewish
sprinklings and daily ablutions, but listening to John, the forerunner of the gospel. And the Lord
was there also, recommending spiritual baptism; hence the controversy about the cleansing was
justly aroused. For the law concerning one of the misdeeds of the unpredictable 3 decreed:
Taking the ashes of a calf burned outside the camp, and after that throwing them into clean
water and strewn with hyssop and red wool, as suited those who had wished above the thought
[= as it suited those who wanted to forget?]. But John made known the baptism of repentance,
and he promised remission of iniquities to the simple-minded, but also the bestowal of the Holy
Spirit for the remission of sins (on the part) of the Lord; and forgiving them to become sons of
the kingdom. 4 So the baptism of John would be intermediate between the two, surpassing the
purity of the true law, but much less than the baptism of the gospel. And that’s why he teaches
us openly, saying, “But I baptize you in water. But the one who goes after me is stronger than
I, which I am not worthy to bend over and untie the strap of his shoe. He is the one who baptizes
you in the Holy Spirit.” Now, about the plan…
8.2. 4.2. Skeireins, page 4
1 “This joy of mine has now been fulfilled: that one shall increase, but I shall decrease.”
Therefore, then his disciples, the one disputing with the Jews concerning purification, saying to
him: “Rabbi, who was with you beyond the Jordan, for whom you witnessed. Behold, he is
baptizing, and all are going to him.” Not yet knowing that concerning the Saviour, and therefore
he teaches them, saying: “He shall increase, but I shall decrease.” But the plan concerning him
was workable for a short 2 time namely and preparing the souls of the baptized; he dismissed
(them) to preach the gospel. But the teaching of the Lord, beginning in Judea, was also
progressing around the whole world, progressing over everyone hitherto and multiplying,
drawing all of men to the knowledge of God. And therefore, the size also being clear. Surely,
he made known the glory of the Lord, saying: “He who is coming from above is above all.” Not
[93]
that he made known (him) without cause (as) being above, but also the great power of his
greatness 3 he signified and (him) of heavenly descent. And saying (him) came from above, but
speaking of earthly birth and from the earth, because in essence he was a man, whether holy or
prophetic, and bearing witness to righteousness. But he was of the earth and speaking from (his)
rational nature. But this one (is) come from heaven, although he was supposed to be (also) in
the flesh; but “he is above all. And what he saw and heard he testified to, and no one accepts
this testimony from him.” And although he came to earth from 4 heaven because of the plan for
the people, he was not all that earthly nor of the speaking from earth, but handing over hidden
things from heavenly descent, which he saw and heard from the father. Now these were
signified by John, not only to proclaim the greatness of the Lord, but to signify and refute the
ungodly strife of Sabellius and Marcellus, who dared to call one the Father and the Son. But the
other priest …
8.3. 5.1. Codex Bononiensis, page 1
1 Save us, Lord our God, and gather us from the nations where we now dwell … around us, but
especially from those who are ungodly and sinful. The ungodly go round about, but thou, O
Lord, save us and guard us from this generation unto eternity; and therefore, also the blessed
prophet David, contritely showing the generation of the now wicked men, calls the Lord and
Creator, saying: “Save me Lord, for far away lay the holy or sanctified one.” Save me Lord, for
there is not (one) who may save (me) over you, Lord, neither a messenger, nor an angel, nor a
servant, nor the spirit, but the Lord himself came to save us. For Paul also says: “I wretched
man, who will save me from this body of this death?” Neither the law, nor the prophets, nor the
judgments/judges, nor the kings, nor the rulers. Why? Because the law was trampled on, the
judges were opposed, the prophets were put to death, the saints were attacked [= the saints were
killed]. He/it spoiled / spoiled or he / it rotted / rotted … not is (one) who wants to do the good,
is not up to one. All titled, at the same time they became unusable. And that’s why, he then
said, I thank my God through Jesus Christ for all his blessings, who is the Saviour of all people,
mostly of those who believe. Because this one, he then said, saves his crowd 2 from the sins of
these. … in the works of the apostles the same Luke indicated, saying: For there is not, he then
said, given any other name under heaven given among men, by which we shall be saved, except
in thy name. Then there is no limit and no measure to your salvation. There is no interest nor
abandonment of your salvation. Save me Lord, you saved Noah from such waters of the Deluge,
you saved Loth from the condemnation of Sodom, you saved Israel from the Pharaoh and his
men, you saved those three boys, Hananiah, Azariah, Misael, taken from among the people,
also from the terrible burning furnace of fire, you rescued Daniel from the mouths of the roaring
lions ready to devour. You now, he then said, Lord, save me too, that I may cry out, saying: “In
God (is) my salvation and my glory and the Lord’s is salvation and on your multitude (is) your
blessing.” Save now in the time of temptation all those who hoped in you, who also rescued
Peter who was drowned and standing in the sea. When Peter said, “Save us,” he then said,
“Lord, we perish.” About whom Luke also referred, saying in the works, “Send to Joppa, and
call Simon, who is named Peter” …
[94]
8.4. 5.2. Codex Bononiensis, page 2
1 … of heaven and I become like the Highest. But from there I will carry you downwards, said
to him the Lord Almighty. For God opposes the proud but gives grace to the humble. About
whom is written how Lucifer, rising in the morning, fell out of heaven, about whom the Lord
said, “I saw Satan falling from heaven like lightning.” Why? Because of his pride. That is why
the Prophet said concerning him: “He who is proud in my middle house does not make a
dwelling place”; so therefore, then he said in that sung first hymn that there was no God, as you
all heard the prophet refer to and say: “The foolish one said in his heart, there is no God.” This
same one is also ungodly as to what he said. The ungodly said that he would commit a sin in
himself. This same is also an enemy as to this writing. A hating person caused this to go to hell.
If there is no God, who declared this name to you, who declared (it) to you? But because he
denies (him), he curses and condemns himself. If there is no God, as to whom the messenger
said: “And God made this man …”. 2 … another to him: If there is no God as concerning whom
Isaiah said: “Behold, the virgin conceives in the womb and gives birth to a son, and they call
his name Emmanuel”, which is explained ‘with us God’. If there is no God, concerning whom
the Prophet said: “My God, you may not depart from me” and many other things; but he did
not want to believe in the creator and enlightener of all beings, who kneaded the hearts of each
one, who understands in all their works [= understands all their works]. So were some who had
the appearance of piety, but denying the power of it, who walked in the clothing of sheep, but
from within they are then ravenous wolves. Such was that wicked Cain, who gave death to his
own brother. Like the devil was that ungodly Pharaoh, who said, I do not know this Lord, and
I will not release Israel; and that is why he was sunk in the sea. Such was the wicked
Nabukodonsor, who said to those three boys: But who is God who can pull you out of my
hands? That is why he was turned into a draft animal and ate hay like an ox and …
8.5. 6.1. Crimean Biblical Gothic Inscriptions, fragment 1.1
Which god (is) great as our God? You are the God, working miracles. One rose unto eternity
from the dead and into the world …
Lord, help your servant of the …
Lord, help your servant Damian from … and sinful/sinner.

[95]
8.8. 7.1. Deed of Sale from Naples
1 I Ufitahari, presbyter, signed with my hand, and we received sixty shillings, and previously
by the guarantee with the deacon our agent, and with our comrades we received one hundred
and twenty shillings, the price of these marshlands.
2 I Sunjafrid, deacon, signed with my hand, and we received sixty shillings, and previously by
the guarantee with the deacon, our representative, and with our comrades, we received one
hundred and twenty shillings, the price of these marshlands.
3 I Merila, scribe, signed with my hand, and we received sixty shillings, and previously by the
guarantee with the deacon, our representative, and with our comrades, we received one hundred
and twenty shillings, the price of these marshlands.
4 I Wiljariþ, scribe, signed with my hand, and we received sixty shillings, and previously by
the guarantee with the deacon, our representative, and with our comrades, we received one
hundred and twenty shillings, the price of these marshlands.
8.9. 7.2. Deed of Sale from Arezzo
1 I Gudilub, deacon, prepared the deed of sale from myself to you, deacon Alamod, for four
ounces of the house of Kaballaria … and I received one hundred and thirty-three shillings, and
signed.
[96]
III. PHONOLOGY AND MORPHOLOGY OF GOTHIC
1. Gothic as a member of the Indo-European and Germanic language family
As a Germanic language, Gothic is genetically related to most languages spoken in

Europe in the past and today and to several languages outside of Europe. In this case, genetically
related means that these languages, which are related to one another, continue while changing
many individual elements a prehistoric language, which is not documented in textual evidence
but can only be regained through reconstruction. This language is called the Indo-European
parent language (IE), better Proto-Indo-European (or PIE); in Germany (and German speaking
areas) mostly the term Indogermanisch (Urindogermanisch [(ur)idg.]) is used. Their
reconstruction is the result of comparing the corresponding elements of the individual languages
with each other. Since individual language elements are constantly changing over time, the
oldest phases of the individual languages are fundamentally more important for the
reconstruction of PIE than the later ones.
The individual PIE languages can partly be combined into groups. If a language belongs
to a group is historically determined (e.g., through migration and thus language community)
and for no sufficiently attested language doubtful. The language family consists of the following
groups and individual languages (= branches):
1. Anatolian (= Anat.): The Anatolian language group supplies the oldest documents of the
PIE languages, probably already from the 19th century BC. The entire Anatolian language
branch is extinct. It includes the languages Hittite (= Hitt.), Luwian (= Luw.), Palaian (=
Pal.), Lycian (= Lyc.), Lydian (= Lyd.), Carian (= Car.), Pisidic (= Pis[id].) and Sidetic (=
Sid[et].).
2. Greek (= Gr.): The Greek language branch is attested in documents from the 16th century
BC, with the stages Mycenaean (= Myc.), Ancient Greek (= Gr.) with Homeric (= Hom.),
Middle Greek (= MGr.) and New Greek (= NGr.).
3. Indo-Iranian (= IIr.) or Aryan (= Ar.): The Indo-Iranian language branch is documented
since the 15th century BC and includes:
• Indian (= Indo-Aryan) with the stages Old Indic (= OInd.) with its oldest language
phase Vedic (= Ved.), Middle Indic (= MInd.), Classical Sanskrit (= Skt.) and New
Indic (= Nind.);
• Iranian with Avestan (= Av.), with the stages/dialects Old Avestan (= OAv.) and Young
Avestan (= YAv.), Old Persian (= OPers.), Middle Persian (= MPers.), New Persian
(NPers.) and others Iranian languages (such as Kurdish [= Kurd.], Sogdian [= Sogd.]).
4. Italic (= Ital.): The Italic language branch, which is attested since the 6th century BC,
consists of two large subgroups:
[97]
• Latino-Faliscan with Latin (= Lat.), which includes the stages Old Latin (= OLat.),
Classical Latin (= Class. Lat.) and Vulgar Latin (= Vulg. Lat.), from which the
Romance languages (Portuguese, Spanish, Catalan, Provençal, French, Italian,
Raetoromanic, Rumanian) emerged, and Faliscan (= Fal[isc].);
• Sabellian (= Sabell.) with Oscan (= Osc.), Umbrian (= Umbr.), and Southern Picenan
(= SPic.).
5. Germanic (= Germ.): (see below).
6. Celtic (= Celt.): The Celtic language branch that is attested since the 3rd century BC consists
of two large groups:
• Mainland Celtic with Gaulish (= Gaul.), Celtiberian (= Celtib[er].) and Lepontic (=
Lepont.);
• Insular Celtic with the subgroups Pictish (= Pict.) (if actually a PIE language), Goidelic
(= Goid[el].), including Irish (= Ir.) with the phases Ogam Irish (= OgIr.), Old Irish, (=
OIr.), Middle Irish (= MIr.) and New Irish (= NIr.), and Britannic (= Brit[an].),
including Cymric (= Cymr.) with the phases Old Cymric (= OCymr.), Middle Cymric
(= MCymr.) and New Cymric (= NCymr.), Cornish (= Corn.) with the phases Old
Cornish (= OCorn.), Middle Cornish (= MCorn.) and New Cornish (= NCorn.) and
Breton (= Bret.) with the phases Old Breton (= OBret.), Middle Breton (= MBret.) and
New Breton (= NBret.).
7. Armenian (= Arm.): The attestation of Armenian begins in the 5th century AD; Armenian
includes the stages Old Armenian (= OArm.), Middle Armenian (= MArm.) and New
Armenian (= NArm.).
8. Tocharian (= Toch.): Documented between the 6th and 8th century AD in the dialects
Tocharian A (= Toch. A) and Tocharian B (= Toch. B).
9. Slavonic (= Slav.): The Slavonic language branch, which is documented since the 9th
century AD, has the following subgroups:
• South Slavonic with Old Church Slavonic (= OCS) or Old Bulgarian (= OBulg.) with
the continuants Middle Bulgarian (= MBulg.) and New Bulgarian (= NBulg.), Serbian
(= Serb.) and Croatian (= Croat.), because of the close relationship often summarized
as a single language group Serbo-Croatian (= Serb.-Croat.), Slovene (= Slov[en].) and
Macedonian (= Mac.);
• East Slavonic with Russian (= Russ.), divided into the stages Old Russian (= ORuss.)
and New Russian (= NRuss.), Belarusian (= BRuss.) and Ukrainian (= Ukr.);
• West Slavonic with Polish (= Pol.), Sorbian (= Sorb.) with the dialects Upper Sorbian
(= Upper Sorb.) and Lower Sorbian (= Lower Sorb.), Czech (= Cz.) and Slovak (=
Slov), the latter two due to the close relationship often grouped together as a language
group Czech-Slovak (= Cz.-Slov.), as well as some smaller languages such as Polabian
(= Pol[ab].), Pomoranian (= Pom[or].), Slowinski (= Slowin.) and Kashubian (=
Kasch[ub].).
10. Baltic (= Balt.): The Baltic language branch has been transmitted since the 14th century AD.
It consists of the languages Old Prussian (= OPruss.), Lithuanian (= Lith.) with the stages
Old Lithuanian (= OLith.) and New Lithuanian (= NLith.) with the dialects High Lithuanian
or Aukštaitic and Low Lithuanian or Žemaitic and of Latvian (= Latv.) with the stages Old
Latvian (= OLatv.) and New Latvian (= NLatv.).
[98]
11. Albanian (= Alb.): Albanian, which has been handed down since the 15th century AD, is
made up of the dialects Tosk and Gheg.
12. Remnant/debris languages: This group includes those languages that are only incompletely
attested, such as: Illyrian (= Illyr.), Thracian (= Thrac.), Venetic (= Venet.), Phrygian (=
Phryg.), Lusitan ( = Lus[it].) and Messapic (= Mess[ap.]).
Even at the beginning of the written tradition, Germanic itself was no longer a uniform
language, but appeared in different, already differentiated dialects. Gothic belongs to East
Germanic and is the only one of the East Germanic languages handed down through literary
monuments; the others are only known from the transmission in names. Next to East Germanic
stand West Germanic and North Germanic.
The entire Germanic language branch, which has been attested since the 1st century,
consists of the following subgroups:
• East Germanic (= East Germ.): In addition to Gothic (= Goth.), above all Vandalic (=
Vandal.) and probably also the Burgundian (= Burg[und].);
• West Germanic (= West Germ.), which includes five languages: 1. High German (=
HG), with the phases Old High German (= OHG), which probably also includes
Longobardic (= Lgb.), Middle High German (= MHG) and New High German (=
NHG); 2. Low German (= LG) with the phases Old Saxon (= OS) or Old Low German
(= OLG), Middle Low German (= MLG) and New Low German (= NLG), 3. Dutch (=
Du.) with the phases Old Low Franconian (= OLFranc.) or Old Dutch (= ODu.), Middle
Dutch (= MDu.) and New Dutch (= NDu.), 4. English (= E) with the phases Old English
(= OE), Middle English (= ME) and New English (= NE) and 5. Frisian (= Fris.) with
the phases Old Frisian (= OFris.), Middle Frisian (= MFris.) and New Frisian (=
NFris.), comprising West Frisian (= West Fris.), East Frisian (= East Fris.), and North
Frisian (= North Fris.);
• North Germanic (= North Germ.) with the two language groups West Norse, including
Icelandic (= Icl.) with the phases Old Icelandic (= OIcl.) and New Icelandic (= NIcl.),
Faroese (= Far.) and Norwegian (= Norw.) with the phases Old Norwegian (= ONorw.)
and New Norwegian (= NNorw.), as well as East Norse, including Swedish (= Swed.)
with the phases Old Swedish (= OSwed.), Middle Swedish (= MSwed.) and New
Swedish (= NSwed.), Gutnian (= Gut.) and Danish (= Dan.) with the phases Old Danish
(= ODan.), Middle Danish (= MDan.) and New Danish (= NDan.); the exact position
of Elfdalian (= Elfdal.) is disputed.
2. Phonology
2.1. The phoneme system of Proto-Indo-European

[99]
2.1.1. For the most recent phase of PIE the following phonemes (including the conditioned
variants) must be assumed:
Vowels: short: *i *e *a *o *u
long: *ī *ē *ā *ō *ū
Semivowels: unsyllabic: * *
syllabic: *i *u
[Diphthongs: with * : *e *a *o
with * : *e *a *o ]
Resonants:
Liquids unsyllabic: *r *l
syllabic: * *
Nasals: unsyllabic: *m *n
syllabic: * *
Plosives/Occlusives voiceless voiced voiced aspirated

Labials: *p *b *bh
Dentals: *t *d *dh
Palatals: *k̂ *ĝ *ĝh
Velars: *k *g *gh
Labiovelare: *kw *gw *gwh
Fricatives:
Sibilants: voiceless: *s
voiced: *z
Laryngeals: *h1 *h2 *h3
Notes on the individual phonemes:

1. Many or most of the PIE *a and *o came into being later in the basic language through the recoloring
of *e by a laryngeal, other *o already earlier through the effect of the qualitative ablaut (see 2.1.2.).
In addition, however, an independent occurrence of *a, *o in isolated words (e.g., onomatopoetics,
slur and loan words) is to be expected.
2. The vowels *i and *u are next to a vowel (i.e. in the non-syllable peak) realized as consonantal * ,
* (cf. PIE *ped os = Gr pezós, OInd. pádyas).
3. The vowels *i and *u produce in combination with *a, *e, *o the i-diphthongs and the u- diphthongs;
one could also describe the combination of *a, *e, *o with *r, *l, *m und *n as diphthongs.
4. Many *ē, *ō and most *ā, *ī, *ū have arisen from the sequence of short vowel and tautosyllabic
laryngeal, perhaps only post-PIE. Some other *ā, *ē, *ō are the contraction products of two short
vowels that were the result of morphological innovations (e.g., *ē, *ō < *ee, *oo in the conjunction
of thematic verbal stems); some *ē, *ō are the result of stretching (see 2.1.2.). In addition,
independent long vowel phonemes in isolated words are to be expected.
[100]
5. The liquids and nasals *r, *l, *m, *n are syllabic (sonantic) between non-vowels (i.e. in the syllable
peak) * , * , * , * (liquida or nasalis sonans).
6. The sibilant *s is usually an unvoiced s but has a voiced allophone z before voiced occlusives (PIE
*ni-zd-os/m ‘nest’ = Lat. nīdus, OHG nest; *-zd- belongs to the verbal root PIE *sed- ‘to sit’).
7. The occlusives (plosives, mutae) can be divided into labials, dentals, palatals, velars, and labiovelars
according to their place of articulation and into tenues *p, *t, *k̂, *k, *kw, mediae *b, *d, *ĝ, *g, *gw
and mediae aspiratae *bh, *dh, *ĝh, *gh, *gwh.
8. The labiovelars *kw, *gw, *gwh are unitary phonemes; when they are spoken, the closure formed by
the back of the tongue (dorsum) and soft palate (velum) is broken, with the lip (labia) being rounded.
9. The laryngeals, the phonetic nature of which is not certain, are three non-vocalic phonemes that have
disappeared almost without exception in the individual languages; therefore, they are denoted by the
symbols *h1, *h2 and *h3. If it is not clear which laryngeal is present, the cover symbol H is used.
10. Still in PIE *e was colored to *a by adjacent *h2, to *o by adjacent *h3, while remaining next to *h1.
This new *a coincided phonetically with the rare sound *a, which only occurs in a few elementary
words and later in loanwords. Whether *o was phonetically identical to the ablaut-o (see 2.1.2.) is
questionable.
2.1.2. In the syllables of a PIE word there is a (regulated) alternation of certain vowel values
(zero included), which is called ablaut. A syllable can appear in several variants that differ in
the value of the vowel. This vowel change can take place in certain ablaut values. The basic
scheme of the PIE ablaut is:
e-grade o-grade
full grade e o
lengthened grade ē ō
zero-grade ø
cf. Gr. full grade: (acc.sg.) pa-tér-a ‘the father’ : (acc.sg.) eupá-tor-a ‘the good father’
lengthened grade: (nom.sg.) pa-tḗr ‚father‘ : (nom.sg.) eupá-tōr ‘good father’
zero-grade: (gen.sg.) pa-tr-ós ‘of the father’
The relationship between full grade, lengthened grade and zero-grade is called
quantitative ablaut, the relationship between e-grade and o-grade as qualitative ablaut. The
occurrence of the different ablaut grades within a word, and thus the value of the ablaut vowel,
is governed partly by word stress and partly by morphological categories.
2.1.3. Part of the phoneme system in PIE is also an accent opposition between accented and
unaccented word syllable. The accent was probably in late PIE melodic (emphasizing syllables
by changing their pitch level). Differently than in Germ. the accent in PIE could be basically
fall on every syllable of a word (free/mobile accent) and differentiate the meaning of the word,
[101]
cf. PIE *bhóros ‘the offering’ > Gr. phóros : PIE *bhorós ‘carrying’ > Gr. phorós; PIE *dhróghos
‘run(track)’ > Gr. tróchos : PIE *dhroghós ‘runner, wheel’ > Gr. trochós.
2.2. From Proto-Indo-European to Proto-Germanic
2.2.1. Vocalism
The PIE vocalism is initially preserved unchanged in PGmc. During PGmc. the
following developments take place:
1. Collapse of PIE *a and *o in (late) PGmc. *a:
• PIE. *ad ‘to, at, on’ (> Lat. ad[-], Osc., South Pic. ad-, Umbr. ař-, OIr. ad-) > (late) PGmc. *at >
Goth. at, OHG az, OS, ODu. at, OE æt, OFris., OIcl. at
• PIE *h2eĝro- ‘field, plain’ (> OInd. ajras, Gr. agrós, Lat. ager, Umbr. ager) > (late) PGmc.
*akra- > Goth. akrs, OHG ackar, OS, ODu. akkar, OE æcer, OFris. ekker, OIcl. akr
• PIE *ghosti- ‘stranger’ (> Lat. hostis, [if not a loanword from Germ.] OCS gostь) > (late) PGmc.
*ǥasti- > Lat.-Germ. (in personal names) Gasti-, Run. (in personal names) -gastiz, OHG gast,
Lat.-Lgb. (in personal names) -gast(i)us, OS, Early MDu. gast, OE gæst, g(i)est, OFris. jest, gast,
OIcl. gestr
• PIE *h2osdo- ‘branch’ (> Gr. ózos, Arm. ost) > (late) PGmc. *asta- > Goth. asts, OHG, OS, MDu.
ast
2. Collapse of PIE *ā and *ō in (late) PGmc. *ō:
• PIE *bhreh2ter- ‘brother’ (> OInd. bhr tar-, Av. brātar-, Gr. phrátēr, Arm. ełbayr, Lat. frāter,
OIr. bráth[a]ir, OPruss. brāti, OCS brat[r]ъ, Toch. A pracar, B procer) > (late) PGmc.
*ƀrōþar- > Goth. broþar, Crimean Goth. bruder, OHG bruoder, OS brōthar, ODu. bruother, OE
brōđor, OFris. brōther, OIcl. bróðir
• PIE *seh2g e/o- ‘to seek’ (> Hitt. sākiya-, Lat. sāgīre) > (spät)PGmc. *sōk ie/a- > Goth. sokjan,
OHG suohhen, OS sōkian, ODu. suoken, OE sēcan, OFris. sēka, sēza, OIcl. sœkja
• PIE *bhloh1to- ‘that which gushes’ (> MIr. bláth, Cymr. blawd ‘blossom’) > (late) PGmc.
*ƀlōþ/đa- > Goth. bloþ, OHG bluot, OS blōd, ODu. bluot, OE, OFris. blōd, OIcl. blóð
• PIE *ghōdho- ‘fitting’ (> Lith. guõdas ‘honour, veneration, hospitality’, Latv. gùods ‘honour,
fame’) > (late) PGmc. *ǥōđa- > Goth. goþs, OHG guot, Lgb. (in personal names) God(e)-, OS
gōd, ODu. guot, OE, OFris. gōd, OIcl. góðr
3. PIE *e in two cases becomes late PGmc. *i: a. Before a combination of n + consonant; b.
Before an *i in the following syllable (i-mutation):
[102]
• PIE *bhendhe/o- ‘to bind’ (cf. OInd. badhnáti [< *bh dh-n-]; YAv. baṇdaiieiti [< *bhondh-e e/o-])
> PGmc. *ƀenđe/a- > late PGmc. *ƀinde/a- > Goth. bindan*, OHG bintan, OS bindan, Early
MDu. binden, OE bindan, OFris., OIcl. binda
• PIE * endhe/o- ‚to twist, to twine, to turn, to braid‘ (> Umbr. -uendu ‚must turn‘; cf. OCS -vęsti
‘bind’ [< PIE * endh e/o-]; Toch. AB [3.sg.med.] wäntär ‘wrap’ [< PIE * endhe-/tro-]) > PGmc.
* enđe/a- > late PGmc. * inde/a- > Goth. -windan, OHG wintan, OS windan, Early MDu.
winden, OE windan, OFris. winda, OIcl. vinda
• PIE *h1esti ‘(s)he is‘ (> Hitt. ēszi, Lyc. esi, OInd. ásti, Av. astı, Gr. estí, Lat. est, OIr. is, OLith.
ẽsti, OPruss. est, OCS jestь) > PGmc. *esti > late PGmc. *isti > Goth., OHG ist, OS, OE, OSwed.
is
• PIE *medh o- ‘in the middle’ (> OInd. mádhya-, OAv. maidiia-, YAv. maiδiia-, Gr. mésos, Arm.
mēǰ, Lat. medius, OIr. mide) > PGmc. *međ a- > late PGmc. *miđ a- > Goth. midjis*, OHG mitti,
OS, ODu. middi, OE midd(e), OFris. midde, medde, OIcl. miðr
4. The same developments as with the individual sounds can also be found with the diphthongs.
PIE *a and *o fall therefore together in late PGmc. *a and PIE *a and *o in late PGmc.
*a ; likewise, PIE *e develops (via a kind of i-mutation result *i ) to late PGmc. *ī:
• PIE *(ĝ)ha d- ‘goat, ram’ (> Lat. haedus, Sabin. fēdus) > (late) PGmc. *ǥa t- > Goth. gaits, OHG
geiz, OS, ODu. gēt, OE gāt, OIcl. geit
• PIE *h2e kti- ‘property’ (> Av. īšti- ‘skill, ability’) > (late) PGmc. *a χti- > Goth. aihts*, OHG
ēht, OS ēht, OE ǣht, OIcl. ætt, átt
• PIE *h1o to- ‘oath’ (> OIr. óeth) > (late) PGmc. a þa- > Run. aiþa-, Goth. aiþs*, OHG eid, Lgb.
(pl.) aidos, OS ēth, Early MDu. eet, OE āþ, OFris. ēth, ēd, OIcl. eiðr
• PIE *sto no- ‘stone’ (cf. [if not a loandword from Germ.] OCS stěna ‘wall’ [< PIE *sto neh2]) >
(late) PGmc. *sta na- > Run. (acc.sg.) staina, Goth. stains, OHG stein, OS, ODu. stēn, OE stān,
OFris. stēn, OIcl. stein
• PIE *h2e ge/o- ‘to multiply, to grow’ (> Lith. áugti, Arm. ačem) > (late) PGmc. *a ke/a- > Goth.
aukan*, OHG -ouchan, OS ōkan, Early MDu. oken, OFris. āka, OIcl. auka
• PIE *ka no- ‘low, humble’ (> Gr. [Hesych] kaunós ‘bad’) > (late) PGmc. *χa na- > Goth. hauns,
OE hēan
• PIE *(h1)ro dho- ‘red’ (> Lat. dial. rūfus, OIr. rúad, Lith. raũdas, NRuss. [outdated] rúdyj) >
(late) PGmc. *ra đa- > Goth. rauþs*, OHG rōt, OS rōd, ODu. rōt, OE rēad, OFris. rād, OIcl.
rauðr
• PIE *h2ko s e/o- ‘to listen’ (> Gr. akoúō) > (late) PGmc. *χa zi e/a- > Goth. hausjan, OHG
hōren, OS hōrian, ODu. hōren, OE hīeran, OFris. hēra, hera, OIcl. heyra
• PIE *bhe dhe/o- ‘to confide in, to trust’ (> Gr. peíthomai, Lat. fīdere, OCS běditi) > (late) PGmc.
*ƀīđe/a- > Goth. beidan, OHG bītan, OS, ODu., OE bīdan, OFris. bīda, OIcl. bíða
• PIE *ste ghe/o- ‘to climb, to step’ (> Gr. steíchō, OIr. tíagu) > (late) PGmc. *stīǥe/a- > Goth.
steigan*, OHG, OS, ODu., OE stīgan, OFris. stīga, OIcl. stíga
5. The PIE syllabic nasals and liquids * , * , * and * have become *ur, *ul, *um and *un in
PGmc.:
[103]
• PIE * ĝ e/o- ‘to perform, to do’ (> Av. [3.pl.] vǝrǝziṇti, myk. wo-ze) > PGmc. * urk e/a- > Goth.
waurkjan, OHG wurchen, OE wyrcan, OIcl. yrkja
• PIE *p h1no- ‘full’ (> OInd. pūrṇá-, Av. pǝrǝna-, OIr. lán, Lith. pìlnas, OCS plьnъ) > PGmc.
*fulna- > *fulla- > Goth. fulls, OHG fol, Lgb. ful-, -fol, OS full, ODu. fol, OE full, OFris. ful, fol,
OIcl. fullr
• PIE *gw ti- ‘the going, coming’ (> OInd. gáti-, Gr. básis; cf. Lat. in-ventiō [with m > n before t])
> PGmc. *kwumđi- > Goth. -qumþs*, OHG cumft, MLG -kumpst, ODu. kumst, OIcl. -kund
• PIE * - negation particle ‘un-, not’ (> OInd. a-, Gr. a-, Lat., OIr. in-) > PGmc. *un- > Goth.,
OHG, OS, ODu., OE, OFris. un-, Run. un-
6. In late PGmc. the sequence PGmc. *anχ(w) became due to nasal atrophy and replacement
stretching late PGmc. *ąχ(w), which is later denasalized; because of this a new phoneme *ā
comes up:
• PIE *k̂onke/o- ‘to hang’ (Hitt. gānki, OInd. śáṅkate) > PGmc. *χanχe/a- > late PGmc. *χąχe/a- >
Goth. hahan, OHG, OS hāhan, ODu. hān, OE hōn, OFris. huā
• PIE *k̂ank- ‘branch, twig, stake’ (> OInd. śaṅkú-) > PGmc. *χanχ- > late PGmc. *χąχ- >
Run.Norw. (acc.sg.) haha, OIcl. hár (however, cf. the loanword Finn. kanki)
7. Maybe still in late PGmc. a second long e-sound of mixed origin comes into existence,
denoted *ē2 to distinguish it from the inherited *ē. They develop in the single Germanic
languages except for Gothic differently (*ē is therefore also sometimes named *ē1). That
there is no difference between *ē1 and *ē2 in Gothic can indicate that either both sounds
coincided, or the difference is covered by the spelling:
• late PGmc. *χē2r ‘here’ > Goth. her, OHG hiar, OS hēr, hier, hīr, ODu. hier- (in hiera ‘here’),
OE hēr, OFris. hīr, OIcl. hér
• Vulg. Lat. mēsa ‘table’ (< Lat. mensa) > late PGmc. *mē2sa/ō- > Goth. mes, OHG mias, meas,
OE mēse, mȳse
Therefore, in late PGmc. the vocalic system looks like this:
Vowels: short: *a *e *i *u
long: *ą *ē *ē² *ī *ō *ū
Diphthongs: *a *a *e
[104]
2.2.2. Consonantism
1. The PIE palatals coincided with the velars very early on. In the following they are therefore
treated as a single group.
2. The characteristic feature that separates the Germanic languages from all other PIE
languages is the Germanic (or: first) sound shift, also named Grimm’s Law after Jacob
Grimm, who was the first one to systematically formulate the sound shift. It comprises the
systematic changes in the articulation type of the PIE occlusives. It consists of the following
parts:
The mostly differing results in OHG are the outcome of another, namely the OHG (or: second)
sound shift (that cannot be treated here).
• The PIE voiced aspirated occlusives, PIE *bh, *dh, *gh/ĝh, *gwh, became voiced fricatives
in the PGmc., i.e., to PGmc. *ƀ, *đ, *ǥ and *ǥw. Already in PGmc. the voiced fricatives
develop into the voiced mediae *b, *d and *g after nasals (later also elsewhere):
▪ PIE *bhére/o- ‘to carry’ (> OInd. bhárati, OAv. baraitī, Phryg. -beret, Gr. phérō, Arm. berem,
Lat. ferre, OIr. -beir, Lith. be ti, OCS bьrati, Toch. A pärtär) > PGmc. *ƀere/a- > Goth.
bairan, OHG, OS, ODu., OE beran, OFris., OIcl. bera
▪ PIE *dheh1ti- ‘act’ (> Lyd. ta[a]c- ‘votive tablet, votive offering’, YAv. dāiti- ‘the giving,
donating’, Lith. d tis ‘the burden to be borne’, OCS -děti [in blagoděti ‘grace, favour’]) >
PGmc. *đēđi- > Goth. -deþs*, OHG tāt, OS dād, ODu. dāt, OE dǣd, OFris. dēde, dēd, dād,
OIcl. dáð
▪ PIE *seĝhes- ‘overcoming, violence, victory’ (> OInd. sáhas, Av. hazah-) > PGmc.
*seǥaz-/-iz- > (with various transformations) Goth. sigis, OHG (in personal names) Sigur-,
Sigar-, sigi, sigu, OS sigi- (in sigidrohtin ‘victorious lord’), MDu. sege, OE sigor, sige, OFris.
sī, OIcl. sigr
▪ PIE *sengwhe/o- ‘to sing’ (> Cymr. dehongli ‘state, explain, translate’, OCS sętъ ‘say, said’) >
PGmc. *senǥwe/a- > late PGmc. *singwe/a- > Goth. siggwan, Crimean Goth. singhen, OHG,
OS, ODu., OE singan, OFris. siunga, sionga, OIcl. syngja, syngva
• The PIE voiceless occlusives *p, *t, *k/k̂, *kw developed (presumably via aspirated
voiceless occlusives) in PGmc. into the toneless spirants *f, *þ, *χ, *χw (*χ is like ch in
NHG doch):
[105]
▪ PIE *péku- ‘cattle’ (> OInd. paśu-, paśú-, Av. pasu-, Lat. pecū, Lith. pẽkus) > PGmc. *feχu- >
Goth. faihu, OHG fihu, Lgb. -fio, OS fehu, ODu. fē, OE (westsaxon) feoh, fēo, (northhumbrian)
feh, OFris. fiā, fē, OIcl. fé
▪ PIE *t n- ‘thorn’ (> OInd. t ṇa- ‘grass stolk’, OCS trьnъ) > PGmc. *þurn- > Goth. þaurnus*,
OHG dorn, OS, ODu. thorn, OE þorn, NWFris. doarn, OIcl. þorn
▪ PIE *káp e/o- ‘to grab, to grasp’ (> Gr. káptō, Lat. capere) > PGmc. *χaf e/a- > Goth. hafjan*,
OHG heffen, OS hebbian, ODu. heven, OE hebban, OFris. heffa, OIcl. hefja
▪ PIE *kwo- ‘who’ (> OInd. káḥ, OAv. k , YAv. kō, OPers. kas-, Lith. kàs, OCS kъ-) > PGmc.
*χwa- > Goth. ƕas, OHG (h)wer, OS hwē, hwie, ODu. wie, OE hwa, OFris. (h)wa, OSwed.
hvar
• If the sound shift would have resulted in a sequence of two voiceless spirants, the
second component does not participate in the sound shift. Thus, in the combinations
PIE *sp, *st, *sk and PGmc. *ft (< PIE labial + *t) and *χt (< PIE velar + *t) the second
component is preserved as *p, *t and *k:
▪ PIE *sp uHe/o- ‘to spit’ (> OInd. ṣṭhīvati, Gr. pt ō, Lat. spuere, Lith. spiáuti, OCS pljьvati)
> PGmc. *spīwe/a- > Goth. speiwan, OHG, OS spīwan, MDu. spuwen, OE spīwan, OFris.
spīa, OIcl. spýja
▪ PIE *sth2ti- ‚standing‘ (> OInd. sthití-, Gr. stásis) > PGmc. *staþi- > Goth. staþs, OHG
stat, OS stedi, Early MDu. stat, stede, OE stede, OFris. sted, OIcl. staðr
▪ PIE *skabhe/o- ‘to scratch, to scrape’ (> Lat. scabere, OLith. skàbti) > PGmc. *skaƀe/a- >
Goth., OHG skaban, OS skavan, Early MDu. scaven, OE sc(e)afan, NWFris. skave, OIcl.
skafa
▪ PIE *kapto- ‘caught’ (> Lat. captus, OIr. cacht) > PGmc. *χafta- > Goth. hafts*, OHG, OS
haft, OE hæft
▪ PIE *nokwt- ‘night’ (> OInd. nákt-, Gr. nýx, Alb. natë, Lat. nox, OIr. -nocht, Lith. naktìs,
OCS noštь) > PGmc. *naχt- > Goth. nahts, OHG, OS, ODu. naht, OE niht, neaht, OFris.
nacht, OIcl. nátt, nótt
• The change of the medialvoiceless occlusive PIE *p, *t, *(k) and *kw to PGmc. *f, *þ,
*χ and *χw occurs only if the preceding syllable carried the accent in PIE. If that wasn't
the case, PGmc. *f, *þ, *χ, *χw (and *s) became PGmc. *ƀ, *đ, *ǥ, *ǥw (and *z). This
sound change is named Verner’s Law after its discoverer Karl Verner:
▪ PIE *sep(t) ‘seven’ (> OInd. saptá, Av. hapta, Gr. heptá, Alb. shtatë, Arm. ewtˁn, Lat.
septem, OIr. secht, Lith. septynì, OCS sedmь, Toch. A ṣpät) > PGmc. *seƀun > Goth., OHG
sibun, OS siƀun, ODu. sivon, OE seofon, OFris. si(u)gun, sawen, saun, OIcl. sjau
▪ PIE *ph2tér- ‘father’ (> OInd. pitár-, Av. pitar-, Gr. patḗr, Arm. hayr, Lat. pater, OIr.
athair, Toch. A pācar, B pācer) > PGmc. *fađer- > Goth. fadar*, OHG fater, Lgb. fader-,
OS fadar, ODu. fader, OE fæder, OFris. feder, fader, OIcl. faðir
▪ PIE *h2e-h2ik-mé ‘we have forgotten’ (cf. OInd. [3.pl.] īśire) > PGmc. *a ǥum > Goth.
aigum, OHG eigun, OS ēgun, OE āgon, OFris. aghen, OIcl. eigum
[106]
▪ PIE *h1/3a Hsó- ‘with ore’ (cf. OInd. áyas-, Lat. aes [< PIE *h1/3á Hes-]) > PGmc. *a za- >
Goth. ais*, OHG ēr, OE ār, ǣr, OIcl. eir
This law causes the so-called grammatical change, best noticeable in but not limited to
the inflection of Germanic strong verbs. Since the stem was stressed in the singular of the
preterite and the ending in the plural, there is in the verbs a regular alternation of voiceless and
voiced consonants in the stem.
• The PIE voiced occlusives *b, *d, *(ĝ) and *gw lose their voice and become the voiceless
tenues *p, *t, *k and *kw:
▪ PIE *sleh1be/o- ‘to be limp’ (> Lith. slõbti) > PGmc. *slēpe/a- > Goth. slepan, Crimean Goth.
schlipen, OHG slāfan, OS slāpan, MDu. slāpen, OE slǣpan, OFris. slēpa
▪ PIE *dek ‘ten’ (> OInd. dáśa, Av. dasa, Gr. déka, Arm. tasn, Lat. decem, OIr. dech, Lith.
dešim-t, OCS desę-tь, Toch. A śäk, B śak) > PGmc. *teχun > Goth. taihun, OS tehan, ODu.
tēn, OE tīen, OFris. tian, OIcl. tío
▪ PIE * ĝ h3to- ‘known’ (cf. Gr. gnōtós, OIr. gnáth, Lith. -žìntas [< PIE *g h3tó-]) > PGmc.
*kunþa- > Goth. kunþs (-þ-), OHG kund, OS kūth, ODu. kunt, OE cūþ, OFris. kūth, kūd, OIcl.
kunnr
▪ PIE *gweme/o- ‘to come’ (> OInd. [conjunc.] gámat, OAv. [conjunc.] jamaitī, Lith. gi ti) >
PGmc. *kweme/a- > Goth. qiman, OHG queman
In PGmc. the consonant system therefore looks like this:
Semi-vowels: * *
Resonants:
Liquids: *r *l
Nasals: *m *n
Fricatives: voiceless: *f *s *þ *χ *χw

voiced: *ƀ *z *đ *ǥ *ǥw
Plosives: voiceless: *p *t *k *kw
voiced: *b *d *g *gw
2.2.3. Accent
[107]
In the early stages of PGmc. the free (mobile) word accent of the PIE was still preserved,
as Verner’s Law clearly shows. During PGmc. the word accent was shifted to the first syllable
of the word, which is mostly the stem syllable. The movable (mobile) accent becomes a fixed
accent. This fixation of the accent on the first syllable of a word causes a weakening of the
vowels of the then unstressed syllables, which, starting from the end syllables, also affects the
middle syllables during the development of the single Germanic languages.
In addition to the stem syllable, the first syllable of a word can bear the accent if there
is a prefix before the noun, see e.g. Goth. andawaurdi*, OHG antwurti, OS andwordi, OE
andwyrde, OFris. ondward, -werd, OIcl. andyrdi ‘answer’; Goth. frawaurhts, OS farwurht, OE
forwyrht ‘sin’.
In contrast to the nominal prefix compounds, the verbal prefix compounds bear the stress
not on the prefix but on the stem syllable. The reason for this is that the two components in the
noun grew together earlier than in the verb. This is evident from the fact that on the one hand
the prefixes in nouns and verbs can have a different form (cf. Goth. andahait* ‘confession’ ↔
andhaitan ‘to confess publicly’) and that on the other hand between the prefix and the verb
stem an element can sometimes be inserted (cf. e.g., Goth. 3.sg.pret.ind. at-uh-gaf ‘to-and-gave’
= ‘and gave to’ to Goth. atgiban ‘to give to’).
2.3. From (late) Proto-Germanic to Gothic
2.3.1. Vocalism
Between PGmc. and Gothic the following changes in the vowel system take place:
• The PGmc sounds *a, *i, *u, *ą (> *ā), *ē, *ī (written <ei> after the Greek model), *ō and
*ū have been preserved. Since the graphs <e> and <o> only stand for the long vowels ē and
ō, their length is commonly not indicated in the transcription of Gothic words. The
diphthongs PGmc *a , *a also remained unchanged.
▪ It is widely believed that the PGmc. diphthongs *a and *a have become monophthongs (open
ē and ō) in Gothic. In view of the entire transmission, this is unlikely, at least for the language at
the time of Wulfila itself, unlike for Late Gothic.
• PGmc. *e became generally i in Gothic (but see below):

[108]
▪ PGmc. *ǥeƀe/a- ‘to give’ > Goth. giban (OHG geban, OS, ODu. gevan, OE giefan, OFris. jeva,
OIcl. gefa)
▪ PGmc. *ete/a- ‘to eat’ > Goth. itan (OHG ezzan, OS, ODu., OE etan, OFris., OIcl. eta)
• PGmc. *e (which had already become *i before the transmission) and *i become in the
position before Goth. r, h and ƕ an open e ([ɛ], written <ai>) and PGmc. *u becomes an
open o ([ɔ], written <au>). This process is called breaking:
▪ PGmc. * ira- ‘man’ > Goth. wair (OHG, OS wer, ODu. wera-, OE wer, OFris. wer-, OIcl. verr)
▪ PGmc. *reχta- ‘right’ > pre-Goth. *riχt- > Goth. raihts* (> OHG reht, Lgb. [in personal names]
Ret(t)-, OS, ODu. reht, OE riht, OFris. riucht, riocht, OIcl. réttr)
▪ PGmc. *seχwe/a- ‘to see’ > pre-Goth. *siχwe/a- > Goth. saiƕan (OHG, OS sehan, ODu. sian, OE
sēon, OFris. sia[n], OIcl. séa, sjá)
▪ PGmc. *ƀurǥ- ‘castle’ > Goth. baurgs (OHG, OS burg, Early MDu. borch, OE burg, OFris.
burch, OIcl. borg)
▪ PGmc. *uχsan- ‘ox’ > Goth. auhsa (OHG ohso, OS ohsin-, ODu. osso*, OE oxa, OFris. oxa, ōxa,
OIcl. oxi, uxi)
▪ There are no sure examples for the development of PGmc. *u before *χw.
• Broken ai appears synchronously in Gothic also before other consonants, e.g., in aiþþau ‘or’
(with þþ probably from *χþ) or in the reduplication syllable of the preterite, e.g., in saiso
‘sowed’ (either analogous to haihait ‘was called’ or due to weak stress).
• The breaking of i and u did not take place in younger compounds, e.g., nih ‘and not’ (from ni
‘not’ + -[u]h ‘and’), nuh ‘then’ (from nu ‘now’ + -[u]h ‘and’).
• Mainly in older literature, the result of the breaking is sometimes given as aí and aú to
distinguish it from the diphthongs ai and au, which are then written as ái and áu.
• Just like PGmc. *e became Goth. i, also PGmc. *e developed to Goth. iu:
▪ PGmc. *te χe/a- ‘to pull’ > Goth. tiuhan (OHG ziohan, OS tiohan, ODu. tiān, OE tēon, OFris.
tiā, OIcl. [pret.part.] toginn)
▪ PGmc. *le ƀa- ‘dear’ > Goth. liufs (Run. [nom.sg.f.] liubu, [in personal names] -leubaz,
Run.-pre-OHG [nom.sg.m./acc.sg./n.] leob, OHG liob, Lgb. [in personal names] Leob-, Leup-,
OS liof, ODu. lief, OE lēof, OFris. liāf, liēf, OIcl. ljúfr)
• In PGmc. *ē and *ō were open sounds (cf. the development of PGmc. *ē to North/West-
Gmc. *ā), however, in Gothic they became closed sounds, which is shown by the spellings
<ei> and next to <e> and <o> in the manuscripts.
[109]
• In hiatus like in saian ‘to sow’, waian* ‘to blow’, staua ‘court’ oder bauan ‘to build’ that
continue PGmc. *ē( ) + vowel, ō ( ) + vowel and ū + vowel, <ai> and <au> have the sound
value of an open ē ([ɛː]) and ō ([ɔː]).
In Gothic the vowel system therefore looks like this:
Vowels:
short: <a> [a] <ai> [ε] [ɪ] <au> [ɔ] [ʊ]
long: <a> [aː] <ai> [εː] <e> [eː] <au> [ɔː] o [oː] [uː]
Diphthongs: <ai> [aɪ̯] <au> [aʊ̯] <iu> [ɪʊ̯]
2.3.2. Consonantism
• The consonant inventory of PGmc. remained mostly unchanged in Gothic.
• The geminated semi-vowels PGmc. * and * developed into Goth. ddj (perhaps [ɟː]) and
ggw ([gːw]):
▪ PGmc. (gen.) *t a ōn ‘of two’ > Goth. twaddje (with secondary ending -e) (OHG zweiio, OS
twēi[i]o, OE twēg[e]a, OIcl. tveggja)
▪ PGmc. * a u- ‘wall’ > Goth. -waddjus (OE wǣg, OIcl. veggr)
▪ PGmc. *tre a- ‘firm, faithful’ > Goth. triggws (OIcl. tryggr besides OHG, OS triuwi, frühmdl.
trouwe, OE triewe, OFris. triūwe)
▪ PGmc. *ƀle e/a- ‘to beat’ > Goth. bliggwan* (OHG bliuwan, OS -bleuwan, MDu. blouwen)
• The voiced fricatives PGmc. *ƀ, *đ and *z that appear in Gothic as , <d> and <z>,
become, when they get to stand into final position or before a final s (regardless of its origin)
by final hardening the respective corresponding voiceless fricatives Goth. <f>, <þ> and <s>.
On the other hand, PGmc. *ǥ that is written as Goth. <g>, remains at least graphically
unchanged; the reason for this is unclear (no need for a graphic distinction or no possibility
for one since Goth. h had already become an aspirate or PGmc. *ǥ had already become *g
before final hardening occurred). Cf. inf. giban ‘to give’ : pret. gaf ‘gave’, gen.sg.m. godis :
nom.sg.m. goþs ‘good’, gen.sg. riqizis : nom.sg. riqis ‘darkness’, but gen.sg dagis : nom.sg.
dags ‘day’.
[110]
▪ In compounded forms, the originally voiced final fricative is retained for phonetic reasons, cf.
qiþid-uh ‘and (s)he speaks’ next to qiþiþ ‘(s)he speaks’. Also otherwise, because of analogy from
forms with an internal voiced fricative, the voiced fricative is found instead of the voiceless.
• An alternation of voiced and voiceless fricative (Thurneysen’s Law) is found in early Gothic
behind an unaccented vowel insofar as a voiced fricative appears after an unvoiced syllable
and a voiceless fricative after a voiced syllable:
▪ -b- : -f-: fastubni* ‘posture, fasting’ : waldufni ‘force’

▪ -d- : -þ-: auþida ‘desert’ : mildiþa* ‘leniency’
▪ -z- : -s-: (dat.sg.) hatiza ‘hate’ : (dat.sg.) agisa ‘fear, terror’
▪ -g- : -h-: wulþags* ‘splendid’ : bairgahei* ‘mountainous area’
• This law is already dissolved in Wulfilan Gothic by analogy, cf.: diupiþa ‘depth’, hauhiþa
‘height’, modags ‘angry’.
▪ In word formation there is a synchronic descriptive change from p or b to f, k or g to h and

t, þ or d to s before a suffix starting with t:
▪ -p- : -f-: gaskapjan* ‘to create’ : gaskafts ‘creature’

▪ -b- : -f-: fragiban ‘to give, to bestow, to donate’ : fragifts* ‘conferment, (pl.) engagement’
▪ -k- : -h-: siuks ‘sick, weak’ : sauhteis* ‘sickness’
▪ -g- : -h-: mag ‘I can’ : mahts ‘power, strength, fortune’
▪ -t- : -s-: haitan ‘to name, to call’ : (2.sg.pret.ind.) haihaist
▪ -þ- : -s-: qiþan ‘to say’ : (2.sg.pret.ind.) qast
▪ -d- : -s-: gildan ‘to be valid’ : (acc.pl.) gilstra ‘tax’
• The change in the labials and velars is the result of the described processes in 2.2.2.
• In the case of the dentals, the change from PIE dental + t to ss is the original one; remnants of
this change appear still in Gothic, cf.: qiþan ‘to say’ : gaqiss ‘according’, witan ‘to know’ :
(1./3.sg.pret.ind.act.) wissa. The sequence st, on the other hand, is the result of paradigmatic
analogy, on which basis forms such as Goth. *waiss ‘you know’ were reformed after forms
like Goth. namt ‘you took’ to Goth. waist.
In Gothic the consonant system therefore looks like this:
Sonorants:
Semi-vowels: <j> [j] <w> [w]
Liquids: <l> [l] <r> [r]
Nasals: <m> [m] <n> [n] ~ <g> [ŋ]
[111]
Obstruents:
Voiced plosives: [p] <t> [t] <k> [k]
Voiced plosive/fricatives: [b, ƀ] <d> [d, ð] <z> [z-z̺] <ddj> [ɟː]? <g> [g, ɣ?, χ?]
voiceless fricatives: <f> [ɸ/f] <þ> [θ] <s> [s-s̺] <h> [h, χ?]
The letters <q> and <ƕ> are in Gothic probably no longer labiovelars, but have become
the combinations [kw] and [hw, χw?] (cf. Norbert Wagner. 2006. „Zu Goth. ƕ, q und ai, au“.
Historische Sprachforschung / Historical Linguistics 119, 286–291). The sequence <ggw> is
partly to be interpreted as [gːw].
2.3.3. Accent
The accent of Gothic is probably largely identical with the one of late PGmc. (cf. 2.2.3.).
3. Morphology
There are sometimes gaps in the paradigms caused by the fragmentary testimony of
Gothic. They indicate that there is no transmitted evidence for that specific grammatical form.
3.1. Declination
• Of the three numbers in PIE (singular, dual, plural) only two are present in Gothic in the
nouns: singular and plural; the dual is preserved only in the personal pronouns and (formally)
in remainders in the numeral. Of the eight cases of PIE (nominative, accusative, vocative,
instrumental, dative, ablative, genitive, locative) in Gothic the nominative, genitive, and
accusative are directly continued, the vocative and instrumental only in leftovers. In the
Gothic dative the former locative and dative have fallen together, the ablative became extinct
(but is indirectly preserved in the adverbs ending in -o). The three genera of the PIE
(masculine, feminine, and neuter) are continued unchanged.
3.1.1. Declination of the nouns
• In the inflected forms of the noun, the inflectional stem and the case endings must be
distinguished. According to the ending of the stem in Gothic – as well as in the other Old
[112]
Germanic languages – a distinction is made between the vocalic (according to Jacob Grimm:
strong) and the consonantic (according to Jacob Grimm: weak) declension.
▪ The vocalic declension is divided according to the stem vowel into a-stems (pure a- next
to ja- and wa-stems), ō-stems (pure ō- next to jō- and wō-stems), i-stems and u-stems.
▪ Of the consonantal stems, the class of n-stems (an-, ōn- and ein-) is by far the most
common; there are also a few smaller stem classes (r-, nd- and consonantal stems).
• Because of the small size of the Gothic text corpus, it happens that not all cases of a word are
recorded. Hence it is sometimes not possible to determine the stem class and gender of a word
with certainty. As a rule, the other Germanic languages are then used for classification, which,
however, does not always offer security.
3.1.1.1. Vocalic declension
• a-declension
The Gothic a-stems contain like the ja- and wa-stems only masuline and neuter nouns.
Apart from the nom.sg. and nom./acc.pl., the inflection of both genders is identical. The Gothic
a-stems continue PGmc. a-stems, they in turn PIE o-stems. In these there was only a qualitative
ablaut of the suffix between PIE *o : *e, which is represented in PGmc. as *a : *e and in Gothic
as a : i. Paradigms of the masculine and neuter a-stems: 1) dags m. ‘day’, hlaifs m. ‘bread’. 2)
waurd n. ‘word’, haubiþ n. ‘head’:
masculine neuter
sg. nom. dags hlaifs waurd haubiþ
gen. dagis hlaibis waurdis haubidis
dat. daga hlaiba waurda haubida
acc. dag hlaifs waurd haubiþ
voc. dag hlaif
pl. nom. dagos hlaibos waurda haubida
gen. dage hlaibe waurde haubide
dat. dagam hlaibam waurdam haubidam
acc. dagans hlaibans waurda haubida
1. Like dags ‘day’, many masculines inflect, e.g.: aiþs* ‘oath’, asts ‘branch’, daigs ‘dough’,
doms* ‘verdict’, fisks* ‘fish’, fugls* ‘bird’, gazds ‘spike’, himins ‘heaven’, hunds ‘dog’,
kindins ‘commander’, skalks ‘servant’, skohs* ‘shoe, sandal’, stains ‘stone’, tains* ‘twig’,
þiudans ‘king’, waurms ‘snake’, wigs ‘way’, wulfs ‘wolf’.
[113]
2. Like hlaifs ‘bread’, inflect: laufs* ‘leaf’ (nom.pl. laubos [Mk 13:28]) und moþs* ‘rage’ :
gen.sg. modis.
3. Like waurd ‘word’, many neuters inflect, e.g.: akran ‘fruit’, barn ‘child’, bloþ ‘blood’, daur
‘door’, gulþ* ‘gold’, haurn* ‘horn’, huzd ‘treasure’, juk* ‘yoke’, land ‘land’, leik ‘body’,
neiþ* ‘envy’, sair ‘pain’, salt ‘salt’, skip* ‘ship’, tagl* ‘hair’, tagr* ‘tear’.
4. Like haubiþ ‘head’, inflect: awiliuþ* ‘thanks’ (dat.pl. awiliudam), dius* ‘animal’ (dat.pl.
diuzam), liuhaþ ‘light’ (gen.sg. liuhadis) und riqis ‘darkness’ (gen.sg. riqizis).
For the change between f : b, þ : d and s : z cf. 2.3.2.

In the nom.sg.m. the final -s is deleted in two cases: 1. after s, ss or z; 2. after a sequence of short
vowel + r (therefore e.g. Goth. drus ‘fall’ < PGmc. *đruziz [OE dryre], Goth. wair ‘man’ < PGmc.
* iraz [OHG, OS wer, ODu. wera-, OE wer, OFris. wer-, OIcl. verr]).
A fluctuation between an a- and i-st. shows the word Goth. nom.sg. wegs ‘wave’ (Mt 8:24),
dat.sg. wega (Lk 8:24) in the plural: nom.pl. wegos (Mk 4:37), dat.pl. wegim (Mt 8:24).
Historical explanation of the endings:

• Sg.: Nom. m.: Goth. -s (cf. EastGmc. Run. -s) < PGmc. *-az (cf. Run. -az). Gen. m./n.: Goth. -is <
(pronominal ending) PGmc. *-esa (or PGmc. *-eza because of anþariz-uh ‘and of the other’ [Mt
11:3]) (cf. OHG -es; next to PGmc. *-asa [cf. Run. -as, OS -as, early OE -æs]). Dat. m./n.: Goth. -a
either < PGmc. (loc.sg.) *-a (cf. perhaps Run. -ai, -e); or < PGmc. (instr.sg.) *-ē (cf. perhaps Run. -e)
or < PGmc. (instr.sg.) *-ō (cf. OHG, OS -u). Acc. m.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-an (cf. Run. -a). Voc. m.:
Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-e. Nom./Acc. n.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-an (cf. Run. -a).
• Pl.: Nom. m.: Goth. -os < PGmc. *-ōs (cf. OS -os, OE -as; next to PGmc. *-ōz [cf. Run. -az, OHG -ā,
OIcl. -ar). Gen. m./n.: Goth. -e, most likely an internal EastGmc. neologism (perhaps after the e-color
in the gen.sg.) instead of PGmc. *-ōn (cf. OHG, OS -o, OE, OFris., OIcl. -a). Dat. m./n.: Goth. -am
either < PGmc. (dat.pl.) *-amaz or < PGmc. (instr.pl.) *-amiz (cf. Lat.-Gmc. matron name -ms in
Aflims, Vatvims, OHG, OS, OE, OFris. -um, OIcl. -om). Acc. m.: Goth. -ans < PGmc. *-anz (cf.
Run. -a, OHG, OIcl. -a). Nom./Acc. n.: Goth. -a < PGmc. *-ō (cf. Run. -u).
ja-stems
The ja-stems differ from the pure a-stems because of differences in some endings. In
the masculine ja-stems the endings differ, depending on whether the stem is short or long. This
is ultimately because the suffix PGmc. *- a- appears after a long-syllabic or polysyllabic stem
as *-i a- (Siever’s variant). Both variants developed differently over time. In the case of the
neutral ja-stems, the short-syllabic type has prevailed in the gen.sg., where a difference in the
ending would also be expected. Hence both stems of the neutral ja-stems inflect the same.
Paradigms of the masculine and neuter ja-stems: 1) Short-syllabic: harjis m. ‘army’, kuni n.
‘gender’. 2) Long /polysyllabic: hairdeis m. ‘shepherd’, reiki n. ‘empire’:
masculine neuter
short-syllabic long -syllabic short-syllabic long -syllabic
[114]
sg. nom. harjis hairdeis kuni reiki

gen. harjis hairdeis kunjis reikjis
dat. harja hairdja kunja reikja
acc. hari hairdi kuni reiki
voc. hari hairdi
pl. nom. harjos hairdjos kunja reikja
gen. harje hairdje kunje reikje
dat. harjam hairdjam kunjam reikjam
acc. harjans hairdjans kunja reikja
1. Like harjis ‘army’, only niþjis ‘relative’ inflects.

2. Like hairdeis ‘sheperd’ inflect e.g.: andeis ‘end’, asneis ‘wage worker’, faura-maþleis
‘chief’, faur-stasseis* ‘chief’, ƕaiteis ‘wheat’, siponeis ‘pupil’ und the nound ending
in -areis (e.g. bokareis ‘scribe’, laisareis ‘teacher’, motareis ‘tax collector’).
3. Like kuni ‘gender’ and reiki ‘empire’ inflect e.g.: andwairþi ‘presence’, arbi ‘heritage’,
badi* ‘bed’, fairguni ‘mountain’, fani* ‘mud’, galigri* ‘consummation of the marriage’,
garuni* ‘council’, gawaurki ‘business’, gawi* ‘district’ (Gen.Sg. gaujis), hawi ‘hay’ (dat.sg.
hauja), hiwi* ‘shape, appearance’ (acc.sg. hiwi [2TimAB 3:5]; gen.sg. hiujis*) nati* ‘net’,
taui* ‘act’ (dat.sg. toja), þiubi* ‘theft’, wadi ‘deposit’ and the neuters ending in -ubni, -ufni.
Besides the the usual ending gen.sg. -jis of the long-syllabic neuters the ending -eis, which is to
be expected but most probably based on innovation, is documented for some words: fauramaþleis (Neh
5:14.18) to fauramaþli* ‘presidency’, trausteis (EphAB 2:12) to trausti* ‘alliance’. There is a vacillation
between the two forms in andbahtjis (4x) next to andbahteis (Lk 1:23) to andbahti ‘office’, gawairþjis
(8x) next to gawairþeis (7x) to gawairþi ‘peace’, waldufnjis (3x) next to waldufneis (Sk 7 :1) to waldufni
‘violence’.
Historical explanation of the aberrant endings:

• Sg.: Nom. m.: Goth. -jis < PGmc. *- az (cf. Run. -jaz, OS -i, OE -e), Goth. -eis < PGmc. *-i az (cf.
Run. -ijaz, OHG, OS -i, OE -e, OIcl. -er). Gen. m./n.: Goth. -jis < PGmc. *- esa (cf. OHG -es,
OS -ies), Goth. -eis < PGmc. *-i esa (cf. OHG -es, OS -ies, OE, OIcl. -es). Acc. m.: Goth. -i (only in
long-syllabic stems) < PGmc. *-i an (cf. Run. -ija, OHG, OS -i, OE, OIcl. -e). Nom./acc. n.: Goth. -i
< PGmc. *- an (> Run. -ja, OHG, OS -i), Goth. -i < PGmc. *-i an (cf. OHG -i, OE, OIcl. -e). Voc. m.:
Goth. -i (only in long-syllabic stems) < PGmc. *-i e.
wa-stems
The wa-stems are also distinguished from the pure a-stems because of special
developments. The paradigmatic forms generally agree with those of the pure a-stems,
however, the short-syllabic wa-stems show in the nom.sg. / acc.sg. the ending -us / -u in the
masculine and -u / -u in the neuter, the long-syllabic ones on the other hand -ws / -w and -w
/ -w. Paradigm of the masculine and neuter wa-stems: 1) þius* m. ‘servant’. 2) waurstw n.
‘work’:
[115]
masculine neuter
sg. nom. þius waurstw
gen. þiwis waurstwis
dat. þiwa waurstwa
acc. þiu waurstw
voc. þiu
pl. nom. þiwos waurstwa
gen. þiwe waurstwe
dat. þiwam waurstwam
acc. þiwans waurstwa
1. Aside from þius* ‘servant’, only snaiws ‘snow’ and probably also aiws* ‘time, eternity’
count as masculine wa-stems.
2. Like waurstw ‘work’ also inflect: alew* ‘oil’, farw* ‘shape’, fraiw ‘seed’, gaidw* ‘lack’,
hlaiw* ‘grave’, kniu* ‘knee’, lew ‘opportunity’, sarwa* ‘weapons’, þiwadw ‘bondage’ und
weinatriu ‘vine’.
The word aiws* ‘time, eternity’ shows a vacillation between wa- and i-stem: gen.sg. aiwis (8x),
dat.sg. aiwa (15x), acc.sg. aiw (18x), gen.pl. aiwe (6x) : dat.pl. aiwam (7x), acc.pl. aiwins (Mt 6:13).
• ō-declension
The Gothic ō-stems contain only feminines. The pure ō-stems, the wō-stems and the
short and long syllabic jō-stems are distinguished.
The Gothic ō-stems continue PGmc. ō-stems, these in turn PIE eh2-stems, in which the
already marginal PIE suffix ablaut no longer played a role. Since the wō-stems and the short-
syllabic jō-stems, unlike the long-syllabic jō-stems, show no differences to the pure ō-stems,
they are also treated under the pure ō-stems. Paradigm of the feminine ō-, wō- and short-syllabic
jō-stems: 1) Pure ō-stems: giba ‘gift’. 2) wō-stems: triggwa ‘loyalty’. 3) Short-syllabic
jō-stems: sunja ‘truth’:
ō- wō- jō-
sg. nom. giba triggwa sunja
gen. gibos triggwos sunjos
dat. gibai triggwai sunjai
acc. giba triggwa sunja
pl. nom. gibos triggwos sunjos
gen. gibo triggwo sunjo
dat. gibom triggwom sunjom
acc. gibos triggwos sunjos
[116]
1. Like giba ‘gift’, many fems inflect, e.g.: aƕa ‘river’, airþa ‘earth’, bida ‘plea’, bota*
‘benefit’, fera* ‘side, area’, groba* ‘pit’, hansa ‘group’, ƕeila ‘time, hour’, idreiga*
‘penance’, kara ‘sorrow’, laiba* ‘leftover’, saiwala ‘soul’, stibna ‘voice’, tewa* ‘order’,
þiuda ‘people’, wamba ‘belly’, winna* ‘suffering’ and the adjective abstracts on -iþa
and -ida (e.g. mildiþa* ‘compassion’ and wairþida ‘proficiency’).
2. Like triggwa ‘loyalty’, inflect: bandwa* ‘sign’, fijaþwa* ‘enemity’, frijaþwa ‘love’, nidwa
‘rust’, saliþwos ‘hostel’ (only pl.), taihswa* ‘the right’, ubizwa* ‘hall’, wulwa* ‘robbery’.
3. Like sunja ‘truth’, inflect: banja* ‘wound’, brakja ‘battle’, halja ‘hell’, ludja* ‘face’,
plapja* ‘road’, sibja* ‘kin’, skalja* ‘brick’, winja* ‘pasture’, wipja* ‘wreath’ and wrakja
‘persecution’.
The acc.sg. of ƕeila* ‘hour’ is in closed final before the enclitic element -hun transmitted as
ƕeilo-hun (GalA 2:5 [ƕeilohum B]), which is phonetically the older form.

• Sg.: Nom: Goth. -a < PGmc. *-ō (cf. Run. -u, OE -u). Gen.: Goth. -os < PGmc. *-ōs (next to PGmc.
*-ōz [cf. OHG, OS -a, early OE -æ, OE -e, OIcl. -ar]). Dat.: Goth. -ai < PGmc. *-ō (cf. early OE -æ,
OE -e). Acc.: Goth. -a presumably from the nominative, next to -o (in ƕeilo-; see above) < PGmc.
*-ōn (cf. Run. -o, OHG, OS -a, OE -e).
• Pl.: Nom.: Goth. -os < PGmc. *-ōs (next to PGmc. *-ōz [OHG, OS -a, OE -e, OIcl. -ar]). Gen.:
Goth. -o < PGmc. *-ōn (cf. OS -o, OE, OIcl. -a). Dat.: Goth. -om < either PGmc. (dat.) *-ōmaz or
(instr.) *-ōmiz (cf. OHG -om, OS, OE -um, OIcl. -om). Acc.: Goth. -os < PGmc. *-ōz (cf. Run. -oz,
[later] -az, OHG -ā, OS -a, -e, OE -e, OIcl. -ar).
Long-syllabic jō-stems
The long-syllabic jō-stems are distinguished from the other ō-stems because of the
different form in the nom.sg. They continue a PIE type in which the suffix in nom./acc.sg.
appeared in the zero-grade form *-ih2-, while in the other cases it appeared in the full grade
*- eh2-. Probably already in PGmc. the zero-grade suffix only appears in the nom.sg. as PGmc.
*-ī- while in acc.sg. the full-grade PGmc. *- ōn- is introduced. Paradigm of long-syllabic
feminine jō-stems: 1) bandi ‘shackle’, mawi ‘girl’:
sg. nom. bandi mawi

gen. bandjos maujos
dat. bandjai maujai
acc. bandja mauja
pl. nom. bandjos maujos
gen. bandjo maujo
dat. bandjom maujom
acc. bandjos maujos
[117]
1. Like bandi ‘shackle’, such words inflect that either have a long root syllable or those with
the suffix PGmc. *-i ō- in the third syllable, like: aiƕatundi* ‘thornbush’, frijondi*
‘girlfriend’, gabundi* ‘band’, haiti* ‘command’, haiþi* ‘field’, ƕoftuli ‘boast, fame’, laudi*
‘shape’, manauli* ‘shape’, Saurini ‘Syrian’, þiudangardi ‘kingdom’, uswandi* ‘turn away’,
wasti* ‘clothing’ and the verbal abstract nouns ending in -ubni, -ufni.
2. Like mawi (so with a short stem syllable), only þiwi ‘maid’ inflects.
• i-declension
The Gothic i-stems only contain masculines and feminines. The Gothic i-stems continue
PGmc. and ultimately PIE i-stems. While the endings of the masculine and feminine i-stems
were still identical in PIE, this is the case in PGmc. and in Gothic only in the plural. In the
singular the masculine i-stems form the genitive and dative already in PGmc. after the
masculine a-stems The i-stems formerly also contained neutres. However, the former neutral
i-stem *mari ‘sea’ is in Gothic transformed into a feminine ein-stem marei (but cf. still the
reflex mariin the compound marisaiws* ‘lake’). Paradigms of the masculine and feminine
i-stems: 1) gasts m. ‘guest’. 2) mahts f. ‘power, strength, fortune’:
masculine feminine
sg. nom. gasts mahts
gen. gastis mahtais
dat. gasta mahtai
acc. gast maht
voc. gast
pl. nom. gasteis mahteis
gen. gaste mahte
dat. gastim mahtim
acc. gastins mahtins
1. Like gasts ‘guest’ inflect e.g.: arms ‘arm’, balgs* ‘hose’, barms* ‘lap’, baur* ‘the born’,
bruþfaþs ‘groom’, gards ‘house, family; court’, hups* ‘hip’, juggalauþs (-d-) ‘young man’,
laists* ‘track’, mats ‘food’, muns #thought’, saggws* ‘song’, sauþs* (-d-) ‘sacrifice’, staþs*
(-d-) ‘place; hostel’, þlauhs ‘flight’.
2. Like mahts ‘power, strength, fortune’, many feminines inflect, e.g.: asans ‘harvest’, dails*
‘part’, nauþs ‘necessity’, qens ‘wife’, sokns* ‘issue’, taikns ‘sign’, wens ‘hope’, the adjective
abstract nouns ending in -duþs and the verbal abstract nouns ending in -þi-, -di-, -ti-.
The word haims* f. ‘village’, whose singular goes after the i-stems forms the plural after the
ō-stems: gen. haimo, dat. haimom, acc. haimos.

[118]
• Sg.: Nom. m./f.: Goth. -s < PGmc. *-iz (cf. Run. -iz, OHG [sometimes after a short syllable], OS
[after short syllable] -i, OIcl. -r). Gen. f.: Goth. -ais < PGmc. *-a z (cf. OIcl. -ar). Dat. f.: Goth. -ai
< PGmc. *-a (cf. OHG, OS -i, OE -e). Acc. m./f.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-in (cf. Run. -i, OS [after short
syllable] -i, OE [after short syllable] -e). Voc. m.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-i.
• Pl.: Nom. m./f.: Goth. -eis < PGmc. *-i iz (cf. OHG, OS -i, OE [sometimes] -i, -e, OIcl. -er). Gen.
m./f.: Goth. -e (identic to the ending of the a-st.). Dat. m./f.: Goth. -im < either PGmc. *-imaz or
*-imiz (cf. OHG -im); Acc. m./f.: Goth. -ins < PGmc. *-inz (cf. OHG, OS -i, OE [soemtimes],
OIcl. -e).
This group also includes the abstract nouns derived from the weak verbs on -eins (from
the weak verbs 1), -ons (from the weak verbs 2) and -ains (from the weak verbs 3), such as
naseins ‘rescue’ (from nasjan ‘to rescue’), laþons ‘invitation’ (to laþon ‘to invite’) and libains
‘life’ (to liban ‘to live’). However, the nom./gen.pl. of the words ending in -eins is formed after
the f. ō-stems. Paradigm of the feminine i-stems ending in -eins, -ons, and -ains: naiteins*
‘blasphemy’, laþons ‘invitation’, libains ‘life’:
sg. nom. naiteins laþons libains

gen. naiteinais laþonais libainais
dat. naiteinai laþonai libainai
acc. naitein laþon libain
pl. nom. naiteinos laþoneis libaineis
gen. naiteino laþone libaine
dat. naiteinim laþonim libainim
acc. naiteinins laþonins libainins
From time to time there are interferences between these abstracts and the adjectiv
abstract nouns ending in -ei (see 3.1.1.2.); so, the gen.sg. of wajamerein ‘blasphemy’ is
transmitted in Joh 10:33 as wajamerein.
• u-declension
The Gothic u-stems contain nouns of all three genders. The masculines and feminines
have identical inflection. The Gothic u-stems continue PGmc. and PIE u-stems. The Gothic
u-stems show a juxtaposition of -u- and -au- in the singular, which, according to the general
opinion, goes back to secondary mixing of different PIE inflection types. However, the
distribution of forms in the transmission (see below) does not directly support this view.
Paradigm of the masculine, feminine and neuter and u-stems: 1) sunus m. ‘son’. 2) handus f.
‘hand’. 3) faihu* ‘wealth’:
[119]
masculine feminine neuter

sg. nom. sunus (-aus) handus (-aus) faihu
gen. sunaus (-us) handaus (-us)
dat. sunau (-u) handau (-u) faihau
acc. sunu (-au) handu (-au) faihu
voc. sunu, sunau
pl. nom. sunjus handjus
gen. suniwe handiwe
dat. sunum handum
acc. sununs handuns
1. Like sunus ‘son’ inflect e.g.: airus* ‘messenger’, fotus ‘foot’, hairus ‘sword’, magus ‘boy’,
stubjus* ‘dust’, þaurnus* ‘thorn’, die verbal nouns with the suffixes -þu-, -du-, -tu- (cf. e.g.
dauþus ‘death’, sidus ‘custom’, wahstus* ‘growth’), die nouns with the suffixes -(in)assus
(cf. e.g. ibnassus ‘equality’, drauhtinassus ‘war campaign’) and -odus, -oþus (cf. e.g.
auhjodus* ‘noise’, gabaurjoþus* ‘lust’).
2. Like handus ‘hand’ certainly only inflect: kinnus* ‘cheek’ und -waddjus ‘wall’ (in
baurgswaddjus ‘city wall’ und grunduwaddjus ‘foundation wall’).
3. Like faihu* ‘wealth’ certainly only inflects: pairu ‘spike’; probably also leiþu* ‘fruit wine’.
The loan words and foreign names inflected after the u-stems also show forms after the i-stems
in the plural, cf. for example nom.pl. aggiljus next to aggileis ‘angels’.
The number of inflected subforms is very small: nom.sg. in -aus: 8x, gen.sg. in -us: 15x; dat.sg.
in -u: 10x (11x if diabaulu [Bon 2:1] is not a misspelling for diabulau [as in Bon 2:2]); acc.sg. in -au:
20x; only in the voc.sg. the distribution is more even: 10x on -u : 8x on -au. The secondary forms are
found more frequently in Cod. A (17x), Cod. B (14x), Kal (4x) and Lk (14x); in Mark 2 more.

• Sg.: Nom. m./f.: Goth. -us < PGmc. *-uz (cf. Run. -uz, OHG, OS, OE -u, OIcl. [if possible, with
mutation of the root vowel] -r). Gen. m./f.: Goth. -aus < PGmc. *-a z (cf. Run. -oz, OHG -o, OE -a,
OIcl. -ar). Dat. m./f./n.: Goth. -au < PGmc. *-e (next to PGmc. *-i i [cf. Run. -iu, OHG -iu,
OIcl. -e]), Goth. -u < PGmc. *-ū?. Acc. m./f.: Goth. -u < PGmc. *-un (cf. Run. -u, OHG, OS, OE
[after short syllable] -u). Voc. m.: Goth. -u < PGmc. *-u, Goth. -au < PGmc. *-a ; Nom./Acc. n.:
Goth. -u < PGmc. *-u (cf. Run. -u, OHG, OS, OE -u, OIcl. [if possible, with mutation of the root
vowel] -Ø).
• Pl.: Nom. m./f.: Goth. -jus < PGmc. *-i iz (next PGmc. *-i[ ]uz [cf. OIcl. -er]). Gen. m./f.: Goth. -iwe
(with analogical -e) < PGmc. *-i an?. Dat. m./f.: Goth. -um < either PGmc. *-umaz or *-umiz (cf. OS,
OE -um, OIcl. -om). Acc. m./f.: Goth. -uns < PGmc. *-unz (cf. OE [rare] -u, OIcl. -o).
3.1.1.2. Consonantal declension
• n-declension
[120]
The n-stems contain masculines, neutres, and feminines. The pure n-stems (masculines
with the suffix -an-/-in-, neuters with -on-/-an-/-in- and feminines with -on-), the masculine,
neuter, and feminine jan/jōn-stems as well as the feminine ein-stems are distinguished. Since
the jan/jōn-stems do not show any differences to the pure n-stems, apart from the j that appears
continuously before the ending, they are also treated under these (the expected difference
between the short and long syllabic stems does not exist). The suffix in PIE was zero grade
*-n-, full grade *-en-/-on-, lengthened grade *-ēn-/-ōn-. While in the masculine the evening out
of the suffix forms is carried out only imperfectly, in the feminines the lengthened grade
*-ōn- completely won through. The neuters are – as usual – consistent with the masculines
except in the nom./acc. Paradigm of masculine, neuter, and feminine n-stems: 1) atta m.
‘father’. 2) hairto n. ‘heart’. 3) qino f. ‘woman’:
masculine neuter feminine

sg. nom. atta hairto qino
gen. attins hairtins qinons
dat. attin hairtin qinon
acc. attan hairto qinon
pl. nom. attans hairtona qinons
gen. attane hairtane qinono
dat. attam hairtam qinom
acc. attans hairtona qinons
1. Many masculines go like atta ‘father’, including: ahma ‘mind’, gadaila ‘participant’, guma
‘man’, hana ‘rooster’, hiuhma ‘crowd’, hliuma ‘hearing’, magula ‘little boy’, mena ‘moon’,
nuta* ‘catcher, fisherman’, skula ‘debtor’, staua ‘judge’, swaihra ‘father-in-law’, weiha
‘priest’; the denominal personal designations with the suffix PGmc. *-(i) an- show the same
endings, e.g.: arbja ‘heir’, fiskja* ‘fisherman’, frauja ‘lord, master’, haurnja* ‘horn blower’,
skilja* ‘butcher’, timrja ‘carpenter’, waurstwja ‘worker’.
2. Like hairto ‘heart’, few words inflect: auga-dauro* ‘window’, augo ‘eye’, auso ‘ear’,
barnilo ‘little child’, fon ‘fire’, kaurno ‘grain’, namo ‘name’, þairko* ‘hole’, wato water’;
the loan word sigljo ‚seal‘ (< Lat. sigillum) shows no difference in its inflection.
3. Like qino ‘woman’, many feminines inflect, including: azgo* ‘ash’, brinno ‘fever’, gatwo*
‘alley’, mawilo ‘little girl’, reiro ‘tremble’, stairno* ‘star’, swaihro ‘mother-in-law’, tuggo
‘tongue’, uhtwo* ‘dawn’; words formed with the suffix PGmc. *-(i) ōn- show no difference
in their inflection, e.g.: aikklesjo ‘church’, aiwaggeljo ‘gospel’, arbjo ‘heiress’, brunjo*
‘armor’, niþjo ‘relative’, raþjo ‘account’, sakjo* ‘quarrel’, tainjo* ‘basket’.
Two masculines and three neuters show divergent forms that are the result of older suffix ablaut:
a. aba m. ‘man’ has the gen.pl. abne and the dat.pl. abnam; b. auhsa m. ‘ox’ has the gen.pl. auhsne and
den acc.pl. auhsnuns; c. fon n. ‘fire’ has the gen.sg. funins and the dat.sg. funin; i.e. namo n. ‘name’ has
the nom./acc.pl. namna, the gen.pl. namne, and the dat.pl. namnam; e. wato n. ‘water’ has the dat.pl.
watnam.
[121]

• Sg.: Nom. m.: Goth. -a < PGmc. *-ēn/-ōn (cf. Run. -a?, -o, OHG, OS -o, ?OIcl. -i). Nom./Acc. n.:
Goth. -o is an analogical formation after the plural hairto-na. Nom. f.: Goth. -o < PGmc. *-ōn (cf.
Run. -o, OHG, OS -a, OE -e, OIcl. -a). Gen. m./n.: Goth. -ins < PGmc. *-ena/ez (cf. OHG, OS -en);
Gen. f.: Goth. -ons < PGmc. *-ōna/iz (cf. OHG -ūn, OS -un, OIcl. -o). Dat. m./n.: Goth. -in < PGmc.
(loc.sg.) *-eni (cf. OHG -in, OS -en). Dat. f.: Goth. -on < PGmc. (loc.sg.) *-ōni (cf. OHG -ūn, OS -un).
Acc. m.: Goth. -an either (with analogical spread of *-a- from the nom./acc.pl.) < PGmc. *-enun or
< PGmc. *-anun (cf. OHG -an). Acc. f.: Goth. -on < PGmc. *-ōnun (cf. OHG -ūn, OS -un).
• Pl.: Nom. m.: Goth. -ans < PGmc. *-aniz (cf. OS, OE -an). Nom./Acc. n.: Goth. -ona < PGmc. *-ōnō
(cf. OE -an, OIcl. -o). Nom. f.: Goth. -ons < PGmc. *-ōniz (cf. OHG -ūn, OS -un). Gen. m./n.:
Goth. -ane (with secondary -e and with suffix -a- from the nom./acc.Pl.; the old form of the suffix
only in abne, auhsne, namne) < PGmc. *-nan(?) (cf. OE, OIcl. -na). Gen. f.: Goth. -ono < PGmc.
*-ōnōn (cf. OHG -ōno, OS -ono, OE -ena). Dat. m./n.: Goth. -am < PGmc. (dat./instr.) *-anmi/az (cf.
OS -an, -un, -on, OE -um, OIcl. -om). Dat. f.: Goth. -om < PGmc. (dat./instr.) *-ōnmi/az (cf.
OHG -ōm, OS -on, OE -um, OIcl. -om). Acc. m.: Goth. -ans is a replacement of the ending PGmc.
*-anuns by the nom.pl. like in most/all Germanic languages (or created by haplology?) (cf.
OHG -on, -un, OS -an, -on, -un, OE -an). Acc. f.: Goth. -ons is replacement of the ending PGmc.
*-ōnuns by the form of the nom.pl. like in most/all Germanic languages (or created by haplology?)
(cf. OHG -ūn, OS -un, OE -an, OIcl. -or).
In their inflection completely parallel to the feminine n-stems are the feminine
ein-stems, which are usually adjective abstract nouns. Paradigm of feminine ein-stems: 1)
managei f. ‘crowd’:
sg. nom. managei pl. nom. manageins

gen. manageins gen. manageino
dat. managein dat. manageim
acc. managein acc. mangeins
1. Like managei ‘crowd’, inflect e.g.: aglaitei ‘fornication’, aiþei ‘mother’, bairhtei ‘clarity,
revelation’, baurþei* ‘burden’, bleiþei ‘goodness’, diupei ‘depth’, frodei* ‘prudence’,
gagudei ‘piety’, ƕairnei* ‘skull’, kilþei* ‘womb’, laggei ‘length’, magaþei* ‘virginity’,
marei ‘sea’, mikilei* ‘size’, þaurstei* ‘thirst’, þramstei* ‘grasshopper’.
Since the formation in -ei has similarities with those of the i-stems in -eins (see 3.1.1.1.)
(acc.sg. -ein, gen.pl. -eino), inflectional transitions between the two occurred (see also above); it is
sometimes difficult to decide to which class a word belongs; thus (dat.sg.) ufarmaudein ‘forgottenness’
(Sk 6:4) points to ufarmaudei*, but because of the counterpart gamaudeins* ‘remembrance’, a lemma
ufarmaudeins* seems more likely.
Thrice a nom.sg. in -ein is transmitted: 1. gagudein ‘piety’ (1.TimB 4:8; -ei A); 2. liuhadein
‘enlightenment’ (2.KorB 4:4; -eins A); 3. wiljahalþein ‘favour’ (KlB 3:25); uncertain is kaurein
‘heavyness, fullness’ (2.KorB 4:17), which can also be an acc.sg
[122]
• r-declension
The Gothic r-stems include both masculines as well as feminines. The declension of
both genera is completely the same. The r-stems mainly continue kinship designations with the
suffix PIE *-ter-, to which the word for ‘sister’ (PIE *s ésōr) has been added secondarily.
Paradigm of masculine and feminine r-stems: 1) broþar m. ‘brother’. 2) dauhtar f. ‘daughter’:
masculine feminine
sg. nom. broþar dauhtar
gen. broþrs dauhtrs
dat. broþr dauhtr
acc. broþar dauhtar
voc. broþar dauhtar
pl. nom. broþrjus dauhtrjus
gen. broþre dauhtre
dat. broþrum dauhtrum
acc. broþruns dauhtruns
1. Like broþar m. ‘brother’ and dauhtar f. ‘daughter’ also inflect: fadar* m. (only once as
voc.sg. [GalA 4:6]; otherwise it is superseded by atta) and swestar f. ‘sister’.

• Sg.: Nom.: Goth. -ar < PGmc. *-er (taken over from the ending of the voc.sg.) (next to PGmc. *-ēr
[cf. OHG -er, OS, OE -ar, -er, OIcl. -ir]). Gen.: Goth. -rs < PGmc. *-ra/es (cf. OHG, OS, OE -er).
Dat.: Goth. -r < PGmc. (loc.sg.) *-ri (cf. OHG -er, OS -er, -or, OE -er, OIcl. -r). Acc.: Goth. -ar <
PGmc. *-erun (cf. OHG -er, OS, OE -er); Voc.: got -ar < PGmc. *-er oder -ar (> cf. ? Run. -ar).
• Pl.: Nom.: Goth. -rjus is taken over from the corresponding ending of the u-st. Gen.: Goth. -riwe is
taken over from the corresponding ending of the u-st. Dat.: Goth. -rum < PGmc. *-ruma/iz (with
metathesis) ← *-urma/iz (cf. OS, OE -rum, OIcl. [if possible, with mutation of the root vowel] -rum).
Acc.: Goth. -runs < PGmc. *-runz.
• nd-declension
The masculines belonging to this declension are substantivated present participles, some
of which still show the inherited consonantal inflection on -nd-. Paradigm: 1. nasjands m.
‘Saviour’ (← ‘rescuer’):
sg. nom. nasjands pl. nom. nasjands

gen. nasjandis gen. nasjande
dat. nasjand dat. nasjandam
acc. nasjand acc. nasjands
[123]
voc. nasjand
1. Like nasjands ‘Saviour’ also inflect: allwaldands ‚the allmighty’, bisitands* ‘neighbor’,
dagands* ‘light bringer’, daupjands ‘baptist’, fi(j)ands ‘enemy’, frijonds ‘friend’,
fraujinonds* ‘ruler’, gardawaldands ‘lord of the house’, gibands ‘giver’, talzjands*
‘teacher’.
fraweitands ‘avenger’ and midumonds ‘mediator’ also belong here, although only the nom.sg.
is transmitted, since the dependent gen.pl. (fraweitands frauja ist allaize ‘the Lord is the avenger of all’
[1.ThessB 4:6] and midumonds gudis jah manne ‘a mediator between God and men’ [1.TimAB 2:5])
imply the forms to be substantives.
merjands ‘proclaimer’ is also to be placed here since the word corresponds to Gr. kḗruks
‘herald’.

• Sg.: Nom.: Goth. -s < PGmc. *-s/z. Gen.: Goth. -is is taken over from the corresponding ending of
the a-st. Dat.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. (loc.sg.) *-i. Acc.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-un (or taken over from the
corresponding ending of the a-st.). Voc.: got -Ø is taken over from the corresponding ending of the
a-st.
• Pl.: Nom.: Goth. -s < PGmc. *-iz. Gen.: Goth. -e is taken over from the corresponding ending of the
a-st. Dat.: Goth. -am is taken over from the corresponding ending of the a-st. Acc.: Goth. -s is taken
over from the ending of the nom.pl.
• Root nouns, stems with a dental suffix
This group contains masculines and feminines.

Root nouns are nouns in which the inflectional ending is directly attachted to the root
without a stem-forming element (cf. Lat. rēx ‘king’ [< *rēg-s], rēg-is). In Gothic this class is in
sharp decline. In the inflection the Gothic root nouns do not differ from the stems with a dental
suffix, so they can be treated together.
The feminines to be classified here have in the nom./acc.sg. become identical with the
i-stems and have mostly also adopted the ending of i-stems in the dat.pl. Paradigm: 1) baurgs
f. ‘city’:
sg. nom. baurgs pl. nom. baurgs

gen. baurgs gen. baurge
dat. baurg dat. baurgim
acc. baurg acc. baurgs
1. Like baurgs ‘city’ also inflect: alhs ‘temple’, brusts ‘breast’, gaits ‘goat’, miluks ‘milk’,
mitaþs ‘measure’, nahts ‘night’, spaurds* ‘racetrack’.
[124]
dulþs ‘fest’ and waihts ‘thing’ normally follow the inflection of the i-stems; however, there are
also consonantal forms: dat.sg. dulþ (Joh 7:14 [spelling error?]); acc.pl. waihts (Sk 2:4).

• Sg.: Nom.: Goth. -s < PGmc. *-s/z. Gen.: Goth. -s < PGmc. *-i/az/s (cf. OIcl. [if possible, with
mutation of the root vowel] -r). Dat.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. (loc.sg.) *-i. Acc.: Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-un
(or taken over from the ending of the acc.sg. of the i-st.?).
• Pl.: Nom.: Goth. -s < PGmc. *-iz (cf. OIcl. [if possible, with mutation of the root vowel] -r). Gen.:
Goth. -e is taken over from the corresponding ending of the a-st. Dat.: Goth. -im is taken over from
the corresponding ending of the i-st. Acc.: Goth. -s is taken over from the ending of the nom.pl.
The four masculines, which show consonantal inflection, do not completely agree in
their inflection:
1. manna m. ‘man’ follows in some cases the n-st.:
cons.st. n-st. cons.st. n-st.

sg. nom. manna pl. nom. mans mannans
gen. mans gen. manne
dat. mann dat. mannam
acc. mannan acc. mans mannans
2. From menoþs m. ‘month’ are attested: nom.sg. menoþs (Lk 1:36), gen.sg. men<oþis> (Neh
6:15), dat.sg. menoþ (Lk 1:26), dat.pl. menoþum (GalA 4:10), acc.pl. menoþs (Lk 1:24.56,
4:25).
3. From reiks m. ‘ruler’ are attested: nom.sg. reiks (Mt 9:18, Joh 12:31, 16:11), gen.sg. reikis
(Mt 9:23), dat.sg. reik (EphAB 2:2), nom.pl. reiks (Joh 7:26, RömAC 13:3), gen.pl. reike
(Lk 18:18, Joh 7:48, Sk 8:3[2x].4[2x]), dat.pl. reikam (Joh 12:42).
4. From weitwoþs* m. ‘witness’ are attested: acc.sg. weitwod (2.KorAB 1:23), gen.pl.
weitwode (MtC 26:65, Mk 14:63, 1.TimA 5:19, 1.TimAB 6:12, 2.KorAB 13:1),
nom.pl. -weitwods (in galiugaweitwods ‘false witnesses’ [Lk 18:20, Mk 10:19]),
acc.pl. -weitwods (in galiugaweitwods ‘false witnesses’ [1.KorA 15:15]).
To this group also belongs the pronoun nom. bajoþs ‘both’ (Lk 5:38, EphAB 2:18), dat. bajoþum
(Mt 9:17, Sk 2:4, 3:1).
3.1.2. Declension of the pronouns

[125]
3.1.2.1. Personal pronouns and reflexive pronoun
The pronouns of the 1st and 2nd person, which still show the dual, have no gender
distinction. To these personal pronouns comes the reflexive pronoun for the 3rd person, which
also does not know any number differentiation. Paradigms: 1) ik ‘I’. 2) þu ‘you’. 3) sik ‘oneself’:
Person 1. 2. reflexive pronoun

sg. nom. ik þu –
gen. meina þeina (seina)
dat. mis þus sis
acc. mik þuk sik
du. nom. wit – –
gen. – igqara (seina)
dat. ugkis igqis sis
acc. ugkis igqis sik
pl. nom. weis jus –
gen. unsara izwara seina
dat. uns, unsis izwis sis
acc. uns, unsis izwis sik
The -s in the nom.pl. of the 1st/2nd person is the result of final devoicing (see 2.3.2.), as can be
seen from the spellings weiz-uþ-þan and juz-uþ-þan hervorgeht.
In the dat.pl. the two forms uns and unsis appear about equally often (66x uns : 59x unsis), in
the acc.pl. on the other hand, uns is recorded much more often (124x uns : 24x unsis).
Historical explanation of the forms:

• Sg.: Nom.: 1.: Goth. ik either < PGmc. (stressed) *ek (cf. Run. ek, OS, OIcl. ek) or < PGmc.
(unstressed) *ik (cf. Run. ik, OHG ih, OS ik, OE ic, OFris. ik) or < PGmc. *ekan (cf. Run. eka, -eka,
Run.dän. iak, anorw., OSwed. iak). 2.: Goth. þu < PGmc. *þu (cf. OHG du, OS t[h]ū, OE đu, OIcl.
þu, tu). Gen.: 1./2./3.: identical with the acc.pl.n.? of the possessive pronoun. Dat.: 1. Goth. mis either
< PGmc. (stressed) *mez (cf. ? Run. <me>z, OHG mer, OS, OE [partly with secondary lengthening]
me, OIcl. [with secondary lengthening] mér) or < PGmc. (unstressed) *miz (cf. ? Run. <mi>z, OHG
mir, OS [partly with secondary lengthening] mı). 2.: Goth. þus (with analogical vowel from the nom.)
either < PGmc. (stressed) *þez (cf. [partly with secondary lengthening] OE þe, OIcl. [with secondary
lengthening] þér) or < PGmc. (unstressed) *þiz (cf. OHG dir, OS [with secondary lengthening] þī).
3. Goth. sis likely < PGmc. (stressed) *sez (theoratically, also PGmc. [unstressed] *siz is possible)
(cf. OIcl. [with secondary lengthening] sér). Acc.: 1. Goth. mik either < PGmc. (stressed) *mek (cf.
OE mec) or < PGmc. (unstressed) *mik (cf. OHG mih, OS, OIcl. mik). 2. Goth. þuk (with analogical
vowel from the nom.) either < PGmc. (stressed) *þek (cf. OE þec) or < PGmc. (unstressed) *þik (cf.
OHG dih, OS, OIcl. þik). 3. Goth. sik either < PGmc. (stressed) *sek or < PGmc. (unstressed) *sik
(cf. OHG sih, OIcl. sik).
• Du.: Nom.: 1.: Goth. wit either < PGmc. (stressed) * et or < PGmc. (unstressed) * it (cf. OS, OE
wit, OIcl. vit). Gen.: 2.: Goth. igqara identical with the acc.pl.n.? of the possessive pronoun. Dat.: 1.:
Goth. ugkis < PGmc. *unkiz (consisting of *unk- [cf. OS unk, OE unc] + [dat.sg.] *-iz) (cf. OIcl.
okkr). 2.: Goth. igqis < PGmc. *ink iz (consisting of *ink - [cf. OS ink, OE inc] + [dat.sg.] *-iz) (cf.
OIcl. ykkr).
[126]
• Pl.: Nom.: 1.: Goth. weis < PGmc. * īz (cf. OHG [with shortening in unstressed position] wir, OIcl.
vér, [with shortening in unstressed position and loss of *-z with partly secondary lengtehening in
stressed position] OS wı, OE we). 2.: Goth. jus < PGmc. * ūz (cf. [with reformation after * īz to * īz
partly with development in unstressed position] OHG ir, OS gī, ge, OE ge, OIcl. ér). Gen.: 1.: Goth.
unsara identical with the acc.pl.n.? os the possessive pronoun. 2.: Goth. izwara identical with the
acc.pl.n.? of the possessive pronoun. Dat./Acc.: 1.: Goth. uns, unsis (with -is after m-is) < PGmc.
*uns (cf. OHG uns, OS ūs, OE ūs, OIcl. oss). 2.: Goth. izwis < PGmc. *iz iz < * iz iz (with doubling)
< * iz (to avoid coincidence with * iz < * īz) (cf. OIcl. [with dissimilation of *-z- > *-ð-] yþr, [with
dissimilatory loss of *-z-] OHG iu, eu, OS eu, iu[u], OE ēow).
3.1.2.2. Possessive adjective
From the stems of the personal pronoun and the reflexive pronoun the possessive
adjective is derived:
Sg.: 1st person: meins m., mein (meinata) n., meina f. ‘mine’.
2nd person: þeins m., þein (þeinata) n., þeina f. ‘your’.
3rd person: seins* ‚his, her‘.
Du.: 2nd person: dat.sg.f. (Mt 9:29) iggarai (nom.sg. igqar* ‘both your’).
Pl.: 1st person: unsar m., unsar n., unsara f. ‘our’.
2nd person: izwar m., izwar n., izwara f. ‘your’.
3rd person: seins* ‘his, her’.
The inflection of the possessive adjectives is completely identical with that of the strong
adjectives. Weak forms do not occur.

• The forms with Goth. -n- are extensions with the suffix PGmc. *-na- < PIE *-no- to the PIE forms
of the loc.sg. *me-i, *te-I, and *se-i.
• The forms with Goth. -ar- are extensions with the suffix PGmc. *-ara- < PIE opposites forming
suffix *-ero- from the corresponding personal pronouns.
3.1.2.3. Anaphoric pronoun of the 3rd person
The pronoun of the 3rd person (anaphoric pronoun) is differentiated by gender.

Paradigm: 1) is, ita, si ‘he, it, she’:

sg. nom. is ita si
gen. is is izos
dat. imma imma izai
[127]
acc. ina ita ija

pl. nom. eis ija (ijos)
gen. ize (ize) izo
dat. im im im
acc. ins (ija) ijos

• Sg.: Nom.m.: Goth. is < PGmc. *iz or *ez (cf. Run. is, ez, OHG er). Nom./Acc.n.: Goth. ita < PGmc.
*it (cf. OHG iz, OS it) + particle PGmc. *-ōn. Nom.f.: Goth. si < PGmc. *si (cf. OHG sı). Gen.m./n.:
Goth. is < PGmc. *isa or *esa (cf. OHG es, OS is, es). Gen.f.: Goth. izos < PGmc. *izōz (cf. OHG,
OS ira). Dat.m./n.: Goth. imma < PGmc. *izmō (or *izmē?) (cf. [with assimilation and simplification]
OHG, OS imu). Dat.f.: Goth. izai < PGmc. *iza (cf. OE [with -ie- from the acc.sg. and secondary
h-] hiere; next to [with replacement of the ending with *-ō of the instr.sg.] OHG, OS iru). Acc.m.:
Goth. ina < PGmc. *inōn (cf. ? OHG in, OS ina). Acc.f.: Goth. ija < PGmc. *i ōn (cf. [with secondary
h-] > OE hīe next to [with s- from the nom.sg.f.] OHG, OS sia).
• Pl.: Nom.m.: Goth. eis < PGmc. * i iz (next to [with different reformations] OHG sie, OS sia, sea,
OE hīe). Nom.n.: Goth. ija < PGmc. *i ō (next to [with different reformations] OHG sio, OS siu, sea,
OE hīe). Gen.m.: Goth. ize (with replacement of the ending with -e) < PGmc. *izōn (cf. OHG, OS
iro). Gen.f.: Goth. izo < PGmc. *izōn (cf. OHG, OS iro). Dat.m./n./f.: Goth. im < PGmc. *imi/az (cf.
OHG, OS im). Acc.m.: Goth. ins < PGmc. *ins. Acc.f.: Goth. ijos (with replacement of the ending
after the nom.pl.f. ijos*) < PGmc. *i ōns.
3.1.2.4. Demonstrative pronouns
• The simple demonstrative pronoun sa m., þata n., so f. is used both as a true demonstrative
and as a translation for the Greek article (ho m., tó n., hē f.). Paradigm: 1) sa m., þata n., so
f. ‘this, the; that, the; that, the’:

sg. nom. sa þata so
gen. þis þis þizos
dat. þamma þamma þizai
acc. þana þata þo
pl. nom. þai þo þos
gen. þize þize þizo
dat. þaim þaim þaim
acc. þans þo þos
The final -a of the bisyllabic forms is elided before enclitic elements that start with a vowel.
The instr.sg.n. þe is no longer used as a case in its own right. Independently, it only stands once
before the comparative: ni þe haldis (Sk 4:4) ‘thereby no longer’ > ‘nevertheless’; also, in the adverbial
combinations and conjunctions bi þe ‘later, then; while, as, if’, du-þe, du-þ-þe ‘to, therefore’, jaþ-þe
‘and if’.
[128]

• Sg.: Nom.m.: Goth. sa < PGmc. *sa (cf. OIcl. [with secondary lengthening] sá). Nom./Acc.n.: Goth.
þata < PGmc. *þat (cf. OHG daz, OS that, OE þæt, OIcl. þat) + particle PGmc. *-ōn. Nom.f.: Goth.
so < PGmc. *sō (cf. OIcl. sú). Gen.m./n.: Goth. þis < PGmc. *þez/sa (cf. OHG des, OS þes). Gen.f.:
Goth. þizos < PGmc. *þezōz (with reformation from PGmc. *þez ōz; cf. OHG dera, OS thera).
Dat.m./n.: Goth. þamma < PGmc. *þezmō or *þezmē (cf. OHG demu, OS themu). Dat.f.: Goth. þizai
< PGmc. *þeza (with reformation from PGmc. *þez a ). Acc.m.: Goth. þana < PGmc. þanōn (cf. OS
thana, OE þone). Acc.f.: Goth. þo < PGmc. *þōn (cf. OE þā, OIcl. þá).
• Pl.: Nom.m.: Goth. þai < PGmc. *þa (cf. OHG dē, OS thē, OE þā). Nom./Acc.n.: Goth. þo < PGmc.
*þō. Nom./Acc.f.: Goth. þos < PGmc. *þōz (cf. OE þā, OIcl. þár). Gen.m./n.: Goth. þize (with
replacement of the ending with -e) < PGmc. *þezōn (cf. OHG dero, OS thero). Gen.f.: Goth. þizo <
PGmc. *þezōn (cf. OHG dero, OS thero). Dat.m./n./f.: Goth. þaim < PGmc. *þa mi/az (cf. OHG dēm,
OS them, OE þām, OIcl. þeim). Acc.m.: Goth. þans < PGmc. *þanz/s (cf. OE þā, OIcl. þá).
• A reinforced demonstrative pronoun arises by addition of the enclitic particle -(u)h ‘and’ to
the simple demonstrative pronoun. It is a real demonstrative pronoun and is not used to
translate the Greek article. Paradigm: 1) sah m., þatuh n., soh f. ‘this/that one’:

sg. nom. sah þatuh soh
gen. þizuh þizuh –
dat. þammuh þammuh –
acc. þanuh þatuh –
pl. nom. þaih – –
gen. – – –
dat. – – –
acc. þanzuh – –
The instr.sg.n. þeh only appears in bi-þeh adv. ‘later, then; while, as, when’.
• A defective pronoun *hi- ‘this’ occurs only in a few forms (in the dat.sg.m./n. himma,
acc.sg.m. hina, and acc.sg.n. hita) and only in determinations of time: himma daga ‘today’,
fram himma (nu) ‘from now on’, and hina dag ‘until today’, und hita (nu) ‘until now’.
Historical explanation of the form:

• The pronoun continues the PIE proniminal stem *ki-/ke-, to which are attached the same endings of
the simple demonstrative pronoun.
• The pronoun jains m., jainata* n., jaina f. ‘that one’ is inflected as a strong adjective. In the
neuter however, the nominal (endless) form is not found (but there is only one instance
[acc.sg.n.] jainata [Lk 15:14]).
[129]
Historical explanation of the form:

• The pronoun continues the PIE relative pronoun * e/o-. The Germanic form goes back (comparable
to some other personal pronouns) to a PIE loc.sg. * o-i to which the suffix *-no- was added.
3.1.2.5. Relative pronouns
• In Gothic there is no synthetic relative pronoun, but an uninflected relative particle ei. This
is found:
1. Conjunctional in dependent clauses meaning ‘with, (on) that’.
2. Seldom relatival, cf. KolB 1:9: duþþe jah weis, fram þamma daga ei hausidedun, ni
ƕeilaidedum faur izwis bidjandans ‘therefore from the day we heard it we did not rest
from praying for you’.
• The relative particle ei combines with the demonstrative pronoun sa m., þata n., so f. ‘this,
the’ to form the relative pronoun of the 3rd person ‘which’. Paradigm: 1) saei m., þatei n.,
soei f. ‘which’:

sg. nom. saei þatei soei
gen. þizei þizei þizozei
dat. þammei þammei þizaiei
acc. þanei þatei þoei
pl. nom. þaiei þoei þozei
gen. þizeei þizeei –
dat. þaimei þaimei þaimei
acc. þanzuh þoei þozei
The final -a in some forms of the demonstrative pronoun is elided before ei.
The instr.sg.n. þeei is only used as a conjunction ‘because of that’ and is only found after the
negation ni ‘not’.
A secondary form of þatei is þei, which is only used in connection with þisƕah ‘everything
which’ and as a conjunction ‘that’.
• In the same capacity as the nom.sg.m. saei also a form izei is used, instead of the nom.sg.f.
soei also sei (< *si-ei). Some times, izei also stands as nom.pl.m. (instead of the non-existing
*eizei). Here the relative particle ei is added to the personal pronoun of the 3rd person is m.,
ita n., si f. ‘he, it, she’. This relative pronoun is already becoming obsolete in ancestral
Gothic.
[130]
• If the relative clause refers to a 1st or 2nd person, the relative particle ei is attached to the
respective personal pronoun:
1. 1st singular: nom. ikei ‘(I), who’.
2. 2nd singular: nom. þuei, dat. þuzei, acc. þukei ‘(you), who’.
3. 2nd plural: nom. juzei, dat. izwizei ‘(you), who’.
3.1.2.6. Interrogative pronouns
• The interrogative pronoun knows in Gothic, unlike the situation in the other Germanic
languages, a separate femine. There is no plural. After ƕas, a noun appears usually in the
(partitive) genitive, while the pronoun takes on the gender of the noun. Adjectival usage is
quite rare (ƕas þiudans ‘which king’ [Lk 14:31]; ƕas manna ‘which man’ [Lk 15:4]).
Paradigm: 1) ƕas m., ƕa n., ƕo f. ‘who?’:

sg. nom. ƕas ƕa ƕo
gen. ƕis ƕis –
dat. ƕamma ƕamma ƕizai
acc. ƕana ƕa ƕo
instr. – ƕe –
The instr.sg.n. of the interrogative pronoun is the instrumental still actively in use (in total in 10
instances). It is used:
1. Absolute (cf. ƕe wasjaiþ ‘with what you clothe yourselves’ [Mt 6:25]).
2. Before the comparative (cf. ƕe managizo ‘how much more’ [Mt 5:47]).
In addition, ƕe appears in adverbial combinations with the prepositions bi and du (biƕe ‘on
what’; duƕe ‘why’).
From the pronominal stem PGmc. *χwa- by means of adjectival suffixes are further derived:
1. ƕarjis ‘which’, inflected like a strong adjective; the noun dependent on ƕarjis stands in the
genitive (exception: ƕarjos anabusnins ‘which commandments’ [1.ThessB 4:2]).
2. ƕaþar ‘who of two’, also inflected like a strong adjective; in one instance it is combined
with a dependent genitive (ƕaþar nu þize ‘who of these two’ [Lk 7:42]).
From a variant stem PGmc. *χwi- Goth. ƕi- in ƕileiks ‘like what?’ is derived that is inflected
like a strong adjective.

• Sg.: Nom.m.: Goth. ƕas < PGmc. *χwaz (cf. OE hwā). Nom./Acc.n.: Goth. ƕa < PGmc. *χwan (with
analogical *-n from the n. a-st.) < PGmc. *χwat (cf. OHG hwaz, OS hwat, OE hwæt, OIcl. hvat).
Nom.f.: Goth. ƕo (if really inherited and not rebuilt) < PGmc. *χwō. Gen.m./n.: Goth. ƕis < PGmc.
*χwez/sa (cf. OHG hwes, OS hwes, OE hwæs, OIcl. hves). Dat.m./n.: Goth. ƕamma < PGmc. *χwazmō
or *χwazmē. Dat.f.: Goth. ƕizai (if really inherited and not rebuilt) < PGmc. *χweza . Acc.m.: Goth.
[131]
ƕana < PGmc. *χwanōn (cf. OE hwone). Acc.f.: Goth. ƕo (if really inherited and not rebuilt) < PGmc.
*χwōn.
3.1.2.7. Indefinite pronouns
• The indefinite pronoun ‘any’ is Goth. sums m., sum, sumata* n., suma f. (Goth. sums <
PGmc. *suma- [OHG, OS sum, Early MDu. som, OE sum, OFris. sum, som, OIcl. sumr]),
inflected like a strong adjective and is uses both like an adjective and a noun (‘someone’).
• When manna, ƕas and ains are connected with the enclitic particle -hun, they serve a
indefinite pronouns. They always have the negation ni ‘not’ with them and in this
combination they mean ‘nobody, no one’:
1. Of manna are documented: ni mannahun, ni manshun, ni mannhun, ni mannanhun.
2. Of ƕas are documented: ni ƕashun (also auch ni ƕanhun adv. ‘never’).
3. The most common is (ni) ainshun ‘no one’. The transmitted forms of ainshun deviate
from those of the simplex word ains: long vowels of ains that were shortened in final
position have been preserved by the particles (in covered final position). Paradigm:

sg. nom. ainshun ainhun ainohun
gen. ainishun – –
dat. ainummehun – ainaihun
acc. ain(n)ohun ainhun ainohun
• The term ‘any’ is denoted by the addition of the enclitic particle -(u)h ‘and’ to ƕas or ƕarjis.
As with ainshun, the inflection differs from that of the simple words. Paradigm: 1) ƕazuh
m., ƕah n., ƕoh f. ‘any’:

sg. nom. ƕazuh ƕah ƕoh
gen. ƕizuh ƕizuh –
dat. ƕammeh ƕammeh –
acc. ƕanoh ƕah ƕoh
pl. acc. ƕanzuh – –
The instr.sg.n. of ƕazuh is only found as ƕeh adv. ‘anyway, only’.
Paradigm: 1) ƕarjizuh m., ƕarjatoh n.:

[132]

sg. nom. ƕarjizuh ƕarjatoh –
gen. ƕarjizuh ƕarjizuh –
dat. ƕarjammeh ƕarjammeh –
acc. ƕarjanoh – ƕarjoh*
• To express ‘everyone whoever’ is used: 1. (sa)ƕazuh saei (izei); 2. þisƕazuh saei/þei/ei.
3.1.3. Declension of the adjectives
The stem of the PIE adjectives could (like that of the nouns) end on a consonant as well
as on a vowel (cf. Lat. longus ‘long’ : felix [= felik-s] ‘happy’). Towards Germanic the
consonantal inflection of the adjectives has been lost, the vowel inflection has been preserved.
On the other hand, Germanic developed a new inflection class according to which (apart from
a few exceptions [see below]) all adjectives can be declined, the weak declension, which
follows the n-stems of the noun. The two types of declination, the strong and the weak one,
stand in systematic contrast to each other: the strong forms indicate indefiniteness, while the
weak forms indicate definiteness. So, in the adjectives the first attempt to mark the definiteness
of the noun phrase arises – long before the article develops. In Gothic the weak inflection is
used after the pronoun sa, so, þata and only rarely in other usages; the strong inflection is used
in all other cases.
3.1.3.1. Strong adjectives
The strong inflection of the adjectives was probably originally completely identical to
the vocalic inflection of the noun. In Germanic– as in the other German languages – the
adjective adopted inflection endings of the pronominal adjectives. The nom./acc.sg.n. has two
endings, one nominal and one pronominal (-ata).
As is the case with the nouns, the adjectives are divided into several vocalic declensions.
There are:
1. Adjectives of the a/ō-declension (with the subgroup of the ja/jō- declension).
2. Adjectives of the i-declension.
3. Adjectives of the u-declension.
[133]
Adjectives of the i- and u-declension are rare in Gothic, because firstly their number in
PGmc. was already low, and secondly, most case forms have gone over to the ja/jō-inflection.
Only strong inflection have:

1. The pronominal adjectives (except sama ‘the same’ and silba ‘himself’).
2. The cardinals ains ‘one’ and the ordinal anþar ‘the second’.
3. The adjectives alls ‘all’, fulls ‘full’, ganohs* ‘enough’, halbs* ‘half’ and midjis* ‘the
middle one’.
• Inflection of the strong a/ō-stems. Paradigm: 1) blinds m., blind(ata) n., blinda f. ‘blind’ (the
forms with a pronominal ending are underlined):

sg. nom. blinds blind, blindata blinda
gen. blindis blindis blindaizos
dat. blindamma blindamma blindai
acc. blindana blind, blindata blinda
pl. nom. blindai blinda blindos
gen. blindaize blindaize blindaizo
dat. blindaim blindaim blindaim
acc. blindans blinda blindos
1. This group includes the majority of the Gothic adjectives, e.g.: airþakunds* ‘earthly’,
aiweins* ‘eternal’, ansteigs ‘gracious’, arms* ‘poor’, barizeins* ‘of barley’, diups* ‘deep’,
funisks* ‘fiery’, galeiks ‘similar’, gumakunds* ‘male’, hails ‘healthy’, handugs ‘clever’,
hauhs* ‘high’, jains ‘that one’, juggs* ‘young’, mahteigs ‘mighty’, mannisks* ‘human’,
siuks ‘sick’, snutrs* ‘wise’, stainahs* ‘stony’, swinþs* ‘strong’, triggws ‘loyal’, þeins ‘your’,
ubils ‘wicked’.
This declension is also followed by the pronominal adjectives, jains ‘that one’, the superlative
and the preterital participles.
In Sk the dat.pl.f. ends in all three cases in -om after the f. ō-st. (missaleikom ‘different’ [Sk
2:4], judaiwiskom ‘Jewish’ [Sk 3:2] and sinteinom ‘daily’ [Sk 3:2]), probably to mark the gender more
clearly.
Final devoicing (see 2.3.2.) can also occur in the adjective as well as the drop of -s in the nom.sg.
(see 3.1.1.1.).
Most strong forms of the ja/jo-stems adjectives agree with those of the a/ō-stems, except
that there is a -j- before the ending. Deviating forms occur only in the nom.sg.m. of the
short-syllabic and long-syllabic adjectives, which end in -jis and -eis (midjis ‘middle’, wilþeis
[134]
‘wild’), the nom.sg.n. that ends in -i (only recorded for the long-syllabic adjectives [wilþi]) and
the nom.sg.f. that ends on -i (only recorded for the long-syllabic adjectives [wilþi]).
1. Like midjis* ‘middle’ certainly inflect: aljis* ‘another’, fullatojis ‘perfect’, ƕarjis ‘which’,
niujis ‘new’, ubiltojis ‘malicious’.
2. Like wilþeis ‘wild’ certainly inflect: alþeis ‘old’, fairneis* ‘old’, woþeis* ‘pleasant’.
• The declension of the strong i-stems adjectives follows in the nom.sg. the form of the i-stems
nouns. In the other documented cases they have adopted the inflection of ja/jō-stems.
Paradigm of the strong i-st.: 1) hrains m. ‘pure’:

sg. nom. hrains hrain, – hrains
gen. hrainis hrainis –
dat. hrainjamma hrainjamma hrainjai
acc. hrainjana hrain, – hrainja
pl. nom. hrainjai hrainja hrainjos
gen. hrainjaize hrainjaize hrainjaizos
dat. hrainjaim hrainjaim hrainjaim
acc. hrainjans hrainja hrainjos
1. Like hrains ‘pure’ inflect e.g.: aljakuns ‘of other sex’, analaugns* ‘hidden’, anasiuns*
‘visible’, andanems ‘pleasant’, andasets* ‘vile’, bruks ‘useful’, gafaurs ‘honorable’,
gamains ‘common’, samakuns ‘kin’ sels ‘kind’, skeirs* ‘clear’, unfaurs* ‘chatty’, unsels*
‘nasty’.
• The declension of the strong u-stem adjectives follows in the nom.sg. the form of the u-stem
nouns. In the other documented cases they have adopted the inflection of ja/jō-stems.
Paradigm of the strong u-stems: 1) hardus m. ‘hard’:

sg. nom. hardus hardu, hardjata hardus
gen. – – –
dat. – – –
acc. hardjana hardu, hardjata hardja
pl. nom. hardjai – hardjos
gen. hardjaize hardjaize hardjaizo
dat. hardjaim hardjaim hardjaim
acc. hardjans – hardjos
[135]
1. Like hardus ‘hard’ certainly inflect: aggwus* ‘narrow’, aglus* ‘difficult’, manwus ‘ready’,
qairrus ‘gentle’, seiþus* ‘late’, tuglus ‘firm’, twalibwintrus ‘twelve years old’, þaursus ‘dry’
and þlaqus ‘soft’.
Goth. filu ‘a lot of, much; very’ is only used as a substantive and an adverb, plus as an adverbial
genitive filaus ‘by much’. It is a former substantive.
3.1.3.2. Weak adjectives
Due to the origin of the weak inflection, it is completely identical with the inflection of
the substantival n-stems. Masculine and neuter inflect thus like atta ‘father’ and hairto ‘heart’,
the feminine normally like qino ‘woman’. Paradigm: 1) blinda m., blindo n., blindo f. ‚blind‘:
mask. neutr. fem.

sg. nom. blinda blindo blindo
gen. blindins blindins blindons
dat. blindin blindin blindon
acc. blindan blindo blindon
pl. nom. blindans blindona blindons
gen. blindane blindane blindono
dat. blindam blindam blindom
acc. blindans blindona blindons
According to this paradigm., all weak adjectives inflect. However, all other adjectives
except the pure a-stems have a -j- before the ending, thus inflecting after the masculine/neuter
jan- and feminine jōn-stems: ja-st.: niujis ‘new’: nom.sg.m. niuja, n. niujo, f. niujo; wilþeis
‘wild’: nom.sg.m. wilþja, n. wilþjo, f. wilþjo; i-stems: hrains ‘pure’: nom.sg.m. hrainja*, n.
hrainjo, f. hrainjo. There are no securely documented u-stems.
In the case of the long-syllabic ja-sems, the form with -ji- (as in the noun) always appears in the
cases that have an -i- (gen./dat.sg.m./n.); only once does a form with -ei- appear: gen.sg.f. unseleins
‘evil, wicked’ (EphB 6:16; unseljins A).
3.1.3.3. Declension of the participles
• The present participle has abandoned the old nd-inflection and inflects like a weak adjective,
but the feminine is formed after the f. ein-stems (managei), since the feminine inflected in
PIE as -ih2-/- eh2-stems. The nom.sg.m. however, usually ends in -s (here the weak form is
[136]
rarer), occasionally also the nom.sg.f. Paradigm of the present participle: gibands m.
‘giving’:

sg. nom. gibands gibando gibandei
gibanda gibands
gen. gibandins gibandins gibandeins
dat. gibandin gibandin gibandein
acc. gibandan gibando gibandein
pl. nom. gibandans gibandona gibandeins
gen. gibandane gibandane gibandeino
dat. gibandam gibandam gibandeim
acc. gibandans gibandona gibandeins
The rarer weak form in the nom.sg.m. occurs almost exclusively after sa ‘this, the’; the more
common form on -s is arguably the rest of the former nd-inflection.
In at least two places a nom.sg. on -ands as an attribute of a feminine noun, certainly in nimands
frawaurhts ‘the sin, taking’ (RomA 7:8) and frawaurhts … nimands ‘the sin …taking’ (RomA 7:11).
This could be an archaism kept from the original consonantal declension.
• The preterite participle is inflected like a normal adjective both strong and weak. Paradigm
of the strong/weak preterite participle of the strong verbs: 1) gibans m., giban/gibanata n.,
gibana f. ‘given’; Paradigm of the strong/weak preterite participle of the weak verbs: 1)
nasiþs m., nasiþ/nasidata n., nasida f. ‘saved’:

strong nom.sg. gibans giban, gibanata gibana
… … … …
weak nom.sg. gibana gibano gibano
… … … …
strong nom.sg. nasiþs nasiþ, nasidata nasida
… … … …
weak nom.sg. nasida Nasido nasido
… … … …
3.1.3.4. The comparison of the adjectives
• The regular PIE comparison includes the comparative that has a suffix with the ablaut grades
full grade *- es-/- os-, lengthened grade *- ēs-/- ōs-, zero-grade *-is-, and a superlative with
the suffix PIE *-ista- (consisting of the zero-grade variant *-is- of the comparative to which
the suffix *-to- was added).
[137]
• Of these ablaut grades the PGmc. comparative only continues the zero-grade variant *-is-,
which is present in the forms *-is- and *-iz-. This suffix is followed by the n-suffix, so that
the comparative inflects like a weak adjective, except that the feminine goes according to
the feminine ein-stems (managei).
• Besides this form there exists in PGmc. a second comparative formation with the suffix
*-ōs-/-ōz-, aleso extended with the n-suffix. This formation cam up more recently and is
analogically formed after the adverbs. Pattern: Goth. neƕ ‘close’ : neƕis ‘closer’ =
sniumundo ‘quick’ : X → X = *sniumundois > sniumundos ‘quicker’. This new formation
that arose in the adverbs was then also transferred to the adjectives.
• In Gothic the forms -iz- and -oz- are found. While the form -iz-, which is far more common,
occurs in adjectives of all stem classes, the form -oz- is only found in a-stem adjectives.
Paradigm: managiza m. ‘bigger, more’, frodoza m. ‘wiser’:
masculine neuter Feminine

sg. nom. managiza managizo managizei
frodoza frodozo frodozei
gen. managizins managizins managizeins
frodozins frodozins frodozeins
… … … …
• The superlative is inflected like a true adjective, so both strong and weak. It is formed by
addition of the suffix PGmc. *-to- to both comparative suffixes. This results in Gothic in two
formations:
1. Goth. -ista-: managists* m. to manags* m. ‘some’.
2. Goth. -osta-: armosts* m. to arms m. ‘poor’.
• Besides these formations another one is continued in Gothic. In the PIE there is a superlative
formation *-(t) Ho- which is found in Gothic in six words derived from local adverbs:
aftuma* ‘the last’, auhuma ‘the higher’, fruma ‘the first’, hleiduma* ‘the left’, iftuma* ‘the
following’ and innuma ‘the innermost’. Since they do not have a positive next to them, they
have gotten in Gothic the validity of a comparative and are also inflected like a comparative.
New superlatives with the suffix *-ista- are formed to some of these formations: aftumists,
auh(u)mists, frumists. The words hindumists* ‘the outermost’ and spedumists* ‘the last’ are formend in
the same way and therefore suggest undocumented words *hinduma und *speduma.
[138]
• As in the other PIE languages, there are also in Gothic some adjectives which form their
comparative and superlative from another stem (suppletive comparison):
positive comparative superlative

goþs (-d-) ‘good’ batiza* batists*
iusiza
ubils ‘evil’ wairsiza –
mikils ‘great’ maiza maists
leitils ‘little’ minniza minnists*
After the comparative the used comparison word is Goth. þau ‘than’.
3.1.3.5. Formation of the adjective adverbs
• The ordinary way got form an adverb to an adjective in Gothic is by addition of the suffix -ba
to the stem of the adjective: ubilaba to ubils ‘evil’, sunjaba to sunjis* ‘true’, analaugniba to
analaugns* ‘hidden’, harduba to hardus ‘hard’. This formation is unique to Gothic.
• As in the other Germanic languages, Gothic has (but rarely) the formation of an adverb to
an adjective with the suffix -o (< PIE abl.sg. -ōd): galeiko to galeiks ‘similar’ (cf. OHG
gilīcho, OS gilīko, MDu. gelike, OE gelīce, OIcl. glíka).
• For the adverb of the comparative, the nom./acc.sg.n. is used, either with the PIE
suffix - os- > Goth. -is- (cf. Goth. hauhis ‘higher’) or with the PIE suffix *-is- > Goth. -s- (cf.
Goth. mins ‘less’). With the secondary formation Goth. -os- there are only sniumundos
‘quicker’ and aljaleikos ‘different’.
• For the adverb of the superlative, the nom./acc.sg.n. is used: Goth. maist ‘most’, frumist
‘first’.
3.1.4. Numerals
The Gothic numerals have survived only sparsely. The reason for this is on the one hand
the source situation itself, on the other hand the use of the individual Gothic letters in their
function with numerical values.
[139]
3.1.4.1. Cardinals
The numbers from ‘1’ to ‘3’ are declined in all cases and genders:
1. ‘1’: ains m., ain, ainata n., aina f. (< PGmc. *a na- [OHG ein, OS, ODu. ēn, OE ān, OFris.
ān, ēn, OIcl. einn) is overall inflected like a strong adjective (there are no weak forms). The
numeral also shows plural forms (only masculine) with the meaning ‘only’.
2. ‘2’: twai m., twa n., twos f. appears only in the plural. Paradigm:

nom. twai twa twos
gen. twaddje twaddje –
dat. twaim twaim twaim
acc. twans twa twos
The numeral is inflected in PIE as a dual (OInd. d[u]váu, d[u]v , YAv. duua, Gr. dýō, Lat. duō,
OIr. dau, OCS dъva). In Gothic the numeral was transformed except in the genitive (Goth. twaddje [with
secondary ending -e] < PGmc. *t a ōn ‘of two’ [OHG zweiio, OS twēi(i)o, OE twēg(e)a, OIcl. tveggja])
after the strong adjectives and the pronouns.
The collective binary ‘both, every two’ is expressed by bai, which inflects like twai (attested are
the nom.m. bai, dat.m. baim, acc.m. bans, nom./acc.n. ba). In the same sense, inflected as a consonantal
stem, exists bajoþs ‘both’ (see 3.1.1.).
3. ‘3’: This number also appears only as a plural. It is inflected like an i-stem (OHG drī, OS
thria, thriu, ODu. thrī, OE þrī[e], þrȳ, OFris. thrē, OIcl. þrír). Paradigm:

nom. – – –
gen. þrije – –
dat. – þrim –
acc. þrins þrija þrins
The numerals from ‘4’ to ‘19’ are unisex and are usually not declined. However, if the
numeral is not adjectival immediately before the corresponding noun or when it is used as a
noun, inflected forms appear in the genitive and dative after the i-stems: genitive on -e, dative
on -im. The following forms are transmitted:
4. ‘4’: fidwor (nom./gen./dat./acc.), *fidworim (dat.; Mk 2:3 [conjecture for <fidworin>]) (<
PGmc. *feđ ōr [Crimean Goth. fyder, OHG fior, OS fi(u)war, fior, ODu. fier, OE fēower,
OFris. fiū(we)r, fīwer, fiō(we)r, fiā(we)r, OIcl. fjórir).
[140]
The stem of ‘4’ appears in compounds as fidur- (< PGmc. *feđur-): fidurdogs ‘four days’,
fidurfalþs* ‘fourfold’, fidurragini* ‘four reigns’.
5. ‘5’: fimf (nom./dat./acc.) (< PGmc. *fenfe [Crimean Goth. +fynf [<fyuf>], OHG fimf, OS,
ODu., OE, OFris. fīf, OIcl. fimm]).
6. ‘6’: saihs (dat./acc.) (< PGmc. *seχs [OHG, OS sehs, ODu. sehs, ses, OE siex, OFris. sex,
six, ses, OIcl. sex]).
7. ‘7’: sibun (nom./dat./acc.) (< PGmc. *seƀun [OHG sibun, OS siƀun, ODu. sivon, OE seofon,
OFris. si(u)gun, sawen, saun, OIcl. (with transformation after ‘8’) sjau)]).
8. ‘8’: ahtau (nom.) (originally dual; PGmc. *aχta [Crimean Goth. athe, OHG, OS ahto, Early
MDu. achte, OE eahta, OFris. achta, OIcl. átta]); to this comes also the compound
ahtaudogs ‘eight days’.
9. ‘9’: niun (nom./acc.), niune (gen.) (< PGmc. *ne un [Crimean Goth. nyne, OHG niun, OS
nigun, ODu. nigon, OE nigon, OFris. niugen, OIcl. níu]).
10. ‘10’: taihun (nom./dat./acc.) (< PGmc. *teχun [OHG zehan, OS tehan, ODu. tēn, OE
tīen, OFris. tiān, OIcl. tío]); to that comes also the compound taihunteweis* ‘having ten
rows’.
11. ‘11’: ainlif* (nom), ainlibim (dat.) (< PGmc. *a nliƀ- [OHG einlif, OS ēllevan, Early
MDu. elf, OE en(d)lefan, endlifan, OFris. andlova, alleva, elleva, OIcl. ellifu]).
12. ‘12’: twalif, twalib (nom./dat./acc.), twalibe (gen.), twalibim (dat.) (< PGmc.
*t a liƀ- [OHG zwelif, OS twelif, ODu., OE twelf, OFris. twelef, twelif, OIcl. tólf]); to this
also comes the compound twalibwintrus ‘twelve years old’.
13. ‘14’: fidwortaihun* (nom.), fidwortaihun (acc.) (OHG fiorzehan, OS fiertein, Early
MDu. viertien, OE fēowertēne, OFris. fiūwertēne, [besides with PGmc. *tēχan] OIcl.
fiog[o]rtán).
14. ‘15’: fimftaihun* (nom.), fimftaihunim (dat.) (OHG finfzehan, OS fìftein, Early MDu.
vijftien, OE fīftēne, OFris. fīftīne, [besides with PGmc. *tēχan] OIcl. fimtán).
From ‘20’ to ‘60’ the tens are formed with the plural of tigus* ‘ten, decade’ (< PGmc.
*teǥu-; nom. tigjus*, gen. tigiwe, dat. tigum, acc. tiguns) before which the units are placed. The
counted objects are in the genitive. The following are documented:
1. ‘20’: miþ twaim tigum þusundjo (dat.; Lk 14:31).
2. ‘30’: jere þrije tigiwe (gen.; Lk 3:23), þrins tiguns silubr(e)inaize (acc.; Mt 27:3.9).
3. ‘40’: fimf sinþam fidwor tiguns (acc.; 2.KorB 11:24), dage fidwor tiguns (acc.; Lk 4:2, Mk
1:13).
[141]
4. ‘50’: fim<f> tiguns (acc.; Lk 16:6), fimf tiguns (acc.; Lk 7:41, 9:14), fimf tiguns jere (acc.;
Joh 8:57).
5. ‘60’: spaurde saihs tigum (dat.; Lk 24:13), saihs tigum jere (dat.; 1.TimAB 5:9).
The tens from ‘70’ to ‘100’ show a formation ending in -tehund (next to -taihund). The
units are joined with jah ‘and’. The counted objects are in the genitive. The following are
documented:
1. ‘70’: sibuntehund (nom. [Lk 10:17]; acc. [Lk 10:1]).
2. ‘80/84’: ahtautehund (acc. [Lk 16:7]), jere ahtautehund jah fidwor (gen. [Lk 2:37]).
3. ‘98/99’: +niuntehund jah .h. (acc. [Neh 7:21]; conjecture for <niunhund>), niuntehund jah
niun (acc. [Lk 15:4]), in niuntehundis jah niune garaihtaize (gen. [Lk 15:7]).
4. ‘100’: taihuntehund lambe (acc. [Lk 15:4]), taihuntaihund kase (acc. [Lk 16:6]),
taihuntaihund mitade (acc. [Lk 16:7]); here also belongs taihuntaihundfalþ ‘hundredfold’
(acc. [Lk 8:8]).
The hundreds are formed with the pl.n. hunda (nom./acc. hunda, dat. hundam) (< PGmc.
*χundan [OHG hunt, OS hund, ODu. chunna, OE hund]). The following are documented:
1. ‘200’: twaim hundam skatte (dat. [Joh 6:7]).
2. ‘300’: þrija hunda skatte (acc. [Mk 14:5]).
3. ‘500’: fi<m>f hundam taihuntewjam broþre (dat. [1.KorA 15:6]), skatte fimf hunda (acc.
[Lk 7:41]).
4. ‘973’: niun hunda .ug. (nom. [Neh 7:39]).
5. Fragmentary: …hunda .m.e. (nom. [Neh 7:13]).
In taihuntewjam an adjective taihun-teweis* ‘having ten rows’ can be seen. With the help of this
form the hundreds are designated as ten-part, compared to the twelve-part Germanic great hundert
(‘120’).
The numeral þusundi ‘1000’ (< PGmc. *þūsund-; OHG dūsunt, OS thūsundig, ODu.
thūsunt, OE þūsend, OFris. thūsend, OIcl. þús[h]und) is a feminine noun that inflects like bandi.
The counted objects are in the genitive. The plural is þusundjos (e.g. fidwor þusundjos ‘4000’
[Mk 8:9]); here also belongs the compound þusundifaþs ‘leader of a thousand’.
3.1.4.2. Ordinals
[142]
The first two ordinals are etymologically distinct from the respective cardinals:
1. ‘1st’: fruma m., frumo* n., frumei f. ‘the first’ inflects like a weak adjective (only twice
recorded acc.pl.: frumans ‘the first ones’ [Mk 10:31]) (< PGmc. *fruma- [OE frum
‘originally, first’, OFris. frum- ‚first-‘, OIcl. frum- ‘first-‘]); next to it is frumists ‘the first’
(< PGmc. *frumista-).
2. ‘2nd’: anþar m./n., anþara f. ‘the second, other’ is inflected like a strong adjective (< PGmc.
*anþara- [OHG andar, OS ōđar, ODu. andar, OE ōþer, OFris. ōther, OIcl. annarr]).
All other ordinals are based on the respective cardinal numerals and are inflected as a
weak adjective. The following are documented:
1. ‘3rd’: þridja (16x).
2. ‘5th’: *fimfta (in fimfta-taihunda* ‘15th’).
3. ‘6th’: saihsta (4x).
4. ‘8th’: ahtuda* (dat.sg.m. in daga ahtudin [Lk 1:59]).
5. ‘9th’: niunda* (4x).
6. ‘10th’: taihunda* (acc.sg.f. taihundon dail [Lk 18:12]).
7. ‘15th’: fimftataihunda* (dat.sg.n. in jera þan fimftataihundin [Lk 3:1]).
3.1.4.3. Other numerals
• The numeral tweihnai* appears once as a collective ‘both’ ([dat.f.] miþ tweihnaim markom
‘between both borders’ [Mk 7:31]) and as a distributive ‘two each’ ([acc.f.] nih þan tweihnos
paidos haban ‘and not <shall you> have two shirts each’ [Lk 9:3]).
• Distributive numbers are either formed by ƕazuh, ƕarjizuh ‘each’ or with the preposition bi
‘at, around’ (cf. twans ƕanzuh [Mk 6:7] or bi twans [1.KorA 14:27] ‘two each’).
• Multiplicatives are formed with the element -falþs* (-þ-) (cf. e.g., taihuntaihundfalþs*
‘hundredfold’).
• Iterative numeral adverbs (answering the question ‘how often?’) are expressed by the
cardinal numerals followed by the dat.sg./pl. sinþa, sinþam (to sinþs* / sinþ* m. / n. a-st.
‘time’ [cf. OHG sint, OS sīth, OE sīþ, OIcl. sinn]) (cf. e.g., sibun sinþam ‘seven times’ [Lk
17:4]).
[143]
Of the former iteratives only twis- is found as a compositional first element, cf. twisstass*
‘conflict’.
3.2. Conjugation
Of the two PIE diatheses (genera verbi), active (to designate an activity or quality
emanating from the subject) and mediopassive (to designate an activity that takes place around
the subject or affects the subject), only the first one is preserved in all Germanic languages, the
latter one, restricted to the passive use, only in Gothic (and there only preserved in the present).
The later tenses were originally used in the PIE to denote action. There are three
tense-aspect-stems: present stem (imperfective aspect) to designate the course of an action,
aorist stem (perfective aspect) to designate a specific (momentary) action and perfect stem
(stative aspect) to designate the state reached. Towards PGmc. these develop into two tenses:
present to denote the general tense, especially the present, and preterite to denote the past tense.
The PIE had four moods: indicative to express the reality of an action, subjunctive to
express a will or a determination, optative to indicate a desire or a possibility, and imperative
to express a command. Of these four moods in PGmc. only three are preserved, namely the
indicative, the optative (which took over the function of the subjunctive) and the imperative.
The three numbers, singular, dual, and plural and the three persons (1st, 2nd, 3rd) in the
PIE remained in PGmc.; the dual however, is on the wane.
Of the numerous PIE particples in Germanic only two are preserved: a present participle
with active sense and a preterite participle in a double form (with the suffixes PIE *-to- and
*-no-), predominantly with passive sense. There is also a verbal noun with the suffix PIE
*-no- that develops into the infinitive.
The Gothic verbal system therefore knows the following forms:

• Two diatheses: 1. Active with a rich variety of forms; 2. Passive, which is only used in some
forms of the present indicative and optative (however, these forms are very commonly used
in the Bible translation).
[144]
The missing forms of the passive are replaced by the preterite participle with the corresponding
forms of wairþan ‘to become’ or wisan ‘to be’.
• Two tenses: 1. Present tense; 2. Past tense (= perfect), the general tense of the past.
The non-existent future is usually represented by the present, but sometimes also paraphrased
with auxiliary verbs (skal ‘shall’, haban ‘to have’, duginnan ‘to begin’).
The Gothic preterite translates both the Greek imperfect and the Greek aorist (sometimes also
the Greek perfect).
• Three moods: 1. Indicative; 2. Optative (= subjunctive); 3. Imperative (only in the present

tense).
The optative is found in independent sentences to express a wish, a regulation (here in

competition with the imperative) and a possibility. The prohibitive in the 2nd person is expressed by ni
‘not’ + optative. The optative in potential or dubitative sense is found more frequently in interrogative
sentences. In hypothetical conditional clauses always the preterite optative is used.
• Three numbers: 1. Singular; 2. Plural; 3. Dual (however, the 3rd person is missing here).
The dual stands against the Greek template since the Greek doesn’t have dual forms.
• Three verbal nouns: 1. Present infinitive; 2. Present participle; 3. Past participle.
From a Germanic-Gothic point of view, the verbs are divided according to the type of
the formation of their preterite forms. This results in three verbal categories: a. Strong verbs; b.
Weak verbs; c. Special formations:
a. The strong verbs form their preterite without a suffix, merely by changing the root vowel
and/or by reduplication. This results in the following subgroups:
• The ablauting verbs form their preterite through a regular vowel change in comparison to
the present (keyword: ablaut); cf. qima ‘I come’ : qam ‘I came’.
• The reduplicated verbs form their preterite with a reduplication syllable without a change
in the root vowel; cf. haita ‘I am called’ : haihait ‘I was called’.
• The reduplicated-ablauting verbs from their preterite by combining both possibilities; cf.
leta ‘I let’ : lailot ‘I let’.
[145]
b. The weak verbs (in the vast majority derived verbs) form their preterite with the help of a
suffix that begins with dental; cf. nasja ‘I save’ : nasida ‘I saved’. After the Gothic form of
this suffix, the weak verbs are divided into the following subgroups:
• Suffix -i-: nas-j-a ‘I save’ : nas-i-da ‘I saved’.
• Suffix -o-: salb-o ‘I anoint’ : salb-o-da ‘I anointed’.
• Suffix -ai-: hab-a ‘I have : hab-ai-da I had’.
• Suffix -no-: full-na ‘I fill’ : full-no-da ‘I filled’.
c. Remains of old formations that do not fit into the classification of strong and weak verbs.
They are:
• The preterite-presents.
• The verb ‘to be’ (im ‘I am’).
• The verb ‘to want’ (wiljau ‘I want’).
• Various other verbs.
The division of the verbs into thematic and athematic verbs, which is important in other PIE
languages, is trivial for Gothic.
3.2.1. The strong verbs
For the classification of each strong verbs, four stems are required, in which the vowel
alternates in a fixed manner depending on the exact class of the verb: the entire present is formed
from the first stem (present active and present passive, infinitve, and present participle), from
second stem the preterite indicative singular, from the third stem the preterite indicative
dual/plural as well as the complete preterite optative, from the fourth stem the preterite
participle.
3.2.1.1. The ablauting verbs
The purely ablauting verbs form their tense stems only through the regular change of
the root vowel, the so-called ablaut (2.1.2.). There are in total six such ablaut series. This allows
the verbs to be divided into six ablaut classes. In the first five classes, each of the four stems
mentioned above has its own ablaut grade. In the sixth class, on the other hand, there is one
ablaut grade for the entire present and preterite participle, another for the entire preterite. This
results for Gothic in the following scheme:
[146]
Pres. pret.ind.sg. pret.ind./opt.du./pl. pret.part.

Class 1 ei ai i (ai) i (ai)
Class 2 iu au u (au) u (au)
Class 3 i (ai) a u (au) u (au)
Class 4 i (ai) a e u (au)
Class 5 i (ai) a e i (ai)
Class 6 a o o a
ai next to i and au next to u are not original ablaut forms; ai and au are here the result of Gothic
breaking of i and u (see 2.3.1.) and therefore only secondary variants.
The root structure of the respective classes is for PGmc. as follows (C = consonant, V = vowel,
R = resonant):
Class 1 CViC
Class 2 CVuC
Class 3 CVRC
Class 4 CVR
Class 5 CVC
Class 6 CVC/R
To classify a verb into an ablaut class, the grammars of the old Germanic languages
indicate the following four forms: a. 1st singular present indicative; b. 1st singular preterite
indicative; c. 1st plural preterite indicative; d. Preterite participle.
• Class 1
The verbs of class 1 show the ablaut pattern ei – ai – i (ai) – i (ai):
greipan ‘to seize’ greipa graip gripum gripans

-teihan ‘to show’ -teiha -taih -taihum -taihans
Like greipan* ‘to seize, to grab’ also inflect: beidan* ‘to wait’, beitan* ‘to bite’, dreiban ‘to
drive’, (-)hneiwan ‘to incline’, keinan* ‘to germinate’, bi-leiban* ‘to stay’, -leiþan ‘to go’, ur-reisan ‘to
get up’, skeinan ‘to shine, to glow’, dis-skreitan* ‘to tear’, -smeitan* ‘to smear’, sneiþan* ‘to cut’,
speiwan ‘to spit’, steigan* ‘to rise’, sweiban* ‘to stop’, weipan* ‘to wreath, to crown’, fra-weitan ‚to
avenge one’s rights’, in-weitan* ‘to worship’.
Like -teihan* ‘to show’ also inflect: leiƕan ‘to borrow’, þeihan ‘to thrive’, þreihan* ‘to urge’,
(-)weihan ‘to fight’.
Historical explanation:
The ablaut ei – ai – i (ai) – i (ai) continues PGmc. *ī – *a – *i – *i.
[147]
• Class 2:
The verbs of class 2 show the ablaut pattern iu – au – u (au) – u (au):
-biudan* ‘to grab’ -biuda -bauþ -budum -budans

tiuhan ‘to lead (away)’ tiuha tauh tauhum tauhans
Wie -biudan* ‘to grab’ also inflect: biugan* ‘to bend’, driugan* ‘to do military service’,
driusan* ‘ to fall’, giutan* ‘to pour’, hiufan* ‘to moan’, dis-hniupan* ‘to tear’, kiusan* ‘to check’,
kriustan* ‘to crunch’, liudan* ‘to grow’, liugan* ‘to lie’, fra-liusan* ‘to lose’, niutan ‘to obtain’, siukan
‘to be sick’, af-skiuban* ‘to push away’, sliupan* ‘to slip’, us-þriutan* ‘to harass’.
Like tiuhan ‘to lead (away’) only inflects þliuhan ‘to flee’.
A deviation in the present vowel shows -lukan ‘to close’ (probably with -ū-, cf. OHG -lūchan,
OS, ODu. -lūkan, OFris. lūka, OE lūcan, OIcl. l[j]úka); this is likely the result of secondary lengthening
in analogy to the verbs from class 1.
The ablaut iu – au – u (au) – u (au) continues PGmc. *e – *a – *u – *u.
• Class 3
The verbs of class 3 show the ablaut pattern i (ai) – a – u (au) – u (au):
bindan* ‘to bind’ binda band bundum bundans

wairpan ‘to throw’ wairpa warp waurpum waurpans
Wie bindan* ‘to bind’ also inflect: bliggwan* ‘to beat’, brinnan* ‘to burn’, drigkan ‘to drink’,
filhan ‘to hide’, finþan* ‘to experience’, -gildan ‘to apply’, du-ginnan* ‘to begin’, hilpan ‘to
help’, -hinþan* ‘to catch’, af-linnan* ‘to give way’, rinnan* ‘to run’, siggwan ‘to sing’, sigqan* ‘so
sink’, fra-slindan* ‘to devour’, spinnan* ‘to spin’, stigqan ‘to thrust’, swiltan* ‘to be dying’,
ana-trimpan* ‘to step towards’, (-)þinsan ‘to pull’, wilwan ‘to rob’, -windan* ‘to wind’, winnan ‘to
suffer’; also with different consonantism þriskan* ‘to thresh’, ga-wrisqan* ‘to bring fear’.
Like wairpan also inflect: bairgan* ‘to shelter’, -gairdan* ‘to gird’, ƕairban* ‘to
wander’, -swairban* ‘to wipe’, ga-þairsan* ‘to wither’, wairþan ‘to become’.
Next to the present stem briggan ‘to bring’ that belongs to this class there is a weak ablauting
preterite brahta.
The ablaut i (ai) – a – u (au) – u (au) continues PGmc. *e – *a – *u – *u.
• Class 4
[148]
The verbs of class 4 show the ablaut pattern i (ai) – a – e – u (au):
niman ‘to take’ nima nam nemum numans

bairan ‘to carry’ baira bar berum baurans
Like niman ‘to take’ also inflect: qiman ‘to come’, stilan* ‘to steal’, ga-timan* ‘to suit’, and
with deviating consonantism brikan* ‘to break’.
Like bairan ‘to carry’ also inflects -tairan ‘to tear’.
A zero-grade present stem occurs in: trudan ‘to tread’ (with fra-trudan*) and wulan* ‘to boil’.
The ablaut i (ai) – a – e – u (au) continues PGmc. *e – *a – *ē – *u.
• Class 5
The verbs of class 5 show the ablaut pattern i (ai) – a – e – i (ai):
qiþan ‘to say’ qiþa qaþ qeþun qiþans

saiƕan ‘to see’ saiƕa saƕ seƕum saiƕans
Like qiþan ‘to say’ also inflect: bidjan ‘to ask’ (-j- only in the present stem: bidja, baþ, bedun,
bidans*; an analogical j-less present is transmitted in bidan [1.KorA 7:5] and usbida (RömA 9:3]), giban
‘to give’, bi-gitan ‘to obtain’, hlifan* ‘to steal’‚stehlen‘, itan ‘to eat’, ligan* ‘to lie’, -lisan* ‘to collect’,
mitan ‘to measure’, ga-nisan ‘to recover’, rikan* ‘to accumulate’, sitan ‘to sit’, ga-widan* ‘to tie
together’, in-widan* ‘to deny’, ga-wigan* ‘to move’, wisan ‘to stay’, wrikan* ‘to follow’.
Like saiƕan ‘to see’ also inflects fraihnan ‘to ask’ (with -n- only in the present stem: fraihna,
frah, frehun, fraihans).
The ablaut i (ai) – a – e – i (ai) continues PGmc. *e – *a – *ē – *e.
• Class 6
The verbs of class 6 show the ablaut pattern a – o – o – a:
slahan* ‘to beat’ slaha sloh slohum slahans
Like slahan* ‘to beat’ also inflect: alan* ‘to nourish’, uz-anan* ‘to exhale’, ga-daban ‘to occur’,
ga-dragan* ‘to heap up’, faran* ‘to wander’, fraþjan ‘to understand’, graban ‘to dig’, hafjan* ‘to lift’,
hlahjan* ‘to laugh’, af-hlapan* ‘to load’, malan* ‘to grind’, sakan ‘to quarrel’, skaban ‘to scrape’,
ga-skapjan* ‘to create’, ga-skaþjan* ‘to harm’, standan ‘to stand’ (with -n- only in the present stem:
[149]
standa, stoþ, stoþun; without a preterite participle, which is not formed by a durative verb), swaran ‘to
swear’, þwahan ‘to wash’, wahsjan ‘to (let) grow’ (the -j- appears only in the present stem in the verbs
fraþjan, hafjan*, hlahjan*, ga-skapjan*, ga-skaþjan* and wahsjan).
The ablaut a – o – o – a continues PGmc. *a – *ō – *ō – *a.
3.2.1.2. The reduplicated verbs
The reduplicated verbs are also referred to as class 7 (strong verbs 7).
Most of the Gothic reduplicated verbs form the preterite by means of a reduplication
syllable placed in front of the verbal stem without changing the root vowel. The reduplication
syllable consists of the root-initial consonant and the reduplication vowel <ai>, which has the
validity of a short [ε]; cf. maitan ‘to cut off’ : maimait. If the root syllable begins with two
consonants, only the first appears in the reduplication syllable; cf. fraisa* ‘I try’ : faifrais*
(us-faifraisi [1.ThessB 3:5]). The composite onsets st and sk (there is no evidence for sp) and
ƕ are exceptions: they retain both consonants in the reduplication syllable; cf. ga-stalda ‘I
acquire’ : ga-staistald (Neh 5:16), skaida* ‘I part’ : af-skaiskaid (GalB 2:12), and ƕopan ‘to
boast’ : ƕaiƕop (2 CorAB 7:14). If the root starts with a vowel, only the reduplication vowel is
prefixed; cf. auka* ‘I increase’ : ana-aiauk (4x).
The preterite participle is formed without a reduplication syllable; cf. haitans, fraisans.
In North and West Germanic, the reduplication is only present in isolated residues; cf. OIcl. róa
‘to row’ : rera, OE hātan ‘to be called’ : hehton, OHG skrīan ‘to shout’ : skrirun.
These reduplicated verbs can be divided into five classes according to their root vowels,
which remain unchanged throughout the paradigm: 1. ai; 2. au; 3. a; 4. e; 5. o. The inflection is
the same for all of them.
1. Class 1: af-aikan ‘to deny’, fraisan* ‘to cause’, haitan ‘to be called’, laikan* ‘to jump’,
maitan* ‘to cut, to hew’, skaidan ‘to divide’, ga-þlaihan ‘to caress’.
2. Class 2: aukan* ‘to increase’, us-hlaupan* ‘to jump up’, stautan* ‘to push’, waldan ‘to rule’.
3. Class 3: blandan ‘to mix’, fahan ‘to catch’, falþan* ‘to fold’, hahan* ‘to hang’, haldan ‘to
hold’, saltan* ‘to salt’, ga-staldan ‘to aquire’.
4. Class 4: uf-blesan ‘to inflate’, slepan* ‘to sleep’.
5. Class 5: blotan ‘to revere’, flokan* ‘to mourn’, ƕopan ‘to boast’.
[150]
Not of all verbs listed here a reduplicated preterite is transmitted; some are classified in this
group based on the situation in the other Germanic languages.
According to the other Germanic languages, the verb bauan ‘to dwell’ also belonged here; in
Gothic however, only the 3rd singular present indicative active follows the conjugation of the strong
verbs; besides this, it forms a weak preterite bauaida (2.TimA 1:5); also the verbal noun bauains
‘dwelling’ indicates weak conjugation (class 3).
The verb gaggan ‘to go’, which according to the other Germanic languages was reduplicated,
once forms a newly created weak preterite gaggida (Luke 19:12); otherwise, the preterite is suppletive
(iddja). The only documented form of the preterite participle us-gaggana (Mark 7:30).
Several verbs with the present vowels e and ai show o in the preterite and also have a
reduplication syllable. The preterite participle has the same vowel as in the present. After the
present vowel, these verbs are divided into two classes:
1. Class 1: gretan ‘to cry’, letan ‘to let’, ga-redan* ‘to take precaution’, tekan ‘to touch’.
2. Class 2: saian ‘to sow’, waian* ‘to blow’.
3.2.1.3. The paradigm of the strong verbs
The personal endings in the finite verb and the forms of the infinite verb are attached in
all strong verbs (whether ablauting, reduplicated, or reduplicated-ablauting) to the four stems
in the same way.
Minor deviations in the endings are the result of 1. final hardening (see 2.3.2.) and 2. some
changes caused by the collision of consonants in the 2nd singular preterit indicative (see 2.3.2.).
For this reason, the following examples suffice for all three subgroups of the strong
verbs. Paradigm of strong verbs. Examples: 1) niman ‘to take’. 2) -biudan ‘to offer’. 3) haitan
‘to call, to name; (pass.) to be called’:
active
present
ind. sg. 1. nima biuda haita
2. nimis biudis haitis
3. nimiþ biudiþ haitiþ
du. 1. nimos biudos haitos
2. nimats biudats haitats
pl. 1. nimam biudam haitam
3. nimand biudand haitand
[151]
opt. sg. 1. nimau biudau haitau

2. nimais biudais haitais
3. nimai biudai haitai
du. 1. nimaiwa biudaiwa haitaiwa
2. nimaits biudaits haitaits
pl. 1. nimaima biudaima haitaima
2. nimaiþ biudaiþ haitaiþ
3. nimaina biudaina haitaina
imp. sg. 2. nim biuþ hait
3. nimadau biudadau haitadau
du. 2. nimats biudats haitats
pl. 1. nimam biudam haitam
inf. niman biudan haitan
part. nimands biudands haitands
preterite
ind. sg. 1. nam bauþ haihait
2. namt baust haihaist
3. nam bauþ haihait
du. 2. nemuts buduts haihaituts
pl. 1. nemum budum haihaitum
2. nemuþ buduþ haihaituþ
3. nemun budun haihaitun
opt. sg. 1. nemjau budjau haihaitjau
2. nemeis budeis haihaiteis
3. nemi budi haihaiti
pl. 1. nemeima budeima haihaiteima
2. nemeiþ budeiþ haihaiteiþ
3. nemeina budeina haihaiteina
part. numans budans haitans
passive
present
ind. sg. 1./3. nimada biudada haitada
2. nimaza biudaza haitaza
pl. 1./2./3. nimanda biudanda haitanda
opt. sg. 1./3. nimaidau biudaidau haitaidau
2. nimaizau biudaizau haitaizau
pl. 1./2./3. nimaindau biudaindau haitaindau

1. Present indicative active
• Sg.: 1. Goth. -a < PGmc. *-ō (cf. Run. -u, OHG, OS -u, early OE (angl.) -u, OE -e, OIcl. -Ø). 2.
Goth. -is either < PGmc. *-isi (cf. OHG, OS -is, OE -es) or < PGmc. *-izi (cf. OIcl. -r). 3. Goth. -þ
(cf. however, -id-uh, faura-qimid [Lk 1:17]) < PGmc. *-iđi (cf. OHG -it, OS -id).
• Du.: 1. Goth. -os (with unclear sound development) < PGmc. *-a iz. 2. Goth. -ats (the -t- is not
explained with certainty) < PGmc. *-aþ/điz (with analogical PGmc. *-a-).
[152]
• Pl.: 1. Goth. -am < PGmc. *-ami/az (cf. OIcl. -om). 2. Goth. -iþ (cf. however, -id-uh) < urgerm
*-iđi. 3. Goth. -and < PGmc. *-anđi (cf. OHG -ant).
2. Present optative active
• Sg.: 1. Goth. -au < PGmc. *-a( )un (cf. OIcl. -a). 2. Goth. -ais either < PGmc. *-a s (cf. OHG -ēs,
OS -es) or < PGmc. *-a z (cf. OE -e, OIcl. -er). 3. Goth. -ai < PGmc. *-a þ/đ (cf. OHG, OS, OE,
OIcl. -e).
• Du.: 1. Goth. -aiwa < PGmc. (with secondary lengthening) *-a ē. 2. Goth. -aits (the -t- is not
explained with certainty) < PGmc. *-a þ/điz.
• Pl.: 1: Goth. -aima < PGmc. (with secondary lengthening) *-a mē (cf. OHG -ēm, OIcl. -em). 2.
Goth. -aiþ either < PGmc. *-a đi (cf. OHG -ēt, OIcl. -eþ?) or < PGmc. *-a þi (cf. OIcl. -eþ?). 3.
Goth. -aina (with -a from the 1st plural) < PGmc. *-a nþ/đ (cf. OHG -ēn, OS, OE -en, OIcl. -e).
3. Present imperative active
• Sg.: 2. Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-i (cf. OHG, OS, OE, OIcl. -Ø). 3. Goth. -adau (innovation [with
secondary -a- (from the plural?)]).
• Du.: 2. Goth. -ats taken over from the corresponding indicative form.
• Pl.: 1. Goth. -am taken over from the corresponding indicative form (like in OHG and OIcl.). 2.
Goth. -iþ taken over from the corresponding indicative form (like in OHG, OS, OE and OIcl.). 3.
Goth. -andau (innovation).
4. Present infinitive active
• Goth. -an < PGmc. *-anan (cf. OHG, OS, OE -an, OIcl. -a).
5. Present participle active
• Goth. -and- < PGmc. *-anđ- (cf. OHG -ant-, OS -and-, OE -end-, OIcl. -and-).
6. Preterite indicative active
• Sg.: 1. Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-a (cf. OHG, OS, OE, OIcl. -Ø). 2. Goth. -t < PGmc. (with analogical
spread of *-t in the position after *-s-) *-ta (cf. OIcl. -t). 3. Goth. -Ø < PGmc. *-e (cf. OHG, OS,
OE, OIcl. -Ø).
• Du.: 2. Goth. -uts (the -t- is not explained with certainty) < PGmc. *-uþ/điz (with analogical
*-u- [from the 1st dual or from the plural]).
• Pl.: 1. Goth. -um < PGmc. *-um (cf. OHG -um, OIcl. -om). 2. Goth. -uþ < PGmc. (with analogical
*-u- from the 1st/3rd plural) *-uđ (cf. OHG -ut, OIcl. -oþ); 3. Goth. -un < PGmc. *-unþ/đ (cf. OHG,
OS -un, OE -on, OIcl. -o).
7. Preterite optative active:
• Sg.: 1. Goth. -jau (with the ending of the present optative added) < PGmc. *-īn (cf. OHG, OS -i,
OE -e, OIcl. [with the same remodeling as in Gothic] -a). 2. Goth. -eis either < PGmc. *-īs (cf.)
OHG -īs, OS -is) or < PGmc. *-īz (cf. OE -e, OIcl. -er). 3. Goth. -i < PGmc. *-īþ/đ (cf. OHG, OS -i,
OE, OIcl. -e).
• Pl.: 1. Goth. -eima < PGmc. (with secondary lengthening) *-īmē (cf. OHG -īm, OIcl. -em). 2.
Goth. -eiþ < PGmc. *-īþ/đi (cf. OHG -īt, OIcl. -eþ). 3. Goth. -eina (with -a from the 1st plural
preterite or the 3rd plural present) < PGmc. *-īnþ/đ (cf. OHG -īn, OS -in, OE -en, OIcl. -e).
8. Preterite participle active
• Goth. -an- < PGmc. *-ana- (cf. OHG, OS -an-, OE -en-).
9. Present indicative passive
• Sg.: 1/3: Goth. -ada (the form of the 3rd singular is transferred to the 1st singular) < PGmc. *-ađa .
2. Goth. -aza < PGmc. *-aza .
• Pl.: 1/2/3. Goth. -anda (the form of the 3rd plural is transferred to the 1st/2nd plural) < PGmc.
*-anda .
10. Present optative passive
[153]
• The optative formans -ai- is followed by endings that show in all forms -au that stems from the
optative active.
3.2.2. The weak verbs
The weak verbs have no vowel change; they form their preterite and preterite participle
by means of a dental suffix -d- (nom.sg.m. preterite participle -þs). Due to the form of the dental
formation, the Gothic weak verbs are divided into four classes:
• Class 1: Formation with the suffix PGmc. *-(i) e/a-. In this class are mainly causatives to
primary verbs (cf. wandjan* ‘to turn’ to -windan* ‘to wind’), some intensives (cf. draibjan*
*to bother’ to dreiban* ‘to drive’), and factitives to adjectives (cf. hrainjan* ‘to clean’ to
hrains ‘pure’).
• Class 2: Formation with the suffix PGmc. *-ō( e/a)-. In this class are mainly denominative
verbs (cf. fiskon ‘to fisch’ to fisks* ‘fish’) alongside some deverbatives (likely intensives)
(cf. ƕarbon ‘to go about’ to ƕairban ‘to go about’).
• Class 3: Formation with the suffix -a -/- e/a-. In this class are mainly deverbatives with
durative meaning (cf. haban ‘to have’ [to PIE *kap- ‘to grasp, snatch’]) and denominatives
with inchoative meaning (cf. Goth. arman* ‘to have pity’ to arms* ‘poor’).
• Class 4: Formation with the suffix PGmc. *-na/ō-. In this class are verbs with
intransitive-inchoative meaning (cf. fullnan* ‘to become full’ to fulls ‘full’).
While the four classes of the weak verbs show in the present considerable differences in
their inflection, which are caused by their different way of forming, the formation and inflection
of all four classes is the same in the preterit. They also form the preterite participle in the same
way.
3.2.2.1. The preterite of the weak verbs
Since the weak verbs could not show ablaut, it was not possible for them to form a
perfect tense in the usual way. A typologically common way to form new tenses is to combine
a nominal form of the verb as a carrier of meaning with an auxiliary verb for appropriate tense
marking, i.e., the formation of analytic or periphrastic forms. The Germanic preterite of the
weak verbs is formed periphrasically with forms of the verbal root PIE *dheh1- ‘to put, to do’.
[154]
There are two possibilities for the derivation from the dental element: either the root aorist PIE
*dheh1-/*dhh1- > PGmc. *đē-/*đ- (in that case the ablaut of the 1st singular would have to be
secondary in Germanic) or the imperfect PIE *dhedhoh1-/*dhedhh1- > PGmc.
*(đe)đō-/*(đe)đ- (then the ablaut of the 2nd/3rd singular would have to be secondary in
Germanic). In Gothic in the present indicative dual/plural and in the entire optative these forms
were mixed with the preterite of the full verb that, however, is not recorded in Gothic (cf.
Goth. -dedum : OHG tātum, Goth. -deduþ : OHG tātut, Goth. -dedun : OHG tātun).
The endings formed with the dental suffix -d-, added to the respective verbal stem are
for all weak verbs identical: nasida* ‘I rescued’, salboda* ‘I anointed’, habaida ‘I had’,
fullnoda* ‘I became full’. Since the paradigms are identical, it suffices to show the inflection
with just one example. Paradigm: 1) nasida* ‘I rescued’:
indicative optative
sg. 1. nasida nasidedjau
2. nasides nasidedeis
3. nasida nasidedi
du. 1. – –
2. nasideduts –
pl. 1. nasidedum nasidedeima
2. nasideduþ nasidedeiþ
3. nasidedun nasidedeina

Preterite indicative active
• Sg.: 1. Goth. -da < PGmc. either *-đō or *-đē (cf. Run. -do, OHG -ta, OS, OE -de, OIcl. -ða). 2.
Goth. -des < PGmc. *-đēz (cf.OS, OE -des, OIcl. -ðir). 3. Goth. -da < PGmc. *-đēt (cf. Run. -de,
OHG -ta, OS, OE -de, OIcl. -ði).
• Du.: 2. -deduts from -ded- like in the plural to which -uts like in the strong verbs was added.
• Pl.: 1. Goth. -dedum either < PGmc. *-đēđume or preGoth. 3rd singular preterite indicative active *-đē
to which PGmc. *-đume (cf. OHG -tum, OS -dun, OE -don, OIcl. -ðum) was added. 2. Goth. -deduþ
either < PGmc. *-đēđuđe or preGoth. 3rd singular preterite indicative active *-đē to which PGmc.
*-đuđe (cf. OHG -tut, OIcl. -ðuð) was added. 3. Goth. -dedun either < PGmc. *-đēđunt or or preGoth.
3rd singular preterite indicative active *-đē to which PGmc. *-đunt (cf. OHG -tun, OS -dun, OE -don,
OIcl. -ðu) was added.
Preterite optative active
• The endings contain the element -ded- to which the corresponding endings of the strong verbs are
added.
The preterite participle is formed in Gothic with the suffix -d- (nom.sg.m. -þs) < PGmc.
*-đa- (> OHG -t-, OS, MDu., OE, OFris. -d-, OIcl. -þ-; < PIE *-tó- [OInd. -ta-, Gr. -tos,
[155]
Lat. -tus]): nasiþs*, salboþs*, habaiþs* (the verbs of class 4 do not form a preterite participle).
For the inflection see 3.1.3.3.
Some weak verbs of class 1 form their preterite and preterite participle weak, but without
the vowel -i- (the verbal root always ends in -g/k):
infinitive preterite preterite participle

‘to use’ brukjan bruhta
‘to buy’ bugjan* bauhta -bauhts
‘to think’ þagkjan þahta -þahts
‘to seem’ þugkjan* þuhta -þuhts
‘to make’ waurkjan waurhta -waurhts
To this group also belongs the preterite of the strong verb 3 briggan ‘to bring’ : brahta.
These are old formations without a vowel.
3.2.2.2. The present of the weak verbs
In the present, the four classes of the weak verbs show considerable differences in their
inflection, which are caused by their different way of forming.
The verbs of class 1 fall into two groups, one in which the verbal root has a short stem
and one in which the verbal root has a long stem. Verbs with a short stem, so with a short root
syllable (e.g. nasjan ‘to save’) and roots that end in a long vowel (e.g. stojan ‘to judge’),
preserve in the 2nd/3rd singular present, 2nd plural present, and 2nd plural imperative the
sequence -ji-, verbs with a long stem, so with a long root syllable ending in a consonant (e.g.
sokjan ‘to search’) and verbs with a polysyllabic base (e.g. mikiljan* ‘to praise’), show in 2nd/3rd
singular present, 2nd plural present, and 2nd plural imperative the sequence -ei-. Paradigms: weak
verbs 1: nasjan ‘to save’, stojan ‘to judge’, sokjan ‘to search’; weak verbs 2: salbon ‘to anoint’;
weak verbs 3: haban* ‘to have’; weak verbs 4: fullnan* ‘to become full’:
active
present
class 1 class 2 class 3 class 4
ind. sg. 1. nasja stoja sokja salbo haba fullna
2. nasjis stojis sokeis salbos habais fullnis
3. nasjiþ stojiþ sokeiþ salboþ habaiþ fullniþ
du. 1. nasjos stojos sokjos – habos –
2. nasjats stojats sokjats – – –
[156]
pl. 1. nasjam stojam sokjam salbom habam fullnam

2. nasjiþ stojiþ sokeiþ salboþ habaiþ fullniþ
3. nasjand stojand sokjand salbond haband fullnand
opt. sg. 1. nasjau stojau sokjau salbo habau fullnau
2. nasjais stojais sokjais salbos habais –
3. nasjai stojai sokjai salbo habai fullnai
du. 1. – – – – – –
2. – – – – – –
pl. 1. nasjaima stojaima sokjaima salboma habaima fullnaima
2. nasjaiþ stojaiþ sokjaiþ salboþ habaiþ fullnaiþ
3. nasjaina stojaina sokjaina salbona habaina fullnaina
imp. sg. 2. nasei – sokei salbo habai fulln
3. nasjadau stojadau sokjadau – – –
du. 2. – – – – – –
pl. 1. nasjam stojam sokjam – – –
2. nasjiþ stojiþ sokeiþ salboþ habaiþ –
3 – – – – habandau –
inf. nasjan stojan sokjan salbon haban fullnan
part. nasjands stojands sokjands salbonds habands fullnands
passive
present
ind. sg. 1./3. nasjada stojada sokjada salboda habada
2. nasjaza stojaza sokjaza – –
pl. 1./2./3. nasjanda stojanda sokjanda salbonda habanda
opt. sg. 1./3. nasjaidau stojaidau sokjaidau salbodau habaidau
2. nasjaizau stojaizau sokjaizau – habaizau
pl. 1./2./3. nasjaindau stojaindau sokjaindau salbondau habaindau
1. Like nasjan ‘to save’ inflect e.g.: hazjan ‘to praise’, hugjan ‘to think’, huljan ‘to cover, to
veil, to envelop’, lagjan ‘to lay’, satjan* ‘to set’, ga-tamjan ‘to tame’, uf-þanjan* ‘to
stretch’, us-wakjan* ‘to wake up’, waljan* ‘to choose’, warjan* ‘to fight back’, wasjan* ‘to
clothe’.
2. Like stojan ‘to judge’ inflect e.g.: ana-niujan* ‘to renew’, ga-qiujan* ‘to make alive’,
siujan* ‘to sew’, straujan* ‘to scatter’, taujan ‘to do’.
3. Like sokjan ‘to search’ inflect e.g.: andbahtjan ‘to serve’, glitmunjan* ‘to shine’, haurnjan*
‘to blow the horn’, hausjan ‘to hear’, hnaiwjan* ‘to humble’, hrainjan* ‘to clean’, meljan
‘to write’, merjan ‘to proclaim’, siponjan* ‘to be a student’.
4. Like salbon ‘to anoint’ inflect e.g.: faginon ‘te rejoice’, fraujinon ‘to rule’, idreigon* ‘to feel
remorse, to do penance’, karon* ‘to worry’, miton ‘to think’, ga-paidon* ‘to clothe’, reikinon
‘to be master’, skalkinon ‘to be servant’, sunjon* ‘to excuse’, þiudanon ‘to be king’.
5. Like haban ‘to have’ inflect e.g.: fijan ‘to hate’, hahan* ‘to hang’, liban ‘to live’, liugan ‘to
marry’, saurgan ‘to worry’, ana-silan ‘to become silent’, trauan ‘to trust’, þahan* ‘to be
silent’, þulan ‘to tolerate’.
[157]
6. Like fullnan* inflect e.g.: and-bundnan ‘to be seperated’, ga-dauþnan ‘to die’,
ga-frisahtnan* ‘to be formed’, mikilnan ‘to grow up’, fra-qistnan* ‘to perish’, ga-skaidnan*
‘to divorce’, dis-skritnan ‘to tear’, ga-wairþnan ‘to reconcile’, ga-waknan* ‘to wake up’.
The endings in the present are basically the same as in the strong verbs. The differences can be
explained by the interaction between the stem-forming element and the ending.
3.2.3. Other verb formations
3.2.3.1. Preterite-presents
Most of the preterite-presents are formally former PIE perfect formations, which were
functionally reinterpreted as present tenses because of their present meaning while retaining the
preterite form (cf. PIE perf. * ó d-h2a ‘I have seen, I know’ > Goth. wait). Therefore, most of
these verbs can be assigned to the classes of the strong verbs. Most of them form a new preterite
and preterite participle with a dental, but without -i-; the preterite is inflected like a weak
preterite.
1. Class 1:
• wait ‘I know’, 1st plural witum, present optative witjau, preterite indicative wissa, preterite
optative wissedjau, present participle witands, infinitive witan (< PGmc. * a t : * itum :
* issōn; cf. OHG weiz : wizzum : wissa/wista; OS witan : wēt : witun : wissa; OE wāt : witon
: wisse/wiste; OIcl. veit : vitom : vissa).
• lais ‘I know’ (only this form in Phil 4,12B [2x]) (< PGmc. *la s).
2. Class 2:
• daug ‘it benefits’ (only this form in 1.KorA 10:23, 2.TimB 2:14) (< PGmc. *đa ǥ : *đuǥum
: *đuχtōn; cf. OHG toug : tugum : tohta; OS *dugan : dōg : dugun : *dohta; OE dēag : dugon
: dohte).
3. Class 3:
• kann ‘I know’, 1st plural kunnum, present optative kunnjau, preterite indicative kunþa,
preterite optative kunþedjau, preterite participle (adj.) kunþs, infinitive kunnan, present
participle kunnands (< PGmc. *kann : *kunnum : *kunþōn; cf. OHG kann : kunnum : konda;
OS *kunnan : kann : kunnen : konsta; OE can[n] : cunnon : cūðe; OIcl. kann : kunnom :
kunna).
[158]
• þarf ‘I need’, 1st plural þaurbum, present optative (1st plural) þaurbeima, preterite indicative
þaurfta, preterite participle (adj.) þaurfts, present participle þaurbands (< PGmc. *þarf :
*þurƀum : *þurftōn; cf. OHG darf : durfum : dorfta; OS *thurƀan : tharf : thurƀun : thorfta;
OE þearf : þurfon : þorfte; OIcl. þarf : þurfom : þurfta).
• ga-dars ‘I dare’, 1st plural ga-daursum, present optative ga-daursjau, preterite indicative
ga-daursta, infinitve ga-daursan (< PGmc. *đarz : *đurzum : *đurstōn; cf. OHG gi-tar :
gi-turrum : gi-torsta; OS *durran : gi-dar : *durrun : gi-dorsta; OE dear[r] : durron :
dorste).
4. Class 4:
• skal ‘I shall’, 1st plural skulum, present optative skuljau, preterite indicative skulda, preterite
optative -skuldedi, preterite participle (adj.) skulds (< PGmc. *skal : *skulum : *skulđōn; cf.
OHG skal : skulum : skolta; OS *skulan : skal : skulun : skolda; OE sceal : sculon : sc[e]olde;
OIcl. skal : skolom : skylda).
• man ‘I think’, 2nd plural -munuþ, present optative -muni, preterite indicative munda, preterite
participle munds, infinitive -munan, present participle munands (< PGmc. *man : *munum :
*mund/þōn; cf. OS *[-]munan: [-]man : *[-]munun : [-]munsta; OE man : munon : munde;
OIcl. man : munom : munþa).
• ga-nah ‘it suffices’, bi-nah ‘it is permitted, it is lawful’; only impersonal 3rd singular; her
also belongs the preterite participle neuter bi-nauht (1.KorA 10:23) and the adjective bi-uhts
‘accustomed’ (< PGmc. *naχ).
5. Class 5: Without transmitted forms.
6. Class 6:
• ga-mot ‘he finds room’, 1st plural motum*, present optative (1st plrual) ga-moteima, preterite
indicative (3rd plural) ga-mostedun (< PGmc. *mōt : *mōtum : *mōstōn; cf. OHG muoz :
muozun : muosa; OS *mōtan : mōt : mōtun : mōsta; OE mōt : mōton : mōste).
• og ‘I fear’, 1st plural ogum*, present optative (2nd singular) ogeis, preterite indicative ohta,
present participle ogands (< PGmc. *ōǥ).
Outside the ablaut forms are the following two verbs:

• mag ‘I can’, 1st plural magum, present optative magjau, preterite indicative mahta, preterite
optative mahtedi, preterite participle mahts, present participle magands (< PGmc. *maǥ :
*maǥum : *maχtōn; cf. OHG mag : ma/ugum : ma/ohta; OS *mugan : mag/mah : mugun :
ma/ohta; OE mæg : magon : meahte; OIcl. má : megom : mátta).
[159]
• aih ‘I have’, 1st plural aigum and aihum, present optative (3rd singular) aigi, preterite
indicative (3rd singular) aihta, preterite optative (2nd singular) aihtedeis, present participle
aigands and aihands*, infinitive -aihan (< PGmc. *a χ : *a ǥum : *a χtōn; cf. OHG – : eigun
: –; OS ēgan : *ēh : ēgun : ēhta; OE āg : āgon : āhte; OIcl. á : eigom : átta).
3.2.3.2. The verbs ‘to be’, ‘to want’, and ‘to go’
• The verb ‘to be’ only forms the present indicative and present optative from the root PIE
*h1es-/*h1s- > PGmc. *es-/*s- ‘to be’; the flexion is athematic, which means that there is no
thematic vowel between the verbal stem and the ending. For all other forms the strong verb
class 5 wisan ‘to be’ is used. A preterite participle does not occur. Paradigm:
present
indicative optative
sg. 1. im sijau
2. is sijais
3. ist sijai
du. 1. siju –
2. – –
pl. 1. sijum sijaima
2. sijuþ sijaiþ
3. sind sijaina
inf. wisan
part. wisands
preterite
indicative optative
sg. 1. was wesjau
2. wast weseis
3. wast wesi
… … usw. usw.

• Present indicative: Sg. 1. Goth. im < PGmc. *ezmi (cf. OE eom, OIcl. em [compared with that
contaminated in OHG b-im, OS biu-m, OE bēo-m]). 2. Goth. is < PGmc. *ezi (cf. OE eart, OIcl. er-t
[with e- from the 1st singular and -t from the preterite-presents]). 3. Goth. ist < PGmc. *esti (cf. OHG
ist, OS is[t], OE is, OIcl. es [with e- from the 1st singular and -t because of unstressedness]); Pl. 3.
Goth. sind < PGmc. *senđi (cf. OHG sint, OS, OE sind [(analogically to the 1st plural) OIcl. ero]).
Perhaps from the form 3rd plural present indicative sind a verbal stem si- was reanalyzed (analogue
to bair-a-nd : si-nd), which served as the basis for the remaining forms.
• Historically, the present of the verb ‘to want’ is an optative from the root PIE * elh1- ‘to
choose’, in the manner of the athematic preterite optative of the strong and weak verbs. The
[160]
weak preterite inflects like nasida* but is formed without a vowel -i-. A preterite participle
does not exist. Paradigm:
present
sg. 1. wiljau
2. wileis
3. wili
du. 1. –
2. wileits
pl. 1. wileima
2. wileiþ
3. wileina
inf. wiljan
part. wiljands
preterite
ind. sg. 1./3. wilda
pl. 1. wildedum
2. wildeduþ
3. wildedun
opt. sg. 3. wildedi
pl. 2. wildedeiþ
• The verb gaggan ‘to go’, which according to the form of the present and the preterite
participle (only us-gaggana [Mk 7:30]) as well as according to the other Germanic languages
was a reduplicated verb, once has a weak preterite gaggida (Lk 19:12). Usually, however,
the preterite of gaggan is represented by the supplative form iddja ‘I went’, which inflects
like a weak preterite (so 1st/3rd singular iddja, 1st plural iddjedum, 3rd plural
optative -iddjedeina etc.).
The suppletive forms continue in the end the verbal root PIE *h1e - ‘to go’.
3.3. Uninflected words
For the adjective-adverbs see 3.1.3.5.
3.3.1. Prepositions, prefixes
The Gothic prepositions govern one case (dative or accusative) or two cases (dative and
accusative). Only in ‘in’ can govern three cases (genitive, dative, and accusative). The genitive
is otherwise only dependent of adverbial prepositions.
[161]
• Prepositions with the dative: af ‘of’, alja ‘except’, andwairþis ‘opposite’, du ‘to’, fairra ‘far
from’, faura ‘before’, fram ‘of, from’, miþ ‘with’, neƕa ‘near by’, undaro ‘under’, us ‘out,
of – away’.
• Prepositions with the accusative: and ‘along, to’, faur ‘in front of, for’, inu(h) ‘without’, neƕ
‘close to’, þairh ‘through’, undar ‘under’, wiþra ‘against, before, at’.
• Prepositions with the dative and accusative: afar ‘after’ (with the accusative only in temporal
meaning), at ‘at, to’ (with the accusative only in temporal meaning), ana ‘on’, bi ‘at, around’,
hindar ‘behind, over’, uf ‘under’, ufar ‘over, above’, und with dative ‘to, for’, with
accusative ‘until, up to’.
• The following adverbial prepositions govern the genitive: hindana ‘behind’, innana ‘within’,
utana, utaþro ‘outside’; the genitive and dative governs ufaro ‘over’.
• Prepositions with the genitive, dative, and accusative: in: with genitive ‘on account of’, with
dative/accusative ‘in, into’.
The instrumental case stands with bi and du in the adverbs: biþe(h) ‘after’, biƕe ‘to what’, duþe
‘to that’, duƕe ‘to what’.
Only in compositions, mostly verbal ones, stand dis-, fair-, fra-, ga-, and twis-.
3.3.2. Conjunctions
Gothic knows the following conjunctions:

• Copulative: jah or enclitic -(u)h ‘and’, jah – jah ‘both – and’, nih, jah ni ‘and not, also not’,
ni(h) – ni(h) ‘neither – nor’.
• Disjunctive: aiþþau ‘or’, andizuh – aiþþau ‘either – or’, jaþþe – jaþþe ‘be it that – or’, þau(h)
‘or’.
• Adversative: aþþan, weakened iþ, iþ – uh, þan ‘but’, aþþan (raihtis, auk, þan) – iþ (þan,
aþþan) ‘although – but’, ak ‘but’, akei ‘but (yet)’.
• Consecutive: aþþan, eiþan, þannu, þanuh, þaruh ‘thus, therefore, so’, swaei, swe, swaswe
‘so that’.
• Causal: auh, allis, raihtis (usually not in the first position of a sentence) ‘because, namely’,
unte ‘then, because’.
• Interrogative: niu ‘not?’, enclitic -u (question particle), an nuh ‘so yes?’, þau ‘by any
chance’, nibai ‘if not?’, hwaiwa ‘how’.
[162]
• Final: þatei, þei, ei ‘that, so that’.

• As a conjunction to that-sentences: þatei, þei, less often ei.
• Conditional: jabai, þande ‘if’, niba(i) ‘if not’.
• Temporal: þan, biþe, swe ‘when’, afar þatei ‘after’, miþþanei ‘whilst’, sunsei ‘as soon as’,
unte, þande, und þatei ‘until (that), as long as’.
• Comparative: swe ‘as’, swaswe ‘so as’, swe (swaswe) – swa(h), swa jah ‘as – so as’.
• Concessive: sweþauh ‘indeed, however’, sweþauh ei, þauhjabai, (jah) jabai ‘even though’.
3.3.3. Interjections
In Gothic texts appear: o ‘oh’, sai ‘see’, wai ‘woe’, hiri ‘hereto’, dual hirjats, plural
hirjiþ, inflected like an imperative.
[163]
List of Words Treated Etymologically in the Texts
aba Lk 1:27 aiwaggeljo Mk 1:1 atta Mt 6:9

abraba Mk 16:4 aiweins* 2.Thess 1:9 atwalwjan* Mk 15:46
abrs Mk 16:4 aiws* Mt 6:13 aþþan Mt 9:6
af Mt 6:13 ajukduþs* Lk 1:33 audags Bon 1:1
afaikan Mt 26:72 ak Mt 6:13 audahafts* Lk 1:28
afar Mt 8:1 akei Joh 6:9 augjan* Mt 8:4
afarsabbato* Mk 16:2 akeit(s)* Mk 15:36 augo Joh 6:5
afguþs* Sk 4:4 akrs Mk 15:21 auhjodus* Mk 15:7
afhrisjan* Lk 9:5 alakjo Mk 16:15 auhjon* Mk 15:7
aflageins* Mk 1:4 alamoþs* (-d-) Urk 1:1 auhns* Bon 1:2
aflet* Sk 3:3 alan* Mt 8:32 auhsa Bon 2:2
aflifnan* Joh 6:12 aldumo* Lk 1:36 auhumists Joh 18:10
afsateins* Mk 10:3 alhs Mk 14:58 auk Mt 26:73
afstass 2.Thess 2:3 allis Mk 15:14 aukan* Sk 4:2
aftra Mt 26:72 alls Mt 8:32 aurali* Joh 11:44
aggilus Lk 1:26 allwaldands Bon 2:1 aurtigards Joh 18:1
aggwiþa 2.Thess 1:6 alþeis Lk 1:36 auso Joh 18:10
aggwus* 2.Thess 1:6 amen Mt 6:13 auþida* Lk 5:16
agis Lk 2:9 an Joh 18:37 auþs* / auþeis* Lk 9:10
agisleiks* Bon 1:2 ana Mt 6:10 auzandil<s> Bon 2:1
aglaitgastalds Tit 1:7 anabiudan* Mt 8:4 awiliudon Joh 6:11
agljan* Mk 16:18 anabusns Mk 10:5 awiliuþ Joh 6:11
aglo 2.Thess 1:4 anafilh* 2.Thess 3:6 azets* Mt 9:5
aglus* Mk 16:18 anaks Lk 2:13 azgo* Sk 3:3
aha 2.Thess 2:2 anakumbjan Joh 6:10 badi* Lk 5:19
ahaks Lk 3:22 anananþjan* Mk 15:43 bagms Mk 8:24
ahma Joh 11:33 anastodeins Mk 1:1 bai Sk 3:1
ahmeins* Sk 3:2 anastodjan* 2.Thess inc bairan Mt 8:4
aƕa Mk 1:5 and Mt 8:32 bairan Mt 9:2
aiffaþa Mk 7:34 andanahti Mk 15:42 bairgan* Bon 1:1
aikklesjo 2.Thess 1:1 andanemeigs Tit 1:9 bairhtaba Mk 8:25
ainfalþaba Sk 3:3 andasets* Tit 1:16 bairhts* Mk 8:25
ainfalþs* Sk 3:3 andaþahts Tit 1:8 baitraba Mt 26:75
ainƕarjizuh 2.Thess 1:3 andbahtjan Mk 15:41 baitrs* Mt 26:75
ainƕaþaruh* Sk 3:1 andbahts Joh 18:3 bajoþs Sk 3:1
ainlif* Mk 16:14 andbundnan* Mk 7:35 balgs* Lk 9:3
ains Mt 26:69 andeis Lk 1:33 baljon* Bon 1:2
ainshun Joh 13:28 andhuleins* 2.Thess 1:7 balsan Joh 11:2
aipiskaupus Tit 1:7 andwairþi Lk 5:12 balwjan Mt 8:29
aipistaule 2.Thess inc ansts Lk 1:28 bandi Mk 7:35
aipistula* Neh 6:17 anþar Mt 26:71 bandja Mk 15:6
air Mk 16:2 apaustaulus Lk 9:1 bandwjan* Joh 13:24
airkns Bon 1:1 arbaiþs 2.Thess 3:8 bandwjan* Mt 26:73
airþa Mt 6:10 arka* Joh 13:29 bandwo 2.Thess 3:17
airþakunds* armaleiko Bon 1:1 barizeins* Joh 6:9
airþeins Sk 4:4 arms* Bon 1:1 barms* Joh 13:23
airus Bon 1:1 aromata Mk 16:1 barn Lk 2:12
aiþei Mk 10:7 arwjo 2.Thess 3:8 barnilo Mt 9:2
aiþs* Mt 26:72 asans Mk 1:20 bauan Bon 1:1
aiþþau Joh 6:19 asneis Mk 1:20 baur* Lk 2:7
aiw Joh 11:26 at Joh 11:45 baurgs Mt 8:33
aiwaggelista Sk 3:1 atgaraihtjan* Tit 1:5 baurgswaddjus Neh 5:16
[164]
bauþs Mk 7:32 digan* (deigan*?) Bon 2:2 fijands Neh 6:16

beidan Mk 15:43 disskreitan* Mk 14:63 filaus Sk 3:4
bi Mt 8:33 disskritnan* Mk 15:38 filhan Joh 18:35
bibaurgeins* Sk 3:3 diups* Joh 13:26 filleins* Mk 1:6
bidjan Mt 6:9 domjan Mt 26:74 filu Mt 8:28
bigairdan* Mk 1:6 doms Mt 26:74 filusna* Neh 5:18
bigitan Joh 11:17 dragan* Bon 2:1 fimf Joh 6:10
bihaitja Tit 1:7 dragkjan* Mk 15:36 fimftaihun* Joh 11:18
bikunþjan* Bon 1:1 draushna* Joh 6:12 finþan* Lk 9:11
bilaibjan* Joh 6:12 drigkan Joh 18:11 fiskja* Mk 1:16
bimait Tit 1:10 driugan* Joh 19:2 fisks* Joh 6:9
binauhan* Joh 6:7 driusan* Joh 11:32 fodr* Joh 18:11
bindan* Joh 11:44 driuso* Mt 8:32 fon 2.Thess 1:8
birunains* Sk 3:1 drobjan* Mk 15:7 fotus Joh 11:2
bisauljan* Joh 18:28 drobnan 2.Thess 2:2 frabauhtaboka* Urk 2:1
bisauljan* Tit 1:15 du Mt 8:4 fragifts* Lk 1:27
bisaulnan* Joh 18:28 duginnan* Mt 26:74 fragildan* Lk 2:2
bisunjane Lk 9:12 duƕe Mt 9:4 fraihnan Joh 13:24
biswairban* Joh 11:2 dulþs Joh 6:4 fraisan* Mt 6:13
biþe Joh 6:12 duþe Lk 1:35 fraistubni* Mt 6:13
biugan* Mk 15:46 ei Mt 8:4 fraliusan* 2.Thess 1:9
biuhti Joh 18:39 eiþan Sk 3:2 fralusts 2.Thess 1:9
biuhts Mk 10:1 fadar* Lk 2:4 fram Mt 8:24
biuþs* Neh 5:17 fadrein Lk 2:4 framis Mk 1:19
biwaibjan* Mk 16:5 faginon Joh 11:15 fraqistnan Mt 8:25
blandan 2.Thess 3:14 faian* Neh 6:16 fraslindan Bon 1:2
bleiþs Tit 1:8 faihu Tit 1:11 fraþjan Bon 2:2
bliggwan* Joh 19:1 faihugairns* Tit 1:11 frauja Mt 8:2
blinds Joh 11:37 faihugairns* Tit 1:11 fraujinon Neh 5:15
blotinassus* 2.Thess 2:4 fairguni Mt 8:1 frawardjan* Bon 1:1
boka Mk 10:3 fairƕus Joh 11:9 frawaurhts Bon 1:1
boka Mt 9:3 fairina* Joh 18:38 frawaurhts Mt 9:2
bokareis Mt 9:3 fairinon* Tit 1:6 fraweit 2.Thess 1:8
briggan Mt 6:13 fairjan* Bon 2:2 freis Joh 11:3
brikan* Lk 9:16 fairlet Bon 1:2 fri(j)aþwa 2.Thess 1:3
brinnan* Bon 1:2 fairra Mt 8:30 frijon Joh 11:3
broþar Joh 6:8 fairraþro Mk 14:54 frijonds Joh 11:11
brukjan Sk 3:2 falþan* Sk 3:3 frisahts 2.Thess 3:9
bruks Sk 4:2 faran* Joh 6:19 froþs Bon 2:1
bugjan Joh 6:5 farjan* Joh 6:19 fruma Mk 15:42
bugjan* Mk 15:46 farw* Mk 16:12 frumabaur Lk 2:7
dagands* Bon 2:2 faskja* / faski* Joh 11:44 frumists Lk 2:2
dags Mt 6:11 fastan Lk 2:19 fulhsni* Sk 4:4
dailjan Joh 6:11 faur Mt 8:29 fullafahjan Mk 15:15
dails* Joh 6:11 faura Mt 26:69 fulljan* 2.Thess 1:11
daimonareis Mt 8:28 fauragaggja Tit 1:7 fullnan* Joh 6:13
dalaþ Mt 8:1 faurahah Mk 15:38 fulls Lk 5:12
dals* / dal* Mt 8:1 fauramaþleis Neh 5:14 fuls Joh 11:39
dauhtar Neh 6:18 fauramaþli* Neh 5:14 gabairan Joh 18:37
daupeins Mk 1:4 faurhtjan* Mt 8:26 gabaurjaba Mk 14:65
daupjan Joh 13:26 faurhts* Mt 8:26 gabrannjan* Sk 3:3
daur Mt 26:71 faurþis 2.Thess 2:3 gabruka* Joh 6:13
dauþjan* Mk 14:55 fi(j)an Neh 6:16 gadaban Sk 3:3
dauþs Joh 11:39 fidurdogs Joh 11:39 gadauþnan Mt 8:32
dauþus Joh 11:4 fidwor Joh 11:17 gadraban* Mk 15:46
diakon Urk 1:1 figgrs* Mk 7:33 gadrauhts Joh 19:2
[165]
gafaurds Mk 14:55 giba Mt 8:4 himins Mt 6:9

gaggan Mt 8:4 giban Mt 6:11 hindar Mt 8:28
gagrefts Lk 2:1 gilstr* Lk 2:2 hiri Joh 11:34
gagudei Tit 1:1 gilstrameleins Lk 2:2 hiuhma Lk 5:15
+
gaguþs Mk 15:43 goleins Lk 1:29 hiwi* Bon 2:2
gahlaiba* Joh 11:16 goljan Mk 15:18 hlaifs Mt 6:11
gahraineins* Lk 5:14 goþs Lk 2:14 hlaiw Joh 11:17
gaƕairbs* Tit 1:6 graban Mk 15:46 hlaiwasna* Mt 8:28
gairda* Mk 1:6 greipan Mk 8:23 hlauts Mk 15:24
gaits Neh 5:18 gretan Mt 26:75 hleiduma* Mk 15:27
galaubeins Mt 9:2 gudja Mt 8:4 hliuma Mk 7:35
galaubeins* Tit 1:6 guma Neh 5:17 hneiwan Lk 9:12
galaubjan Mt 8:26 gumein* Mk 10:6 horinon Mk 10:11
galeikon 2.Thess 3:7 guþ Mt 8:29 hors Mk 10:11
galeiks Bon 2:1 haban Mt 8:2 hrainei Sk 3:2
galga Mk 15:21 hafjan* Joh 6:5 hraineins* Sk 3:2
galiug* Mk 14:56 hahan* Mk 15:38 hrainjan* Mt 8:2
gamains Tit 1:4 haidus* 2.Thess 2:3 hrains Mt 8:3
gamaurþjan* Bon 1:1 haifsts* Sk 4:4 hramjan* Mk 15:13
gamotjan Mt 8:28 hailjan Lk 5:17 hropjan Mt 8:29
ganaitjan* Lk 5:21 hails Joh 11:12 hrops Mt 8:29
ganauhan* Joh 6:7 haims* Joh 11:1 hrot Lk 5:19
ganisan Mk 16:16 hairda Mt 8:30 hrukjan* Mt 26:74
ganohs* Joh 6:7 hairdeis Lk 2:8 hruks* / hruk* Mt 26:75
gaqumþs* 2.Thess 2:1 hairto Mt 9:4 hugjan* Joh 11:13
garaihtaba Sk 3:2 hairus Joh 18:10 hugs* Joh 11:13
garaihtei Sk 4:3 hais* Joh 18:3 huljan Mk 14:65
garaihtjan 2.Thess 3:5 haitan Joh 11:16 hulundi Joh 11:38
garaihts 2.Thess 1:5 haiþi* Mk 1:6 hunda Joh 6:7
garaiþs* Sk 3:3 haiþiwisks* Mk 1:6 hundafaþs Mk 15:39
gards Mt 9:6 haldan Mt 8:30 hups* Mk 1:6
garehsns Sk 3:1 haldis Sk 4:4 hus* Urk 2:1
gaskafts Mk 10:6 hana Mt 26:74 hwssopo* Sk 3:3
gaskapjan* Mk 10:6 handus Mt 8:3 ƕad Joh 13:36
gaskeirjan* Mk 15:22 handuwaurhts* Mk 14:58 ƕairban* 2.Thess 3:6
gastaldan Neh 5:16 hansa Joh 18:3 ƕairnei Mk 15:22
+
gastigoþs Tit 1:8 harduhairtei* Mk 10:5 ƕaiwa Joh 11:36
gastojans* 2.Thess 3:2 hardus Mk 10:5 ƕan Mk 7:36
gasts Tit 1:8 harjis Lk 2:13 ƕar Joh 11:34
gaswogjan* Mk 7:34 haubiþ Joh 19:2 ƕarbon* Mk 1:16
gatairan Mk 14:58 hauheins Joh 11:4 ƕarjis Joh 13:22
gatarhjan 2.Thess 3:14 hauhhairtei Bon 2:1 ƕarjizuh Joh 6:7
gateihan* Mt 8:33 hauhhairts Tit 1:7 ƕas Mt 8:26
gatewjan* 2.Thess 3:7 hauhisti* Lk 2:14 ƕashun 2.Thess 2:3
gaþaurbs Tit 1:8 hauhjan Joh 11:4 ƕassaba Tit 1:13
gaþlahsnan* Lk 1:29 hauhs* Lk 1:32 ƕaþar Mt 9:5
gaþlaihan Tit 1:9 haunjan Bon 2:1 ƕaþro Joh 6:5
gaþlaihts* 2.Thess 2:16 hauns Bon 2:1 ƕazuh Joh 11:26
gatiman* Mk 14:58 hausjan Mt 8:27 ƕeila Joh 11:9
gaumjan Joh 6:5 hausjon Lk 5:15 ƕeits* Mk 16:5
gawairþi Lk 2:14 hawi Joh 6:10 ƕileiks Mt 8:27
gawargeins* Bon 1:2 hazjan Lk 2:13 ƕopan 2.Thess 1:4
gawargjan* Bon 2:1 her Mt 8:29 ibuks* Joh 18:6
gawaurstwa Mk 16:20 hi-* Mt 6:11 idreiga* Mk 1:4
gawi* Mt 8:28 hilpan Kr 1:2 idweit* Mk 15:32
gawidan* Mk 10:9 himinakunds* Lk 2:13 idweitjan Mk 15:32
[166]
ik Joh 6:20 kuni Bon 1:1 maidjan* Sk 3:2

in Mt 6:9 kunnan Mt 26:72 mais Lk 5:15
ingif* Mk 16:18 kunþi Sk 4:2 maists Joh 18:26
inkilþo Lk 1:36 kunþs Sk 4:2 maitan* Joh 18:10
inn Lk 1:28 lagjan Joh 11:34 malan* Lk 9:5
innana Mk 15:16 laikan* Mk 15:20 managnan* 2.Thess 1:3
innatgahts* Lk 1:29 laisareis Joh 11:28 manags* Mt 8:1
innaþro Bon 2:2 laiseins Tit 1:9 manaseþs Joh 6:14
inrauhtjan* Joh 11:33 laisjan Lk 5:17 manna Mt 8:2
inswinþjan Neh 5:16 laistjan Mt 8:1 mannahun Mk 8:26
inweitan* Mt 8:2 laists* Mt 8:1 manwjan Mk 1:3
inwidan* Mt 26:75 laiwa* / laiwo* Bon 1:2 manwus Bon 1:2
is Mt 8:24 lamb* Neh 5:18 marei Mt 8:24
ist Mt 6:13 land* Lk 2:8 marka Mt 8:34
itan Lk 2:7 lats* Tit 1:12 maþl* Neh 5:14
iþ Mt 8:24 laþon 2.Thess 1:11 maþljan* Neh 5:14
iumjo* Mt 8:1 laþons 2.Thess 1:11 matibalgs* Lk 9:3
iup Joh 11:41 laugnjan* Mt 26:70 matjan Joh 6:5
iupaþro Mk 15:38 lauhmuni 2.Thess 1:8 mats Lk 9:12
iusila 2.Thess 1:7 laus Mt 6:13 maurgins Joh 18:28
izei Joh 11:37 lausawaurds* Tit 1:10 maurþr* Mk 15:7
izwar Mt 9:4 lausjan Mt 6:13 megs Neh 6:18
ja Joh 11:27 leik Lk 3:22 meins Joh 11:21
ja Mt 6:10 leikains* 2.Thess 1:11 mel Mt 8:29
jabai Mt 8:2 leikan* Lk 3:22 mela Lk 2:1
jah Mt 6:10 lein* Mk 15:46 meljan Lk 2:1
jai Joh 11:27 leitils Mt 8:26 mena Lk 1:26
jainar Mt 26:71 lekeis Lk 5:15 menoþs Lk 1:26
jaind Joh 11:8 lekinassus* Lk 9:11 mereins* Tit 1:3
+
jaindwairþs Joh 18:3 lekinon Lk 5:15 merjan Lk 9:2
jains Mt 8:28 letan* Joh 11:44 midjaweipains Bon 1:2
jainþro Mk 1:19 lewjan* Joh 13:21 midjis* Lk 5:19
jaþþe Sk 4:3 lews* / lew* Joh 13:21 midjungards* Lk 2:1
jer* Neh 5:14 libains Joh 11:25 miduma* Sk 3:4
jiuhts* Bon 2:2 liban Joh 11:25 mikilduþs Sk 4:2
ju Joh 11:39 ligan* Mt 9:2 mikilei* Sk 4:4
judaiwisks Tit 1:14 ligrs* Mt 9:2 mikiljan* Mt 9:8
juggalauþs Mk 16:5 lisan* Joh 6:12 mikils Mt 8:24
juggs* Mk 16:5 liþus Mt 9:2 milhma Mk 14:62
juk* Bon 2:2 liudan* Mk 16:5 miliþ* Mk 1:6
jus Mt 6:9 liufs Lk 3:22 mins Mk 15:40
juþan Joh 6:17 liuga* Mk 10:12 minznan Sk 4:1
+
jûþan Mk 15:44 liugan Mk 10:12 missadeþs Sk 3:2
kaisar* Lk 2:1 liugan* Mk 10:11 misso Joh 13:22
kalbo* Sk 3:3 liugnja Tit 1:12 mitan* Mt 9:4
+
kannjan Sk 4:2 liuhaþ Joh 11:9 mitaþs Bon 1:2
karkara* Sk 3:1 liuþ* Bon 2:1 miþ Mt 26:69
kaupatjan Mk 14:65 liuts Tit 1:10 miþþanei Lk 2:6
kaurjan* Neh 5:15 lofa* Joh 19:3 miþwissei Tit 1:15
kaurs* / kaurus* Neh 5:15 luton* Tit 1:10 miton* Mt 9:4
kawtsjo* Urk 1:1 magan* Mt 8:2 mitons Mt 9:4
kilþei* Lk 1:31 magaþs Lk 1:27 moþs* Urk 1:1
kindins Lk 2:2 magula Joh 6:9 mulda* Lk 9:5
kiusan* Tit 1:16 magus Bon 1:2 munan* Joh 6:15
kniu* Mk 15:19 mahteigs Tit 1:9 munan* Mt 26:75
kubitus* Lk 9:14 mahts Mt 6:13 munþs Bon 1:2
[167]
nahts Joh 11:10 raidjan* Sk 3:3 siggwan Bon 2:1

naiteins* Lk 5:21 raihtaba Mk 7:35 sigqan* Bon 1:2
namnjan* Lk 9:10 raihtis Mt 9:5 sikls* Neh 5:15
namo Mt 6:9 raihts* Mk 1:3 silba Mt 8:4
naseins Bon 1:2 raþjo Joh 6:10 sildaleikjan* Mt 8:27
nasjan Mt 8:25 raus* Mk 15:19 sildaleiknan 2.Thess 1:10
nasjands Lk 2:11 rauþs* Sk 3:3 sildaleiks* Mt 8:27
nati* Mk 1:16 razda Mt 26:73 silubr* Neh 5:15
nauh Sk 4:1 reiks Bon 1:1 sineigs Mk 14:53
nauhþan Joh 6:17 reiks* / reikeis* Neh 6:17 sinteino Joh 11:42
nauhþanuh Joh 11:30 reiro Mk 16:8 sinteins* Mt 6:11
ne Joh 18:25 rikan* Mk 1:3 sinþs* / sinþ* Mt 26:75
neƕ Joh 6:4 rimis 2.Thess 3:12 siponeis Mt 8:23
neƕa Joh 6:4 rinnan* Mt 8:28 sitan Mt 26:69
neƕjan* Mk 1:15 rinno* Joh 18:1 siukei Joh 11:4
neiþ* Mk 15:10 riqis Joh 6:17 siuks Joh 6:2
ni Mt 6:13 riurjan* Bon 1:1 siuns Lk 3:22
niba Lk 9:13 riurs* Bon 1:1 skadus Lk 1:35
nih Lk 9:3 rodjan Lk 2:17 skaidan* Mk 10:9
niman Mt 9:6 rohsns* Mt 26:69 skalja* Lk 5:19
niþjis Joh 18:26 rums Lk 2:7 skalks Joh 18:10
niþjo Lk 1:36 rums* / rum* Lk 2:7 skaman* 2.Thess 3:14
niu Joh 11:9 runa Sk 3:1 skap* Bon 1:1
niujis Mk 16:17 runs Mt 8:32 skatts Joh 6:7
niunda* Mk 15:33 sa Mt 8:27 skaudaraip* Mk 1:7
niutan* Mk 1:17 sabbato Mk 15:42 skeima Joh 18:3
nu Mt 6:9 saei Joh 6:9 skeinan Lk 2:9
nuh Joh 18:37 sagqjan* Bon 2:2 skeirs* Sk 4:2
nuta* Mk 1:17 saƕazuh Mk 10:11 skilliggs* Urk 1:1
o Mk 15:29 sai Mt 8:2 skip Mt 8:23
ogan* Mt 9:8 saian Joh 6:14 skohs* Mk 1:7
ogjan Neh 6:19 saihs* Neh 5:18 skohsl* Mt 8:31
paida* Lk 9:3 saihsta* Lk 1:26 skuft* Joh 11:2
papa Urk 1:1 saiƕan Mt 8:4 skula Mt 6:12
paraskaiwe Mk 15:42 saiwala Joh 13:37 skula* Mt 6:12
pasxa Joh 6:4 saiws* Urk 1:1 skulan* Joh 18:31
paurpura* Mk 15:17 sakan Mt 8:26 slahals Tit 1:7
paurpuron* Joh 19:2 salbon Joh 11:2 slahan* Joh 18:10
praitoriaun Joh 18:28 saliþwos Joh 11:6 slahs* Joh 19:3
praizbwtairei* Tit 1:5 saljan Joh 11:6 sleiþs* / sleideis* Mt 8:28
praufetjan* Mk 14:65 sama Lk 2:8 slepan* Mt 8:24
praufetus Joh 6:14 samaleiko Joh 6:11 sleps* Joh 11:13
qainon Mk 16:10 samaleiks* Mk 14:56 smwrn* Mk 15:23
qens Lk 2:5 samana Bon 1:1 sniumjan* Lk 2:16
qiman Mt 6:10 sandjan Neh 6:17 sniwan* Lk 2:16
qinein* Mk 10:6 satjan* Lk 5:19 sokeins Sk 3:1
+
qino Lk 1:28 saþs (-d-) Joh 6:12 sokjan Joh 11:8
qistjan Joh 18:9 sauhts* Lk 5:15 spaurds* Joh 6:19
qiþan Mt 8:2 sauil Mk 16:2 spedists* Joh 11:24
qius Lk 1:33 seins* Mt 9:1 speiwan Mk 7:33
qums 2.Thess 2:1 seiþus* / seiþu Joh 6:16 spill* Tit 1:14
rabbei* Joh 11:8 sels* Bon 2:2 spillon* Lk 2:10
ragin* Lk 2:2 seþs Joh 6:14 sprauto Joh 11:29
ragineis Mk 15:43 sibja* Mk 15:28 staiga* Mk 1:3
raginon* Lk 2:2 sibun Mk 16:9 stains Joh 11:8
rahnjan* Mk 15:28 sidus Sk 3:2 stairo Lk 1:36
[168]
stamms* Mk 7:32 tigjus* Lk 9:14 þiwi Mt 26:69

+
standan Mt 26:73 timrjan Mk 14:58 þliuhan Mt 8:33
staþs Joh 6:10 tiuhan Joh 18:28 þrafstjan* Mt 9:2
staua 2.Thess 1:5 trauan 2.Thess 3:4 þragjan* Mk 15:36
staua Bon 1:1 triggws 2.Thess 3:3 þramstei* Mk 1:6
steigan* Mt 9:1 trudan Bon 1:1 þreihan* 2.Thess 1:6
stibna Joh 11:43 tuggo Mk 7:33 þreis* Mt 26:75
stiggqan Joh 11:9 tulgjan Mk 16:20 þridja Mk 15:25
stikls Joh 18:11 tulgus Mk 16:20 þrutsfill Mt 8:2
stiur Neh 5:18 twai Mt 8:28 þu Mt 6:9
stiwiti* 2.Thess 1:4 twalif Joh 11:9 þuei Bon 1:2
stojan Joh 18:31 tweihnai* Lk 9:3 þugkjan* Mk 14:64
stols Lk 1:32 þadei Joh 13:36 þulan 2.Thess 1:5 (A)
sums Mt 9:3 þagkjan Joh 13:22 þusundi Joh 6:10
sundro Lk 9:10 þahan* Mk 14:61 þwairhs Tit 1:7
sunja Mt 26:73 þairh Mt 8:28 ubils Mt 6:13
sunjeins Tit 1:13 þan Mt 8:1 ubiltojis Joh 18:30
sunno Mk 16:2 þanamais Mk 14:63 uf Bon 1:2
suns Mt 8:3 þanaseiþs Mk 10:8 ufaiþs* / ufaiþeis* Neh 6:18
sunsaiw Joh 6:21 þandei Lk 1:34 ufar Joh 6:1
sunsei Joh 11:20 þannu Bon 2:1 ufarassus Mk 7:37
sunus Mt 8:29 þanuh Mt 8:26 ufarmeli Mk 15:26
swa Mt 6:9 þar Lk 9:4 ufaro Joh 11:38
swaei 2.Thess 1:4 þarbs* Lk 9:11 ufarranneins* Sk 3:2
swalauþs Sk 4:2 þarei Joh 11:30 ufarskadwjan* Lk 1:35
swaleiks Mt 9:8 þaruh Mt 9:3 ufartrusnjan* Sk 3:3
swamms* Mk 15:36 þatainei Sk 4:4 ufgairdan* Mk 1:6
swaran Mt 26:72 þatei Mt 6:12 ufkunnan Lk 5:22
sware Sk 4:2 þaþro Joh 18:36 ufkunþi* Tit 1:1
swaswe Mt 6:12 þaþroh Joh 11:7 ufrakjan* Mt 8:3
swe Mt 6:10 þau Mt 9:5 ufta Joh 18:2
swein* Mt 8:30 þauh Joh 11:25 -(u)h Mt 8:30
swes Mk 15:20 þauhjabai Sk 4:3 ulbandus* Mk 1:6
sweþauh 2.Thess 1:6 þaurban* Joh 13:29 unbiari* Tit 1:12
swikneins* Sk 3:2 þaurneins* Joh 19:5 unbruks* Bon 1:1
swikns* Sk 3:2 þaurnus* Joh 19:2 und Lk 2:15
swikunþaba Joh 11:14 þaurp* Neh 5:16 unfaurweis* Sk 3:2
swikunþs Joh 11:14 þe Sk 4:4 unfroþs Bon 2:1
swiltan* Joh 11:14 þei Joh 6:7 ungafairinonds Tit 1:6
swinþs* Mk 1:7 þeihan Sk 3:4 ungafairinoþs Tit 1:7
swistar Joh 11:1 þeiƕo* Mk 3:17 ungaƕairbs* Tit 1:6
tagl* Mk 1:6 þeins Mt 6:9 ungakusans* Tit 1:16
tagr* Joh 11:35 þinsan Bon 2:1 ungalaubeins* Mk 16:14
tagrjan* Joh 11:35 þishun Tit 1:10 ungalaubjands Tit 1:15
taihswa* Joh 18:10 þisƕazuh Joh 11:22 ungatass* 2.Thess 3:6
taihswa* Mk 16:5 þiubjo Joh 11:28 ungatassaba 2.Thess 3:6
taihun Neh 5:18 þiuda Joh 18:35 ungatewiþs* 2.Thess 3:7
taiknjan* 2.Thess 2:4 þiudangardi Mt 6:13 unhails* Lk 9:2
taikns Joh 6:2 þiudans Joh 6:15 unhanduwaurhts* Mk 14:58
tainjo* Joh 6:13 þiudinassus Mt 6:10 unhulþa Lk 9:1
+
tains* Joh 6:13 þiufs Joh 11:28 unhulþo Lk 9:1
talzjan* 2.Thess 3:15 þius* Neh 5:16 unkja* Urk 2:1
taui Bon 1:2 þiuþ Bon 1:1 unkunnands Sk 4:1
+
taujan Joh 6:2 þiuþeigs Mk 14:61 unleþs Joh 13:29
tekan* Mt 8:3 þiuþeins 2.Thess 1:11 unliugands Tit 1:2
tewa* 2.Thess 3:7 þiuþjan* Lk 1:28 unmahteigs Lk 1:37
[169]
unrodjands Mk 7:37 wai Mt 9:3 weihs* Joh 11:30

unsar Mt 6:9 waian* Joh 6:18 wein Mk 15:23
unsels* Bon 2:2 waidedja Joh 18:40 weipan* Joh 19:2
unsibjis Mk 15:28 waiht Tit 1:15 weis Mt 6:12
untals* 2.Thess 3:15 waihts Joh 6:12 weitwodei 2.Thess 1:10
unte Mt 6:13 waila Lk 3:22 weitwodiþa Mt 8:4
unwunnands 2.Thess 2:16 wailadeþs* Bon 1:1 weitwodjan* Joh 13:21
urraisjan Mt 8:25 wainahs Bon 1:1 weitwoþs* Mk 14:63
urrannjan* Sk 3:2 waips Joh 19:5 wenjan* Bon 1:2
urreisan Mt 8:26 wair Joh 6:10 wens 2.Thess 2:16
us Mt 8:28 wairpan Mk 1:16 wepn* Joh 18:3
+
usdaudjan* Joh 18:36 wairþ* Urk 1:1 wigan Mt 8:24
usdauþs* Joh 18:36 wairþan Mt 6:10 wigs Mt 8:28
usfilma* Lk 5:26 wairþs Mk 1:7 wilja Mt 6:10
usfilmei Lk 5:26 waitei Joh 18:35 wiljan Mt 8:2
usgaisjan* Mk 16:5 wajamerjan Mt 9:3 wilþeis Mk 1:6
usgeisnan* Mk 16:5 wakan* Lk 2:8 wilwan Joh 6:15
usgildan Lk 2:2 waldan Mt 9:6 winds Mt 8:26
usgrudja* 2.Thess 3:13 waldufni Mt 9:6 winnan 2.Thess 1:5 (B)
ushauhnan 2.Thess 1:10 walisa* Tit 1:4 wipja* Joh 19:2
usleiþan Mt 8:28 waljan* Neh 5:18 wis Mt 8:26
usliþa Mt 9:2 waltjan* Tit 1:11 wists* Sk 4:3
uslukan* Joh 11:37 walus* Lk 9:3 witan Lk 2:8
usluknan* Lk 3:21 wamba Tit 1:12 witan Mt 9:4
usmernan* Lk 5:15 wandjan* Lk 2:20 wiþon* Mk 15:29
usqiss* Tit 1:6 wans* Tit 1:5 wiþra Mt 8:34
ussindo Bon 1:1 warmjan* Joh 18:25 witodalaisareis* Lk 5:17
usstass Joh 11:24 wasjan* Joh 19:2 witoþ Joh 18:31
usstiurei Tit 1:6 wasti* Joh 19:2 wlits Joh 11:44
uswakjan* Joh 11:11 wato* Mt 8:32 wokrs Bon 1:2
uswindan* Joh 19:2 waurd Mt 26:75 wopjan Joh 11:28
ut Mt 26:75 waurdahs* Sk 4:3 wrakja 2.Thess 1:4
uta Mt 26:69 waurkjan Joh 6:10 wrikan* 2.Thess 1:4
utana Mk 8:23 waurms Mk 16:18 wrohs* Joh 18:29
uzanan* Mk 15:37 waurstw Neh 5:16 wulan* Tit 1:11
uzeta* Lk 2:7 wegs Mt 8:24 wulfs Bon 2:2
wagjan 2.Thess 2:2 weiha Sk 4:4 wulla* Sk 3:3
wahsjan Sk 4:1 weihnan* Mt 6:9 wulþus Mt 6:13
wahtwo* / wahtwa* Lk 2:8 weihs Lk 1:35

Schuhmann Introduction To Biblical Gothi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schuhmann Introduction To Biblical Gothi

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Schuhmann Introduction To Biblical Gothi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INTRODUCTION TO

LEIDEN SUMMER SCHOOL 2022

6.2. Fragment 1.2 ................................................................................................................................. 90

Bibliographic aids (chronologically)

• Mossé, Fernand 1950. ‘Bibliographia Gotica. A bibliography of writings on the gothic

Text editions (alphabetically)

Introductions, manuals, grammars, language histories (alphabetically)

(Etymological) dictionaries, concordances (alphabetically)

• Devlamminck, Bernard, Guy Jucquois. 1977. Complément aux dictionnaires étymologiques

Other important literature (alphabetically)

2. Wulfila and Christianity

The beginnings of Christianity among the Goths probably go back to a campaign to

3. The sources of the Gothic language

The Gotica Veronensia are in a parchment manuscript (Verona, Bibli. Capitolare, LI

Inter eils Goticum scapiamatziaiadrincan

0RQQ04umEC&printsec=frontcover&hl=de#v=onepage&q&f=false [the relevant section

4. The Gothic Script

According to the unanimous reports of the Greek church historians Philostorgios,

The distribution of both types in the monuments is as follows:

5. The pronunciation of the Gothic characters

Before r, h and ƕ i becomes <ai> and u becomes <au> (see below).

For <g> as a sign for n s. above.

6. <p>, <t>, <k> are like in German.

1. From the Gospels

1.1. Matthew 6:9–13: The Lord’s Prayer

1.2. Matthew 8:1–4: Cleansing of a Leper

1.3. Matthew 8:23–27: Calming the Storm

1.4. Matthew 8:28–34: Healing of Two Demon-Possessed Gergesenes (Gadarenes)

1.5. Matthew 9:1–8: Healing of a Paralytic

1.6. Matthew 26:69–75: The Denial of Peter

1.7. John 6:1–15: The Feeding of the Five Thousand

1.8. John 6:16–21: Jesus walks on Water

1.9. John 11:1–45: The Raising of Lazarus

11 frijonds: nom.sg. m. cons.st. ‘friend’ (substantivized pres.part. to frijon w. v. 2 ‘to love’). —

21 indrobnoda: 3rdsg.pret.ind. to indrobnan* w. v. 4 ‘to be bewildered’; compound with Goth. drobnan

1.11. John 13:36–38: The announcement of Peter’s denial

1.12. John 18:1–11: Arrest of Jesus

1.13. John 18:25–27: The Denial of Peter

25 warmjands: nom.sg.m. pres.part. to warmjan* w. v. 1 ‘to warm (oneself)’; OHG wermen, OS

1.14. John 18:28–40: Jesus before Pilate

1.15. John 19:1–5: The mocking and flagellation of Jesus

1.16. Luke 1:26–38: The Announcement of Jesus’ Birth

1.17. Luke 2:1–20: Birth of Jesus

1.18. Luke 3:21–22: Baptism of Jesus

1.19. Luke 5:12–16: Cleansing of a Leper

1.21. Luke 9:1–6: Sending Out the Twelve

manageins finþandeins laistidedun afar imma, jah andnimands ins rodida du im þo bi

10 usspillodedun: 3rdpl.pret.ind. to usspillon* w. v. 2 ‘to announce, to tell’; compound with Goth.

1.23. Mark 1:1–8: John the Baptist

1.25. Mark 3:13–19: The Calling of the Twelve Apostles

1.26. Mark 7:31–37: Healing of a Deaf

1.27. Mark 8:22–26: Healing of a Blind

1.28. Mark 10:1–12: Of Marriage and Divorce

1.29. Mark 14:53–65: Jesus before the Sanhedrin

1.30. Mark 15:6–20: Condemnation and Mocking of Jesus

1.31. Mark 15:21–41: Crucifixion and Death of Jesus

24 disdailjand: 3rdpl.pres.ind. to disdailjan* w. v. 1 ‘to distribute, to divide’; compound with Goth.

1.32. Mark 15:42–47: Burial of Jesus

1.33. Mark 16:1–8: The Message of Jesus’ Resurrection

1. Collapse of PIE a and o in (late) PGmc. *a:

2. Collapse of PIE ā and ō in (late) PGmc. *ō:

Fricatives: voiceless: f s þ χ *χw